GLE

Digital
Digit al – in the
the vehicle
vehicle Vehicle
V ehicle document wallet
wallet
Familiarize yourself with the con- Here you can nd comprehensive
tents of the Operator's Manual information about operating your
directly via the vehicle's multime- vehicle and about services and
dia system (menu item "Vehicle guarantees in printed form.
information"). Start with the quick
guide or broaden your knowledge
with practical tips.

GLE
É1675844121AËÍ Operator's Manual

Mercedes-Benz
1675844121
Order no. P167 0493 13 Part no. 167 584 41 21
Edition B 2022 Mercedes-Benz
Front passenger
passenger airbag w
war
arning
ning & WARNING Risk of injury or death if the co- Publication details
details
driver airbag is enabled Internet
Inter net
If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-
the co-driver seat may be struck by the co- cles and about Mercedes‑Benz AG can be found
driver airbag during an accident. on the following websites:
NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)
system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT https://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)
AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur. Documentation
Documentation tteam
eam
©Mercedes‑Benz AG: Not to be reprinted, transla-

Observe the chapter "Children in the vehicle". ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,
without written permission from
Mercedes‑Benz AG.
Vehicle manufactur
manufacturer
er
Mercedes‑Benz AG
Mercedesstraße 120
70372 Stuttgart
Germany

Airbag warning sticker for USA and Canada

As at 08.04.21
 Thank you
you for
for buying Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz Mercedes-Benz reserves the right to introduce
changes in the following areas:
Before you rst drive o , read this operator's
R Design
manual carefully and familiarize yourself with your
vehicle. For your own safety and a longer operat- R Equipment
ing lifespan of the vehicle, follow the instructions R Technical features
and warning notices in this operator's manual.
Disregarding them may lead to damage to the The following documents are integral parts of the
vehicle or injury to people. vehicle:
Damage to the vehicle resulting from the disre- R Digital Operator's Manual
gard of the instructions is not covered by the R Printed operator's manual
Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty. R Maintenance Booklet
The standard equipment and product description R Equipment-dependent supplements
of your vehicle may vary and depends on the fol-
lowing factors: R Supplementary documents

R Model Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times.

R Order Ensure that all documents are in the vehicle or
R National version
passed on in the event of sale or rental.
R Availability
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.
Your vehicle may therefore di er, in individual
A Daimler Company
cases, from that shown in the descriptions and
illustrations.
1675844121

1675844121
2 Contents

Diagnostics connection ................................. 28 Doors ............................................................ 72

Symbols .......................................................... 5 Quali ed specialist workshop ........................ 29 Cargo compartment ...................................... 75
Correct use of the vehicle ............................. 29 Side windows ................................................ 81
At a glance ...................................................... 6 Sport Utility Vehicle ....................................... 30 Sliding sunroof .............................................. 84
Cockpit ........................................................... 6 Notes for persons with electronic medical Roller sun blinds ............................................ 89
Indicator and warning lamps .......................... 10 aids .............................................................. 30 Anti-the protection ...................................... 89
Overhead control panel ................................. 12 Problems with your vehicle ............................ 31
Door operating unit and seat adjustment ....... 14 Reporting safety defects ................................ 31
Limited Warranty ........................................... 32 Seats and stowing
stowing ......................................... 93
Control settings in the rear passenger Notes on the correct driver's seat position .... 93
compartment ................................................ 16 QR code for rescue card ............................... 32
Data storage ................................................. 32 Seats ............................................................ 93
Emergencies and breakdowns ....................... 18 Steering wheel ............................................ 107
Copyright ...................................................... 36
Easy entry and exit feature .......................... 108
Digital
Digit al Operat
Operator's
or's Manual .............................. 20 Memory function ......................................... 110
Calling up the Digital Operator's Manual ........ 20 Occupant safety
safety ............................................ 38 Stowage areas ............................................ 111
Restraint system ........................................... 38 Cup holder .................................................. 125
Seat belts ..................................................... 40 Sockets ....................................................... 126
General
Gener al notes
notes ............................................... 22 Airbags ......................................................... 44 Wireless charging of the mobile phone
Protection of the environment ....................... 22 PRE-SAFE® system ........................................ 51 and connection with the exterior antenna .... 128
Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ....................... 22 Automatic measures a er an accident ........... 53 Installing/removing the oor mats ............... 130
Operator's Manual ........................................ 23 Safely transporting children in the vehicle ...... 53
Mercedes me app ......................................... 24 Notes on pets in the vehicle .......................... 66
Service and vehicle operation ........................ 24 Light and visibility ........................................ 132
Operating safety ............................................ 25 Exterior lighting ........................................... 132
Declaration of conformity for wireless Opening and closing ...................................... 68 Interior lighting ............................................ 137
vehicle components ...................................... 27 SmartKey ...................................................... 68
 Contents 3

Windshield wiper and windshield washer Engine compartment ................................... 315

system ........................................................ 139 Instrument
Instr ument display
display and on-boar
on-boardd com- Cleaning and care ....................................... 321
Mirrors ........................................................ 144 put
puter
er ........................................................... 262
Area permeable to radio waves on the Notes on the instrument display and on-
windshield ................................................... 147 board computer .......................................... 262 Breakdo
Br eakdownwn assistance
assistance ................................. 330
Infrared-re ective windshield function ......... 147 Overview of instrument display .................... 263 Emergency .................................................. 330
Overview of the buttons on the steering Flat tire ....................................................... 332
wheel .......................................................... 264 Battery (vehicle) .......................................... 338
Climate contr
Climate control
ol ........................................... 148 Operating the on-board computer ................ 264 Tow starting or towing away ........................ 343
Overview of climate control systems ............ 148 Overview of displays in the instrument Electrical fuses ............................................ 348
Operating the climate control system .......... 149 display ........................................................ 266
Head-up Display .......................................... 266
Wheels and tires tires ......................................... 351
Driving and parking
Driving parking ..................................... 156 Notes on noise or unusual handling char-
Driving ........................................................ 156 MBUX multimedia systemsystem ............................ 269 acteristics ................................................... 351
DYNAMIC SELECT switch ............................ 171 Overview and operation ............................... 269 Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and
Automatic transmission ............................... 174 System settings .......................................... 278 tires ............................................................ 351
Function of the 4MATIC ............................... 179 Navigation ................................................... 282 Notes on snow chains ................................. 352
Refueling ..................................................... 179 Telephone ................................................... 292 Tire pressure ............................................... 352
Parking ....................................................... 182 Mercedes me app ....................................... 296 Loading the vehicle ..................................... 359
Driving and driving safety systems ............... 190 Mercedes-Benz emergency call system ....... 303 Tire labeling ................................................ 363
Trailer hitch ................................................. 257 Radio & media ............................................. 306 De nition of terms for tires and loading ....... 368
Vehicle towing instructions .......................... 261 Sound settings ............................................ 313 Changing a wheel ........................................ 370
Emergency spare wheel ............................... 380
Collapsible spare wheel ............................... 382
Maintenance and care
Maintenance care ................................. 314
ASSYST PLUS service interval display .......... 314
4 Contents

Tec
echnical
hnical data
data ............................................. 385
Notes on technical data .............................. 385
Vehicle electronics ...................................... 385
Regulatory radio identi cation and notes ..... 387
Vehicle identi cation plate, VIN and
engine number overview .............................. 388
Operating uids ........................................... 389
Vehicle data ................................................ 397
Trailer hitch ................................................. 400

Displayy messages
Displa messages and war warning/indicat
ning/indicator or
lam
lamps
ps .......................................................... 402
Display messages ........................................ 402
Warning and indicator lamps ....................... 456

Indexx .......................................................... 473

Inde
 Symbols 5

In this Operator's Manual, you will nd the follow- # Observe notes on material damage.
ing symbols:
% These symbols indicate useful instructions or
& WARNING Danger due to not observing further information that could be helpful to
the warning notices you.
Warning notices draw your attention to haz- # Instruction
ards that may endanger your health or life, or (/ page) Further information on a topic
the health or life of others.
# Observe the warning notices.
Display Display eld in the Instrument Dis-
play/media display
4 Highest menu level, which is to be
+ ENVIRONMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL AL NOTE
NOTE Environmental selected in the multimedia system
damage due to failure to observe environ-
mental notes 5 Relevant submenus, which are to be
selected in the multimedia system
Environmental notes include information on
* Indicates a cause
environmentally responsible behavior or envi-
ronmentally responsible disposal.
# Observe environmental notes.

* NOTE Damage to property due to failure

to observe notes on material damage
Notes on material damage inform you of risks
which may lead to your vehicle being dam-
aged.
6 At a glance – Cockpit

Le -hand-drive vehicles
 At a glance – Cockpit 7

1 Steering wheel paddle shi ers → 177 F Switch panel for:

2 Combination switch → 133 ä Individual wheel control → 237
3 Instrument display → 263 p Manual gearshi ing → 177
4 DIRECT SELECT lever → 174 ¿ AIRMATIC or → 227
5 Media display → 269 ¿ E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL → 234
6 Climate control systems → 149 å Activating/deactivating ESP® → 193
7 £ Hazard warning light system → 134 î Downhill Speed Regulation → 208
8 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps → 49 G ß Calls up favorites → 271
9 Glove box → 114 H y Calls up vehicle functions → 271
A Stowage space → 114 →
I c Active Parking Assist 254
B 8 Controller for volume and switching → 269 →
J DYNAMIC SELECT switch 172
sound on/o
K Touchpad → 271
Ü Switches the MBUX multimedia system → 269
on/o L Start/stop button → 157
C z Calls up navigation → 271 è ECO start/stop function → 168
D | Calls up radio or media → 271 M Control panel for the MBUX multimedia system → 264
E % Calls up the telephone → 271 N Adjusts the steering wheel mechanically → 107
8 At a glance – Cockpit

O Adjusts the steering wheel electrically → 107 H Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC → 203
ý Switches the steering wheel heater → 108 Q Diagnostics connection → 28
on/o →
R Opens the hood 315
P Control panel: →
S ! Electric parking brake 186
On-board computer → 264
T Light switch → 132
Cruise control → 199
10 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps

Instrument display
 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps 11

1 #! Turn signal lights → 133 D Ù Power steering → 459

2 6 Restraint system → 458 E h Tire pressure monitoring system → 471
3 å ESP® OFF → 469 F 8 Reserve fuel with fuel ller ap location → 460
→ indicator
÷ ESP® 469
G Fuel level → 263
4 R Rear fog lamp → 133
H Electric parking brake (red) → 464
5 K High beam → 133
F USA only
L Low beam → 132
! Canada only
T Parking lamps → 132
I Brakes (red) → 464
6 ÿ Coolant temperature → 460
$ USA only
7 Coolant temperature display → 263
J Canada only
8 ! Electric parking brake (yellow) → 464
J ü Seat belt → 458
9 é Recuperative Brake System, USA only → 464
K ; Check Engine → 460
J Brakes (yellow), Canada only → 464
L ä Suspension (red) → 467
A # Electrical malfunction → 460
ä Suspension (yellow) → 467
B L Distance warning → 467
C ! ABS → 469
12 At a glance – Overhead control panel
 At a glance – Overhead control panel 13

1 Sun visors 7 ; me button → 296

2 p Switches the le -hand reading lamp → 137 8 G SOS button → 296
on/o →
9 3 Opens/closes the panorama roof with 84
3 | Switches automatic interior lighting con- → 137 power tilt/sliding panel
trol on/o →
3 Opens/closes the roller sunblind 84
4 c Switches the front interior lighting on/o → 137
A Inside rearview mirror → 145
5 u Switches the rear interior lighting on/o → 137
6 p Switches the right-hand reading lamp → 137
on/o
14 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment
 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment 15

1 Opens the door → 72 A W Opens/closes the right rear side window → 81

2 ß Ü Locks/unlocks the vehicle → 72 B S Child safety lock for the rear passenger → 66
3 V Sets the memory function → compartment side windows
110
C W Opens/closes the le rear side window → 81
4 Adjusts the seats electrically → 93
D W Opens/closes the le side window → 81
5 w Switches the seat heating on/o → 105
E Í Operates the outside mirrors → 144
6 s Switches the seat ventilation on/o → 106
F Adjusts the 4-way lumbar support → 97
7 w Adjusts the front passenger seat from → 96
the driver's seat G Seat adjustment using the multimedia system → 102
8 q Opens/closes the tailgate → 75 H Adjusts the head restraints → 100
9 W Opens/closes the right side window → 81
16 At a glance – Control settings in the rear passenger compartment
 At a glance – Control settings in the rear passenger compartment 17

1 Rear climate control operating unit → 149 3 w Switches the rear seat heating on/o → 105
2 Storage compartment in the center console 4 Adjusts the rear seats electrically → 97
115 V socket → 127 5 Cup holder
18 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns
 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns 19

1 B-pillar with: 7 Flat tire → 332

QR code for accessing the rescue card → 32 8 Tow-starting or towing away → 344
2 Safety vests → 330 9 Fuel ller ap with:
3 ; me button → 296 information label on fuel type → 179
G SOS button → 296 Information label on tire pressure → 354
4 £ Hazard warning light system → 134 QR code for accessing the rescue card → 32
5 Checking and re lling operating uids → 389 A Warning triangle → 330
Starting assistance → 341 B TIREFIT kit → 334
6 Tow-starting or towing away → 344 C First-aid kit (so sided) → 331
20 Digital Operator's Manual

Calling up the
the Digital
Digital Oper
Operat
ator's
or's Manual R Quick start: here is where you nd the rst
steps towards setting up your vehicle.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Info 5 Operator's Manual
R Tips: nd information that prepares you for
5 Õ
certain everyday situations with your vehicle.
R Animations: watch animations of the vehicle
functions.
R Messages: receive additional information
about the messages in the Instrument Display.
R Bookmarks: gain access to your personally
saved bookmarks. 1 Back
R Language: select the language for the Digital 2 Adds bookmarks
Operator's Manual. 3 Picture
4 Contents section
5 Directions of movement of contents section
The Digital Operator's Manual describes the func- 6 Menu
tions and operation of the vehicle and the multi-
media system. Some sections in the Digital Operator's Manual,
# Select one of the following menu items in the such as warning notes, can be expanded and col-
Digital Operator's Manual: lapsed.
R Search: search for keywords in order to nd Additional met
methods
hods of calling up tthe
he Digital
Digital Oper-
quick answers to questions about the opera- ator's
ator's Manual:
tion of the vehicle.
 Digital Operator's Manual 21

Direct access: open the required content in the

Direct
Digital Operator's Manual by pressing and holding
an entry on the tab bar in the multimedia system:

Instrument
Instr ument Display:
Display: call up brief information as
display messages in the instrument cluster
Voice Control
Control System:
System: call up via the voice control
system
For safety reasons, the Digital Operator's Manual
is deactivated while driving.
22 General notes

Protection
Protection of tthe
he en
envir
vironment
onment # Always have maintenance work carried Environment
Envir onmental
al issues and rrecommendations
ecommendations
out at a quali ed specialist workshop. It is recommended that you re-use or recycle
+ ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL AL NO
NOTETE Environmental materials instead of just disposing of them.
damage due to operating conditions and Per
ersonal
sonal driving
driving sty
style:
le: The relevant environmental guidelines and regula-
personal driving style # Do not depress the accelerator pedal tions serve to protect the environment and must
when starting the engine. be strictly observed.
The pollutant emission of the vehicle is
directly related to the way you operate the # Do not warm up the vehicle while sta-
vehicle. tionary. Genuine Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz parts
par ts
Operate your vehicle in an environmentally # Drive carefully and maintain a suitable
responsible manner to help protect the envi- distance from the vehicle in front. + ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL NOTE
NOTE Environmental
ronment. Please observe the following recom- # Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and damage due to not using recycled recon-
mendations on operating conditions and per- braking. ditioned components
sonal driving style. # Change gear in good time and use each Mercedes‑Benz AG o ers recycled recondi-
Operating
Oper ating conditions: gear only up to Ô of its maximum tioned components and parts with the same
# Make sure that the tire pressure is cor- engine speed. quality as new parts. The same entitlement
rect. # Switch o the vehicle in stationary traf- from the Limited Warranty is valid as for new
# Do not carry any unnecessary weight fic, e.g. by using the ECO start/stop parts.
(e.g. roof luggage racks once you no lon- function. # Use recycled reconditioned components
ger need them). # Drive in a fuel-e cient manner. Observe and parts from Mercedes‑Benz AG.
# Adhere to the service intervals. the ECO display for an economical driv-
A regularly serviced vehicle will contrib- ing style.
ute to environmental protection.
 General notes 23

* NOTE Impairment of the operating e - You could jeopardize the operating safety of your Always specify the vehicle identi cation number
ciency of the restraint systems from vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels as well (VIN) (/ page 388) when ordering genuine
installing accessory parts or from repairs as accessories relevant to safety which have not Mercedes-Benz parts.
or welding been approved by Mercedes-Benz. Safety-relevant
systems, e.g. the brake system, may malfunction.
Airbags and Emergency Tensioning Devices, Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of Operat
Oper ator's
or's Manual
as well as control units and sensors for the equal quality. Only use tires, wheels and acces- This Operator's Manual and the Digital Operator's
restraint systems, may be installed in the fol- sory parts that have been speci cally approved Manual in the vehicle describe the following mod-
lowing areas of your vehicle: for your vehicle model. els and the standard and special equipment for
R Doors Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject to your vehicle:
R Door pillars strict quality inspections. Each part has been spe- R The models and the standard and special
R Door sills
cially developed, manufactured or selected for equipment available at the time of this Opera-
Mercedes-Benz vehicles and adapted to them. tor's Manual going to press.
R Seats Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts R The models and the standard and special
R Cockpit should be used. equipment only available in certain countries.
R Instrument cluster More than 300,000 di erent genuine Mercedes- R The models and the standard and special
R Center console Benz parts are available for Mercedes-Benz mod- equipment, which will only be available at a
els. later date.
R Lateral roof frame
All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a
# Do not install accessory parts such as supply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts for neces- Note that your vehicle may not be equipped with
audio systems in these areas. sary service and repair work. In addition, strategi- all features described. This is also the case for
cally located parts delivery centers provide for systems relevant to safety. Therefore, the equip-
# Do not carry out repairs or welding. ment on your vehicle may di er from that in the
quick and reliable parts service.
# Have accessory parts retro tted at a descriptions and illustrations.
quali ed specialist workshop.
24 General notes

The original purchase agreement for your vehicle R The vehicle is linked to the Mercedes me user Service
Ser vice and vvehicle
ehicle oper
operation
ation
contains a list of the equipment in your vehicle at account.
the time of delivery. Vehicle oper
operation
ation outside the
the US
USA
A or Canada
Order
Ordering
ing and activating
activating on-demand feature
feature
Should you have any questions concerning equip- When you are abroad with your vehicle, observe
ment and operation, please consult an authorized
# Add the desired on-demand feature for the the following points:
Mercedes-Benz Center. vehicle to the shopping basket in the R Service points or replacement parts may not
Mercedes me Store.
The Operator's Manual, Supplement, further sup- be available immediately.
# Complete the order.
plementary documents and Maintenance Booklet R Unleaded fuel may not be available for vehi-
are important documents and should be kept in The on-demand feature is activated when
operating the vehicle. cles with a catalytic converter. Leaded fuel
the vehicle. may cause damage to the catalytic converter.
activation
Speeding up activation R The fuel may have an extremely low octane
Mercedes
Mer cedes me app # Switch the vehicle o and lock it. number. Unsuitable fuel can cause engine
# A er about 2 minutes, unlock the vehicle and damage.
Notes about the
the on-demand feature
feature
switch on the vehicle. Some Mercedes-Benz models are available in
You can also activate various functions (on- The on-demand feature has been activated. Europe through our European Delivery Program.
demand feature) subsequently via Mercedes me For some features, a noti cation also appears For more information, please consult an author-
a er purchasing your vehicle. in the vehicle's multimedia system. ized Mercedes‑Benz service center, or write to
Information is available at any authorized If the activation was not successful, repeat the one of the following address:
Mercedes-Benz Center. process. In the
the USA:
USA:
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
Activ
ctivating
ating on-demand featur
featuree using Mercedes
Mercedes me
European Delivery Department
Requir
equirements:
ements: One Mercedes-Benz Drive
R The vehicle has GPS reception.
Sandy Springs, GA 30328
 General notes 25

In Canada: Service and Warranty booklet (Canada). You will Possible dang
danger
er due to
to subst
substances
ances hazardous
hazardous to
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. nd both in the vehicle document wallet. health
European Delivery Department In compliance with Proposition 65 ("Prop65"), the
98 Vanderhoof Avenue Changee of address
Chang address or chang
changee of owner
ownership
ship following detachable label has been added to
each vehicle sold in California:
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9 In the event of a change of address, please send
us the "Noti cation of address change" in the
Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the
Maintenance
Maintenance Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center
Your customer advisor con rms the service in the (USA) on the hotline number
service report. 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus-
tomer Service (Canada) on 1-800-387-0100. We
can then reach you in a timely fashion, if neces-
Roadside Assistance
Assistance sary.
The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all litera-
o ers technical help in the case of a breakdown. ture in the vehicle so that it is available to the next
Your calls to the toll-free Roadside Assistance owner. If you have purchased a used vehicle,
Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a please send us the "Notice of Purchase of Used Operating
Oper ating safety
safety
day, 365 days a year. Car" in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim-
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) (USA) ply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance & WARNING Risk of accident due to mal-
Center (USA) at the hotline number functions or system failures
1-800-387-0100 (Canada)
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus-
You can nd further information in the Mercedes- tomer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100. To avoid malfunctions or system failures:
Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure # Always have the prescribed service and
(USA) or the "Roadside Assistance" section in the maintenance work as well any required
26 General notes

repairs carried out at a quali ed special- & WARNING Risk of re due to ammable * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to driv-
ist workshop. materials on hot parts of the exhaust sys- ing too fast and due to impacts to the
tem vehicle underbody or suspension compo-
& WARNING Risk of accident or injury due Flammable material such as leaves, grass or nents
to incorrect modi cations on electronic twigs may ignite if they come into contact with In the following situations, in particular, there
component parts hot parts of the exhaust system. is a risk of damage to the vehicle:
Modi cation of electronic components, their # When driving on unpaved roads or o - R The vehicle becomes grounded, e.g. on a
so ware or wiring could impair their function road, regularly check the vehicle under- high curb or an unpaved road
and/or the function of other networked com- side. R The vehicle is driven too fast over an
ponent parts or safety-relevant systems. # Remove trapped plants or other amma- obstacle, e.g. a curb, speed bump or pot-
This can endanger the operating safety of the ble material, in particular. hole
vehicle. # If there is damage, consult a quali ed R A heavy object strikes the underbody or
# Never tamper with the wiring and elec- specialist workshop immediately. suspension components
tronic component parts or their so -
ware. In situations such as these, damage to the
# You should have all work on electrical
body, underbody, suspension components,
wheels or tires may not be visible. Compo-
and electronic components carried out nents damaged in this way can unexpectedly
at a quali ed specialist workshop. fail or, in the case of an accident, may no lon-
ger absorb the resulting force as intended.
Observe the "On-board electronics" section in
"Technical data". If the underbody paneling is damaged, am-
mable materials such as leaves, grass or twigs
can collect between the underbody and the
 General notes 27

underbody paneling. These materials may If you modify component parts of these high-
ignite if they come into contact with hot parts voltage components or touch damaged com-
of the exhaust system. ponent parts, you may be electrocuted.
# Have the vehicle checked and repaired High voltage components may be damaged in
immediately at a quali ed specialist an accident, although the damage may not be
workshop. visible.
or # Never perform modi cations to compo-

# If driving safety is impaired while con- nent parts of high-voltage components.

tinuing your journey, pull over and stop # Never touch damaged component parts
the vehicle immediately, while paying of high-voltage components. All work on high voltage components must be car-
attention to road and tra c conditions, # Never touch component parts of high- ried out at a quali ed specialist workshop.
and contact a quali ed specialist work- voltage components a er an accident.
shop.
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical system Declaration
Declar ation of confor
conformity
mity for
for wir
wireless
eless vehicle
vehicle
Vehicles with
with a 48 V on-boar
on-boardd electr
electrical
ical syst
system
em contain high voltage components. These compo- com
components
ponents
nents are marked with a high voltage label:
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injury by touching
damaged high-voltage components
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical sys- USA: "Radio based devices of this vehicle comply
tem contain individual high-voltage compo- with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is sub-
nents. These high-voltage components are ject to the following two conditions: 1) These devi-
under high voltage. ces may not cause harmful interference, and 2)
These devices must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause
28 General notes

undesired operation.Changes or modi cations not Diagnostics

Diagnos tics connection & WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
expressly approved by the party responsible for in the driver's footwell
compliance could void the user’s authority to The diagnostics connection is a technical inter-
operate the equipment." face in the vehicle. It is used, for example, in the Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
context of repair and maintenance work or for pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
Canada: "This vehicle contains licence-exempt reading out vehicle data in a specialist workshop.
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Inno- Diagnostic devices should therefore only be con- This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
vation, Science and Economic Development Can- nected in a quali ed specialist workshop. of the vehicle.
ada’s licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
to the following two conditions: (1) These devices & WARNING Risk of accident due to con- so that they cannot get into the driver's
may not cause interference. (2) These devices necting devices to the diagnostics con- footwell.
must accept any interference, including interfer- nection # Always install the oor mats securely
ence that may cause undesired operation of the and as prescribed in order to ensure that
devices." "Les émetteurs/récepteurs dans cette If you connect devices to the diagnostics con-
nection of the vehicle, the function of vehicle there is always su cient room for the
véhicule sont conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, pedals.
Sciences et Développement économique Canada systems and operating safety may be
applicables aux appareils radio exempts de impaired. # Do not use loose oor mats and do not

licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux con- # For safety reasons, we recommend that place oor mats on top of one another.
ditions suivantes : 1) Ces appareils ne doivent pas you only use and connect products
produire de brouillage; 2) Ces appareils doivent approved by your authorized Mercedes- * NOTE Battery discharging from using devi-
accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, Benz Center. ces connected to the diagnostics connec-
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en com- tion
promettre le fonctionnement."
Using devices at the diagnostics connection
drains the battery.
# Check the charge level of the battery.
 General notes 29

# If the charge level is low, charge the bat- Connecting and using another device with the For the following, always have your vehicle
tery, e.g. by driving a considerable dis- diagnostics connection can have the following checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center:
tance. e ects: R Safety-relevant works
R Malfunctions in the vehicle system R Service and maintenance work
Please also note the information about the 12 V R Permanent damage to vehicle components R Repair work
battery and short-distance trips in the "Driving
and Parking" chapter (/ page 161). Please refer to the warranty terms and conditions R Modi cations as well as installations and con-
for this matter. versions
Moreover, connecting equipment to the diagnos- R Work on electronic components
tics connection can lead to emissions monitoring R Vehicles with
with 48 V on-boar
on-boardd electrical
electrical system:
system:
information being reset, for example. This may work on the high-voltage component of the 48
lead to the vehicle failing to meet the require- V on-board electrical system
ments of the next emissions inspection during the
main inspection. Mercedes‑Benz recommends a Mercedes‑Benz
service center.

Quali ed specialis
specialistt work
workshop
shop
An authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a quali- Correct
Corr ect use of the
the vehicle
vehicle
ed specialist workshop. It has the necessary If you remove any warning stickers, you or others
special skills, tools and quali cations to correctly could fail to recognize certain dangers. Leave
carry out the work required on your vehicle. This warning stickers in position.
particularly applies to safety-relevant works.
30 General notes

Observe the following information in particular Utility vehicles have a signi cantly higher rollover media and sound system or also in the area of the
when driving your vehicle: rate than other types of vehicles. seats, depending on the vehicle equipment.
R The safety notes in this Operator's Manual, If this type of vehicle is not driven safely, an acci- For this reason, the following can occur in isolated
vehicle-speci c supplements and further sup- dent can occur, the vehicle can roll over and cases, depending on the aids used:
plementary documents occupants can su er serious or even fatal inju- R Medical aids malfunctioning
R Technical data for the vehicle ries.
R Adverse health e ects
R Tra c rules and regulations In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is signi -
cantly more likely to die than a person wearing a Observe the notes and warnings of the manufac-
R Laws and safety standards pertaining to motor
seat belt. turer of the medical aids; if in doubt, contact the
vehicles device manufacturer and/or your doctor. If there
You and all vehicle occupants should always wear
your seat belts. is continuing uncertainty concerning the possibil-
ity of medical aids malfunctioning, Mercedes-
Sportt Utility Vehicle
Spor Vehicle
Benz AG recommends using only few electrical
& WARNING Risk of accident when the cen- Notes for
for persons
persons wit
withh electr
electronic
onic medical aids vehicle systems and/or maintaining a distance
ter of gravity is too high from the components.
Mercedes-Benz AG cannot, despite carefully
developing vehicle systems, completely rule out Only have repairs and maintenance work in the
The vehicle may start to skid and rollover in area of the following components carried out at a
the event of sudden steering maneuvers the interaction of vehicle systems with electronic
medical aids such as cardiac pacemakers. quali ed specialist workshop:
and/or when the vehicle's speed is not adap-
In addition, there are components installed in the R Vehicle components carrying live voltage
ted to the road conditions.
# Always adapt your speed and driving vehicle that, regardless of the operating status of R Transmission antenna
style to the vehicle's driving characteris- the vehicle, can generate magnetic elds on a par R Multimedia system and sound system
tics and to the prevailing road and with permanent magnets. These elds can be
weather conditions. found, for example, in the area around the multi- If you have any queries or suggestions, consult a
quali ed specialist workshop.
 General notes 31

Problems with
Problems with your
your vehicle
vehicle Repor
eporting
ting safe
safety
ty defects
defects You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from: https://www.safercar.gov
If you should experience a problem with your vehi- USA only:
USA
cle, particularly one that you believe may a ect its The following text is published as required of man- Canada only:
safe operation, we urge you to contact an author- ufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal The following text is published as required of man-
ized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the "National ufacturers under subsection 18.4 (4) of the Motor
the problem diagnosed and recti ed. If the prob- Tra c and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966". Vehicle Safety Regulations.
lem is not resolved to your satisfaction, please If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which
discuss the problem again with an authorized If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which
could cause a crash or could cause injury or could cause a crash or could cause injury or
Mercedes-Benz Center or, if necessary, contact death, you should immediately inform Transport
us at one of the following addresses: death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Tra c Safety Administration (NHTSA) in Canada in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz
In the
the US
USA:
A: addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. Canada Inc.
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open If Transport Canada received similar complaints, it
Customer Assistance Center an investigation, and if it nds that a safety defect may open an investigation, and if it nds that a
exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may
One Mercedes-Benz Drive order a recall and remedy campaign. However,
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
Sandy Springs, GA 30328 become involved in individual problems between Transport Canada cannot become involved in indi-
In Canada: you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. vidual problems between you, your dealer or
Mercedes-Benz Canada Inc.
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle
Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 To contact Transport Canada, you may call the
Customer Relations Department
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to the https:// Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll-free
98 Vanderhoof Avenue in Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 819-994-3328in
www.safercar.gov/; or write to: Administrator,
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9 NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC the Gatineau-Ottawa area or internationally; you
20590,: USA. may also go to the following websites for more
information:
32 General notes

R English: https://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls your vehicle. The current rescue card contains the can be found in the information directly related to
R French: https://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels most important information about your vehicle in the functional characteristics in question in their
a compact form, e.g. the routing of the electric respective Operator's Manual. This information is
lines. also available online and, depending on the vehi-
Limited
Limited W
Warr
arranty
anty Further information can be obtained at https:// cle equipment, digitally.
www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code. Personal
ersonal data
* NOTE
NOTE Damage to the vehicle arising from
violation of these operating instructions. Every vehicle is identi ed by a unique vehicle
identi cation number. Depending on the country,
Dataa stor
Dat storage
age
Damage to the vehicle can arise from violation this vehicle identi cation number can be used by,
of these operating instructions. Data pr
Data processing
ocessing in the
the vvehicle
ehicle for example, governmental authorities to deter-
This damage is not covered either by the Electronic control
Electronic control units mine the identity of the owner. There are other
Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or by the Electronic control units are installed in your vehi- possibilities to use data collected from the vehicle
New‑ or Used-Vehicle Warranty. cle. Control units process data which, for exam- to identify the owner or driver, such as the license
# Follow the instructions in these operat- ple, they receive from vehicle sensors, generate plate number.
ing instructions on proper operation of themselves or exchange between themselves. Therefore, data generated or processed by control
your vehicle as well as on possible vehi- Some control units are required for the safe oper- units may be attributable to a person or, under
cle damage. ation of your vehicle, some assist you when driv- certain conditions, become attributable to a per-
ing, such as driver assistance systems, while oth- son. Depending on which vehicle data are availa-
ers enable convenience or infotainment functions. ble, it may be possible to make inferences about,
QR code for
for rescue
rescue card The following provides you with general informa- for example, your driving behavior, your location,
tion regarding data processing in the vehicle. your route or your use patterns.
QR codes are attached in the fuel ller ap and on
the opposite side on the B-pillar. In the event of Additional information regarding exactly which
an accident, rescue services can use the QR code data in your vehicle are collected, saved and
to quickly nd the appropriate rescue card for transmitted to third parties, and for what purpose,
 General notes 33

Legal
Leg al req
requir
uirements
ements reg
regar
arding
ding tthe
he disclosur
disclosuree of Generally, the use of these data is temporary; If you use services, such as repair services and
data they will not be stored beyond the period of oper- maintenance work, stored operational data as
If legally required to do so, manufacturers are, in ation and will only be processed within the vehicle well as the vehicle identi cation number can be
individual cases, legally obliged to provide govern- itself. Control units o en contain data memories read out and used. They can be read out by
mental entities, upon request and to the extent for vehicle keys, for example. Their use permits service network employees, such as workshops
required, data stored by the manufacturer. For the temporary or permanent documentation of and manufacturers or third parties, such as break-
example, this may be the case during the investi- technical information about the vehicle's operat- down services. The same is true in the case of
gation of a criminal o ense. ing state, component loads, maintenance require- warranty claims and quality assurance measures.
Governmental entities are themselves, in individ- ments and technical events or malfunctions. In general, the readout is performed via the legally
ual cases and within the applicable legal frame- Depending on the vehicle equipment, the follow- prescribed port for the diagnostics connection in
work, authorized to read out data from the vehi- ing data are stored: the vehicle. The operational data that are read out
cle. In the case of an accident, information that R Operating status of system components, such document technical states of the vehicle or of
can help with an investigation can, therefore, be as ll levels, tire pressure or battery status individual components and assist in the diagnosis
taken from the airbag control unit, for example. of malfunctions, compliance with warranty obliga-
R Malfunctions or faults in important system
tions and quality improvement. To that end, these
Operational
Operational dat
dataa in the
the vvehicle
ehicle components, such as lights or brakes data, in particular information about component
This is data regarding the operation of the vehicle, R System reactions in special driving situations, loads, technical events, malfunctions and other
which have been processed by control units. such as airbag deployment or the intervention faults may be transmitted along with the vehicle
This includes the following data, for example: of stability control systems identi cation number to the manufacturer. Fur-
R Vehicle status information such as the speed, R Information on events leading to vehicle dam- thermore, the manufacturer is subject to product
longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, age liability. For this reason the manufacturer also
number of wheel revolutions or the fastened uses operational data from the vehicle, for exam-
seat belts display In certain cases, it may be required to store data ple, for recalls. These data can also be used to
that would have otherwise been used only tempo- examine the customer's warranty and guarantee
R Ambient conditions, such as temperature, rain
rarily. This may be the case if the vehicle has claims.
sensor or distance sensor detected a malfunction, for example.
34 General notes

Fault memories in the vehicle can be reset by a R Address book data for use in connection with phone can be output via the multimedia system.
service outlet or at your request as part of repair an integrated hands-free system or an integra- Certain information is simultaneously transferred
or maintenance work. ted navigation system to your smartphone. Depending on the type and
R Entered navigation destinations integration, this includes position data, day/night
Convenience
Convenience and infot
infotainment
ainment functions mode and other general vehicle statuses. For
You can store convenience settings and individual R Data about the use of Internet services more information please consult the Operator's
settings in the vehicle and change or reset them Manual of the vehicle/infotainment system.
at any time. These data for convenience and infotainment
functions may be saved locally in the vehicle or This integration allows the use of selected smart-
Depending on the vehicle equipment, this they may be located on a device which you have phone apps, such as navigation or music player
includes the following settings, for example: connected to the vehicle, such as a smartphone, apps. There is no further interaction between the
R Seat and steering wheel positions USB ash drive or MP3 player. If you have entered smartphone and the vehicle; in particular, vehicle
R Suspension and climate control settings these data yourself, you can delete them at any data is not directly accessible. The type of addi-
time. tional data processing is determined by the pro-
R Individual settings, such as interior lighting
This data is transmitted from the vehicle to third vider of the app being used. Which settings you
Depending on the selected equipment, you can parties only at your request. This applies, in par- can make, if any, depends on the speci c app and
import data into vehicle infotainment functions ticular, when you use online services in accord- the operating system of your smartphone.
yourself. ance with the settings that you have selected.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, this Smartphone
Smar tphone integr
integration
ation (e.g. Android
Android A
Aut
utoo or Online services
ser vices
includes the following data, for example:
Apple CarPlay®) Wirireless
eless netw
networ
orkk connection
R Multimedia data, such as music, lms or pho- If your vehicle is accordingly equipped, you can If your vehicle has a wireless network connection,
tos for playback in an integrated multimedia connect your smartphone or another mobile end it enables data to be exchanged between your
system device to the vehicle. You can then control them vehicle and additional systems. The wireless net-
by means of the control elements integrated in work connection is made possible by the vehicle's
the vehicle. Images and audio from the smart- own transmitter and receiver or by a mobile end
 General notes 35

device that you have brought into the vehicle, for ted. This excludes legally prescribed functions and service o ers. There you will also nd the contact
example, a smartphone. Online functions can be services, such as an emergency call system. information for the manufacturer and its data pro-
used via the wireless network connection. This tection o cers.
includes online services and applications/apps Third
Third party
par ty ser
services
vices
If you use online services from other providers At a workshop, for example, with the support of a
provided to you by the manufacturer or by other specialist and possibly for a fee, you can have
providers. (third parties), these services are the responsibil-
ity of the provider in question and subject to that data read out which is stored only locally in the
Manufactur
Manufacturer's
er's services
ser vices provider's data protection conditions and terms of vehicle.
Regarding the manufacturer's online services, the use. As a general rule, the manufacturer has no
individual functions are described by the manu- in uence on the content exchanged. MBUX multimedia system/Mer
system/Mercedes
cedes me connect
facturer in a suitable place, for example, in the For this reason, when services are provided by
Operator's Manual or on the manufacturer's web- If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX multime-
third parties, please ask the service provider in dia system or Mercedes me connect, additional
site, where the relevant data protection informa- question for information about the type, extent
tion is also given. Personal data may be used for data about the vehicle's operation, the use of the
and purpose of the collection and use of personal vehicle in certain situations, and the location of
the provision of online services. Data are data.
exchanged via a secure connection, such as the the vehicle may be compiled by the MBUX multi-
manufacturer's designated IT systems. Any per- media system or Mercedes me connect.
sonal data which are collected, processed and Dataa prot
Dat protection
ection rights
rights For additional information, please refer to the
used, other than for the provision of services, is Depending on your country or the equipment and "MBUX multimedia system" section and/or the
done so exclusively on the basis of legal permis- range of functions of your vehicle as well as the Mercedes me connect Terms and Conditions.
sion. This is the case, for example, for a legally services you use and the services on o er, you
prescribed emergency call system, a contractual are entitled to di erent data protection rights. Event
Event data
data recor
recorders
ders
agreement or when consent has been given. Further information on data protection and your
You can have services and functions, some of data protection rights can either be found on the USA only:
USA only:
which are subject to a fee, activated or deactiva- manufacturer's website or you will receive this This vehicle is equipped with an event data
information as part of the various services and recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to
36 General notes

record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa- could combine EDR data with the type of person- its subsidiaries and a liates; or, as required by
tions, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a ally identifying data routinely acquired during a law.
road obstacle, data that will assist in understand- crash investigation. Warning: The EDR is a component of the Restraint
ing how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip- System Module. Tampering with, altering, modify-
is designed to record data related to vehicle ment is required, and access to the vehicle or the ing or removing the EDR component may result in
dynamics and safety systems for a short period of EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu- a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and
time, typically 30 seconds or less. facturer, other parties that have the special equip- other systems.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such ment, such as law enforcement, can read the State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that
data as: information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR. con ict with federal regulation are pre-empted.
R How various systems in your vehicle were EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat- This means that in the event of such con ict, the
operating ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, accident federal regulation governs. As of December 2016,
R Whether or not the driver and front passenger claims and vehicle safety. Since the Crash Data 17 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.
seat belts were buckled/fastened Retrieval (CDR) tool that is used to extract data
from the EDR is commercially available,
R How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the Copyr
Cop yright
ight
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expressly
accelerator and/or brake pedal and disclaims any and all liability arising from the Free and open source
source so ware
ware
R How fast the vehicle was traveling extraction of this information by unauthorized
Mercedes-Benz personnel. Information on license for free and open-source
This data can help provide a better understanding so ware used in your vehicle can be found on the
of the circumstances in which accidents and inju- MBUSA will not share EDR data with others with- data carrier in your vehicle document wallet and
ries occur. NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your out the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the with updates on the following website:
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; vehicle is leased, without the consent of the les-
see. Exceptions to this representation include https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource
no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driv-
ing conditions and no personal data (e.g. name, responses to subpoenas by law enforcement; by
gender, age and accident location) is recorded. federal, state or local government; in connection
However, other parties, such as law enforcement, with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or
 General notes 37

Regist
egister
ered
ed tr
trademarks
ademarks R Gracenote® is a registered trademark of
Gracenote, Inc.
R Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-
tooth SIG, Inc. R ZAGAT Survey® and related brands are regis-
R DTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc. tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC.
R Dolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarks
of DOLBY Laboratories.
R ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are registered trade-
marks of Daimler AG.
R HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gen-
tex Corporation.
R iPod® and iTunes® are registered trademarks
of Apple Inc.
R Burmester® is a registered trademark of
Burmester Audiosysteme GmbH.
R Microso ® and Windows Media® are regis-
tered trademarks of Microso Corporation.
R SIRIUS® is a registered trademark of Sirius
XM Radio Inc.
R HD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-
uity Digital Corporation.
38 Occupant safety

Res
estr
traint
aint syst
system
em In order for the restraint system to provide the Limitations of the
Limitations the prot
protection
ection provided
provided bbyy the
the
intended level of protection, each vehicle occu- res
estr
traint
aint system
system
Protection
Protection pro
provided
vided by
by the
the rres
estr
traint
aint syst
system
em pant must observe the following information:
The restraint system includes the following com- R Fasten seat belts correctly. & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
ponents: R Sit in an almost upright seat position with their
modi cations to the restraint system
R Seat belt system back against the seat backrest. Vehicle occupants may no longer be protected
R Airbags R Sit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi- as intended if alterations are made to the
R Child restraint system ble. restraint system.
# Never alter the parts of the restraint sys-
R Child seat securing systems R Always secure persons under 5 (1.50 m) tall
in an additional restraint system suitable for tem.
The restraint system can help prevent the vehicle Mercedes-Benz vehicles. # Never tamper with the wiring or any elec-
occupants from coming into contact with parts of tronic component parts or their so -
the vehicle interior in the event of an accident. In However, no system available today can com- ware.
the event of an accident, the restraint system can pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every
also reduce the forces to which the vehicle occu- accident situation. In particular, the seat belt and If it is necessary to modify the vehicle to accom-
pants are subjected. airbag generally do not protect against objects modate a person with disabilities, contact an
A seat belt can only provide the best level of pro- penetrating the vehicle from the outside. It is also authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for details.
tection if it is worn correctly. Depending on the not possible to completely rule out the risk of
injury caused by the airbag deploying. USA only: for details, contact our Customer Assis-
detected accident situation, Emergency Tension- tance Center on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes
ing Devices and/or airbags supplement the pro- (1‑800‑367‑6372).
tection o ered by a correctly worn seat belt.
Emergency Tensioning Devices and/or airbags
are not deployed in every accident.
 Occupant safety 39

Res
estr
traint
aint syst
system
em functionality # Have the restraint system checked and sive role in airbag deployment. Nor do they pro-
repaired immediately at a quali ed spe- vide an indication of airbag deployment.
When the vehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-
formed, during which the 6 restraint system cialist workshop. The vehicle may be deformed signi cantly without
warning lamp lights up. It goes out no later than a an airbag being deployed. This is the case if only
few seconds a er the vehicle is started. The com- parts which are relatively easily deformed are
ponents of the restraint system are then func- Function of the
the rres
estr
traint
aint system
system in an accident a ected and the rate of vehicle deceleration is
tional. How the restraint system works depends on the not high. Conversely, an airbag may be deployed
severity of the impact detected and the apparent even though the vehicle su ers only minor defor-
type of accident: mation. If very rigid vehicle parts such as longitu-
Malfunctioning res
restr
traint
aint syst
system
em dinal members are hit, this may result in su -
R Frontal impact
A malfunction has occurred in the restraint sys- ciently high levels of vehicle deceleration.
tem if: R Rear impact
Depending on the detected deployment situation,
R The 6 restraint system warning lamp does R Side impact the components of the restraint system can be
not light up when the vehicle is switched on R Rollover activated or deployed independently of each
other:
R The 6 restraint system warning lamp lights
The activation thresholds for the components of R Emergency Tensioning Device: frontal impact,
up continuously or repeatedly during a journey the restraint system are determined based on the rear impact, side impact, rollover
evaluation of the sensor values measured at vari-
& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc- ous points in the vehicle. This process is pre-emp- R Driver's airbag, front passenger airbag: frontal
tions in the restraint system tive in nature. The triggering/deployment of the impact
Components in the restraint system may be components of the restraint system must take R Knee airbag: frontal impact
activated unintentionally or not deploy as plan- place in good time at the start of the collision. R Side airbag: side impact
ned in an accident. Factors which can only be seen and measured R Window curtain airbag: side impact, rollover,
a er a collision has occurred cannot play a deci- frontal impact
40 Occupant safety

R PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side: side impact If the Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered Seat belts
or an airbag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed a small amount of powder may also be released: Protection provided
Protection provided bbyy tthe
he seat belt
in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Always fasten your seat belt correctly before
R The bang will not generally a ect your hearing.
indicator lamp is o . If the front passenger seat is starting a journey. A seat belt can only provide
occupied, make sure, both before and during the R In general, the powder released is not hazard-
ous to health but may cause short-term the best level of protection if it is worn correctly.
journey, that the status of the front passenger air-
bag is correct (/ page 49). breathing di culties to persons su ering from & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
asthma or other pulmonary conditions.
incorrectly fastened seat belt
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot air bag Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehicle
components immediately or open the window in order to If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot
prevent breathing di culties. perform its intended protective function.
The air bag parts are hot a er an air bag has
been deployed. In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt
Airbags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning can also cause injuries, for example, in the
# Do not touch the air bag parts. Devices contain perchlorate material, which may event of an accident or when braking or
# Have a deployed air bag replaced at a require special handling or environmental protec- changing direction suddenly.
quali ed specialist workshop as soon as tion measures. National guidelines regarding
# Always ensure that all vehicle occupants
possible. waste disposal must be observed. In California,
see https://dtsc.ca.gov/. Using the search func- have their seat belts fastened correctly
tion, you will nd information on perchlorate, for and are sitting properly.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
vehicle towed to a quali ed specialist workshop example.
Always observe the instructions about the correct
a er an accident. Take this into account, particu- driver's seat position and adjusting the seat
larly if an Emergency Tensioning Device is trig- (/ page 93).
gered or an airbag deployed.
 Occupant safety 41

In order for the correctly worn seat belt to provide R Never secure objects with a seat belt if the Limitations
Limit ations of the
the protection
protection provided
provided bbyy the
the seat
the intended level of protection, each vehicle seat belt is also being used by one of the vehi- belt
occupant must observe the following information: cle's occupants.
R The seat belt must not be twisted and must t Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a cushion, & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
tightly and snugly across the body. are ever placed between a person and the an incorrect seat position
R The seat belt must be routed across the cen- seat. The seat belt does not o er the intended level
ter of the shoulder and as low down across The seat belts on the following seats are equipped of protection if you have not moved the seat
the hips as possible. with a child seat safety feature: backrest to an almost vertical position.
R The shoulder section of the seat belt should R Front passenger seat In particular, you could slip beneath the seat-
not touch your neck nor be routed under your belt and become injured.
R Rear seats
arm or behind your back. # Adjust the seat properly before begin-
R Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter Activate or deactivate the child seat safety feature ning your journey.
coat. of the seat belt (/ page 57). # Always ensure that the seat backrest is
R Push the lap belt down as far as possible If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sure to in an almost vertical position and that
across your hips and pull tight with the shoul- observe the instructions and safety notes on the shoulder belt is routed across the
der section of the belt. Never route the lap "Children in the vehicle" (/ page 54). center of your shoulder.
belt across your abdomen. Always observe the instructions for loading the
Pregnant women must also take particular vehicle when securing objects, luggage or loads & WARNING Risk of injury or death when
care with this. (/ page 111). additional restraint systems are not used
R Never route the seat belt across sharp, poin- for persons with a smaller stature
ted, abrasive or fragile objects. Persons under 5 (1.50 m ) tall cannot wear
R Only one person should use each seat belt at the seat belt correctly without a suitable addi-
any one time. tional restraint system.
42 Occupant safety

# Always secure persons under 5 R The seat belt buckle is damaged or Only use seat belts which have been approved for
(1.50 m) tall in a suitable restraint sys- extremely dirty your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
tem. R Modi cations have been made to the & WARNING Risk of injury or death from
Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt deployed pyrotechnic Emergency Tension-
& WARNING Danger of injury or death due anchorage or seat belt retractor ing Devices
to blocked seat belt anchorage
Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices
The restraint e ect of the seat belt is impaired an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. that have been deployed are no longer opera-
if objects between the front seat and the door Modi ed or damaged seat belts could tear or tional and are unable to perform their inten-
are blocking the movable seat belt anchorage fail in the event of an accident, for example. ded protective function.
on the front seat.
Modi ed Emergency Tensioning Devices could # Therefore, have deployed pyrotechnic
# Before starting a journey, make sure that
accidentally trigger or fail to function as inten- Emergency Tensioning Devices immedi-
there are no objects between the front ded. ately replaced at a quali ed specialist
seat and the door. workshop.
# Never modify the seat belt system, for
example the seat belt, seat belt buckle,
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
damaged or modi ed seat belts anchorage and seat belt retractor. vehicle towed to a quali ed specialist workshop
a er an accident.
Seat belts cannot provide protection in the fol- # Make sure that the seat belts are undam-
lowing situations: aged, not worn and clean. * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the
R The seat belt is damaged, has been modi- # Always have the seat belts checked seat belt
ed, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed immediately a er an accident at a quali-
If an unused seat belt is not fully retracted, it
ed specialist workshop.
may become trapped in the door or in the seat
mechanism.
 Occupant safety 43

# Always ensure that an unused seat belt # Always engage seat belt tongue 2 of the seat # Only buckle the seat belts as intended.
is fully retracted. belt into seat belt buckle 1 of the corre-
sponding seat. % Observe the notes on stowage areas
# To adjust
adjust the
the seat belt height
height:: press and hold (/ page 111).
Fastening
astening and adjus
adjusting
ting seat belts the belt guide release and slide seat belt out- Information on installing a child restraint sys-
If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the let 3 into the desired position. tem and on children traveling in the vehicle
seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strap can- # To engag
engagee tthe
he seat belt outlet:
outlet: let go of the can be found in the "Children in the vehicle"
not be pulled out any further. belt guide release and ensure that seat belt section (/ page 57).
outlet 3 locks into position.
% A seat belt can only provide the best level of Seat belt adjustment
adjustment function
protection if it is worn correctly. Observe the Vehicles with
with PRE-S AFE®: A er a front seat belt
PRE-SAFE
notes on fastening the seat belt (/ page 40). has been fastened, the automatic seat belt adjust-
ment may apply a certain tightening force. Do not
* NOTE
NOTE Deployment of components of the hold the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting.
restraint system when the front passenger
seat is unoccupied and a seat belt is You can activate and deactivate the seat belt
buckled adjustment function using the multimedia system
(/ page 44).
When the front passenger seat is unoccupied
and the seat belt tongue of the seat belt is
engaged in the seat belt buckle, components
of the restraint system may deploy unnecessa-
rily on the front passenger side, e.g. the Emer-
gency Tensioning Device.
44 Occupant safety

Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating seat belt adjus
adjustment
tment via fastened their seat belts, the seat belt warning Airbags
the multimedia syst
system
em goes out.
Overvie
Over view
w of airbags
Multimedia system: In the following cases, the seat belt warning lights
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle up during a journey if:
R The vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h)
# Activate or deactivate Belt Adjustment.
and the driver's or front passenger seat belt is
not fastened.
Releasing seat belts R The driver or front passenger unfastens their
# Press the release button in the seat belt seat belt while the vehicle is in motion.
buckle and guide the seat belt back with the
seat belt tongue.

Seat belt war

warning
ning function ffor
or the
the dr
driv
iver
er and front
front 1 Driver's knee airbag
passeng
passenger
er 2 Driver's airbag
The ü seat belt warning lamp in the Instru- 3 Front passenger airbag
ment Display is a reminder that all vehicle occu- 4 Window curtain airbag
pants must wear their seat belts correctly. 5 Side airbag
The ü seat belt warning lamp lights up for six
The installation location of an airbag is identi ed
seconds every time the vehicle is started. by the AIRBAG symbol.
In addition, a warning tone may sound. When enabled, an airbag can provide additional
When the driver's and front passenger's doors are protection for the respective vehicle occupant.
closed and the driver and front passenger have
 Occupant safety 45

Potential protection provided by each airbag: Information

Infor mation on aut
automatic
omatic front
front passenger
passenger airbag Depending on the detected accident situation, the
R Knee airbag: thigh, knee and lower leg shut
shutoo window curtain airbag on the front passenger side
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed may deploy. The airbag is deployed regardless of
R Driver's airbag, front passenger airbag: head
in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
and ribcage indicator lamp is o . If the front passenger seat is
R Window curtain airbag: head occupied, make sure, both before and during the
Protection
Protection provided
provided bbyy the
the airbags
R Side airbag: ribcage and pelvis journey, that the status of the front passenger air-
bag is correct (/ page 49). Depending on the accident situation, an airbag
& WARNING Risk of injury or death if the co- may supplement the protection o ered by a cor-
driver airbag is enabled * NOTE
NOTE Deployment of components of the rectly fastened seat belt.
restraint system when the front passenger
If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on seat is unoccupied & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
the co-driver seat may be struck by the co- an incorrect seat position
driver airbag during an accident. In an accident, the components of the
NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint restraint system may deploy unnecessarily on If you deviate from the correct seat position,
system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT the front passenger side if: the airbag cannot perform its intended protec-
AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the R There are heavy objects on the front tive function.
CHILD can occur. passenger seat. Each vehicle occupant must make sure of the
R The seat belt tongue is engaged in the seat following:
When installing a child restraint system on the belt buckle of the front passenger seat and R Fasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant
front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-speci c the front passenger seat is unoccupied. women must take particular care to ensure
information (/ page 63). Also, always observe that the lap belt never lies across the
the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing # Store objects in a suitable place. abdomen.
child restraint systems on the front passenger # Only one person should use each seat
seat (/ page 63). belt at any one time.
46 Occupant safety

R Adopt the correct seat position and keep otherwise be in the deployment area of the on the cockpit, on the door, on the side win-
as far away as possible from the airbags. airbags. dow or on the side trim.
R Observe the following information. R The occupants must always keep their feet on In addition, no connecting cables, tensioning
the oor. Do not put your feet on the cockpit, straps or retaining straps must be routed or
# Always make sure that there are no for example. Your feet may otherwise be in the attached to the vehicle within the deployment
objects between the airbag and vehicle deployment area of the airbag. area of an airbag. Always comply with the
occupant. R If children are traveling in the vehicle, observe accessory manufacturer's installation instruc-
the additional notes (/ page 54). tions and, in particular, the notes on suitable
To avoid the risks resulting from the deployment places for installation.
of an airbag, each vehicle occupant must observe R Always stow and secure objects correctly.
R There are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile
the following information in particular: Objects in the vehicle interior may prevent an air- objects in the pockets of your clothing. Store
R Before starting your journey, adjust your seat bag from functioning correctly. Each vehicle occu- such objects in a suitable place.
correctly; the driver's seat and front pant must always make sure of the following in
passenger seat should be moved as far back particular:
as possible. Limitations
Limit ations of the
the prot
protection
ection provided
provided bbyy airbags
R There are no people, animals or objects
When doing so, always observe the informa- between the vehicle occupants and an airbag. & WARNING Risk of injury due to modi ca-
tion on the correct driver's seat position R There are no objects between the seat, door tions to the cover of an airbag
(/ page 93). and door pillar (B-pillar).
R Only hold the steering wheel by the steering
If you modify the cover of an airbag or a x
R There are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, objects such as stickers to it, the airbag may
wheel rim. This allows the airbag to be fully hanging on the grab handles or coat hooks. no longer function correctly.
deployed.
R There are no accessories, such as mobile navi- # Never modify the cover of an airbag and
R Always lean against the seat backrest when
gation devices, mobile phones or cup holders, do not a x objects to it.
the vehicle is in motion. Do not lean forwards within the deployment area of an airbag, e.g.
or against the door or side window. You may
 Occupant safety 47

The installation location of an airbag is identi ed & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to & WARNING Risk of injury due to deployed
by the AIRBAG symbol (/ page 44). the use of unsuitable seat covers airbag
Objects in the deployment area of an airbag may
Due to unsuitable seat covers, the airbags A deployed airbag no longer o ers any protec-
prevent the airbag from functioning correctly.
cannot protect vehicle occupants as intended. tion.
& WARNING Risk of injury from objects in In addition, the operation of the automatic # Have the vehicle towed to a quali ed

the deployment area of an airbag front passenger airbag shuto could be specialist workshop in order to have the
restricted. deployed airbag replaced.
Objects in the deployment area of an airbag
# You should only use seat covers that
can hinder or prevent the correct deployment Have deployed airbags replaced immediately.
of the airbag. have been approved for the correspond-
ing seats by Mercedes-Benz.
The airbag may then deploy in an uncontrolled
manner and may even cause additional inju- Status of tthe
he front
front passenger
passenger front
front airbag
ries to the vehicle occupants by deploying. & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc- Function of the
the aut
automatic
omatic front
front passenger
passenger airbag
This may be the case in particular if the airbag tioning sensors in the door shuto
shuto
is integrated into the seat. The function of the airbags can be impaired The automatic front passenger airbag shuto is
# Always stow and secure objects cor- due to modi cations or incorrect work per- able to detect whether the front passenger seat is
rectly. formed on the doors or door trim, or if the occupied by a person or a child restraint system.
# Before commencing your journey, make doors are damaged. The front passenger airbag is enabled or disabled
# Never modify the doors or parts of the accordingly.
sure that no objects are stowed in the
deployment area of an airbag. doors.
# Always have work on the doors or door
trim carried out at a quali ed specialist
workshop.
48 Occupant safety

& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to R Sit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi- If the front passenger seat is occupied, always
objects under the co-driver seat ble. ensure that:
Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can The front passenger airbag may otherwise be dis- R The classi cation of the person in the front
interfere with the function of the automatic abled by mistake, for example, in the following sit- passenger seat is correct and the front
co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system. uations: passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in
# Do not store any objects under the co- R The front passenger transfers their weight by accordance with the person in the front
supporting themselves on a vehicle armrest. passenger seat.
driver seat.
R The front passenger sits in such a way that R The front passenger seat has been moved
# When the co-driver seat is occupied,
their weight is raised from the seat surface. as far back as possible.
make sure that no objects are trapped
under the co-driver seat. R The person is seated correctly.
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to a
disabled front passenger airbag
# Both before and during the journey,
When installing a child restraint system on the ensure that the status of the front
front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-speci c The front passenger airbag is disabled when passenger airbag is correct.
information (/ page 63). Also, always observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing is lit. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the classi-
child restraint systems on the front passenger cation of the person or child restraint system on
A person in the front passenger seat could
seat (/ page 63). the front passenger seat takes place a er the
then, for example, come into contact with the
A person on the front passenger seat must vehicle interior, especially if the person is sit- front passenger airbag shuto self-test. The
observe the following information: ting too close to the cockpit. PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps display the
R Fasten seat belts correctly (/ page 40). status of the front passenger airbag.
R Sit in an almost upright seat position with their Always observe the notes on the function of the
back against the seat backrest. PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps
(/ page 49).
 Occupant safety 49

Function of the
the P
PASSEN
ASSENGER
GER AIR BAG
BAG indicat
indicator
or The status of the front passenger airbag is dis- shuto checked and repaired immediately at a
lamps
lamps played via the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator quali ed specialist workshop.
lamps a er the self-test:
Status display
R ON is lit: the front passenger airbag may
If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure,
deploy during an accident. both before and during the journey, that the sta-
The indicator lamp goes out a er 60 seconds. tus of the front passenger airbag is correct for the
R ON and OFF are are not
not lit: the front passenger current situation.
airbag may deploy during an accident. A er installing
installing a rrearw
earwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint
R OFF is lit: the front passenger airbag is disa- system
syst em on the
the fr
front
ont passenger
passenger seat:
seat: PASSENGER
bled. It will then not be deployed in the event AIR BAG OFF must be lit continuously.
of an accident.
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is when using a rearward-facing child
o , only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator restraint system while the co-driver airbag
lamp shows the status of the front passenger air- is enabled
bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
may be lit continuously or be o . If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child
restraint system on the co-driver seat and the
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is
Self-tes
Self-testt of aut
automatic
omatic fr
front
ont passenger
passenger airbag shut- and the 6 restraint system warning lamp light
o o , the co-driver airbag can deploy in the
up simultaneously, the front passenger seat may event of an accident.
When the vehicle is switched on, a self-test is per- not be used. Also in this case, do not install a
formed during which the two PASSENGER AIR The child could be struck by the airbag.
child restraint system on the front passenger
BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up simulta- seat. Have the automatic front passenger airbag
neously.
50 Occupant safety

# Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to adjust the seat belt outlet and the front
disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF incorrect positioning of the forward-facing passenger seat accordingly.
indicator lamp must be lit. child restraint system # Always comply with the child restraint
# NEVER use a rearward-facing child If you secure a child in a forward-facing child system manufacturer's installation
restraint system on a seat with an ENA- restraint system on the front passenger seat instructions.
BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI- that is positioned too close to the cockpit, in
OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. the event of an accident, the child could: When installing a child restraint system on the
R come into contact with the vehicle interior
front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-speci c
When installing a child restraint system on the information (/ page 63).
front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-speci c if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is lit, for example person is sitting on tthe
If a person he front
front passenger
passenger seat:
seat:
information (/ page 63). PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit continuously
R be struck by the airbag if the PASSENGER
Depending on the child restraint system and the or be o , depending on the person's stature.
stature of the child, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is o .
A person on the front passenger seat must always
indicator lamp may be o . In this case, do not # Always move the front passenger seat as observe the following information:
install the rearward-facing child restraint system far back as possible and fully retract the R If the front passenger seat is occupied by an
on the front passenger seat. seat cushion length adjustment. While adult or a person with a stature corresponding
Instead, install the rearward-facing child restraint doing so, always make sure that the to that of an adult, the PASSENGER AIR BAG
system on a suitable rear seat. shoulder belt strap is correctly routed OFF indicator lamp must be o . This indicates
A er inst
installing
alling a forw
forwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing child
child res
restr
traint
aint sys-
sys- from the seat belt outlet of the vehicle to that the front passenger airbag is enabled.
tem on the
the front
front passenger
passenger seat:
seat: depending on the shoulder belt guide on the child
restraint system. The shoulder belt strap If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
the child restraint system and the stature of the lamp is lit continuously, an adult or person
child, PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit contin- must be routed forwards and downwards
from the seat belt outlet. If necessary, with a build corresponding to that of an adult
uously or be o . Always observe the following must not use the front passenger seat.
information.
Instead, they should use a rear seat.
 Occupant safety 51

R If the front passenger seat is occupied by a If the front passenger seat is occupied, always PRE-SAFE® system
PRE-SAFE system
person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager or ensure that:
small adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF PRE-SAFE® (anticipat
Function of PRE-SAFE (anticipator
oryy occupant
R The classi cation of the person in the front prot
protection)
ection)
indicator lamp is either lit continuously or
remains o , depending on the classi cation. passenger seat is correct and the front
passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in PRE-SAFE® is able to detect certain critical driv-
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator accordance with the person in the front ing situations and implement pre-emptive meas-
lamp is o : move the front passenger seat passenger seat. ures to protect the vehicle occupants.
as far back as possible, or the person of
R The person is seated properly with a cor- PRE-SAFE® can implement the following meas-
smaller stature should use a rear seat.
rectly fastened seat belt. ures independently of each other:
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat
R The front passenger seat has been moved
lamp is lit continuously: the person of
as far back as possible. and front passenger seat.
smaller stature should not use the front
passenger seat. R Closing the side windows.
Be sure to also observe the following further rela- R Vehicles with
with sliding sunr
sunroof:
oof: closing the slid-
& WARNING Risk of injury or death when ted subjects: ing sunroof.
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator R Child restraint system on the front passenger R Vehicles with
with memory
memor y function: moving the
lamp is lit seat (/ page 63) front passenger seat to a more favorable seat
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator position.
lamp remains lit a er the self-test, the front R Vehicles with
with multicont
multicontour
our seat:
seat: increasing the
passenger airbag is disabled. air pressure in the seat side bolsters of the
seat backrest.
R PRE-SAFE® Sound: provided that the multime-
dia system is switched on, generating a brief
52 Occupant safety

noise signal to stimulate the innate protective emptive measures to protect the vehicle occu- The system will not initiate any braking application
mechanism of a person's hearing. pants. These measures cannot necessarily pre- in the following situations:
vent an imminent impact. R Whilst driving
* NOTE Damage caused by objects in the PRE-SAFE® PLUS can implement the following
footwell or behind the seat or
measures independently of each other: R When entering or exiting a parking space while
The automatic adjustment of the seat position R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat using Active Parking Assist
may result in damage to the seat and/or the and front passenger seat.
object. R Increasing brake pressure when the vehicle is
# Stow objects in a suitable place. PRE-SAFE® Im
Function of PRE-SAFE Impulse
pulse Side
stationary. This brake application is canceled
automatically when the vehicle pulls away. If an imminent side impact is detected, PRE-
SAFE® Impulse Side can pre-emptively move the
Reversing
ersing the PRE-SAFE® system
the PRE-SAFE system measures
measures If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive
front seat vehicle occupant's upper body towards
measures that were taken are reversed.
If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive the center of the vehicle. It does this by rapidly
measures that were taken are reversed. System
System limits in ating an air cushion in the outer seat side bol-
The system will not initiate any action in the fol- ster of the seat backrest on the side on which the
You will need to perform certain settings yourself.
lowing situations: impact is anticipated. This increases the distance
# If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced,
between the door and the vehicle occupant.
move the seat backrest back slightly. R When backing up
The locking mechanism releases. If PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side has been deployed or
or is faulty, the PRE-SAFE Impulse Side Inoperative
R When the vehicle is towing a trailer and there See Operator's Manual(/ page 403) display
PRE-SAFE® PL
Function of PRE-SAFE PLUS
US (anticipator
(anticipatoryy occu- is a risk of a rear impact message appears.
pant prot
protection
ection plus)
PRE-SAFE® PLUS can detect certain impacts, par-
ticularly an imminent rear impact, and take pre-
 Occupant safety 53

Automatic
utomatic measur
measures
es a er an accident Function of the
the pos
post-collision
t-collision brake
brake Be diligent
diligent
Depending on the accident situation, the post-col- Bear in mind that negligence when securing a
Depending on the type and severity of the acci- lision brake can minimize the severity of a further child in the child restraint system may have seri-
dent, and depending on the vehicle's equipment, collision or even avoid it. ous consequences. Always be diligent in securing
the following measures can be implemented, for a child carefully before every journey.
example: If an accident is detected, the post-collision brake
can implement automatic braking. When the vehi- Never allow babies and children to travel sitting
R Automatic braking (post-collision brake)
cle has come to a standstill, the electric parking on the lap of another vehicle occupant.
R Activating the hazard warning light system brake is automatically applied. To improve protection for children younger than
R Triggering an automatic emergency call The driver can cancel automatic braking by taking 12 years old or under 5 (1.50 m) in height,
(/ page 303) the following actions: Mercedes-Benz recommends you observe the fol-
R Switching o the engine R Braking more strongly than automatic braking lowing information:
To start the vehicle again, switch the vehicle R Fully depressing the accelerator pedal with R Always secure the child in a child restraint sys-
o and on once more (/ page 157). Depend- force tem suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehicle.
ing on the type and severity of the accident, R The child restraint system must be appropriate
you may no longer be able to start the vehicle. to the age, weight and size of the child.
R Switching o the fuel supply system
Safel
Safelyy transpor
transporting
ting childr
children
en in tthe
he vehicle
vehicle R The vehicle seat must be suitable for installing
R Unlocking the vehicle doors
Always observ
Always observee when cchildr
hildren
en are
are traveling
traveling in the
the a child restraint system.
vehicle
R Lowering the side windows Accident statistics show that children secured on
% Also strictly observe the safety notes for the the rear seats are generally safer than children
R Displaying the emergency guide in the multi-
speci c situation. In this way you can recog- secured on the front seats. For this reason,
media system display
nize potential risks and avoid dangers if chil- Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you install a
R Switching on the interior lighting dren are traveling in the vehicle child restraint system on a rear seat.
(/ page 54).
54 Occupant safety

The gener
generic
ic ter
termm child
child rres
estr
traint
aint system
system R Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 When securing a child with the integrated seat
The generic term child restraint system is used in and 210.2 belt of the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint
this Operator's Manual. A child restraint system system, always comply with the permissible gross
Con rmation that the child restraint system com- weight for the child and child restraint system
is, for example: plies with the standards can be found on an (/ page 58).
R A baby car seat instruction label on the child restraint system.
This con rmation can also be found in the instal- A booster seat may be necessary to achieve
R A rearward-facing child seat
lation instructions that are included with the child proper seat belt positioning for children over
R A forward-facing child seat 40 lbs (18 kg) in weight or until they reach a
restraint system.
R A child booster seat with a backrest and seat height where a three-point seat belt can be fas-
belt guide tened properly without a booster seat.
Detecting
Detecting rrisk
isks,
s, av
avoiding
oiding danger
danger
Mercedes-Benz recommends using a child Mercedes-Benz recommends a suitable child
booster seat with a backrest. Securing systems
Securing systems ffor
or child
child res
restr
traint
aint systems
systems in booster seat with a backrest and seat belt guide.
the vehicle
vehicle Adv
dvant
antag
agee of a rrearw
earwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing child
child rres
estr
traint
aint sys-
sys-
The child restraint system must be appropriate to
the age, weight and size of the child. Only use the following securing systems for child tem
restraint systems: It is preferable to transport a baby or a small child
Observee law
Observ lawss and leg
legal
al req
requir
uirements
ements R The LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings in a suitable rearward-facing child restraint sys-
Always observe the legal requirements when tem. In this case, the child sits in the opposite
R The vehicle's seat belt system
using a child restraint system in the vehicle. direction to the direction of travel and faces back-
R The Top Tether anchorages wards.
Observ
Observee ststandar
andards
ds for
for cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint syst
systems
ems
All child restraint systems must meet the following Installing a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint Babies and small children have comparatively
standards: system is preferred. weak neck muscles in relation to the size and
Simply attaching to the securing rings on the vehi- weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cer-
R U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
cle can reduce the risk of installing the child vical spine during an accident can be reduced in a
213 and 225 rearward-facing child restraint system.
restraint system incorrectly.
 Occupant safety 55

Alwayss secure
Alway secure a cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint system
system correctly
correctly & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to - Securing the child restraint system with
unsecured child restraint systems in the the seat belt on the front passenger seat
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to (/ page 63). Observe the speci c
vehicle
incorrect installation of the child restraint instructions for the rearward-facing and
system If the child restraint system is incorrectly forward-facing child restraint systems
installed or not secured, it can come loose. (/ page 63).
The child can then not be protected or
restrained as intended. The child restraint system could be ung If the front passenger seat is occupied,
# Be sure to comply with the manufactur-
around and hit vehicle occupants. ensure, both before and during the jour-
er's installation instructions for the child # Always install child restraint systems cor- ney, that the status of the front passenger
restraint system and its correct use. rectly, even when not in use. airbag is correct for the current situation
# Always comply with the child restraint (/ page 49).
# Make sure that the entire base of the
child restraint system always rests on system manufacturer's installation R Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte-
the sitting surface of the seat. instructions. rior and on the child restraint system.
# Never place objects (e.g. cushions) R Also secure Top Tether if present.
R Always observe the child restraint system
under or behind the child restraint sys- manufacturer's installation and operating Do not
not modify tthe
he child
child res
restr
traint
aint system
system
tem. instructions as well as the vehicle-speci c
# Use child restraint systems only with the information: & WARNING Risk of injury due to modi ca-
original cover designed for them. - Installing the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child tions to the child restraint system
# Always replace damaged covers with restraint system on the right and le rear The child restraint system can no longer func-
genuine covers. seats (/ page 58). tion properly. This poses an increased risk of
- Securing the child restraint system with injury.
the seat belt on the rear seat # Never modify a child restraint system.
(/ page 62).
56 Occupant safety

# Only a x accessories which have been Avoid dir

direct
ect sunlight Observee when st
Observ stopping
opping or parking
parking
specially approved for this child restraint
system by the child restraint system's & WARNING Risk of burns when the child & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
manufacturer. seat is exposed to direct sunlight to children le unattended in the vehicle
If the child restraint system is exposed to If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle,
Only use child
Only child res
restr
traint
aint systems
systems which
which are
are in direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up they could, in particular:
proper
proper wor
working
king condition excessively. R open doors, thereby endangering other

& WARNING Risk of injury or death caused Children could su er burns from these parts, persons or road users.
particularly the metallic parts of the child R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c.
by the use of damaged child restraint sys- restraint system.
tems R operate vehicle equipment and become
# Always make sure that the child restraint
Child restraint systems or their retaining sys- trapped, for example.
system is not exposed to direct sunlight.
tems that have been subjected to stress in an In addition, the children could also set the
# Cover the child restraint system with a
accident may not be able to perform their vehicle in motion, for example by:
intended protective function. blanket, for example.
# If the child restraint system has been
R releasing the parking brake.
It may be the case that the child cannot be R changing the transmission position.
properly restrained. exposed to direct sunlight, allow it to
cool before securing a child into it. R starting the vehicle.
# Always immediately replace child
# Never leave children unattended in the
restraint systems that have been dam- # Never leave children unattended in the
aged or involved in an accident. vehicle.
vehicle.
# Have the securing systems for the child # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
restraint systems checked at a quali ed SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
specialist workshop before installing a
child restraint system again.
 Occupant safety 57

# Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach Alternative securing system: Activ
ctivating
ating or deactivating
deactivating tthe
he special seat belt
of children. 7 Vehicle seat belt re
retr
tract
actor
or of the
the seat belt

Third row of seats (if present) – securing system: & WARNING Risk of injury or death if a seat
& WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
7 Vehicle seat belt belt is unfastened while the vehicle is in
sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle motion
If persons, particularly children, are subjected Front passenger
passenger seat If the seat belt is released while the vehicle is
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, Securing system: in motion, the special seat belt retractor is
there is a risk of severe injury or even death. deactivated and the child restraint system is
7 Vehicle seat belt
# Never leave persons, particularly chil- no longer correctly secured. The seat belt is
dren, unattended in the vehicle. Be sure to observe: drawn in slightly by the inertia reel and cannot
R If the front passenger seat is occupied, be immediately closed again.
ensure, both before and during the journey, # Stop the vehicle immediately in accord-
Over
Ov ervie
view
w of suitable
suitable seats in the
the vehicle
vehicle ffor
or instal-
instal- that the status of the front passenger airbag is
ling a cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint system
system ance with the tra c conditions.
correct for the current situation (/ page 49). # Activate the special seat belt retractor
Le /right
/right rear seat R Notes on automatic front passenger airbag again and correctly secure the child
Second row of seats (le and right seat) – prefer- shuto (/ page 47). restraint system.
red securing system: Center
Center rear
rear seat (second seat ro
row)
w)
® LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat securing When enabled, the special seat belt retractor
Securing system: ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger
system
7 Vehicle seat belt seat and rear seats do not slacken once the child
¯ Also secure Top Tether if present restraint system is secured.
(/ page 60). ¯ Also secure Top Tether if present
(/ page 60).
58 Occupant safety

The seat belts on the following seats are equipped Deactivating tthe
Deactivating he special seat belt retr
retract
actor
or R Objects or loads in the trunk or cargo
with a special seat belt retractor: # Press the release button of the seat belt compartment will not be restrained by the
R Front passenger seat buckle. seat backrest.
R Rear seats # Hold the seat belt tongue and guide back to # Make sure that the rear bench seat, the
the seat belt outlet. rear seat and the seat backrest are
Installing
Installing a child
child res
restr
traint
aint system
system
# When installing a child restraint system,
engaged before every trip.
always observe the manufacturer's installation Installing
Inst alling a LATCH-type
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child
child rres
estr
traint
aint
syst
system
em on the
the le and right
right rear
rear seats If the seat backrest is not engaged and locked in
and operating instructions as well as the infor- place, this will be shown on the display on the
mation in this Operator's Manual. Installing
Inst alling a LATCH-type
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child
child rres
estr
traint
aint instrument cluster (folding the rear seat back
# Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt system
system on thethe le and right
right rear
rear seats electrically) or the red lock veri cation indicator
outlet. will be visible (folding the rear seat back mechani-
# Engage the seat belt tongue in the seat belt
& WARNING Risk of accident if the rear cally).
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
buckle.
are not engaged & WARNING Risk of injury or death if the
Activ
ctivating
ating the
the special seat belt re
retr
tract
actor
or The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back- permissible gross mass of the child and
# Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia rest may fold forwards, even when you are child restraint system together is excee-
reel retract it again. driving. ded.
When the special seat belt retractor is activa- R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be Too much load may be placed on the LATCH-
ted, you will hear a ratcheting sound. pushed into the seat belt with increased type (ISOFIX) child restraint system and the
# Push the child restraint system down until the force. The seat belt will not be able to pro- child may not be restrained correctly in the
seat belt sits tightly. tect as intended and could cause addi- event of an accident, for example.
tional injury. # If the child and the child restraint system
together weigh more than the permissi-
 Occupant safety 59

ble gross mass of 73 lb (33 kg ), only use O Always comply with the manufacturer's O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot
a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint installation and operating instructions for the be fully extended when it is installed in the
system with which the child is secured child restraint system used. vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
with the vehicle seat belt. O Make sure that the child's feet do not touch maximum size setting for child restraint sys-
the front seat. If necessary, move the front tems in weight group II or III.
# Also secure the child restraint system
with the Top Tether belt, if available. seat slightly forwards. Contact with the roof when the head
restraint is fully extended and locked in place
® When installing a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child will not result in any restrictions on use.
Always comply with the information about the restraint system, also observe the following:
mass of the child restraint system: O The child restraint system must not be put
O When using a baby baby car seat in weight
weight grgroup
oup under strain between the roof and the seat
R In the manufacturer's installation and operat-
0/0+ and a rearw
rearwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong
ing instructions for the child restraint system system
system in wweight
eight group
group I on a rear
rear seat
seat::
used direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
adjust the front seat so that the seat does cushion inclination accordingly.
R On a label on the child restraint system, if not touch the child restraint system.
present O The child restraint system must not be put
O When using a forw forwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the
Regularly check that the permissible gross mass system
system in wweight
eight group
group I: remove the head head restraints as appropriate.
of the child and child restraint system is still com- restraint from the respective seat, if possible.
plied with. In addition, the backrest of the child restraint # Before every journey, make sure that the
system must lie as at as possible against LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system is
When installing a child restraint system, observe engaged in both mounting brackets in the
the backrest of the vehicle seat.
the following: vehicle.
A er the child restraint system has been
O Always observe the correct use of the seats
removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
and consider their suitability for attaching a
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
child restraint system.
60 Occupant safety

* NOTE Damage to the seat belt for the cen-

# Remove and stow away covers 1 of the # Fold upholstered lining 1 upwards.
ter seat during installation of the child mounting brackets in the vehicle. # Turn the support on the back of upholstered
restraint system # Attach the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint lining 1 by 90°.
system to both mounting brackets in the vehi- Upholstered lining 1 will remain folded
# Make sure that the seat belt is not trap- cle.
ped. upwards.
# A er removing the child restraint system, reat- # Attach the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint
Vehicles with
with rigid
rigid rear
rear seats: tach covers 1. system to both mounting brackets 2 in the
vehicle.
Vehicles with
with adjustable
adjustable rear
rear seats:

Fast
astening
ening a Top
Top Tet
Tether
her

& WARNING Risk of injury or death if the

rear seat backrests are not locked a er
Top Tether belts are installed
The rear seat backrests may fold forwards
when you are driving.
As a result, child restraint systems will no lon-
ger be able to perform their intended protec-
tive function. This may also cause additional
injuries.
# Always lock rear seat backrests a er
installing Top Tether belts.
1 LATCH-type (ISOFIX) mounting bracket # Observe the lock veri cation indicator.
 Occupant safety 61

If the seat backrest is not engaged and locked in # If necessary, slide head restraint 1 upwards
place, this will be shown on the display on the (/ page 101).
instrument cluster (folding the rear seat back # Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) or belt-
electrically) or the red lock veri cation indicator secured child restraint system with Top Tether.
will be visible (folding the rear seat back mechani- In doing so, comply with the child restraint
cally). system manufacturer's installation instruc-
¯ If the child restraint system is equipped tions.
with a Top Tether belt:
# Guide Top Tether belt 5 under head restraint
The risk of injury may be reduced by Top 1 between the two head restraint bars.
Tether. The Top Tether belt enables an
additional connection between the child # If cargo compartment cover 3 is installed,
restraint system attached with LATCH-type guide Top Tether belt 5 downwards between
(ISOFIX) (le and right rear seats) or the cargo compartment cover 3 and seat back-
seat belt (all rear seats) and the vehicle. rest 2.
# Hook Top Tether hook 6 of Top Tether belt
5 into Top Tether anchorage 4 without
twisting.
# Tension Top Tether belt 5. In doing so, com-
ply with the child restraint system manufactur-
er's installation instructions.
# If necessary, slide head restraint 1 down-
wards (/ page 101). Make sure that you do
not interfere with the correct routing of Top
Tether belt 5.
62 Occupant safety

Securing the
Securing the cchild
hild rres
estr
traint
aint system
system with
with the
the seat If the seat backrest is not engaged and locked in A er the child restraint system has been
belt place, this will be shown on the display on the removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
instrument cluster (folding the rear seat back ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
Securing the
Securing the cchild
hild res
restr
traint
aint syst
system
em with
with the
the seat electrically) or the red lock veri cation indicator
belt on tthe
he rrear
ear seat O The backrest of the forward-facing child
will be visible (folding the rear seat back mechani- restraint system must, as far as possible, be
& WARNING Risk of accident if the rear cally). resting on the seat backrest of the rear seat.
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest When installing
installing a belt-secured
belt-secured child
child res
restrtraint
aint sy
sys-
s- O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot
are not engaged tem, observe
observe the
the follo
following:
wing: be fully extended when it is installed in the
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back- O Always comply with the manufacturer's vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
rest may fold forwards, even when you are installation and operating instructions for the maximum size setting for child restraint sys-
driving. child restraint system used. tems in weight category II or III.
R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be O Also secure Top Tether if present Contact with the roof when the head
pushed into the seat belt with increased (/ page 60). restraint is fully extended and locked in place
force. The seat belt will not be able to pro- O When using a w weight
eight categor
categoryy 0/0+ baby
baby will not result in any restrictions on use.
tect as intended and could cause addi- car seat and a w weight
eight categor
categoryy I rrearw
earwar
ard-
d- O The child restraint system must not be put
tional injury. facing child
child res
restr
traint
aint system
system on a rrear
ear seat:
seat: under strain between the roof and the seat
R Objects or loads in the trunk or cargo adjust the front seat so that the seat does cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong
compartment will not be restrained by the not touch the child restraint system. direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
seat backrest. O When using a weight
weight categor
categoryy I forw
forwarard-
d- cushion inclination accordingly.
facing child
child res
restr
traint
aint system:
system: remove the O The child restraint system must not be put
# Make sure that the rear bench seat, the head restraint from the respective seat, if under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the
rear seat and the seat backrest are possible. head restraints as appropriate.
engaged before every trip.
 Occupant safety 63

O Make sure that the child's feet do not touch Notes on rrearw
earwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing and forw
forwar
ard-f
d-facing
acing cchild
hild Always observe the status of the front passenger
the front seat. If necessary, move the front res
estr
traint
aint systems
systems on the
the front
front passeng
passengerer seat airbag on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
seat slightly forwards. lamp:
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury R When using a rearward-facing child restraint
The seat belts on the following seats are equipped when using a rearward-facing child
with a special seatbelt retractor: system on the front passenger seat, the front
restraint system while the co-driver airbag passenger airbag must always be disabled.
R Front passenger seat is enabled This is only the case if the PASSENGER AIR
R Rear seats If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit continuously
restraint system on the co-driver seat and the (/ page 49).
When enabled, the special seatbelt retractor
ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is R If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
seat and rear seats do not slacken once the child o , the co-driver airbag can deploy in the lamp is o , the front passenger airbag is ena-
restraint system is secured (/ page 57). event of an accident. bled. The front passenger airbag may deploy
# Install the child restraint system. The child could be struck by the airbag. during an accident.
The entire base of the child restraint system # Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is
Securing the
Securing the child
child rres
estr
traint
aint system
system with
with the
the seat
must always rest on the seat surface of the disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF belt on tthe
he fr
front
ont passenger
passenger seat
rear seat. indicator lamp must be lit.
When installing a belt-secured child restraint sys-
# Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap # NEVER use a rearward-facing child
tem on the front passenger seat, always observe
is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of restraint system on a seat with an ENA- the following:
the vehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI- O Observe the notes on rearward-facing and
child restraint system. OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
forward-facing child restraint systems on the
The shoulder belt strap must be routed front passenger seat (/ page 63).
forward from the seat belt outlet. Observe the speci c instructions for the rear-
ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint sys- O Observe the child restraint system manufac-
tems (/ page 63). turer's installation and operating instructions.
64 Occupant safety

O When using a forward-facing child restraint O The child restraint system must not be put # Set the front passenger seat as far back as
system in weight category I: remove the head under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the possible and move the seat into the highest
restraint from the respective seat, if possible. head restraints as appropriate. position if possible.
A er the child restraint system has been O Never place objects (e.g. cushions) under or # Fully retract the seat cushion length adjust-
removed, replace the head restraint immedi- behind the child restraint system. ment.
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly. # Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the
The seat belt on the front passenger side is equip-
O The backrest of the forward-facing child ped with a special seatbelt retractor. front edge of the seat cushion is in the highest
restraint system must, as far as possible, be position and the rear edge of the seat cushion
resting on the seat backrest of the front When enabled, the special seatbelt retractor is in the lowest position.
passenger seat. ensures that the seat belt does not slacken once
the child seat is secured (/ page 57). # Set the seat backrest to the most vertical
O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot position possible.
be fully extended when it is installed in the & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to # Install the child restraint system.
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the objects between the seat surface and the The entire base of the child restraint system
maximum size setting for child restraint sys- child restraint system must always rest on the sitting surface of the
tems in weight category II or III. front passenger seat.
Objects between the seat surface and the
Contact with the roof when the head child restraint system could a ect the function # Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap
restraint is fully extended and locked in place of the automatic front passenger airbag shut- is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of
will not result in any restrictions on use. o . the vehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the
O The child restraint system must not be put # Do not place any objects between the
child restraint system.
under strain between the roof and the seat seat surface and the child restraint sys- The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-
cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong tem. wards and downwards from the seat belt out-
direction. let.
# Always make sure that the child restraint
system is correctly installed.
# If necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet and
the front passenger seat accordingly.
 Occupant safety 65

Child-proof
Child-pr oof locks # When leaving the vehicle, always take the # Always activate the installed child safety
Activating
ctivating or deactivating
deactivating tthe
he child
child safe
safety
ty lock
lock ffor
or SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. locks if children are traveling in the vehi-
the rear
rear doors # Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach cle.
of children. # Never leave children unattended in the
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due vehicle.
to children le unattended in the vehicle & WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo- # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle, sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
they could, in particular: If persons, particularly children, are subjected
R open doors, thereby endangering other There are child safety locks for the rear doors and
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, the rear side windows.
persons or road users. there is a risk of severe injury or even death. The child safety lock on the rear doors secures
R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c. # Never leave persons, particularly chil- each door separately. The doors can no longer be
R operate vehicle equipment and become dren, unattended in the vehicle. opened from the inside.
trapped, for example.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
In addition, the children could also set the
vehicle in motion, for example by: to children le unattended in the vehicle
R releasing the parking brake. If children are traveling in the vehicle, they
R changing the transmission position.
could, in particular:
R Open doors, thereby endangering other
R starting the vehicle.
persons or road users.
# Never leave children unattended in the R Get out and be struck by oncoming tra c.
vehicle. R Operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example.
66 Occupant safety

Activating
ctivating and deactivating
deactivating the
the child
child safety
safety lock R indicator lamp 1 is o : via the switch on
for the
the rear
rear side windows the corresponding rear door or driver's
door

Notes on pets
pets in tthe
he vehicle
vehicle
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to animals le unsecured or unattended in
the vehicle
If you leave animals in the vehicle unattended
or unsecured, they could possibly press but-
tons or switches.
An animal may:
R Activate vehicle equipment and become
# Press the lever in direction 1 (activate) or 2 trapped, for example
(deactivate). R Switch systems on or o and endanger
# Make sure that the child safety locks are work- other road users
# To activat
activate/deactiv
e/deactivat
ate:
e: press button 2.
ing properly. Unsecured animals may be thrown around in
The rear side window can be opened or closed
in the following cases: the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-
R indicator lamp 1 is lit: via the switch on
den steering and braking maneuvers and
injure vehicle occupants in the process.
the driver's door
 Occupant safety 67

# Never leave animals in the vehicle unat-

tended.
# Always correctly secure animals while
driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car-
rier.
68 Opening and closing

SmartKey
Smar tKey # When leaving the vehicle, always take the 3 Unlocks
Overvie
Over view
w of Smar
SmartKe
tKeyy functions SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. 4 Opens/closes the tailgate
# Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach 5 Panic alarm
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due of children. % If indicator lamp 2 does not light up a er
to children le unattended in the vehicle pressing the Ü or ß button, the battery
If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle, * NOTE Damage to the SmartKey caused by is weak or possibly discharged. Replace the
they could, in particular: magnetic elds battery as soon as possible.
R open doors, thereby endangering other # Keep the SmartKey away from strong Replace the key battery (/ page 70).
persons or road users. magnetic elds. The key locks and unlocks the following compo-
R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c. nents:
R operate vehicle equipment and become R Doors
trapped, for example. R Fuel ller ap
In addition, the children could also set the R Tailgate
vehicle in motion, for example by:
If the vehicle is not opened within approximately
R releasing the parking brake.
40 seconds a er unlocking, it locks again. Anti-
R changing the transmission position. the protection is activated again.
R starting the vehicle. Do not keep the key together with electronic devi-
ces or metal objects. This can a ect the key's
# Never leave children unattended in the
Vehicle key with panic alarm functionality.
vehicle.
1 Locks Do not keep the key in the temperature-controlled
2 Indicator lamp cup holder. Otherwise, the key will not be reliably
detected.
 Opening and closing 69

Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating tthe
he acoustic
acoustic locking
locking veri
eri - # To deactiv
deactivat
ate:
e: brie y press button 1 again. Deactivating
Deactivating the
the function of tthe
he Smar
SmartKey
tKey
cation signal or Vehicles with
with KEYLESS-GO: if you deactivate the
Multimedia system: # Press the start/stop button. function of the SmartKey, the KEYLESS-GO func-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle A SmartKey belonging to the vehicle must be tions are also deactivated. Access or drive author-
detected in the vehicle. ization by KEYLESS-GO is then no longer possible
# Activate or deactivate Acoustic Lock.
with that particular SmartKey. Activate the func-
tion of the SmartKey so that all its functions will
Changing the
the unlocking
unlocking settings
settings again be available.
Arming/disar
Ar ming/disarming
ming tthe
he panic alarm
Possible unlocking functions of the SmartKey: You can also deactivate the function of the Smart-
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The vehicle is switched o . R Central unlocking Key to reduce the energy consumption of the
R Unlocking the driver's door and fuel ller ap SmartKey if you do not use the vehicle or a Smart-
Key for an extended period of time.
# To switch
switch betw
between
een settings:
settings: press the Ü # To deactiv
deactivat
ate:
e: press the ß button on the
and ß buttons simultaneously for approx- SmartKey twice in quick succession.
imately six seconds until the indicator lamp The SmartKey indicator lamp ashes twice
ashes twice. brie y and lights up once.
Options if the unlocking function for the driver's # To activ
activat
ate:
e: press any button on the SmartKey.
door and fuel ller ap has been selected: % When the vehicle is started with the SmartKey
R To unlock
unlock the
the vvehicle
ehicle centr
centrally
ally:: press the in the marked space of the center console,
Ü button twice. the function of the SmartKey is automatically
R Vehicles with
with KEYLESS-GO: if you touch the activated (/ page 158).
# To activat
activate:
e: press button 1 for approximately
one second. inner surface of the door handle on the driv-
A visual and audible alarm is triggered. er's door, only the driver's door and the fuel
ller ap are unlocked.
70 Opening and closing

Remo
emoving/inser
ving/inserting
ting the
the emergency
emergency key % You can use the intermediate position of + ENVIRONMENT
ENVIR ONMENTAL
AL NO
NOTE
TE Environmental
emergency key 2 to attach the SmartKey to damage due to improper disposal of bat-
Remo
emoving
ving the
the emergency
emergency key a key ring. teries

Replacing the
the SmartKe
Smar tKeyy battery
battery

& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injuries due to swal- Batteries contain pollutants. It is
lowing batteries illegal to dispose of them with the household
Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan- rubbish.
ces. Swallowing batteries may cause severe #
internal burns to occur within two hours.
There is a risk of fatal injury.
Dispose of batteries in an
# Press release button 1. # Keep batteries out of the reach of chil-
environmentally responsible manner.
Emergency key 2 is pushed out slightly. dren. Take discharged batteries to a quali ed
# Pull out emergency key 2 until it engages in # If the cap and/or the battery compart- specialist workshop or to a collection
the intermediate position. ment does not close securely, do not use point for used batteries.
# Press release button 1 again and fully the SmartKey any longer and keep out of
the reach of children. Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
remove emergency key 2. R You require a CR 2032 3 V cell battery.
# If batteries are swallowed, seek medical
Inser ting tthe
Inserting he emergency
emergency key attention immediately. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
# Press release button 1. battery replaced at a quali ed specialist work-
# Insert emergency key 2 to the intermediate shop.
position or fully until it engages. # Remove the emergency key (/ page 70).
 Opening and closing 71

Problems
Pr oblems with
with the
the SmartKey
Smar tKey,, troubleshoo
troubleshooting
ting R Shielding due to metal objects or induction
loops for electrical gate systems or automatic
You can no long
longer
er lock
lock or unlock
unlock tthe
he vehicle
vehicle barriers
Possible causes:
# Make sure that there is su cient distance
R The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.
between the SmartKey and the potential
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp source of interference.
(/ page 68). You have
have lost
lost a SmartKey
Smar tKey
# Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary # Have the SmartKey deactivated at a quali ed
(/ page 70). specialist workshop.
# Press release knob 2 down fully and slide # Use the replacement SmartKey. # If necessary, have the mechanical lock
cover 1 in the direction of the arrow. # Use the emergency key to lock or unlock replaced as well.
# Fold out cover 1 in the direction of the arrow (/ page 74).
and remove. # Have the SmartKey checked at a quali ed spe-
# Remove battery compartment 3 and take cialist workshop.
out the discharged battery.
There is interf
There interfer
erence
ence from
from a pow
power
erful
ful radio
radio signal
# Insert the new battery into battery compart- source
source
ment 3. Observe the positive pole marking in
Possible causes if the function of the SmartKey is
the battery compartment and on the battery
impaired:
when doing this.
R High voltage power lines
# Push in battery compartment 3.
R Mobile phones
# Re-attach cover 1 and push it until it
engages. R Electronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
72 Opening and closing

Doors Centrallyy loc

Centrall locking
king and unlocking
unlocking the
the vehicle
vehicle from
from The vehicle is not unlocked:
the inside R If you have locked the vehicle using the Smart-
Unloc
nlocking/opening
king/opening the
the door
doorss from
from the
the inside
Key
R If you have locked the vehicle using KEYLESS-
GO

Locking/unloc
Locking/unlocking
king the
the vehicle
vehicle with
with KEYLESS-GO
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The SmartKey is outside the vehicle.
R The distance between the SmartKey and the
vehicle does not exceed 3 (1 m).
# To unlock
unlock and open a front
front door:
door: pull door R The driver's door and the door on which the
handle 2. door handle is used are closed.
Locking pin 1 pops up when the door is
unlocked. * NOTE
NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten-
tional opening of the tailgate
# To unlock
unlock a rrear
ear door:
door: pull the rear door han-
dle. # To unlock:
unlock: press button 1. R When using an automatic car wash
The locking pin pops up when the rear door is # To lock:
lock: press button 2. R When using a high pressure cleaner
unlocked.
This does not lock or unlock the fuel ller ap. # Deactivate the function of the SmartKey
# To open a rear
rear door:
door: pull the rear door handle in these situations.
again.
or
 Opening and closing 73

# Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min- # To unlock

unlock the
the vvehicle:
ehicle: touch the inner surface # Check the battery using the indicator lamp
imum distance of 10 (3 m) away from of the door handle. (/ page 68).
the vehicle. # To lock
lock tthe
he vvehicle:
ehicle: touch sensor surface 1 # Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary
or 2. (/ page 70).
Observe the notes: # Convenience
Convenience closing: touch recessed sensor # Use the replacement SmartKey.
R On washing the vehicle in a car wash surface 2 until the closing process has been # Use the emergency key to lock or unlock
(/ page 321) completed. (/ page 74).
R On using a high pressure cleaner % Further information on convenience closing # Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a
(/ page 323) (/ page 83). quali ed specialist workshop.
If you open the tailgate from outside, it is auto-
Ther
Theree is interf
interfer
erence
ence from
from a power
powerful
ful radio
radio signal
matically unlocked.
sour
source
ce
Possible causes if the function of KEYLESS-GO is
Problems
Pr oblems with
with KEYLESS-GO, troubleshoo
troubleshooting
ting impaired:
You can no longer
longer lock
lock or unlock
unlock tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle using R High voltage power lines
KEYLESS-GO R Mobile phones
Possible causes: R Electronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
R The function of the SmartKey has been deacti- R Shielding due to metal objects or induction
vated. loops for electrical gate systems or automatic
R The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged. barriers
# Activate the function of the SmartKey # Make sure that there is su cient distance
(/ page 69). between the SmartKey and the potential
source of interference.
74 Opening and closing

Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating tthe
he automatic
automatic loc
locking
king ffea-
ea- # To deactivat
deactivate:
e: press and hold button 1 for If you push the door into the lock to the rst
ture approximately ve seconds until an acoustic detent position, the power closing function will
signal sounds. automatically pull the door into the lock.
The vehicle is locked automatically when the vehi-
cle is switched on and the wheels are turning In the following situations, there is a danger of
faster than walking pace. being locked out when the function is activated: Locking/unlocking
Locking/unlocking the
the dr
driv
iver's
er's door wit
withh the
the
R While the vehicle is being tow-started or emergency
emergency key
pushed % If you wish to lock the vehicle entirely using
R If the vehicle is being tested on a roller dyna- the emergency key, rst press the button for
mometer locking from the inside while the driver's door
is open. Then proceed to lock the driver's
Power closing function door using the emergency key.

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

the doors close automatically
Body parts or objects can become trapped,
causing injuries.
# Ensure that no body parts or objects are
in the closing area.
# Automatic closing of the doors can be
canceled by pulling the outer or inner
# To activat
activate:
e: press and hold button 2 for door handle.
approximately ve seconds until an acoustic
signal sounds.
 Opening and closing 75

Cargo
Car go compar
compartment
tment
Opening the
the tailg
tailgate
ate

& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of poisoning from exhaust
gases
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
gases, such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust
gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tail-
gate is open when the vehicle is running,
especially if the vehicle is in motion.
# Always switch o the vehicle before
opening the tailgate.
# Never drive with the tailgate open.

# Remove the emergency key (/ page 70). # To unlock:

unlock: turn the emergency key counter- * NOTE Damage to the tailgate caused by
# Insert the emergency key as far as it will go clockwise to position 1. obstacles above the vehicle
into opening 1 in the cover. # To lock:
lock: turn the emergency key clockwise to The tailgate swings rearwards and upwards
# Pull and hold the door handle. position 1. when it is opened.
# Pull the cover on the emergency key as # Carefully press the cover onto the lock cylin- # Make sure that there is su cient space

straight as possible away from the vehicle until der until it engages and is seated rmly. behind and above the tailgate.
it releases.
# Release the door handle.
76 Opening and closing

# If the tailgate is unlocked, pull the tailgate han- # Press and hold the p button on the Smart- # Always stow objects in such a way that
dle and release it again immediately. Key. they cannot be thrown around.
# Vehicles with
with HANDS-FREE A ACCESS:
CCESS: Make a # If the tailgate is stopped in an intermediate
position, pull it upwards. Release it as soon as
# Before the journey, secure objects, lug-
kicking movement with your foot below the gage or loads against slipping or tipping
bumper (/ page 78). it begins to open.
over.
If an obstacle obstructs the tailgate during the
automatic opening process, blockage detection Observe the notes on loading the vehicle.
will stop the tailgate. The automatic blockage Notes on closing the
the ttailg
ailgat
ate:
e: your vehicle is
detection function is only an aid. It is not a substi- equipped with automatic key recognition. If a
tute for your attentiveness. SmartKey belonging to the vehicle is detected in
the vehicle, the tailgate will not be locked.
Closing the
the tailg
tailgate
ate Note that the tailgate will not be locked in the fol-
lowing situation:
& WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured R You have locked the vehicle and close the tail-
items in the vehicle gate while a SmartKey belonging to the vehicle
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or is inside the vehicle.
not secured su ciently, they could slip, tip and
over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi- R A second SmartKey belonging to the vehicle is
cle occupants. not detected outside the vehicle.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the Automatic SmartKey recognition is only an aid
# Pull remote operating switch 1 until the tail- event of sudden braking or a sudden change and is not a substitute for your attentiveness.
gate opens. in direction.
or
 Opening and closing 77

# Before locking, ensure that at least one Vehicles with

with HANDS-FREE ACCESS:
ACCESS: it is also
SmartKey belonging to the vehicle is outside possible to stop the closing process by making a
the vehicle. kicking movement below the rear bumper.
# To close the
the ttailg
ailgat
ate:
e: pull the tailgate down-
wards slightly. Release it as soon as it begins
to close.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing automatic closing of the tailgate
Body parts may become trapped. There may
be people in the closing area.
# Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity
of the closing area during the closing
process.
Use one of the following options to stop the
closing process: # Press closing button 1 on the tailgate.
R Press the p button on the SmartKey. Vehicles with
with KEYLESS-GO
R Press or pull the remote operating switch # Press locking button 2 on the tailgate.
on the driver's door. # Switch on the power supply or the vehicle. If a SmartKey is detected outside the vehicle,
R Press the closing or locking button on the # Push remote operating switch 1 until the tail- the tailgate will close and the vehicle will be
tailgate. gate is fully closed. locked.
R Pull the tailgate handle.
78 Opening and closing

# Press and hold the p button on the Smart- R Towards the end of the closing procedure HANDS-FREE ACCESS
ACCESS function
Key (with the SmartKey in the vicinity of the
vehicle). In these situations in particular, the reversing
function cannot prevent someone being trap-
Vehicles with
with HANDS-FREE ACCESS
ACCESS ped.
# Make a kicking movement with your foot # Ensure that no body parts are in the
below the bumper (/ page 78). closing area.
Aut
utomatic
omatic rever
reversing
sing function for
for the
the tailg
tailgate
ate If someone is trapped, either:
The tailgate is equipped with automatic blockage R Press the p button on the SmartKey.
detection with a reversing function. If a solid
R Press or pull the remote operating switch
object hinders or restricts the tailgate when it is
closing automatically, the tailgate will automati- on the driver's door.
cally open again slightly. Automatic blockage R Press the closing or locking button on the
detection with reversing function is only an aid. It tailgate.
is not a substitute for your attentiveness when you R Pull the tailgate handle.
are closing the tailgate.
# During the closing process, make sure that no
body parts are in the closing area. With HANDS-FREE ACCESS you can open, close
or stop the closing process of the tailgate by per-
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped forming a kicking movement under the rear
despite reversing function bumper.
The reversing function will not react: The kicking movement triggers the opening or
closing process alternately.
R To so , light and thin objects, e.g. ngers
 Opening and closing 79

Observe the notes when opening (/ page 75) # Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min-
and closing (/ page 76) the tailgate. imum distance of 10 (3 m) away from
% Two warning tones sound when the tailgate is the vehicle.
opening or closing.
When making the kicking movement, make sure
& WARNING Risk of burns caused by a hot that you are standing rmly on the ground. You
exhaust system could otherwise lose your balance, e.g. on ice.
The vehicle exhaust system can become very Observe the following notes:
hot. If you use HANDS-FREE ACCESS, you R The SmartKey is behind the vehicle.
could burn yourself by touching the exhaust R Stand at least 12 in (30 cm) away from the
system. 1 Detection range of the sensors
vehicle while performing the kicking move-
# Always ensure that you only make a kick- ment. If several consecutive kicking movements are not
ing movement within the detection range R Do not come into contact with the bumper successful, wait ten seconds.
of the sensors. while making the kicking movement. System limits
System
R Do not carry out the kicking movement too The system may be impaired or may not function
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten- slowly.
tional opening of the tailgate in the following cases:
R The kicking movement must be towards the R The sensors are dirty, e.g. due to road salt or
R When using an automatic car wash vehicle and back again. snow.
R When using a high pressure cleaner R The kicking movement is made using a pros-
# Deactivate the function of the SmartKey thetic leg.
in these situations.
or
80 Opening and closing

The tailgate can open or close unintentionally in Limiting the

the opening angle of the
the ttailg
ailgate
ate Unloc
nlocking
king the
the ttailg
ailgat
atee with
with the
the emerg
emergency
ency key
the following situations:
Activ
ctivating
ating the
the opening angle limiter
limiter Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R A person's arms or legs are moving in the sen-
You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate in R The rear seat backrest has been folded
sor detection range, e.g. when polishing the the top half of its opening range up to a point forward.
vehicle or picking up objects. shortly before the end position. R The cargo compartment cover has been
R Objects are moved or placed behind the vehi- # Stop the opening procedure of the tailgate at removed.
cle, e.g. the hose of a fuel dispenser, a charg- the desired position.
ing cable, or luggage
# Press and hold the closing button on the tail-
R Clamping straps, tarps or other coverings are
gate until you hear a short acoustic signal.
pulled over the bumper. The opening angle limiter will be activated. The
R A protective mat with a length reaching over tailgate will then stop in the stored position
the trunk sill down into the detection range of when opened.
the sensors is used.
To open the tailgate fully, pull the handle on the
R The protective mat is not secured correctly.
outside of the tailgate again a er it has stopped
R Work is being done on the trailer hitch, trailers automatically.
or rear bicycle racks.
Deactivating the
Deactivating the opening angle limiter
limiter
Deactivate the function of the SmartKey # Press and hold the closing button on the tail-
(/ page 69) or do not carry the SmartKey about gate until two short acoustic signals sound.
your person in such situations.

# Remove the emergency key (/ page 70).

 Opening and closing 81

# Insert emergency key 2 into opening 1 in # When closing, make sure that no body
the trim and push it in. parts are in the closing area.
The tailgate will be unlocked. # If someone is trapped, release the but-
ton immediately or press the button in
Side windows order to reopen the side window.
Opening and closing the
the side windows
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
& WARNING Risk of entrapment when open- children operate the side windows
ing a side window Children could become trapped if they operate
When opening a side window, parts of the the side windows, particularly when unatten-
body could be drawn in or become trapped ded.
between the side window and window frame. # Activate the child safety lock for the rear
# When opening, make sure that nobody is passenger compartment side windows.
touching the side window. # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
# If someone is trapped, release the but- SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. 1 Closes
ton immediately or pull it in order to # Never leave children unattended in the 2 Opens
close the side window again. vehicle.
The buttons on the driver's door take precedence.
Requir
equirements:
ements: # To st
star
artt automatic
automatic operation:
operation: press the W
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
R The power supply or the vehicle has been button beyond the point of resistance or pull
closing a side window
switched on. and release it.
When closing a side window, body parts could # To int
be trapped in the closing area in the process. interr
errup
uptt automatic
automatic operation:
operation: press or pull
the W button again.
82 Opening and closing

When the vehicle is switched o , you can con- R During resetting. # Release the button immediately if some-
tinue to operate the side windows. body becomes trapped.
This function is available for around four minutes The reversing function cannot prevent some-
or until a front door is opened. one from becoming trapped in these situa- Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
tions. R The SmartKey is in the immediate vicinity of
% Vehicles wit withh electric
electric roller
roller sunblinds on the
the # During the closing process, make sure the vehicle.
le and rright
ight rear
rear doors:
doors: The buttons for the
rear side windows also open and close the that no body parts are in the closing
area. # Press and hold the Ü button on the Smart-
roller sunblinds (/ page 89). Key.
# If someone becomes trapped, press the
Aut
utomatic
omatic rever
reversing
sing function of the
the side windows W button to open the side window The following functions are performed:
If an obstacle impedes a side window during the again. R The vehicle is unlocked.
closing process, the side window will open again
R The side windows are opened.
automatically. The automatic reversing function is
only an aid and is not a substitute for your atten- Convenience
Conv enience opening (ventilating
(ventilating the
the vehicle
vehicle R The sliding sunroof is opened.
tiveness. bef
befor
oree star
starting
ting a jour
journe
ney)
y) R The panoramic sliding roof is opened.
# During the closing process, make sure that no R The seat ventilation of the driver's seat is
body parts are in the closing area. & WARNING Risk of entrapment when open- switched on.
ing a side window
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped % If the roller sunblind of the panoramic sliding
When opening a side window, parts of the sunroof is closed, the roller sunblind is
despite there being reversing protection body could be drawn in or become trapped
on the side window opened rst.
between the side window and window frame.
The reversing function does not react: % If the roller sunblinds of the rear doors are
# When opening, make sure that nobody is
closed, the roller sunblinds are opened rst.
R To so , light and thin objects, e.g. ngers. touching the side window.
 Opening and closing 83

# To interr
interrup
uptt convenience
convenience opening: release the # Press and hold the ß button on the Smart- close with increased or maximum force. The
Ü button. Key. reversing function is then not active and body
# To continue convenience
convenience opening: press and The following functions are performed: parts may become trapped.
hold the Ü button again. R The vehicle is locked. # Make sure that no parts of the body are

R The side windows are closed. in the closing area.

Convenience
Conv enience closing (closing the
the vehicle
vehicle fr
from
om out- R The sliding sunroof is closed.
# To stop the closing process, release the
side) button or press the button again to
R The panoramic sliding roof is closed.
reopen the side window.
& WARNING Risk of entrapment due to not # To interr
interrup
uptt convenience
convenience closing: release the
paying attention during convenience clos- ß button. A side window
window cannot
cannot be closed and yyou
ou cannot
ing # To continue convenience
convenience closing: press and see the
the cause.
hold the ß button again. # Check to see whether any objects are in the
When the convenience closing feature is oper-
ating, parts of the body could become trapped % Convenience closing also functions with KEY- window guide.
in the closing area of the side window and the LESS-GO (/ page 72). # Adjust the side windows.
sliding sunroof.
# When the convenience closing feature is Adjusting
djusting the
the side window
windowss
Resolving
esolving pr
problems
oblems with
with the
the side windows
operating, monitor the entire closing If a side window is obstructed during closing and
process and make sure that no body & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or reopens again immediately:
parts are in the closing area. fatally injured if reversing protection is not # Immediately a er this, pull and hold the corre-

activated sponding button again until the side window

Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The SmartKey is in the immediate vicinity of If you close a side window again immediately
the vehicle. a er it has been blocked, the side window will
84 Opening and closing

has closed and hold the button for at least one Sliding sunroof
sunroof & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
more second (re-adjustment). sliding sunroof is operated by children
The side window will be closed without the Opening and closing the
the sliding sunroof
sunroof
automatic reversing function. % The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the Children operating the sliding sunroof could
panoramic sliding sunroof. get caught in the moving parts, particularly if
If the side window is obstructed again and unattended.
reopens again immediately: & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when # Never leave children unattended in the
# Immediately a er this, pull and hold the corre- the sliding sunroof is being opened and vehicle.
sponding button again until the side window closed # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
has closed and hold the button for at least one Body parts may become trapped in the range key with you and lock the vehicle.
more second (follow-up adjustment). of movement.
The side window will be closed without the
# During opening and closing, make sure & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
automatic reversing function.
that no body parts are in the range of the roller sunblind is being opened and
windows cannot
The side windows cannot be opened or closed movement. closed
using the
the convenience
convenience opening featur
feature.
e. # Release the button immediately if some-
Body parts may become trapped between the
Possible causes: body becomes trapped. roller sunblind and frame or sliding roof.
R The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged. or # When opening or closing, make sure that
# Brie y press the button in any direction no body parts are in the roller sunblind's
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp during automatic operation.
(/ page 68). range of movement.
The opening or closing process will be # Release the button immediately if some-
# Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary stopped. body becomes trapped.
(/ page 70).
or
 Opening and closing 85

# Brie y press the button in any direction * NOTE Damage to the sliding sunroof when
during automatic operation. a roof luggage rack is installed
The opening or closing process will be
stopped. When a roof luggage rack is installed, raising
or opening the sliding sunroof may be restric-
ted.
* NOTE Malfunction due to snow and ice # Check whether the sliding sunroof can
Snow and ice may cause the sliding sunroof to be raised or opened when a roof luggage
malfunction. rack is installed.
# Open the sliding sunroof only if it is free # If in doubt, do not raise or open the slid-
of snow and ice. ing sunroof.

* NOTE Damage caused by protruding

objects
Objects that protrude from the sliding sunroof
may damage the seals. 1 Raises
# Do not allow anything to protrude from 2 Opens
the sliding sunroof. 3 Closes/lowers
Use the 3 button to operate the panoramic
sliding sunroof.
The panoramic sliding sunroof can be operated
only when the roller sunblind is open.
86 Opening and closing

% The roller sunblind can be opened only when Oper

Operating
ating the
the roller
roller sunblind for
for tthe
he sliding sun- If you press or pull button 1 beyond the point of
the panoramic sliding panel is closed or in a roof from
from the
the rrear
ear passenger
passenger compar
compartment
tment resistance, you will start automatic operation in
raised position. the direction in question. You can stop automatic
# Check whether the sliding sunroof can be operation by pushing or pulling the button again.
raised or opened when a roof luggage rack is Aut
utomatic
omatic rever
reversing
sing function of the
the sliding sun-
installed. roof
# To star
startt automatic
automatic oper
operation:
ation: press the 3 If an obstacle obstructs the sliding sunroof during
button beyond the point of resistance or pull the closing process, the sliding sunroof will open
and release it. again automatically. The automatic reversing func-
# To interr
interrup
uptt aut
automatic
omatic oper
operation:
ation: brie y press tion is only an aid and is not a substitute for your
the 3 button in any direction. attentiveness.
The opening/closing process will be stopped. # During the closing process, make sure that no
body parts are in the closing area.
Vehicles with
with a panoramic
panoramic sliding sunroof:
sunroof: The
automatic raising feature is available only when & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
the sliding sunroof is closed or raised. despite the reversing function being active
Vehicles without
without a panor
panoramic
amic sliding sunrsunroof:
oof: The In particular, the reversing function does not
automatic opening and raising features are availa- react:
# To open: press button 1.
ble only when the sliding sunroof is closed. R To so , light and thin objects, e.g. ngers.
# To close: pull button 1.
# To ventilat
ventilatee the
the vvehicle
ehicle inter
interior
ior:: raise the slid- R Towards the end of the closing procedure.
ing sunroof. % When the sliding sunroof is open, it will close
The roller sunblind will open slightly. rst. To close the roller sunblind, you must R During resetting.
pull button 1 again.
 Opening and closing 87

# During the closing process, make sure & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped sunroof will automatically be lowered while the
that no body parts are in the closing despite reversing function vehicle is in motion.
area. Aut
utomatic
omatic lowlower
ering
ing function
# Release the button immediately if some- In particular, the reversing function does not
react to so , light and thin objects, e.g. n- Vehicles wit
withh a panorama
panorama roof
roof wit
withh power
power tilt/
body becomes trapped. sliding panel: If the sliding sunroof is raised at the
gers.
or # When closing the roller sunblind, make
rear, it will automatically be lowered slightly at
# Brie y press the button in any direction higher speeds. At low speeds, it will be raised
sure that no body parts are in the range again automatically.
during automatic operation. of movement.
The closing process will be stopped. # Release the button immediately if some-
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped by
body becomes trapped. automatic lowering of the sliding sunroof
Automatic
utomatic rever
reversing
sing function of the
the roller
roller sunblind
If an obstacle obstructs the roller sunblind during or
At higher speeds, the raised sliding sunroof
the closing process, the roller sunblind will open # Brie y press the button in any direction
will automatically be lowered slightly at the
again automatically. The automatic reversing func- during the automatic closing process. rear.
tion is only an aid and is not a substitute for your The closing process will be stopped. # Make sure that nobody reaches into the
attentiveness. sliding sunroof's range of movement
# When closing the roller sunblind, make sure while the vehicle is in motion.
Automatic
utomatic functions of the
the sliding sunroof
sunroof
that no body parts are in the range of move- # If somebody becomes trapped, brie y
ment. % The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the
push the sliding sunroof button forwards
panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel.
or backwards.
Rain closing function when driving
driving
Vehicles with
with a panor
panorama
ama rroof
oof with
with power
power tilt/
sliding panel: If it starts to rain, the raised sliding
88 Opening and closing

% By pushing or pulling the 3 button, you The sliding sunroof

sunroof canno
cannott be closed and you
you can- # Push the 3 button up to the point of resist-
can interrupt the automatic functions "Rain no
nott see the
the cause. ance repeatedly until the sliding sunroof is
closing function when driving" and "Automatic % The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the fully open.
lowering". panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel. # Press the 3 button for another second.

If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing # Close the sliding sunroof.
Rectifying problems
problems wit
withh the
the sliding sunr
sunroof
oof and reopens again slightly: Vehicles wit
withh a panorama
panorama roof
roof wit
withh power
power tilt/
# Immediately a er automatic reversing, pull sliding panel: The sliding sunroof
sunroof or tthe
he roller
roller sun-
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or and hold the 3 button down again to the blind is not
not oper
operating
ating smoothly
smoothly..
fatal injuries when the sliding sunroof is point of resistance until the sliding sunroof is # Reset the sliding sunroof and the roller sun-
closed again closed. blind.
If the sliding sunroof is closed again immedi- The sliding sunroof will be closed with
ately a er it has been blocked or reset, it will increased force. Rese
esetting
tting the
the sliding sunr
sunroof
oof and tthe
he rroller
oller sun-
close with increased force. blind
# Make sure that no parts of the body are
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again and # Pull and hold the 3 button little by little
opens again slightly: until the sliding sunroof is fully closed.
in the closing area.
# Release the button immediately if some- # Repeat the previous step.
# Pull and hold the 3 button little by little
body becomes trapped. The sliding sunroof will be closed again with until the roller sunblind is fully closed.
increased force.
or # Use automatic operation to fully open and
Vehicles without
without a panorama
panorama roof
roof with
with power
power tilt/
# Brie y press the button in any direction
sliding panel: The sliding sunr
sunroof
oof is not
not operating
operating then close the sliding sunroof.
during the automatic closing process. smoot
smoothlyhly..
The closing process will be stopped. # Reset the sliding sunroof.

Rese
esetting
tting the
the sliding sunroof
sunroof
 Opening and closing 89

Roller sun blinds # Ensure that the roller sunblind can move # To close fully
fully:: brie y pull the corresponding
freely. button when the side window is closed.
Extending
Extending or retr
retracting
acting the
the roller
roller sunblinds on tthe
he
rear side windows # To open fully
fully:: brie y press the corresponding
The roller sunblinds for the rear side windows can button.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when be operated with the buttons for the side windows
extending or retracting the roller sunblind in the driver's door and in the rear doors.
Anti-the
Anti-t he protection
protection
Body parts could become trapped in the Function of tthe
he immobilizer
sweep of the roller sunblind when it is being
extended or retracted. The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being
# Make sure that no body parts are in the
started without the correct SmartKey.
sweep of the roller sunblind when it is The immobilizer is automatically activated when
being extended or retracted. the vehicle is switched o , and deactivated when
# If someone becomes trapped, brie y
the vehicle is switched on.
press the button in the opposite direc- When leaving the vehicle, always take the Smart-
tion. Key with you and lock the vehicle. Anyone can
The opening or closing process will start the vehicle if a valid SmartKey has been le
brie y be stopped. The roller sunblind inside the vehicle.
will then return to its starting position. % In the event the engine cannot be started (yet
the vehicle’s battery is charged), the system is
* NOTE Damage caused by objects not operational. Contact an authorized
Mercedes-Benz Center or call
Objects can cause the roller sunblind to mal- 1 Rear le side window / roller sunblind 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or
function. 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).
2 Rear right side window / roller sunblind
90 Opening and closing

ATA (anti-the
(anti-the alarm
alarm system)
system) % When the Mercedes‑Benz emergency call sys-
tem is active and the alarm stays on for more
Function of the
the AT
ATA
A system
system than 30 seconds, a message is automatically
If the ATA system is armed, a visual and audible sent to the Customer Assistance Center
alarm is triggered in the following situations: (/ page 304).
R When a door is opened % In the case of severe battery discharging, the
R When the tailgate is opened anti-the alarm system is automatically deac-
R When the hood is opened tivated to facilitate the next engine start.
R When the interior motion sensor is triggered Deactivating
Deactivating tthe
he ATA
(/ page 91) # Press the Ü, ß or p button on the

R When the tow-away alarm is triggered SmartKey.

(/ page 90) or
# Press the start/stop button with the SmartKey
The ATA system is armed automatically a er
approximately ten seconds in the following situa- in the stowage compartment (/ page 158)
tions: Indicator lamp 1 ashes when the ATA system is Deactivating tthe
Deactivating he alarm
alarm using KEYLESS-GO
R A er locking the vehicle with the SmartKey armed. # Grasp the outside door handle with the Smart-
R A er locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO The ATA system is deactivated automatically in the Key outside the vehicle.
following situations:
R A er unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey Function of tthe
he tow-awa
tow -awayy alarm
R A er unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
% This function may not be available in all coun-
R A er pressing the start/stop button with the tries.
SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 158)
 Opening and closing 91

An audible and visual alarm is triggered if an alter- Arming/disar

Ar ming/disarming
ming the
the tow
tow-awa
-awayy alarm The interior motion sensor is activated automati-
ation to your vehicle's angle of inclination is cally a er approximately ten seconds:
detected while the tow-away alarm is armed. Multimedia system:
R A er locking the vehicle with the SmartKey
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access
The tow-away alarm is automatically armed a er R A er locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
approximately 60 seconds: # Arm or disarm Tow-away Protection.

R A er locking the vehicle with the SmartKey The tow-away alarm is armed again in the follow- The interior motion sensor is only activated when
ing cases: the following components are closed:
R A er locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
R The vehicle is unlocked again. R Doors
The tow-away alarm is only armed when the fol- R Tailgate
R A door is opened.
lowing components are closed:
R The vehicle is locked again. The interior motion sensor is automatically deacti-
R Doors
vated:
R Tailgate % If quick access is unavailable, select the Vehi-
R A er pressing the Ü or p button on the
cle submenu in the Settings main menu to
The tow-away alarm is automatically deactivated: arm or disarm the tow-away alarm. SmartKey
R A er pressing the Ü or p button on the R A er pressing the start/stop button with the
SmartKey Function of the
the int
inter
erior
ior motion
motion sensor SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 158)
R A er pressing the start/stop button with the R A er unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 158) % This function may not be available in all coun-
R When using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
tries.
R A er unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
When the interior motion sensor is activated, a The following situations can lead to a false alarm:
R When using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
visual and audible alarm is triggered if movement R When there are moving objects such as mas-
Information on collision detection on a parked is detected in the vehicle interior. cots in the vehicle interior
vehicle (/ page 188). R When a side window is open
92 Opening and closing

R When a sliding sunroof is open

R When a panoramic sliding sunroof is open

Arming/deactiv
Ar ming/deactivating
ating tthe
he int
inter
erior
ior mo
motion
tion sensor
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access

# Activate or deactivate Interior Motion Sensor.

The interior motion sensor is activated again in

the following cases:
R The vehicle is unlocked again.
R A door is opened.
R The vehicle is locked again.

% If quick access is unavailable, select the Vehi-

cle menu under Settings to activate or deacti-
vate the interior motion sensor.
 Seats and stowing 93

Notes on tthe
he correct
correct driv
driver's
er's seat position R Your legs are not fully extended and you can
depress the pedals properly
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- R The back of your head is supported at eye
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is level by the center of the head restraint
in motion R You can hold the steering wheel with your
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- arms slightly bent
lowing situations in particular: R You can move your legs freely
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head R You can see all the displays on the instrument
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror cluster clearly
while the vehicle is in motion R You have a good overview of the tra c condi-
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi- tions
cle is in motion R Your seat belt sits snugly against your body
# Before starting the engine: In particular, and passes across the center of your shoulder
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, and across your hips in the pelvic area
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten Ensure the following when adjusting steering
your seat belt. wheel 1, seat belt 2 and driver's seat 3:
Seats
R You are sitting as far away from the driver's
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the front
front seat
airbag as possible, taking the following points
into consideration: & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
R You are sitting in an upright position seats are adjusted by children
R Your thighs are slightly supported by the seat
Children could become trapped if they adjust
cushion the seats, particularly when unattended.
94 Seats and stowing

# When leaving the vehicle, always take the & WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- Children in particular could accidentally press
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is the electrical seat adjustment buttons and
# Never leave children unattended in the in motion become trapped.
vehicle. You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- # While moving the seats, make sure that

lowing situations in particular: hands or other body parts do not get

You can adjust the seats when the vehicle is R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
under the lever assembly of the seat
switched o . adjustment system.
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
& WARNING Risk of injury due to head
adjusting the seat restraints not being installed or being
cle is in motion
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle adjusted incorrectly
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the # Before starting the vehicle: in particular, If head restraints have not been installed or
seat guide rail. adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that steering wheel and mirror, and fasten increased risk of injury in the head and neck
no one has any part of their body within your seat belt. area, e.g. in the event of an accident or when
the sweep of the seat. braking.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the # Always drive with the head restraints
Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" and "Chil- seat height is adjusted carelessly installed.
dren in the vehicle".
If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or # Before driving o , make sure for every
other vehicle occupants could be trapped and vehicle occupant that the center of the
thereby injured. head restraint supports the back of the
head at about eye level.
 Seats and stowing 95

Do not interchange the head restraints of the & WARNING Risk of injury due to excessive
front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be strain on the grab handle
able to adjust the height and angle of the head
restraints correctly. If you apply your full body weight to the grab
Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so handle or pull it abruptly, the grab handle may
that it is as close as possible to the back of your be damaged or become loose from its anchor-
head. age.
# Use the grab handles only to stabilize the
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to seating position or to assist in getting in
an incorrect seat position and out of the seat.
The seat belt does not o er the intended level
of protection if you have not moved the seat & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
backrest to an almost vertical position. objects under the co-driver seat
In particular, you could slip beneath the seat- Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can
belt and become injured. interfere with the function of the automatic
# Adjust the seat properly before begin- co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system. 1 Head restraint height
ning your journey. # Do not store any objects under the co- 2 Seat backrest inclination
# Always ensure that the seat backrest is driver seat. 3 Seat height
in an almost vertical position and that # When the co-driver seat is occupied, 4 Seat cushion length
the shoulder belt is routed across the make sure that no objects are trapped 5 Seat cushion inclination
center of your shoulder. under the co-driver seat. 6 Seat fore-and-a position
# Save the settings with the memory function
(/ page 110).
96 Seats and stowing

Adjus
djusting
ting the
the fr
front
ont passenger
passenger seat electrically
electrically # To select the
the fr
front
ont passenger
passenger seat: press but-
fr
from
om the
the driv
driver's
er's seat ton 1.
When the indicator lamp lights up, the front
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to passenger seat is selected.
the front seat being positioned too close # Adjust the front passenger seat using the but-
to the cockpit tons on the driver's side door operating unit.
The front airbags can also injure the occu- # To select the
the dr
driv
iver's
er's seat: press button 1
pants in the front of the vehicle. again.
# Always adjust the front seats so they are When the indicator lamp goes out, the driver's
as far away as possible from the front seat has been selected.
airbags.
# In addition, observe the notes on correct
seat adjustment.

Requir
equirements:
ements:
R The power supply is switched on. You can call up the following functions for the
front passenger seat:
R Seat adjustment
R Seat heating
R Seat ventilation
R Memory function
 Seats and stowing 97

Adjus
djusting
ting the
the 4-wa
4-wayy lumbar support Adjusting
djusting the
the rear
rear seats electrically
electrically

* NOTE Damage to the rear seat armrest

when folding the center seat backrest
forward
If the rear seat armrest is folded down, it can
be damaged when the center seat backrest is
folded forward.
# Fold the rear seat armrest upwards
before folding the center seat backrest
forward.

The middle seat backrest is adjusted together

with the le seat.

1 Head restraint height

2 Seat backrest inclination
1 Higher
3 Seat fore-and-a position
2 So er
3 Lower
4 Firmer
# Use buttons 1 to 4 to adjust the contour of
the backrest.
98 Seats and stowing

Folding the
the rrear
ear seats forw
forwar
ards
ds electrically
electrically R The seat backrest will not be able restrain # If there is a person in the third row of
objects or goods in the cargo compart- seats, the rear seat in front of them must
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when ment. be folded back to the driving position
adjusting the seats before the journey begins.
Always ensure that the seat and seat backrest
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself are engaged, in particular: # Persons in the third row of seats should
or a vehicle occupant. not rest their legs on a seat backrest
R Before persons travel in the vehicle while
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that that has been folded forwards.
sitting on a seat with the easy entry and
no one has any body parts in the sweep exit feature
of the seat. Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
R A er the seat has been adjusted. their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
R A er the easy entry and exit feature has properly. Particular attention must be paid to chil-
& WARNING Risk of accident if the seat and
been used dren.
seat backrest are not engaged
R A er the cargo compartment enlargement If you no longer require the seat backrest to be
The seat and seat backrest can fold forwards. folded down for loading or for getting in and out,
has been folded forwards
There is a risk of the following, in particular: fold it back into place.
R The vehicle occupant may be pressed
& WARNING Risk of injury due to seat & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
against the seat belt. The seat belt cannot
protect as intended and could cause addi- backrests folded forwards seat is not engaged
tional injury. If the seat backrest of the rear seat is folded The seat does not engage when folded for-
R A child restraint system will no longer be forwards, persons in the third row of seats wards. The seat can fold backwards unexpect-
properly supported or positioned and will may hit parts of the seat mechanism, espe- edly, e.g. when accelerating, braking or in the
no longer ful ll its function as intended. cially in the event of an accident, braking event of an abrupt change of direction or an
maneuver or abrupt change of direction. accident.
 Seats and stowing 99

People in the seat's sweep can become trap- vehicles with a third row of seats. Here, the center wards until the seat is unlocked. The seat will
ped. seat folds forwards and backwards together with then tip forwards.
# If a seat is folded forwards, always fold it
the le -hand seat in vehicles with a center seat # To ffold
old the
the seat back:
back: press and hold button
backrest. 1 until the rear seat engages audibly.
back before driving o .
# Make sure that the seat is engaged.
The seat will tilt downwards and stop in the
front position. The seat backrest will remain in
the cargo position.
If a seat on the second row of seats is not
# To interrupt the folding procedure before
engaged, this will be shown on the multifunction
display on the instrument cluster. engagement, let go of button 1. To continue
the folding procedure, press and hold button
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: 1 again.
R The area into which the seat is folded is clear.
# Set the seat backrest inclination and seat
R The seat has been folded up (/ page 116). fore-and-a adjustment using the buttons on
R Vehicles with comfort seating: the center arm- the door.
rest is folded up. % To increase the size of the cargo compart-
R Vehicles with an extended center console: the ment, you can move the seat backrests into
stowage compartment in the center console is the cargo compartment oor position
closed. (/ page 114).
R Vehicles with a center seat backrest: the cen- Folding the
the rear
rear seats forw
forwar
ards
ds mechanically
mechanically
ter seat backrest is in an upright position # To fold
fold the
the seat int
intoo tthe
he front
front position: brie y (emerg
(emergency
ency release)
release)
(/ page 114). pull on button 1. The release loops are located on the outer sides
The head restraint will move downwards. The and rear sides of the seats on the second row of
To make it easier to get in and out, you can fold seat backrest will move into the front position.
the seats on the second row of seats forwards in seats.
The seat fore-and-a adjustment will move for-
100 Seats and stowing

# Fold the seat backrest forwards. & WARNING Risk of injury due to head
# Before commencing your journey, make sure restraints not being installed or being
that the seat backrest and the rear bench seat adjusted incorrectly
are engaged.
If head restraints have not been installed or
have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
Head res
restr
traints
aints increased risk of injury in the head and neck
area, e.g. in the event of an accident or when
Adjusting
djusting the
the front
front seat head res
restr
traints
aints manually
braking.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- # Always drive with the head restraints

Side release loops ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is installed.
in motion # Before driving o , make sure for every

You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- vehicle occupant that the center of the
lowing situations in particular: head restraint supports the back of the
head at about eye level.
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror Do not interchange the head restraints of the
while the vehicle is in motion front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi- able to adjust the height and angle of the head
cle is in motion restraints correctly.
# Before starting the engine: In particular, Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, that it is as close as possible to the back of your
Release loops on the rear sides
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten head.
# Pull one of the release loops 1. your seat belt.
 Seats and stowing 101

Adjusting
djusting the
the front
front seat luxury
luxur y head res
restr
traints
aints
manually

# To move
move fforw
orwar
ard:
d: press release knob 1 and
pull the head restraint forward.
# To move
move bac
backw
kwar
ards:
ds: press release knob 1
# To raise:
raise: pull the head restraint up. and push the head restraint backwards. # To rraise:
aise: pull the head restraint up.
# To lower
lower:: press release knob 1 in the direc- # To low
lower
er:: press release knob 1 in the direc-
tion of the arrow and push the head restraint Adjusting
djusting the
the head res
restr
traints
aints of the
the rear
rear seats tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
down. mec
mechanically
hanically down.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
# To move
move forw
forwar
ard:
d: press release knob 2 and adjust the head restraints in the rear passenger Vehicles wit
withh a thir
thirdd ro
row
w of seats
pull the head restraint forward. compartment. The head restraints on the third row of seats have
# To move
move backw
backwarards:
ds: press release knob 2 a usage position and a non-usage position. The
and push the head restraint backwards. usage position is the extended, top position in
which the head restraint engages; the non-usage
102 Seats and stowing

position is the bottom, retracted position of the Installing

Installing
head restraint. If the seats on the third row of # Insert the head restraint such that the notches
seats are being used, the head restraint must be on the bar are on the le when viewed in the
in the top, engaged usage position. direction of travel.
# If tthe
he thir
thirdd row
row of seats is occupied: move the # Push the head restraint down until it engages.
head restraints to the very top and have them # Fold the rear seat backrest back until it
engage there. engages.
# If tthe
he thir
thirdd row
row of seats is no
nott occupied: move
the head restraints to the very bottom.
Con guring
guring the seat se
settings
ttings
Installing/r
Installing/remo
emoving
ving the
the rrear
ear seat head rres
estr
traints
aints Multimedia system:
Remo
emoving
ving 4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat Comfort
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
remove the head restraints in the rear passenger Adjus
djusting
ting the
the backr
backres
estt contour
contour in tthe
he lumbar
compartment. region of the
the seat bac
backrkres
estt (lumbar)
# Select Lumbar.
# Release the rear seat backrest and fold it for-
wards slightly (/ page 114). # Select the settings Z for the desired seat.
# Pull the head restraint upwards as far as it will # Adjust the air cushions.
go.
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the backr
backres
estt side bolsters
bolsters
# Push release knob 1 in the direction of the
# Select Side Bolsters.
arrow and pull out the head restraint.
# Adjust the air cushion for the desired seat.
 Seats and stowing 103

Setting
Setting the
the seat heating balance # a) Tap the warning message on the % This setting is available only for individual user
# Select Seat Heating Balance. media display. pro les. For the guest pro le, automatic seat
adjustment cannot be switched on or o .
# Adjust the heat distribution for the desired or
seat. # b) Press a memory position button or a Adjusting
djusting driv
driver's
er's seat and steer
steering
ing wheel position
seat adjustment switch on the driver's to body size
door. The vehicle calculates a suitable driver's seat and
Setting
Setting automatic
automatic seat adjus
adjustment
tment
The adjustment process will be stopped. steering wheel position on the basis of the driver's
body size and sets this directly.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing adjustment of the driver's seat a er Requir
equirements:
ements: # To se sett the
the unit of measurement
measurement:: select cm or
R Adapting the driver's seat and steering wheel ft/in.
calling up a driver pro le
position to body size: automatic seat adjust- # Set the size using the scale.
Selecting a user pro le may trigger an adjust- ment has been switched on.
ment of the driver's seat to the position saved # Select Start Positioning.
under the user pro le. You or other vehicle Multimedia system: The driver's seat and steering wheel position
occupants could be injured in the process. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle is adjusted to the body size that has been set.
# Make sure that when the position of driv- 5 Automatic Seat Adjustment % If the driver's seat and steering wheel position
er's seat is being adjusted using the mul- calculated by the vehicle is not practical or
timedia system, no people or body parts Switc
Switching
hing automatic
automatic seat adjustment
adjustment on/o comfortable, it can be manually changed at
are in the seat's range of movement. When the active user pro le is changed while the any time via the buttons.
vehicle is stationary, the driver's seat, steering The exterior mirrors are not set via this func-
If there is a risk of someone becoming trap- wheel, outside mirrors and seat contour will auto- tion. Instead, they have to be set manually via
ped, stop the adjustment process immedi- matically be adapted to the driver. the switches.
ately: # Select On or Off.
104 Seats and stowing

% You can also con gure these settings via the shoulders. In addition, warm pressure points Selecting the
the massage
massage pr
progr
ogram
am for
for the
the front
front seats
Mercedes me portal for your user pro le. By become noticeable, starting in the pelvic area.
synchronizing the pro les in the vehicle and Multimedia system:
R Activating Massage: Activating massage with 4 © 5 Comfort 5 Massage
the Mercedes me connect pro les, you can upward-moving massage waves.
carry over these settings for your vehicle. # Select a massage program (/ page 104).
R Classic Massage: Relaxing back massage.
Setting
Setting the
the easy entry
entr y and eexit
xit feature
feature # Start the program for the desired seat ;.
R Wave Massage: Regenerating massage via
# Select Steering Wheel & Seat, Steering massage waves across the back and in the # To set
set tthe
he massage
massage intensity
intensity:: switch High
Wheel Only or Off. seat cushion. Intensity on or o .
% If you use an individual user pro le and have R Mobilizing Massage: Mobilizing massage with % For the rear seats, the massage program can
set your body size, this information is carried upward-moving massage waves. Can promote be selected on the following devices (if availa-
over for the easy entry and exit feature. This deeper respiration and hence improve circula- ble):
will cause the driver's seat and steering wheel tion and blood pressure. R On the rear displays
to move into the correct position automati- R Active Workout, Backrest and Active Work- The selection can be made for the rear
cally . out, Cushion: These programs require your seats on the second and third rows of
cooperation. Alternating between tensing and seats.
Over
Overvie
view
w of massag
massagee progr
programs
ams releasing helps to improve blood ow to your R On the MBUX rear tablet
muscles. Press against a pressure point as
R Hot Relaxing Back Combination of heat and soon as you feel it. The selection is made in the same way as
massage. It starts by massaging the back. In on the rear displays for the rear seats on
addition, warm pressure points become the second row of seats.
noticeable, starting in the pelvic area.
R Hot Relaxing Shoulder: Combination of heat
and massage. It starts by massaging the
 Seats and stowing 105

Rese
esetting
tting seat settings
settings * NOTE Damage to the seats caused by
Multimedia system: objects or documents when the seat heat-
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat Comfort ing is switched on
# Select Î for the desired seat. When the seat heating is switched on, over-
# Con rm the prompt.
heating may occur due to objects or docu-
ments placed on the seats, e.g. seat cushions
or child seats. This could cause damage to the
Switching
Switching the
the seat heating on/o seat surface.
# Make sure that no objects or documents
& WARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly are on the seats when the seat heating is
switching on the seat heating switched on.
Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can
cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad- Requir
equirements:
ements:
R The power supply is switched on.
ding to become very hot.
In particular, the health of persons with limited Seat heating in the cockpit
temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to
react to high temperatures may be a ected or
they may even su er burn-like injuries.
# Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
heating.

To protect against overheating, the seat heating

may be temporarily deactivated a er it has been
switched on repeatedly.
106 Seats and stowing

and 20 minutes until the seat heating is

switched o .

Setting
Setting the
the panel heating
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
5 Panel Heating

When the seat heating is switched on, the armr-

ests, the door center panel and the center con-
sole can be heated.
# Switch the function for the desired seats on or
o .

Switching
Switching the
the seat vventilation
entilation on/o
Seat heating in the rear passenger compartment Seat ventilation in the cockpit
# Press button 1 repeatedly until the desired Req
equir
uirements:
ements: # Press button 1 repeatedly until the desired
R The power supply is switched on.
heating level is set. ventilation level is set.
Depending on the heating level, up to three Depending on the ventilation level, up to three
indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator
lamps are o , the seat heating is switched o . lamps are o , the seat ventilation is switched
% The seat heating will automatically switch o .
down from the three heating levels a er 8, 10
 Seats and stowing 107

Steering
eering wheel # Never leave children unattended in the # Adjust height 2 and distance 3 to the
vehicle. steering wheel.
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the st
steer
eering
ing wheel mechanically
mechanically
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the Loc
Locking
king
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. # Fold release lever 1 up as far as it will go.
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is
# Check and make sure that the steering col-
in motion Unloc
nlocking
king
umn is locked by moving the steering wheel.
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol-
lowing situations in particular:
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the st
steer
eering
ing wheel electrically
electrically
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror The steering wheel can be adjusted when the
while the vehicle is in motion vehicle is switched o .
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
cle is in motion
# Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.

& WARNING Risk of entrapment for children

when adjusting the steering wheel
Children could injure themselves if they adjust # Fold release lever 1 down as far as it will go.
the steering wheel.
108 Seats and stowing

Switching
Switching the
the st
steer
eering
ing wheel heater
heater on/o When you switch the ignition o , the steering
wheel heater will switch o .
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The ignition is switched on.
Easy entry
entr y and exit
exit feature
feature
Using the
the easy entr
entryy and exit
exit feature
feature

& WARNING Risk of accident when pulling

away during the adjustment process of
the easy entry and exit feature
You could lose control of the vehicle.
# Always wait until the adjustment process
is complete before driving o .

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-

1 To adjust the distance to the steering wheel ing adjustment of the easy entry and exit
2 To adjust the height feature
# Save the settings with the memory function You and other vehicle occupants – particularly
(/ page 110). children – could become trapped.
# To switch
switch on: push switch into position 1.
# Ensure that no one has a body part in
Indicator lamp 3 lights up.
the sweep of the steering wheel or driv-
# To switch
switch o : push switch into position 2. er's seat.
Indicator lamp 3 goes out.
 Seats and stowing 109

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if The driver's seat backrest will then move for-
If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the wards only if it is not already in the foremost
steering wheel: children activate the easy entry and exit
feature‑ position.
# Move the adjustment lever of the steer-
The steering wheel and the driver's seat will move
ing wheel. Children could become trapped if they acti- back to the last drive position in the following
The adjustment process will be stopped. vate the easy entry‑ and exit feature, particu- cases:
larly when unattended.
If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the R You switch the power supply or the vehicle on
# Never leave children unattended in the
driver's seat: when the driver's door is closed
vehicle.
# Press the seat adjustment switch. R You close the driver's door when the vehicle is
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
The adjustment process will be stopped. switched on.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
# Never leave children unattended in the The last drive position will be saved when:
vehicle. If the easy entry and exit feature is active, the R You switch o the vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the steering wheel will move upwards and the driver's
R Vehicles wit
withh memor
memoryy function: You call up the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. seat will move back in the following situations:
seat settings via the memory function.
R You switch o the vehicle when the driver's
Vehicles with
with memor
memoryy function: You can stop the R Vehicles with
with memory
memor y function: You save the
door is open.
adjustment process by pressing one of the mem- seat settings via the memory function.
R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is
ory function position switches. switched o . Vehicles with
with memory
memor y function: Press one of the
memory function position buttons to stop the
% The steering wheel will then move upwards adjustment process.
only if it is not already as high as it will go.
The driver's seat will then move backwards
only if it is not already at the rear of the seat
adjustment range.
110 Seats and stowing

Memor y function
Memory has any body parts in the sweep of the R Head-up display
Function of the
the memor
memoryy function seat. R Steering column
# If someone becomes trapped, press a R Seat contour
& WARNING Risk of an accident if the mem- preset position button or seat adjust-
ory function is used while driving ment switch immediately.
Operating
Oper ating the
the memor
memoryy function
If you use the memory function on the driver's
side while driving, you could lose control of & WARNING Risk of entrapment if the mem- Stor
oring
ing
the vehicle as a result of the adjustments ory function is activated by children
being made. Children could become trapped if they acti-
# Only use the memory function on the vate the memory function, particularly when
driver's side when the vehicle is station- unattended.
ary. # Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of entrapment when # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
adjusting the seat with the memory func- SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
tion
When the memory function adjusts the seat, You can use the memory function when the igni-
you and other vehicle occupants – particularly tion is switched o .
children – could become trapped. Seat adjustments for up to three people can be
# During the adjustment process of the
stored and called up using the memory function.
memory function, make sure that no one You can save settings for the following systems:
R Front seat
R Outside mirrors
# Set the desired position for all systems.
 Seats and stowing 111

# Brie y press the V memory button and & WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
then press preset position button 4, T items in the vehicle event of sudden braking or abrupt changes in
or U within three seconds. direction.
An acoustic signal sounds. The settings are If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or
# Always store objects such that they can-
stored. not secured su ciently, they could slip, tip
over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi- not be thrown around in such situations.
# To call up: press and brie y hold preset posi-
tion button 4, T or U. cle occupants. # Always make sure that objects do not

A er releasing the button, all systems are There is a risk of injury, particularly in the protrude from storage spaces, parcel
moved into the stored position. event of sudden braking or a sudden change nets or storage nets.
in direction. # Close the lockable storage spaces before
# Always stow objects in such a way that starting a journey.
Stowage
age areas
areas they cannot be thrown around. # Stow and secure objects that are heavy,
Notes on loading the
the vehicle
vehicle # Before the journey, secure objects, lug- hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or too
gage or loads against slipping or tipping large in the cargo compartment.
& DANGER
ANGER Risk of poisoning from exhaust over.
gases & WARNING Risk of accident from objects in
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects the driver's footwell and front-passenger
gases, such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust being stowed incorrectly footwell
gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tail-
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed Objects in the driver's footwell and front-
gate is open when the vehicle is running,
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around passenger footwell may impede pedal travel or
especially if the vehicle is in motion.
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup block a depressed pedal.
# Always switch o the vehicle before
holders, open storage spaces and mobile This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
opening the tailgate. phone receptacles cannot always retain all of the vehicle.
# Never drive with the tailgate open. objects within.
112 Seats and stowing

# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely If you use a cup holder while the vehicle is * NOTE Damage to the rear armrest due to
so that they cannot get into the driver's moving, the container may be ung around body weight
footwell or front-passenger footwell. and liquids may be spilled. The vehicle occu-
pants may come into contact with the liquid When folded out, the rear armrest can be
# Always install the oor mats securely damaged by body weight.
and as prescribed in order to ensure that and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You
could be distracted from tra c conditions and # Do not sit or support yourself on the rear
there is always su cient clearance for
the pedals. you may lose control of the vehicle. seat armrest.
# Only use the cup holder when the vehicle
# Do not use loose oor mats and do not
lay multiple oor mats on top of one is stationary. & WARNING Risk of injury due to an open
another. # Only use the cup holder for containers of cargo compartment oor
the right size. If you drive with the cargo compartment oor
Vehicles with
with aut
automatic
omatic front
front passenger
passenger airbag # Close the container, particularly if the open, objects could be ung around and hit
shut
shutoo : Objects trapped under the front liquid is hot. vehicle occupants as a result. There is a risk
passenger seat may interfere with the function of of injury, particularly in the event of sudden
the automatic front passenger airbag shuto or braking or a sudden change in direction.
damage the system. Please observe the notes on * NOTE Damage to the cup holder
# Always close the cargo compartment
the function of the automatic front passenger air- When the rear armrest is folded back the cup oor before a journey.
bag shuto (/ page 47). holder could become damaged.
# Only fold the rear armrest back when the
& WARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury & WARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from hot
cup holder is closed. cigarette lighter
when using the cup holder while the vehi-
cle is moving You can burn yourself if you touch the hot
The cup holder cannot secure containers heating element or the socket of the cigarette
while the vehicle is moving. lighter.
 Seats and stowing 113

In addition, ammable materials may ignite if: # Allow vehicle parts to cool down before Notes on driving with a roof load
R you drop the hot cigarette lighter touching them. R Evenly distribute the roof load, and place
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with
R a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to
The driving characteristics of your vehicle are the notes on loading the vehicle.
objects, for example dependent on the distribution of the load within R Drive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling
# Always hold the cigarette lighter by the the vehicle. You should bear the following in mind away, braking and steering as well as rapid
knob. when loading the vehicle: cornering.
# Always make sure that the cigarette R Never exceed the permissible gross mass or R When transporting roof loads and when the
lighter is out of reach of children. the gross axle weight rating for the vehicle vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied, select
(including occupants). The values are speci ed drive programs ; and A. These are
# Never leave children unattended in the
on the vehicle identi cation plate on the vehi- designed to focus on stability (/ page 171).
vehicle.
cle's B-pillar.
R The load must not protrude above the upper % For more information on stowage compart-
& WARNING Risk of burns from the tailpipe ments and stowage areas, please refer to the
edge of the seat backrests.
and tailpipe trims Digital Operator's Manual.
R Always use the partitioning net when trans-
The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can porting objects in the cargo compartment.
become very hot. If you come into contact
R Always place the load behind unoccupied
with these parts of the vehicle, you could burn
yourself. seats if possible.
R Secure the load using the tie-down eyes and
# Always be particularly careful around the
tailpipe and the tailpipe trims and super- distribute the load evenly.
vise children especially closely in this
area.
114 Seats and stowing

Stowag
agee spaces in tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle inter
interior
ior Through-loading
Thr ough-loading facility
facility to
to cargo
cargo com
compar
partment
tment R A child restraint system will no longer be
Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he fr
front
ont stowag
stowagee com
compar
partments
tments Folding the
the rrear
ear seat backr
backres
estt fforw
orwar
ards
ds properly supported or positioned and will
no longer ful ll its function as intended.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when R The seat backrest will not be able restrain
adjusting the seats objects or goods in the cargo compart-
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself ment.
or a vehicle occupant. Always ensure that the seat and seat backrest
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that are engaged, in particular:
no one has any body parts in the sweep R Before persons travel in the vehicle while
of the seat. sitting on a seat with the easy entry and
exit feature
& WARNING Risk of accident if the seat and R A er the seat has been adjusted.
1 Stowage spaces in the doors seat backrest are not engaged R A er the easy entry and exit feature has
2 Stowage compartment in the armrest with The seat and seat backrest can fold forwards. been used
USB ports (depending on vehicle equipment)
There is a risk of the following, in particular: R A er the cargo compartment enlargement
3 Stowage/telephone compartment with cup
R The vehicle occupant may be pressed has been folded forwards
holder in the front center console
4 Glove box against the seat belt. The seat belt cannot
protect as intended and could cause addi- Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
tional injury. their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
properly. Particular attention must be paid to chil-
dren.
 Seats and stowing 115

If you no longer require the folded-down rear seat

backrest as a load area, fold the backrest back
into place.
Make sure that the red marking of the lock veri -
cation indicator is no longer visible. Otherwise,
the seat backrest will not be locked.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, a message
will be displayed on the instrument cluster instead
of the red lock veri cation indicator.
Folding the
the rear
rear seats forw
forwar
ards
ds mechanically
mechanically
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can fold
the outer seat backrests forwards mechanically.

# Move the driver's or front passenger seat for- # Fold the rear seat armrest back if necessary.
wards, if necessary. # To ffold
old the
the cent
center
er seat backr
backres
estt fforw
orwar
ards:
ds:
# To fold
fold the
the le and right
right seat backr
backres
ests
ts for-
for- press release catch 3.
wards:
ards: if necessary, insert the head restraints # Fold seat backrest 2 forwards.
for the seat backrests (/ page 101).
Observe the following recommendations:
# Pull release lever 1.
R If you wish to fold only one of the outer seat
# Fold the corresponding seat backrest for- backrests forwards, it is recommended that
wards. you fold the right seat backrest forwards.
116 Seats and stowing

R If you wish to fold one of the outer seat backr- Observe the following recommendations:
ests forwards together with the center seat R If you wish to fold only one of the outer seat
backrest, it is recommended that you fold the backrests forwards, it is recommended that
le and center seat backrests forwards. you fold the right seat backrest forwards.
Folding the
the rear
rear seats fforw
orwar
ards
ds electrically
electrically R If you wish to fold one of the outer seat backr-
If a seat in the second row of seats is not engaged ests forwards together with the center seat
and locked, this will be shown on the multifunc- backrest, it is recommended that you fold the
tion display on the instrument cluster. le and center seat backrests forwards.
# Ensure that the center seat backrest is in an
Folding back
back the
the rear
rear seat backr
backrest
est
upright position.
* NOTE
NOTE Damage caused by trapping the
seat belt when folding back the seat back-
rest
The seat belt could become trapped and thus
# To fold
fold the
the le or right
right seat bac
backr
kres
estt ffor-
or- damaged when the seat backrest is folded
war
ards:
ds: brie y press one of buttons 1. back.
The head restraint in the rear passenger com- # Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-
partment will move into a suitable position. ped when folding back the seat backrest.
The rear seat will fold forwards. The center
seat backrest will fold forwards together with
the le seat backrest.
 Seats and stowing 117

Folding back
back the
the rear
rear seat mechanically
mechanically Folding back
back tthe
he rrear
ear seat electrically
electrically Folding the
the seat backr
backres
estt on the
the tthir
hirdd row
row of
seats forw
forwar
ards
ds
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The seats and the seat backrests on the sec-
ond row of seats have been moved forwards
su ciently.

# Move the driver's or front passenger seat for-

wards, if necessary.
# Swivel seat backrest 1 back until it engages.
# Make sure that the red marking of the lock
veri cation indicator is no longer visible. Oth-
erwise, the seat backrest will not be locked. # Le or rright
ight seat backr
backrest
est:: brie y pull one of # Pull release catch 1 for the seat backrest
buttons 1. forwards.
The rear seat will fold back. The center seat # Fold the seat backrest forwards.
backrest will fold back together with the le -
hand seat backrest.
If a seat backrest is not engaged and locked,
this will be shown on the multifunction display
on the instrument cluster.
118 Seats and stowing

Folding back
back the
the seat bac
backr
kres
estt on the
the thir
thirdd ro
row
w of # Always stow objects in such a way that Extending/retr
Extending/retracting
acting the
the cargo
cargo compar
compartment
tment
seats they cannot be thrown around. cover
cover
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: # Secure objects, luggage or loads against Extending
Extending
R The seats and the seat backrests on the sec- slipping or tipping over, e.g. by using tie
ond row of seats have been moved forwards downs, even if you are using the cargo
su ciently. compartment cover.
# Swing the seat backrest back until it audibly
engages. * NOTE Damage to the cargo compartment
cover when loading the vehicle
EASY-PAC
EASY -PACKK car
cargo
go compar
compartment
tment cover
cover and par
parti-
ti- The cargo compartment cover may be dam-
tioning ne
nett casse
cassette
tte aged when the vehicle is being loaded.
# Do not place any objects above the
Notes on the
the cargo
cargo compar
compartment
tment cover
cover
lower edge of the side windows or on the
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to cargo compartment cover.
poorly secured objects
The cargo compartment cover alone cannot
secure or restrain heavy objects, items of lug-
gage or heavy loads.
# Pull the cargo compartment cover back by
You could be hit by an unsecured load, partic- grab handle 1 and hook it into brackets 2
ularly in the event of abrupt changes in direc- on the le and right.
tion, sudden braking or an accident.
 Seats and stowing 119

Retracting
tracting Removing
emoving tthe
he cargo
cargo compar
compartment
tment cover
cover
# Release the cargo compartment cover from
brackets 2 on the le and right.
# Guide the cargo compartment cover forwards
using grab handle 1 until it is fully retracted.
The rolled-up cargo compartment cover can be
used in two positions:
R Folded 45° upwards for loading (fold down
before commencing your journey)
R Horizontal position # Open the cargo compartment oor .
# To insert
insert:: place the cargo compartment cover
Installing/r
Installing/remo
emoving
ving the
the car
cargo
go compar
compartment
tment cov
cover
er
in brackets 1, rst on the le and then the
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: right. Comply with the instructions on the
R The cargo compartment cover is rolled up. vehicle to ensure it is seated correctly.
# To rremov
emove: e: push the cargo compartment
cover slightly to the le using grab handle 2.
# Press end cap 1 on the le or right inwards.
# Remove the cargo compartment cover from
# Pull out the cargo compartment cover back- brackets 1, rst on the right and then on the
wards. le .
Stor
oring
ing the
the car
cargo
go com
compar
partment
tment cov
cover
er
Depending on the vehicle variant, the cargo com-
partment cover can be stored under the cargo
compartment oor.
120 Seats and stowing

Installing
Inst alling tthe
he cargo
cargo com
compar
partment
tment cov
cover
er Remo
emoving
ving Installing
Installing

# Insert the cargo compartment cover in brack- # Press button 1 on the le or right. # With tab 1 facing backwards, push the parti-
ets 1 on the le and right. # Remove the partitioning net cassette by li ing tioning net cassette into brackets 2.
The end caps of the cargo compartment cover it upwards. The partitioning net cassette will engage.
will engage audibly.
Installing/remo
Installing/r emoving
ving the
the partitioning
par titioning net
net casse
cassette
tte
Requir
equirements:
ements:
R The partitioning net has been rolled up.
 Seats and stowing 121

Attac
ttaching
hing the
the partitioning
par titioning net
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
poorly secured objects
The partitioning net alone cannot secure or
restrain heavy objects, items of luggage or
heavy loads.
You could be hit by an unsecured load, partic-
ularly in the event of abrupt changes in direc-
tion, sudden braking or an accident.
# Always stow objects in such a way that
they cannot be thrown around.
# Secure objects, luggage or loads against
slipping or tipping over, e.g. by using tie
downs, even if you are using the parti-
# Ensure that red lock veri cation indicators 3 tioning net. # Guide the partition net upwards using tab 1.
on the le and right are no longer visible. Oth- # Hook the partition net into holders 2 on the
erwise, the partitioning net cassette will not For safety reasons, always use a partitioning net le and right.
be locked. when transporting a load.
Damaged partitioning nets can no longer ful ll Overvie
Over view
w of tthe
he tie-down
tie-down eyes
eyes in tthe
he car
cargo
go com-
their protective functions and must be replaced. partment
par tment
Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle
(/ page 111).
122 Seats and stowing

Objects or items of luggage may be ung

around and hit vehicle occupants.
# Only hang light objects on the bag
hooks.
# Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile
objects on the bag hooks.

Observe the notes on loading the vehicle

(/ page 111).
Subject the bag hooks to a maximum load of
6.6 lbs (3 kg) and do not attach any goods to
them.

1 Tie-down eyes 1 Bag hook

Over
Overvie
view
w of bag hooks

& WARNING Risk of injury when using bag

hooks with heavy objects
The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects
or items of luggage.
 Seats and stowing 123

Coat hook on the

the tailg
tailgate
ate

1 Telescopic rod with mounting elements and

holders
1 Coat hook on the tailgate
Installing a telescopic
Installing telescopic rod
rod
Coat hooks are not suitable for heavy objects.
Use the coat hooks only for light objects such as & WARNING Risk of injury due to an open
jackets. cargo compartment oor # Open the cargo compartment oor .
If you drive with the cargo compartment oor # Attach holders 1 in the desired position to
EASY-PAC
EASY-PACK
K load-securing
load-securing kit open, objects could be ung around and hit the side of the cargo compartment oor.
Notes on the
the snap-in module for
for the
the cargo
cargo com- vehicle occupants as a result. There is a risk # Close the cargo compartment oor.
partment
par tment (telescopic
(telescopic rrods)
ods) of injury, particularly in the event of sudden
The EASY-PACK load-securing kit allows you to braking or a sudden change in direction.
use your cargo compartment for a variety of pur- # Always close the cargo compartment
poses. The components are located in the stow- oor before a journey.
age space under the cargo compartment oor.
124 Seats and stowing

Locking and unlocking

Locking unlocking the
the cargo
cargo com
compar
partment
tment Att
ttac
aching
hing a roof
roof luggag
luggagee rack
rack
oor
& WARNING Risk of accident due to exceed-
ing the maximum roof load
The vehicle center of gravity and the usual
driving characteristics as well as the steering
and braking characteristics alter.
If you exceed the maximum roof load, the driv-
ing characteristics, as well as steering and
braking, will be greatly impaired.
# Never exceed the maximum roof load
and adjust your driving style.

You will nd information on the maximum roof

load in the "Technical data" section.
# Turn mounting elements 2 to =.
# Insert mounting elements 2 into holders 1. * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not
observing the maximum permitted head-
# Extend telescopic rod 3. # Turn the emergency key a quarter turn clock- room clearance
# Insert telescopic rod 3 into mounting ele- wise 2 (to lock) or counter-clockwise 1 (to
unlock). If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi-
ments 2. mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof
# Turn both mounting elements 2 to & until and other parts of the vehicle may be dam-
you feel them engage. aged.
 Seats and stowing 125

# Observe the signposted headroom clear- opened when the roof luggage rack is # Secure the roof rack to the roof railing.
ance. installed. # Observe the manufacturer's installation
# If the vehicle height is greater than the # Position the load on the roof luggage instructions.
permitted headroom clearance, do not rack in such a way that the vehicle will
enter. not sustain damage even when it is in
Cup holder
# Observe the changed vehicle height with motion.
Switching tthe
Switching he cooling or heating function for
for tthe
he
add-on roof equipment.
tem
emper
peratur
ature-contr
e-controlled
olled cup holder on or o
* NOTE Damage to the panorama roof with
* NOTE Vehicle damage from non-approved power tilt/sliding panel due to non- & WARNING Risk of injury by touching the
roof luggage racks approved roof luggage racks
heating elements
The vehicle could be damaged by roof luggage The panorama roof with power tilt/sliding The cup holder's heating elements may be
racks that have not been tested and approved panel may be damaged by the roof luggage very hot.
for Mercedes-Benz. rack if you attempt to open it when using a
roof luggage rack not tested and approved for You can burn yourself on them.
# Use only roof luggage racks tested and
Mercedes-Benz. # Do not touch the cup holder's hot heat-
approved for Mercedes-Benz. ing elements.
# When a roof luggage rack is installed,
# Depending on the vehicle equipment,
open the panorama roof with power tilt/ # Ensure that no children can access the
ensure that the sliding sunroof can be sliding panel only if this has been tested cup holder's hot heating elements.
fully raised when the roof luggage rack is and approved for Mercedes-Benz. # Never leave children unattended in the
installed.
# Depending on the vehicle equipment, The panorama roof with power tilt/sliding vehicle.
ensure that the tailgate can be fully panel may be raised to allow ventilation of the
vehicle interior.
126 Seats and stowing

* NOTE Damage to objects in the tempera- holder's metal insert when the warning lamp is
ture-controlled cup holder lit.
# To switch
switch o : press button 2 repeatedly until
If you place objects into the temperature-con- the indicator lamp on the button goes out.
trolled cup holder, they may become dam-
aged. % Clean the removable rubber mat only with
# Do not place objects into the tempera-
clean, lukewarm water and the cup holder
only with a so cloth.
ture-controlled cup holder.

Sockets
Socke ts
Using the
the 12 V socket
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R Only connect devices up to a maximum of
240 W (20 A).
Cup holder in the front center console Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicle
has the following 12 V sockets:
# To switch
switch on: on cup holder 1, press button
R In the storage compartment in the front center
2 repeatedly until the blue (keep cool) or red
(keep warm) indicator lamp on the button console
lights up. R In the cargo compartment
If you use the heating function, the metal
insert of the cup holder is heated. Once a cer-
tain temperature has been reached, the warn-
ing lamp lights up. Do not reach into the cup
 Seats and stowing 127

Using the
the 115 V socket
socket in the
the rrear
ear passenger
passenger & DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of death due to using the
com
compar
partment
tment socket incorrectly
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injuries due to a In particular, you could receive an electric
damaged connecting cable or a damaged shock:
socket R If you touch the inside of the socket
You could receive an electric shock if the con- R If you insert unsuitable devices or objects
necting cable or the 115 V power socket is into the socket
pulled out of the trim or is damaged or wet. # Do not touch the inside of the socket.
# Use only connecting cables that are dry
Example: 12 V socket in the storage compartment in # Only connect suitable devices to the
and free of damage.
the front center console socket.
# When the vehicle is switched o , make
# Li up cap 1 of the socket and insert the sure that the 115 V power socket is dry. Requir
equirements:
ements:
plug of the device. # Immediately have the 115 V power R Only connect devices with a suitable plug
If you have connected a device to the 12 V socket checked or replaced at a quali ed which conforms to the standards speci c to
socket, leave the cover of the storage compart- specialized workshop if it is damaged or the country you are in.
ment open. has been pulled out of the trim. R Only connect devices up to a maximum of
# Never plug the connecting cable into a 150 W (1.3 A).
115 V power socket that is damaged or R Do not use multiple socket outlets.
has been pulled out of the trim.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the design
of the center console and stowage compartment
may di er.
128 Seats and stowing

Over
Overvie
view
w of USB por
ports
ts Wir
ireless
eless char
charging
ging of tthe
he mobile phone and con-
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicle nection with
with tthe
he ext
exter
erior
ior ant
antenna
enna
has the following USB ports: Notes on wirelessl
wirelesslyy char
charging
ging the
the mobile phone
R In the stowage compartment of the cockpit
armrest (/ page 114) & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
R In the front center console next to the mobile
being stowed incorrectly
phone stowage compartment If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
R In the rear center console incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
R Vehicles with three rows of seats: between the
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
seats of the third row of seats phone receptacles cannot always retain all
If the vehicle is switched on you can charge USB objects within.
devices, e.g. mobile phones, at USB ports. The There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
charging voltage is approximately 5 V (up to 3 A). event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
# Mercedes-Maybach vehicles with individual
# Always stow objects so that they cannot
rear seats: open the stowage compartment of
the center console of the rear passenger com- be thrown around in such situations.
partment . # Always make sure that objects do not

# Open ap 3. protrude from stowage spaces, parcel

nets or stowage nets.
# Insert the plug of the device into 115 V socket # Close the lockable stowage spaces
1.
When the on-board electrical system voltage is before starting a journey.
su cient, indicator lamp 2 lights up.
 Seats and stowing 129

# Always stow and secure heavy, hard, # Do not place credit cards, storage R Small mobile phones may not be able to be
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky media, ski passes or other objects sensi- charged in every position of the mobile phone
objects in the trunk/cargo compart- tive to electromagnetic elds in the stowage compartment.
ment. mobile phone storage compartment. R Large mobile phones which do not rest at in
the mobile phone stowage compartment may
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. * NOTE Damage to the mobile phone stow- not be able to be charged or connected with
age compartment caused by liquids the vehicle's exterior antenna.
& WARNING Risk of re from placing objects R The mobile phone may heat up during the
in the mobile phone storage compartment If liquids enter the mobile phone stowage charging process. This may also depend on
compartment, the compartment may be dam- the applications (apps) currently open in the
Placing other objects in the mobile phone
aged. background.
storage compartment could constitute a re
# Ensure that no liquids enter the mobile
hazard. R To ensure more e cient charging and connec-
# Apart from a mobile phone, do not place
phone stowage compartment. tion with the vehicle's exterior antenna,
any other objects in the mobile phone remove the protective cover from the mobile
Always observe the notes for persons with elec- phone. Protective covers which are necessary
storage compartment, especially those tronic medical aids (/ page 30).
made of metal. for wireless charging are an exception.
R Depending on the vehicle equipment, the
mobile phone is connected to the vehicle's
* NOTE Damage to objects caused by plac- exterior antenna via the charging module. Wireless
ireless char
charging
ging of a mobile phone in the
the cock-
ing them in the mobile phone storage pit
compartment R The charging function and wireless connection
of the mobile phone to the vehicle's exterior Requir
equirements:
ements:
If objects are placed in the mobile phone stor- antenna are only available if the vehicle is R The mobile phone is suitable for wireless
age compartment, these may be damaged by switched on. charging.
electromagnetic elds.
130 Seats and stowing

% A list of compatible mobile phones can be Installing/r

Inst alling/remo
emoving
ving tthe
he oor mats Installing
Inst alling oor mats
found at: https://www.mercedes-benz-
mobile.com/ & WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
in the driver's footwell
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
of the vehicle.
# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's
footwell.
# Always install the oor mats securely

# Place the mobile phone as close to the center and as prescribed in order to ensure that
of mat 1 as possible with the display facing there is always su cient room for the
upwards. pedals.
When a message is shown in the multimedia # Do not use loose oor mats and do not
system, the mobile phone is being charged. place oor mats on top of one another. # Move the corresponding seat backwards and
lay the oor mat in the footwell.
Malfunctions detected during the charging
process are shown in the multimedia system
# Press studs 1 onto holders 2.
display. # Adjust the corresponding seat.
% The mat can be removed for cleaning, e.g.
using clean, lukewarm water.
 Seats and stowing 131

% Vehicles with
with a tthir
hirdd ro
row
w of seats: To install
the oor mats on the third row of seats, slide
the corresponding seat on the second row of
seats forwards.
Remo
emoving
ving oor mats
# Pull the oor mat o holders 2.

# Remove the oor mat.

% Vehicles with
with a tthir
hirdd ro
row
w of seats: To remove
the oor mats on the third row of seats, slide
the corresponding seat on the second row of
seats forwards.
132 Light and visibility

Exterior
Exter ior lighting Light switch 5 L Low beam/high beam
Infor
Information
mation about lighting systems
systems and your
your Operating
Oper ating the
the light switch 6 R Switches the rear fog light on/o
responsibility When low beam is activated, the T indicator
The various lighting systems of the vehicle are lamp for the parking lights will be deactivated and
only aids. The driver of the vehicle is responsible replaced by the L low-beam indicator lamp.
for correct vehicle illumination in accordance with # Always park your vehicle safely using su cient
the prevailing light and visibility conditions, legal lighting, in accordance with the relevant legal
requirements and tra c situation. stipulations.

* NOTE Battery discharging by operating the

standing lights
Operating the standing lights over a period of
hours puts a strain on the battery.
# Where possible, switch on the right X
or le W parking light.

If the battery is insu ciently charged, the stand-

1 W Le -hand standing lights ing lights or parking lights will be switched o
2 X Right-hand standing lights automatically to facilitate the next engine start.
3 T Parking lights and license plate lamp
4 Ã Automatic driving lights (preferred light
switch position)
 Light and visibility 133

The exterior lighting (except standing and parking Switc

Switching
hing the
the rrear
ear fog
fog lamps
lamps on or o Operating
Oper ating the
the combination switch
switch for
for tthe
he lights
lights) will switch o automatically when the driv-
er's door is opened. Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The light switch is in the L or à posi-
R Observe the notes on surround lighting
tion.
(/ page 137).
# Press the R button.
Aut
utomatic
omatic driving
driving lights function
When the vehicle is switched on, the parking Please observe the country-speci c laws on the
lamps, low beam and daytime running lamps are use of rear fog lamps.
switched on automatically depending on the ambi- % Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
ent light. CONTROL with o -road package: when the
rear fog lamp is switched on, o -road level +3
& WARNING Risk of accident when the low will not be available. If the rear fog lamp is
beam is switched o in poor visibility switched on and o -road level +3 is activated,
When the light switch is set to Ã, the low the vehicle will be lowered to o -road level
beam may not be switched on automatically if +2.
there is fog, snow or other causes of poor visi-
bility such as spray. 1 High beam
# In such cases, turn the light switch to
2 Turn signal light, right
L. 3 High-beam asher
The automatic driving lights are only an aid. You 4 Turn signal light, le
are responsible for vehicle lighting. # Use the combination switch to activate the
desired function.
134 Light and visibility

Switching on high beam

Switching # To indicate
indicate continuously:
continuously: push the combina- Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating the
the hazard
hazard war
warning
ning lights
# Turn the light switch to the L or à tion switch beyond the point of resistance in
position. the direction of arrow 2 or 4.
# Push the combination switch in the direction Vehicles with Active Lane Change Assist:
of arrow 1. R A turn signal indicator activated by the
When the high beam is activated, the L driver may continue to operate for the
indicator lamp for low beam will be deactiva- duration of the lane change.
ted and replaced by the K indicator lamp R If the driver indicated directly beforehand
for high beam. but a lane change was not immediately
Switching
Switching o high beam possible, the turn signal indicator may acti-
vate automatically.
# Push the combination switch in the direction
of arrow 1 or pull it in the direction of arrow
3.
High-beam asher
# Pull the combination switch in the direction of
arrow 3. # Press button 1.
Turn
urn signal light The hazard warning lights will switch on automati-
# To indicate
cally if:
indicate br
brie
ie y: push the combination
switch brie y to the point of resistance in the R The airbag has been deployed.
direction of arrow 2 or 4. When the turn signal indicator is activated, the
The corresponding turn signal light will ash hazard warning lights will be interrupted.
three times.
 Light and visibility 135

Corner
Cor nering
ing light R At speeds between 25 mph (40 km/h) and R Relevant areas are better illuminated during a
45 mph (70 km/h) when the steering wheel is journey.
Corner
Cor nering
ing light function turned
The functions are active when the low beam is
Roundabout and inter
intersection
section function: the corner- switched on.
ing light will be activated on both sides based on Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the course
an evaluation of the vehicle's current GPS posi- of the lane in which you are driving will also be
tion. It will remain active until a er the vehicle has evaluated and the active headlamps function will
le the roundabout or the intersection. adjust the light in advance.

Activ
ctivee headlamps
headlamps Adap
daptiv
tivee Highbeam Assist
Active
ctive headlamps
headlamps function Adap
daptiv
tivee Highbeam Assis
Assistt function
The cornering light improves the illumination of & WARNING Risk of accident despite Adap-
the road over a wide angle in the turning direc- tive Highbeam Assist
tion, enabling better visibility on tight curves, for
example. It can be activated only when the low Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not react to:
beam is switched on. R Road users without lights, e.g. pedestrians
The function is active under the following condi- R Road users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists
tions: R Road users whose lighting is obstructed,
R At speeds below 25 mph (40 km/h) when the e.g. by a barrier
turn signal light is switched on or the steering
wheel is turned On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam
R The headlamps follow the steering move- Assist may fail to recognize other road users
ments.
136 Light and visibility

with their own lighting, or may recognize them The high beam will switch o automatically in the
too late. following cases:
R At speeds below 16 mph (25 km/h)
In these, or in similar situations, the automatic
high beam will not be deactivated or will be R If other road users are detected
activated despite the presence of other road R If street lighting is su cient
users.
# Always observe the road and tra c con- At speeds greater than approximately 31 mph
ditions carefully and switch o the high (50 km/h):
beam in good time. R The headlamp range of the low beam is regu-
lated automatically based on the distance to
System
System limits other road users.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into % The system's optical sensor is located behind
account road, weather or tra c conditions.
the windshield near the overhead control
Detection may be restricted in the following panel.
cases:
R In poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow Adaptive Highbeam Assist automatically switches Switching
Switching Adap
Adaptiv
tivee Highbeam Assist
Assist on/o
between the following types of light:
R If there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors Switching on
Switching
R Low beam
are obscured # Turn the light switch to the à position.
R High beam
Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. You are # Switch on the high beam using the combina-

responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting to At speeds greater than 19 mph (30 km/h): tion switch.
the prevailing light, visibility and tra c conditions. R If no other road users are detected, the high If Adaptive Highbeam Assist is activated,
beam will switch on automatically. the _ indicator lamp will light up on the
 Light and visibility 137

central display section of the instrument dis- Multimedia system: # Activate or deactivate the function.
play. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
5 Exterior Lighting Delay
Switc
Switching
hing o Inter
Interior
ior lighting
# Switch o the high beam using the combina- # Set the switch-o delay time.
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the int
inter
erior
ior lighting
tion switch. When the vehicle engine is switched o , the
exterior lighting will be activated for the set Front over
overhead
head control
control panel
time.
Switching
Switching the
the da
daytime
ytime running
running lamps
lamps on/o
Multimedia system: Switching
Switching the
the surr
surround
ound lighting on/o
4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
5 Daytime Run. Lights
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
# Switch the function on or o .
5 Locator Lighting

When Locator Lighting is active, the exterior light-

Setting
Setting the
the eext
xter
erior
ior lighting switc
switch-o
h-o dela
delayy time ing lights up for 40 seconds a er the vehicle is
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: unlocked. When you start the vehicle, the sur-
R The light switch is in the à position. round lighting is deactivated and the automatic 1
driving lights are activated. p Front le reading lamp
2 | Automatic interior lighting control
Illuminated
Illuminated running
running boar
boards:
ds: when the surround
3 c Front interior lighting
lighting is switched on, the illumination of the run-
ning boards is activated when a door is opened. If 4 u Rear interior lighting
the door is not closed, the running board courtesy 5 p Front right reading lamp
lighting is automatically deactivated a er 40 sec-
onds.
138 Light and visibility

# To switch
switch on/o : press button 1 – 5 Adjusting
djusting the
the ambient lighting Activ
ctivating
ating multi-color animation
accordingly. # Select Color.
Multimedia system:
Contr
Control
ol panel in tthe
he grab
grab handle 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light # Select Multi-color Animation.
5 Ambient Lighting The chosen color combination will change at
prede ned intervals.
Setting
Setting the
the color
# Select Color.
Activ
ctivating
ating welcome
welcome lighting
# Select Color.
# Set the desired color.
# Select Welcome.
Adjusting
djusting the
the brightness
brightness When the vehicle is unlocked, a special ambi-
# Select Brightness. ent lighting sequence will run.
Adjust the brightness. Activ
ctivating
ating dependency on air conditioning set-
set-
tings
1 p Rear reading lamp Activ
ctivating
ating the
the brightness
brightness for
for zones # Select Color.
# Select Brightness.
# Select Climate.
# To switch
switch on/o : press button 1. # Select Brightness Zones.
If changes are made to the temperature set-
The ACCENT and AMBIANCE zones can be ting in the vehicle, the color of the ambient
set separately. lighting will change brie y.
Activ
ctivating
ating multi-color lighting
# Select Color.

# Select Multi-color.

# Select a color combination.

 Light and visibility 139

Switching the
Switching the int
inter
erior
ior lighting switch-o
switch-o delay Windshield wiper and windshield washer
washer syst
system
em # Turn the combination switch to the corre-
time on/o sponding position 1 - 5.
Switching
Switching the
the windshield wiper
wiperss on/o
wipe/washing: push the button on the
# Single wipe/washing:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Light combination switch in the direction of arrow
5 Interior Lighting Delay
1.
R í Single wipe
# Switch the switch-o delay time on or o .
R î Wiping with washer uid
When this function is active, the interior light-
ing lights up for a short time a er the vehicle % Observe the notes on washing the vehicle in a
is locked. car wash (/ page 321).
Vehicles wit
withh MAGIC
MAGIC VISION CONTR
CONTROL:
OL: in posi-
tion 2 or 3 , the windshield washing process is
automatically triggered if dirt is detected on the
windshield unless the Check Washer Fluid mes-
sage is being displayed.

1 g Windshield wipers o
2 Ä Automatic wiping, normal
3 Å Automatic wiping, frequent
4 ° Continuous wiping, slow
5 ¯ Continuous wiping, fast
140 Light and visibility

Switching
Switching tthe
he rear
rear windo
window
w wiper on/o # To switch
switch int
inter
ermitt
mittent
ent wiping on/o : press Moving the
Moving the wiper arms
arms int
intoo the
the rreplacement
eplacement posi-
button 2. tion
Vehicles with
with rain
rain sensor:
sensor: The wipe interval # Switch the vehicle on and then o again
automatically adapts to the driving conditions. immediately.
The è symbol will appear on the instru- # Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the
ment cluster when the rear window wiper is î button on the combination switch for
switched on. approximately three seconds (/ page 139).
The wiper arms will move into the replacement
Replacing the
the windshield wiper blades position.
Remo
emoving
ving the
the wiper blades
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
# Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield.
windshield wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windshield wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
1 ô Single wipe/washing # Always switch o the windshield wipers

2 è Intermittent wiping and vehicle before changing the wiper

blades.
# Single wipe: press button 1 to the point of
resistance.
# To wipe with
with w
washer
asher uid: press button 1
beyond the point of resistance.
 Light and visibility 141

Installing the
Installing the wiper blades # Switch on the vehicle.
# Press the î button on the combination
switch.
The wiper arms will return to their original
positions.
# Switch o the vehicle.

% Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-

larly and replace them in the event of visible
damage or ongoing smearing.

# Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the

other hand, turn the wiper blade away from
the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 1 as
# Insert the new wiper blade into the wiper arm
far as it will go. in the direction of arrow 1.
# Slide catch 2 in the direction of arrow 3
# Slide catch 2 in the direction of arrow 3
until it engages in the removal position. until it engages in the locking position.
# Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm in
# Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor-
the direction of arrow 4. rectly.
# Fold the wiper arms back onto the windshield.
142 Light and visibility

Maintenance
Maintenance display % The duration until the color changes varies Remo
emoving
ving tthe
he wiper blades
depending on the usage conditions.

Replacing the
the windshield wiper blades (MA
(MAGIC
GIC
VISION CONTR
CONTROL)OL)
Moving the
Moving the wiper arms
arms into
into tthe
he replacement
replacement posi-
tion
# Switch o the vehicle.

# Within around 15 seconds, press the î

button on the combination switch
(/ page 139).
The wiper arms will move into the replacement
position.

# Remove protective lm 1 from the mainte- # To bring

bring tthe
he wiper blade into
into position ttoo be
nance displays on the tips of the newly instal- remov
emoved:
ed: hold the wiper arm rmly with one
led wiper blades. hand. With the other hand, turn the wiper
blade in the direction of arrow 1 beyond the
When the color of the maintenance displays point of resistance.
changes from black to yellow, replace the wiper The wiper blade will engage in the removal
blades. position with a click.
 Light and visibility 143

# To remov
removee the
the wiper blade: press release knob # Press the wiper blade beyond the point of Remo
emoving
ving tthe
he wiper blade
2, pull the wiper blade in the direction of resistance in the direction of arrow 3 on the # Switch the vehicle o .
arrow 3 and remove. wiper arm.
The wiper blade will engage with a noticeable
Inst
Installing
alling the
the wiper blades click and move freely again.
# Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

% Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-

larly and replace them in the event of visible
damage or ongoing smearing.

Replacing the
the rear
rear windo
window
w wiper blade

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the

windshield wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windshield wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
# Fold wiper arm 2 away from the rear window
# Always switch o the windshield wipers
until it engages in the replacement position.
# Push the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and vehicle before changing the wiper
blades.
# Unclip wiper blade 1 from wiper arm 2 and
in the direction of arrow 1 until release knob remove it in the direction of arrow 3.
2 engages.
144 Light and visibility

Installing
Inst alling tthe
he wiper blade # Fold the wiper arm from the replacement posi- & WARNING Risk of accident due to mis-
tion back onto the rear window. judgment of distance when using the
front-passenger mirror
Mirrors
Mirrors The outside mirror on the front passenger side
Operating
Oper ating the
the outside mirrors
mirrors re ects objects on a smaller scale. The
objects in view are in fact closer than they
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- appear.
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is # Therefore, always look over your shoul-
in motion der to check the actual distance
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- between you and the road users traveling
lowing situations in particular: behind you.
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
# Position wiper blade 1 with both lugs 3 on cle is in motion
holder 2 on the wiper arm. # Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
# Push wiper blade 1 in the direction of arrow adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
4 until it engages in holder 2. steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.
# Make sure that wiper blade 1 is seated cor-
rectly.
 Light and visibility 145

Folding the
the outside mirror
mirrorss in/out Adjusting
djusting the
the outside mirrors
mirrors The electrolyte is hazardous to health and cau-
# Press button 1 or 3 to select the outside ses irritation. It must not come into contact
mirror to be adjusted. with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs or
# Use button 4 to adjust the position of the clothing or be swallowed.
mirror glass. # If you come into contact with electrolyte,
observe the following:
Eng
Engaging
aging the
the outside mirr
mirrors
ors R Immediately rinse the electrolyte
If an outside mirror has been forcibly disengaged, from your skin with water and seek
proceed as follows. medical attention.
# Vehicles without electrically folding outside
R If electrolyte comes into contact with
mirrors: manually move the outside mirror into your eyes, immediately rinse them
the correct position. thoroughly with clean water and seek
# Vehicles with electrically folding outside mir- medical attention.
rors: press and hold button 2. R If the electrolyte is swallowed, imme-
You will hear a click and the mirror will audibly diately rinse your mouth out thor-
click into place. The outside mirror will now be oughly. Do not induce vomiting. Seek
set to the correct position. medical attention immediately.
# Brie y press button 2.
R Immediately change out of clothing
% If the battery has been disconnected or has
Automatic
utomatic anti-glar
anti-glaree mirror
mirrorss function which has been contaminated with
discharged, the outside mirrors must be
electrolyte.
moved brie y using button 2. Only then will & WARNING Risk of acid burns and poison-
the automatic mirror folding function work R If an allergic reaction occurs, seek
ing due to the anti-glare mirror electrolyte medical attention immediately.
properly.
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-
matic anti-glare mirror breaks.
146 Light and visibility

The inside rearview mirror and the outside mirror R Reverse gear is engaged. Stor
oring
ing and calling up the
the par
parking
king position of the
the
on the driver's side will automatically go into anti- fr
front-passeng
ont-passenger
er outside mirr
mirror
or
glare mode if light from a headlamp hits the sen- The front-passenger outside mirror will move back
sor on the inside rearview mirror. to its original position in the following situations: Stor
oring
ing
R You shi the transmission to another transmis-
System
System limits sion position
The system will not go into anti-glare mode if: R You are traveling at speeds greater than
R The vehicle is switched o . 9 mph (15 km/h)
R Reverse gear is engaged. R You press the button for the outside mirror on
R The interior lighting is switched on. the driver's side

Front-passenger
ont-passenger outside mirr
mirror
or parking
parking position
function
% The parking position is available only in vehi-
cles with a memory function.
The parking position makes parking easier.
In the following situations, the front-passenger
outside mirror will swivel downwards in the direc-
tion of the rear wheel on the front passenger's # Select the front-passenger outside mirror
side: using button 1.
R The parking position is stored (/ page 146) # Engage reverse gear.
R The front-passenger mirror is selected # Move the front-passenger outside mirror into
the desired parking position using button 2.
 Light and visibility 147

Calling up Area permeable

Area permeable ttoo radio
radio waves
waves on the
the wind- Infrar
Infr ared-r
ed-ree ective windshield function
# Select the front-passenger outside mirror shield The infrared-re ective windshield is coated and
using button 1. reduces the build-up of heat in the vehicle interior.
# Engage reverse gear.
The coating shields the vehicle interior from radio
The front-passenger outside mirror will move waves.
to the stored parking position.

Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating the
the automatic
automatic mirr
mirror
or fold-
fold-
ing function
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle

# Switch Automatic Folding on or o . Radio-controlled equipment, such as toll systems,

can be mounted only on areas 1 of the wind-
shield that are permeable to radio waves.
Areas permeable to radio waves 1 are best visi-
ble from outside the vehicle when the windshield
is illuminated with an external light source.
Note this position for vehicles with:
R Windshield heating
R Infrared re ective windshield
148 Climate control

Over
Overvie
view
w of climat
climatee contr
control
ol systems
systems 7 g Switches air-recirculation mode on/o
Notes on climate
climate control
control (/ page 151)
8 Á Switches the A/C function on/o
An interior air lter in combination with the pre l- (/ page 149)
ter in the engine compartment must always be Switches residual heat on/o (/ page 151)
used so that the air conditioning system, pollution
level monitoring and the air ltration work cor- 9 Control panel for vehicles with dual-zone or 3-
rectly. Use lters recommended and approved by zone automatic climate control without sta-
Mercedes-Benz. Always have maintenance work tionary heater: 0 switches synchroniza-
carried out at a quali ed specialist workshop. tion on/o (/ page 150)
Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate con- Vehicles with control panel for dual-zone or 3-
trol with stationary heater (example) zone automatic climate control with station-
Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he air conditioning control
control panel ary heater: & switches stationary heater
1 w Sets the temperature on the driver's
The indicator lamps on the buttons indicate that side on/o
the corresponding function is activated. 2 A Calls up/exits the air conditioning menu A w Sets the temperature on the front
passenger side
Pressing and holding (approx. four seconds):
resets climate control to the basic settings
3 H Sets the air ow or switches o climate
control
4 Ã Sets climate control to automatic mode
(/ page 150)
5 ¬ Defrosts the windshield
6 ¤ Switches the rear window heater on/o
 Climate control 149

Over
Overvie
view
w of the
the rear
rear operating
operating unit The settings for the second and third row of seats Switching
Switching the
the A/C function on/o using tthe
he air
can be made via the rear operating unit, the multi- conditioning contr
control
ol panel
media system (/ page 150) or the MBUX rear
The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidi es
tablet depending on the vehicle's equipment.
the vehicle's interior air.
# Press the Á button.
Operating
Oper ating the
the climate
climate control
control system
system
Switch o the A/C function only brie y; other-
Switching climate
Switching climate control
control on/o wise, the windows may fog up more quickly.
# To switch
switch on: set the air ow to level 1 or Condensation may drip from the underside of the
higher using the H button. vehicle when cooling mode is active. This is not
# To switch
switch o : set the air ow to level 0 using indicative of a malfunction.
Example: USA the H button.
1 Sets the temperature, le If climate control is switched o , the windows Calling up the
the air conditioning menu
2 Sets the air distribution, le may fog up more quickly. Switch climate control Calling up the
the air conditioning menu using tthe
he
3 Sets climate control to automatic mode o only brie y. multimedia system
system
(/ page 150) # Select one of the temperature displays at the
4 Sets the air ow Switching tthe
Switching he climat
climatee contr
control
ol in the
the rrear
ear lower edge of the media display.
5 Switches climate control on/o passeng
passenger
er compar
compartment
tment on/o
(/ page 149)
# Press button 5.
Switches residual heat on/o (/ page 151)
6 Sets the air distribution, right % When climate control in the second seat row
7
is switched o , the indicator lamp is activated
Sets the temperature, right and OFF is shown on the rear display.
150 Climate control

Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating tthe
he A/C function via the
the Aut
utomaticall
omaticallyy controlling
controlling the
the climat
climatee control
control in Setting climat
Setting climatee control
control for
for the
the rrear
ear passenger
passenger
multimedia syst
system
em the rrear
ear passenger
passenger com
compar
partment
tment compar
compartment
tment (multimedia syst
system)
em)
Multimedia system: In automatic mode, the set temperature is regula- Multimedia system:
4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats ted by the temperature of the dispensed air and 4 Climate Menu 5 Second Row of Seats
the air ow.
The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidi es Setting
Setting the
the ttem
emper
perature
ature
# Press the à button (/ page 149).
the vehicle's interior air. # Set the temperature.
# Select A/C.
Setting
Setting the
the air distr
distribution
ibution Se
Setting
tting tthe
he air ow
# Set the air ow.
Setting
Setting climate
climate control
control to
to aut
automatic
omatic mode Multimedia system:
4 Climate Menu Controlling tthe
Controlling he rrear
ear climate
climate control
control automatically
automatically
In automatic mode, the set temperature is con-
trolled and maintained at a constant level by the # Call up the air conditioning menu # Select REAR AUTO.
air supply. (/ page 149). Rear climate control is controlled automati-
# Press the à button. # Select a row of seats. cally.
# To switch
switch ttoo manual mode: press the à # To set
set the
the air distr
distribution:
ibution: select ¯, P Deactivating rrear
Deactivating ear climate
climate control
control
button. or O. # Select REAR OFF.
# Set the air ow. Rear climate control is deactivated.
In automatic mode, you can choose between ve
di erent air quantities using the H button. % Several air distribution options can be selec-
Automatic mode is retained. ted at the same time, for example to set the Switching the
Switching the synchr
synchronization
onization function on/o via
climate control for the windshield and the the air conditioning contr
control
ol panel
footwells simultaneously.
The ¯ climate control for the windshield Climate control can be set centrally using the syn-
can only be selected for the rst seat row. chronization function. The temperature and air
 Climate control 151

distribution setting for the driver's side will be # If the windows continue to fog up: press the imately 30 minutes, depending on the tempera-
adopted automatically for all climate control ¬ button. ture set.
zones. # To activ
activat
ate:
e: press Á button.
Windows
indows fogg
fogged
ed up on the
the outside
# Press the 0 button.
# Switch on the windshield wipers. Residual heat will be switched o automatically.
The synchronization function will be deactivated if # Press the à button.
the settings for one of the other climate zones are Switching
Switching the
the residual
residual heat in the
the rrear
ear passenger
passenger
changed. com
compar
partment
tment on/o
Switching
Switching air-r
air-recir
ecirculation
culation mode on/o
Switching tthe
Switching he synchr
synchronization
onization function on/o via # Press the g button. Requir
equirements:
ements:
The interior air will be recirculated. R The vehicle is parked.
the multimedia syst
system
em
Multimedia system: Air-recirculation mode automatically switches to When the residual heat of the engine is activated
4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats fresh air mode a er a while. in the rear compartment, you can heat or ventilate
% If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the the rear passenger compartment for approx-
Climate control can be set centrally using the syn- imately 30 minutes.
chronization function. The driver's settings for windows may fog up more quickly. Switch on
# Press button 5 (/ page 149).
temperature, air quantity and air distribution are air-recirculation mode only brie y.
adopted automatically for all climate zones.
# Select SYNC and switch on or o . Switching
Switching the
the rresidual
esidual heat on or o Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating ionization
Requir
equirements:
ements: Multimedia system:
Remo
emoving
ving condensation from
from tthe
he windows R The vehicle is parked. 4 Climate Menu 5 Air Quality

Windows
indows ffogg
ogged
ed up on the
the inside It is possible to make use of the residual heat Ionization improves the quality of the vehicle's
from the engine to continue heating or ventilating interior air. Ionization of the interior air is odor-
# Press the à button.
the front compartment of the vehicle for approx- less.
152 Climate control

# Select IONIZATION and activate or deactivate Inser ting or rremo

Inserting emoving
ving the
the acon of the
the fr
fragr
agrance
ance + ENVIRONMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL AL NO
NOTE
TE Environmental
the function. syst
system
em damage due to improper disposal of full
acons
& WARNING Risk of injury from liquid per-
Fragr
agrance
ance syst
system
em fume
Setting
Setting the
the fr
fragr
agrance
ance syst
system
em If children open the acon, they could drink
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: the liquid perfume or it could come into con- Full acons must not be disposed of
R Automatic climate control is activated. tact with their eyes. with household waste.
R The glove box is closed. # Do not leave children unattended in the #
vehicle.
Multimedia system: # Consult a doctor immediately if liquid
4 Climate Menu 5 Air Quality Full acons must be taken to a
perfume has been drunk.
The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra- # If liquid perfume comes into contact with
harmful substance collection point.
grance throughout the vehicle interior from a a- your eyes or skin, rinse your eyes with
con located in the glove box. clean water.
# Select AIR FRESHENER. # If symptoms continue, consult a doctor.
# Keep pressing until the desired intensity is
reached.
 Climate control 153

If you do not use genuine Mercedes-Benz interior Air vents

vents
perfumes, observe the manufacturers' safety noti-
ces on the perfume packaging. Adjusting
djusting the
the fr
front
ont air vents
vents
Dispose of the genuine Mercedes-Benz interior & WARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to
perfume acon when it is empty and do not re ll being too close to the air vents
it.
Very hot or very cold air can ow from the air
Re llable acon vents.
# Unscrew the cap of the empty acon. # Make sure that all vehicle occupants
# Fill the acon with a maximum of 0.5 . oz. always maintain a su cient distance
(15 ml). from the air vents.
# Screw the cap back on to the acon. # If necessary, direct the air ow to another
area of the vehicle interior.
Always re ll the empty re llable acon with the
same perfume. Observe the separate information To guarantee the ow of fresh air through the air
sheet with the acon. vents into the vehicle interior, comply with the fol-
1 Cap lowing:
2 Flacon R Always keep the vents and ventilation grilles in
Infor
Information
mation on tthe
he windshield heater
heater
# To insert:
insert: slide the acon into the holder as far the vehicle interior clear.
The windshield heater is switched on automati-
as it will go. cally if the ¬ button is activated. R Keep the air inlet free of deposits
# To remov
remove: e: a er opening the glove box, wait (/ page 321).
In addition, it is automatically switched on when
for approximately seven seconds and pull out necessary. R Optimum climate comfort is achieved with the
the acon. air vents in the center position.
154 Climate control

Adjus
djusting
ting the
the rear
rear air vents
vents # Close the air vent when you heat the
vehicle.
# At high outside temperatures, open the
air vent and switch on the A/C function.

The automatic climate control must be switched

on to cool the glove box.

# To open or close center

center air vvent
ent:: turn control-
ler 2 up or down as far as it will go. # To open or close: turn controller 2 to the le
# To open or close side air vents:
vents: turn control- or right as far as it will go.
ler 2 to the le or right as far as it will go. # To set
set the
the air ow dir
direction:
ection: hold air vent 1 in
# To adjust
adjust tthe
he air direction:
direction: hold air vent 1 in the center and move it up or down or to the
the center and move it up or down or to the le or right.
le or right.
Opening or closing tthe
he air vent
vent in tthe
he glove
glove box

* NO
NOTE
TE Damage to temperature-sensitive
objects in the glove box
Temperature-sensitive objects stored in the
glove box may be damaged by the air vent
located inside it.
 Climate control 155

# To open or close: turn controller 1 of air vent

2 clockwise or counter-clockwise.
156 Driving and parking

Driving
Driving Switching
Switching on the
the power
power suppl
supplyy or the
the vehicle
vehicle # Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach
Notes on Mercedes-
Mercedes-AMG
AMG vehicles
vehicles of children.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
Observe the notes on the following topics in the to children le unattended in the vehicle Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
Supplement, otherwise you may fail to recognize If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle, R The SmartKey is in the vehicle and is recog-
dangers. they could, in particular: nized.
% The availability of certain functions depends R open doors, thereby endangering other R The brake pedal is not depressed.
on the equipment and model of the vehicle. persons or road users.
R Emotion Start
R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c.
R AMG performance exhaust system
R operate vehicle equipment and become
R AMG ceramic high-performance composite trapped, for example.
brake system
In addition, the children could also set the
R AMG adaptive sport suspension system +
vehicle in motion, for example by:
R AMG active adaptive sport suspension system
R releasing the parking brake.
R AMG steering-wheel buttons
R changing the transmission position.
R starting the vehicle.

# Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
 Driving and parking 157

# To switch
switch on the
the power
power supply
supply:: press button Star
arting
ting the
the vehicle
vehicle Requir
equirements:
ements:
1 once. R The SmartKey is in the vehicle and is recog-
Star
arting
ting the
the vehicle
vehicle with
with the
the star
start/st
t/stop
op button
button nized.
You can, for example, activate the windshield
wipers. & DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injuries caused by # Shi the transmission to position j or i.
The power supply is switched o again if the fol- exhaust gases # Depress the brake pedal and press button 1
lowing conditions are met: Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust once.
R You open the driver's door. gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling # If the vehicle does not start: switch o non-
R You press button 1 twice more. these exhaust gases is hazardous to health essential consumers and press button 1
and leads to poisoning. once.
# To switch
switch on the
the vehicle:
vehicle: press button 1 # Never run the vehicle and, if present, the
# If the vehicle still does not start and the dis-
twice. stationary heater indoors without su -
Indicator and warning lamps go on in the play message Place the Key in the Marked
cient ventilation. Space See Operator's Manual appears in the
instrument cluster.
instrument display: start the vehicle with the
The vehicle is switched o again if one of the fol- & WARNING Risk of re due to ammable SmartKey in the marked space (emergency
lowing conditions is met: material in the engine compartment or the operation mode) (/ page 158).
R You do not start the vehicle within 15 minutes exhaust system % You can switch o the vehicle while driving. To
and the transmission is in position j or the do this, press button 1 for about three sec-
Flammable materials may ignite.
electric parking brake is applied.
# Therefore, check regularly that there are onds or by pressing button 1 three times
R You press button 1 once. within three seconds. Be sure to observe the
no ammable materials in the engine
compartment or on the exhaust system. safety notes under "Driving tips"
(/ page 161).
158 Driving and parking

Observe any information regarding display mes- must be located in marked space 2 next to
sages that can be displayed on the instrument symbol 3 during the entire journey.
display. # Have SmartKey 1 checked at a quali ed spe-
Star
arting
ting the
the vehicle
vehicle wit
withh the
the SmartKe
Smar tKeyy in tthe
he cialist workshop.
marked
marked space (emergency
(emergency oper
operation
ation mode) If the
the vvehicle
ehicle does no
nott start:
start:
If the vehicle does not start and the Place the
# Place SmartKey 1 in marked space 2 and
Key in the Marked Space See Operator's Manual
message appears in the instrument display, you leave it there.
can start the vehicle in emergency operation # Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle
mode. using the start/stop button.
% You can switch on the power supply or the
vehicle with the start/stop button.
Observe any information regarding display mes-
sages that can be displayed on the instrument
display.
# Make sure that marked space 2 is empty.
# Remove SmartKey 1 from the key ring. Star
arting
ting the
the vvehicle
ehicle via Remot
Remotee Online Ser
Services
vices
# Place SmartKey 1 in marked space 2 next
Cooling or heating the
the vvehicle
ehicle inter
interior
ior before
before
to symbol 3.
star
starting
ting the
the jour
journey
ney
The vehicle will start a er a short time.
Ensure the following before starting the engine:
When you remove SmartKey 1 from marked
R The legal stipulations in the area where your
space 2, the vehicle can be driven. For fur-
ther engine starts however, SmartKey 1 vehicle is parked allow engine starting via
smartphone.
 Driving and parking 159

R It is safe to start and run the engine where Star

arting
ting tthe
he vehicle
vehicle (Remot
(Remotee Online) You can carry out a maximum of two consecutive
your vehicle is parked. starting attempts. You must start the engine with
R The fuel tank is su ciently full. & WARNING Risk of crushing or entrapment the SmartKey before trying to start the vehicle
due to unintentional starting of the engine again with the smartphone.
R The starter battery is su ciently charged.
Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the You can switch o the vehicle at any time as fol-
Char
Charging
ging the
the st
start
arter
er batt
batter
eryy befor
beforee star
starting
ting tthe
he engine is started unintentionally during service lows:
journey
journey or maintenance work. R Via the smartphone app
You can receive a message on your smartphone # Always secure the engine against unin- R By pressing the Ü or ß button on the
when the state of charge of the starter battery is
low. You can then start the vehicle with the smart- tentional starting before carrying out SmartKey
phone to charge the battery. The vehicle is auto- maintenance or repair work.
% Further information can be found in the
matically switched o a er ten minutes. smartphone app.
Requir
equirements:
ements:
Ensure the following before starting the vehicle: R Park position j is selected.
Securing the
Securing the vehicle
vehicle ag
agains
ainstt star
starting
ting befor
beforee carry-
R The legal stipulations in the area where your R The anti-the alarm system is not activated. ing out maintenance
maintenance or repair
repair wor
work: k:
vehicle is parked allow engine starting via R The panic alarm is not activated. # Switch on the hazard warning light system.
smartphone.
R The hazard warning light system is switched or
R It is safe to start and run the engine where
your vehicle is parked. o . # Unlock the doors.
R The hood is closed. or
R The fuel tank is su ciently full.
R The doors are closed and locked. # Open a side window or the sliding sunroof.
R The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.

# Start the vehicle using the smartphone.

A er every engine start, the engine runs for
ten minutes.
160 Driving and parking

Breaking-in
Br eaking-in notes
notes Please also observe the following breaking-in Be sure to observe the safety notes and informa-
notes: tion on ESP® (/ page 193).
To preserve the engine during the rst
1,000 miles (1,500 km): R In certain driving and driving safety systems,

R Drive at varying road speeds and engine

the sensors adjust automatically while a cer- Pulling away
away with
with optimized
optimized acceleration
acceleration
tain distance is being driven a er the vehicle
speeds. has been delivered or a er repairs. Full sys-
R Do not drive at speeds greater than 85 mph
& WARNING Risk of skidding and having an
tem e ectiveness is not reached until the end accident from wheels spinning
(140 km/h). of this teach-in process.
R Drive the vehicle in drive program A R Brakepads, brake discs and tires that are
When you use optimized acceleration, individ-
or ;. ual wheels could spin and you could lose con-
either new or have been replaced only achieve
trol of the vehicle.
R Shi to the next highest gear at the very latest optimum braking e ect and grip a er several
when the needle reaches the last third before hundred kilometers of driving. Compensate for If ESP® is deactivated, there is a risk of skid-
the red area in the tachometer. the reduced braking e ect by applying greater ding and accident.
R Do not shi down manually in order to brake.
force to the brake pedal. # Make sure that no persons or obstacles
are in the close vicinity of your vehicle.
R Avoid overstraining the vehicle, e.g. driving at
full throttle. Notes on optimized
optimized acceleration
acceleration
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R Do not depress the accelerator pedal past the If all necessary requirements and activation con- R The vehicle has been broken in (/ page 160).
pressure point (kickdown). ditions are ful lled, the best possible acceleration R The vehicle and tires are in good condition.
R Only increase the engine speed gradually and can be achieved from a standstill.
R You are on a high-grip roadway.
accelerate the vehicle to full speed a er Do not use the optimized acceleration on public
roads. Individual wheels could spin and you could R The engine and transmission are at normal
1,000 miles (1,500 km).
lose control of the vehicle. There is an increased operating temperature.
This also applies when the engine or parts of the risk of skidding and/or accident.
drivetrain have been replaced.
 Driving and parking 161

* NOTE Increased wear due to optimized

# A er no more than ve seconds, take your le This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
acceleration foot quickly o the brake, but keep the accel- of the vehicle.
erator pedal depressed. # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
When pulling away with optimized accelera- The vehicle pulls away at maximum accelera-
tion, all components of the drivetrain are sub- tion. so that they cannot get into the driver's
jected to a very high load. footwell.
# Switch on ESP® once the acceleration proce- # Always install the oor mats securely
This can lead to increased component wear. dure is complete.
and as prescribed in order to ensure that
# Do not always pull away with optimized
Ending optimized
optimized acceleration
acceleration there is always su cient room for the
acceleration. pedals.
# Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
# Do not use loose oor mats and do not
# Engage the h drive position (/ page 177). # Reactivate the ESP®.
place oor mats on top of one another.
# Move the steering wheel to the straight-ahead % A er you pull away with optimized accelera-
position. tion, components of the drivetrain can
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
# Select the sportiest available drive program become very hot, which means that optimized
acceleration values may be reached again rect footwear
B or C(/ page 172).
only a er a few minutes. Incorrect footwear includes, for example:
# Deactivate ESP® (/ page 194).
R Shoes with platform soles
# Depress and hold the brake pedal rmly with
your le foot. Notes on dr
driving
iving R Shoes with high heels

# With your right foot, fully depress the acceler- R Slippers

& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
ator pedal. in the driver's footwell There is a risk of an accident.
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede # Always wear suitable footwear so that
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal. you can operate the pedals safely.
162 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of accident if the vehicle is & WARNING Risk of skidding and of an acci- # Open a window on the side of the vehicle
switched o while driving dent due to shi ing down on slippery road facing away from the wind to ensure an
surfaces adequate supply of fresh air.
If you switch o the vehicle while driving,
safety functions are restricted or no longer If you shi down on slippery road surfaces to
available. increase the engine braking e ect, the drive & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
This may a ect the power steering system and wheels may lose traction. to being under the in uence of alcohol
the brake force boosting, for example. # Do not shi down on slippery road surfa-
and drugs while driving
You will need to use considerably more force ces to increase the engine braking Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs and
to steer and brake, for example. e ect. driving are very dangerous combinations. Even
a small amount of alcohol or drugs can a ect
# Do not switch o the vehicle while driv-
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injury due to poison- your re exes, perceptions and judgment.
ing.
ous exhaust gases The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-
dent are greatly increased when you drink or
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injuries caused by If the tailpipe is blocked or su cient ventila- take drugs and drive.
exhaust gases tion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases
# Do not drink or take drugs and drive or
such as carbon monoxide may enter the vehi-
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust cle. This is the case, for example, if the vehicle allow anyone to drive who has been
gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling gets stuck in the snow. drinking or taking drugs.
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
# Keep the tailpipe and the area around
and leads to poisoning. & WARNING Risk of accident due to the
# Never run the vehicle and, if present, the
the vehicle free from snow when the
vehicle or the stationary heater is run- brake system overheating
stationary heater indoors without su - ning.
cient ventilation. If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when
driving, the brake system may overheat.
 Driving and parking 163

This increases the braking distance and the * NOTE Damage to the drivetrain and * NOTE Reduced battery life due to frequent
brake system can even fail. engine when pulling away short-distance trips
# Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. # Do not warm up the engine while the The 12 V battery may not be su ciently
# Do not depress the brake pedal and the vehicle is stationary. Pull away immedi- charged when the vehicle is used only for
accelerator pedal at the same time while ately. short-distance trips. This reduces the life of
driving. # Avoid high engine speeds and driving at the battery.
full throttle until the engine has reached # Drive longer distances regularly to
* NOTE Engine damage due to excessively its operating temperature. charge the battery.
high engine speeds
The engine will be damaged if you drive with * NOTE Damage to the catalytic converter * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not
the engine in the overrevving range. due to non-combusted fuel observing the maximum permitted head-
# Do not drive with the engine in the over-
room clearance
The engine is not running smoothly and is mis-
revving range. ring. If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi-
Non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof
* NOTE Wearing out the brake linings by converter. and other parts of the vehicle may be dam-
continuously depressing the brake pedal # Only depress the accelerator pedal
aged.
# Observe the signposted headroom clear-
# Do not depress the brake pedal continu- slightly.
ance.
ously whilst driving. # Have the cause recti ed immediately at
# If the vehicle height is greater than the
# To use the braking e ect of the engine, a quali ed specialist workshop.
permitted headroom clearance, do not
shi to a lower gear in good time. enter.
164 Driving and parking

# Observe the changed vehicle height with Therefore, observe the following notes: R Avoid sudden steering movements
add-on roof equipment. R Due to salt build-up on the brake discs and R Brake carefully
brakepads, the braking distance can increase
Notes on driving
driving with
with a roof
roof load, trailer
trailer or fully considerably or result in braking only on one % Also observe the notes on regularly checking
laden vvehicle
ehicle side wheels and tires (/ page 351).
When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or R Maintain a much greater safe distance to the Notes on driving
driving thr
through
ough w
wat
ater
er on the
the road
road sur-
trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occu- vehicle in front face
pied vehicle, the vehicle's driving and steering Water which has entered into the vehicle can
characteristics change. To remove salt build-up: damage the engine, electrics and transmission.
You should bear the following in mind: R Brake occasionally while paying attention to Water can also enter the air intake of the engine
R Do not exceed the permissible roof load and the tra c conditions and cause engine damage.
towing capacity. Also observe the technical R Carefully depress the brake pedal at the end
Observe the following if you must drive through
data in the printed Operator's Manual. of the journey and when starting the next jour- water:
R Evenly distribute the roof load, and place ney
R Observe the maximum permissible fording
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with Notes on hydr
hydroplaning
oplaning depth (/ page 398).
the notes on loading the vehicle Hydroplaning can take place once a certain R Drive at a maximum speed of 6 mph
(/ page 111). amount of water has accumulated on the road (10 km/h); water can otherwise enter the
R Drive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling surface. vehicle interior or engine compartment.
away, braking and steering as well as rapid Observe the following notes during heavy precipi- R Vehicles traveling in front, or oncoming vehi-
cornering. tation or in conditions in which hydroplaning may cles, can create waves which may exceed the
Notes
Notes on driving
driving on salt-treat
salt-treated
ed roads
roads occur: maximum permissible depth of the water.
The braking e ect is limited on salt-treated roads. R Reduce speed
The braking e ect of the brakes is reduced a er
R Avoid tire ruts
fording. Brake carefully while paying attention to
 Driving and parking 165

the tra c conditions until braking power has been # Remove trapped plants or other amma- R Heavy objects hitting the underbody or
fully restored. ble material, in particular. chassis components.
# If there is damage, consult a quali ed # Do not drive over obstacles that could
Notes on o -road
-road dr
driving
iving specialist workshop immediately. damage the vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of accident if you do not When driving o -road, sand, mud and water or
# Check the vehicle regularly for damage
keep to line of fall on inclines water mixed with oil may get into the brakes. This during o -road driving.
may lead to a reduction in braking e ect or total # Adjust the vehicle speed to suit the road
If you drive at an angle or turn on an incline,
brake failure as a result of increased wear. The surface conditions.
the vehicle could slip sideways, tip and roll-
over. braking characteristics will vary depending on the # If there is damage, consult a quali ed
material that has entered the system. Clean the specialist workshop immediately.
# Always drive on inclines in the line of fall
brakes a er driving o -road. If you then notice
(straight up or down) and do not turn. reduced braking e ect or hear scraping noises,
have the brake system checked at a quali ed spe- + ENVIRONMENT
ENVIR ONMENTAL
AL NOTE
NOTE Environmental
& WARNING Risk of re due to ammable cialist workshop. Adapt your driving style to the damage due to non-observance of prohibi-
changed braking characteristics. tion signs
materials on hot parts of the exhaust sys-
tem Environmental protection has priority. Treat
* NOTE Damage caused by driving over nature with respect.
Flammable material such as leaves, grass or obstacles
twigs may ignite if they come into contact with # Be sure to observe prohibition signs.
hot parts of the exhaust system. The vehicle can be damaged by:
# When driving on unpaved roads or o - R Driving onto high curbs or unpaved roads. Checklis
Checklistt befor
beforee driving
driving o -road
-road
road, regularly check the vehicle under- R Quickly driving over obstacles such as Check the following points before driving o -road:
side. curbs, speed bumps or potholes. R Fuel level
166 Driving and parking

R Engine oil level: ll engine oil to the maximum embankments. Observe the notes on driving in R Drive in the tracks of other vehicles if possi-
level to ensure full gradeability (/ page 317) mountainous terrain. ble. Make sure that the following prerequisites
R Tire-change tool kit and spare wheel R Do not drive on unknown terrain that is not are met:
R Tires and wheels easily visible and stay on marked routes. - The tire ruts are not too deep
R Always keep the doors and windows closed - The sand is rm enough
% Further information about special all-terrain while the vehicle is in motion.
tires for retro tting can be obtained from a - The ground clearance is su cient
quali ed specialist workshop. R Deactivate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
and cruise control. For
ording
ding
O -r
-road
oad dr
driving
iving R Adapt your driving style to the terrain. Also observe the following information when ford-
Read this section before driving your vehicle o - ing:
road. Practice by driving over more gentle o -road R Do not use the HOLD function on steep down-
R Vehicles with
with AIR BODY
BODY C CONTR
ONTROL:
OL: select the
terrain rst. hill or uphill gradients with slippery or loose
surfaces. highest possible vehicle level (/ page 229).
R Observe the notes on the cross-country ABS
Vehicles wit
withh E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BODY
BODY C CONTR
ONTROL:
OL:
(/ page 192). Driving
Driving on sand select the highest possible vehicle level
R If necessary, select the F or G drive When driving on sand, also observe the following (/ page 237).
program (vehicles with O -road package) instructions: R Drive no faster than 6 mph (10 km/h).
before driving o -road (/ page 172). R Select the F drive program. R Observe the maximum permissible fording
R Select a vehicle level suitable for o -road ter- R Select a higher vehicle level. depth (/ page 398).
rain (/ page 229). To avoid damaging the R Shi to a lower gear. R Switch o automatic climate control
vehicle, make sure there is always su cient
R Drive quickly to overcome the rolling resist- (/ page 150).
ground clearance.
ance; the vehicle may otherwise dig itself in. R Ensure that a bow wave does not form as you
R Always keep the engine running and in gear drive.
when driving on downhill gradients and
 Driving and parking 167

R Do not stop in the water and do not switch o R If the F or G drive program is selected: ECO
ECO star
start/st
t/stop
op function
the engine. Ensure the ECO start/stop func- select another drive program.
tion is switched o (/ page 168). ECO star
ECO start/st
t/stop
op function
R Deactivate DSR. % Depending on the engine, the ECO start/stop
Driving
Driving in mountainous
mountainous terr
terrain
ain R Lower the vehicle level again to a level suitable function is not available in all drive programs.
Also observe the following information when driv- to the road conditions, e.g. to the normal Observe the status display in the instrument
ing in mountainous terrain: level. display for this.
R Observe the values of the approach/depar- R Apply the brakes to dry them a er fording. The engine is switched o automatically in the fol-
ture angle and of the maximum gradient R Check that the service brake is working nor- lowing situations if all vehicle conditions for an
(/ page 398). mally a er a long downhill stretch. automatic engine stop are met:
R Avoid high engine speeds. R Clean the following components every time R You brake the vehicle to a standstill in trans-
R Use the braking power of the engine when a er driving o -road: mission position h or i.
driving downhill. - License plate number R Vehicles with
with a 48 V on-boar
on-boardd electr
electrical
ical sys-
sys-
R Shi to a lower gear on uphill gradients and on - Headlamps and tail lamps tem: you depress the brake pedal when travel-
long, steep downhill gradients. ing at a low speed.
- Tires, wheels and wheel arches
R Activate DSR before driving downhill, if neces- - Underbody If the system has detected one of the following
sary (/ page 208). situations, the engine will not stop:
R A er driving through sand, mud, water or
R You stop at a stop sign and there is no vehicle
Checklis
Checklistt a er dr
driving
iving o -r
-road
oad gravel, have the following components
Driving o -road places greater demands on your checked and cleaned: in front of you.
vehicle than driving on normal roads. Check the R The vehicle that stopped in front of you starts
- Brake discs and brakepads
entire vehicle for damage and foreign bodies up again.
every time a er driving o -road. Foreign bodies in
- Tires and wheels
R You maneuver, turn the steering wheel sharply
the wheels or drivetrain can lead to imbalances - Axle joints or engage reverse gear.
and therefore vibrations.
168 Driving and parking

% If the system detects an intelligent stop inhibi- ECO start/stop function symbols in the instru- If you do not switch o the vehicle, it is automati-
tor, for example, a stop sign, the engine will ment display: cally switched o a er three minutes.
not stop. R The è symbol (green) appears when the
If you activate the HOLD function or engage Deactivating
Deactivating or activ
activating
ating tthe
he EC
ECO
O star
start/st
t/stop
op
vehicle is at a standstill: the engine was function
the park position j, the engine can be switched o by the ECO start/stop function.
switched o in spite of an intelligent stop
R The ç symbol (yellow) appears when the
inhibitor.
vehicle is at a standstill: not all vehicle condi-
The engine restarts automatically in the following tions for an engine stop have been met.
cases:
R Neither the è nor ç symbol appears
R You engage transmission position h or k.
when the vehicle is at a standstill: an intelli-
R You depress the accelerator pedal. gent stop inhibitor was detected, e.g. a stop
R The vehicle requires an automatic engine sign.
start. R The s symbol appears: the ECO start/stop
R You release the brake pedal. function is deactivated or there is a malfunc-
R Vehicles with
tion.
with a 48 V on-boar
on-boardd electrical
electrical sy
sys-
s-
tem: If the engine was switched o by the ECO start/
- You release the brake pedal on a downhill stop function and you leave the vehicle, a warning
gradient and the vehicle does not roll. tone sounds and the engine is not restarted. In
addition, the following display message appears in
- The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient and
the instrument display: # Press button 1.
does not automatically enter glide mode at
15 mph (20 km/h). Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch the Ignition Off A display appears in the instrument cluster
Before Exiting when switching the ECO start/stop function
o /on.
 Driving and parking 169

% A continuous s display appears in the The ECO display will show you when you have
instrument cluster while the ECO start/stop driven economically:
function is deactivated. R The three segments will ll up completely at
the same time
ECO
ECO display
display function R The edges around all three segments will light

The ECO display summarizes your driving charac- up

teristics from the start of the journey to its com- The additional range achieved as a result of your
pletion and assists you in achieving the most eco- driving style in comparison with a driver with a
nomical driving style. very sporty driving style will be shown on the cen-
You can in uence consumption by doing the fol- The lettering in the segment will light up brightly, ter of display 4. The range displayed does not
lowing: the outer edge will light up and the segment will indicate a xed reduction in consumption.
R Driving with particular care. ll up when the following driving style is adopted:
R Driving in drive program ; R 1 Steady speed ECO Assist
ECO Assist function (vehicles
(vehicles with
with 48 V on-board
R 2 Gentle deceleration and rolling electrical
electrical system)
system)
R Following the gearshi recommendations.
R 3 Moderate acceleration ECO Assist analyzes data for the vehicle's expec-
ted route. This allows the system to optimally
The lettering in the segment will be gray, the outer adjust the driving style for the route ahead, save
edge will be dark and the segment will empty fuel and recuperate.
when the following driving style is adopted:
ECO Assist is displayed on the Assistance
R 1 Fluctuations in speed menu(/ page 264).
R 2 Heavy braking
R 3 Sporty acceleration
170 Driving and parking

The segments of distance display 2 show the If the event involves a vehicle in front, all seg-
distance to the event ahead as follows: ments will immediately turn green once there is a
R A few segments light up: the event ahead is response to the Foot off the Accelerator prompt.
near. For active ECO Assist in drive program ;,
R Many segments light up: the event ahead is symbol 3 will appear on the instrument display
further away. and on the head-up display beside transmission
position h. Symbol 3 will also appear when the
When the vehicle nears the event, ECO Assist will assistant display is not selected.
calculate the optimal speed for maximum fuel
economy and recuperative energy based on the If the system does not intervene during the event
distance, speed and gradient. The Foot off the ahead, nothing will be displayed. The system will
1 Event ahead be passive.
2 Distance display for the event ahead Acceleratormessage 3 appears in the instru-
ment display. The rst segments in front of the ECO Assist is active only in drive programs ;
3 "Foot o the accelerator" prompt and A.
vehicle will turn green. The remaining segments
will initially stay white. If you take your foot o the System limits
System
accelerator pedal in good time, the remaining seg- ECO Assist can function even more precisely if
ments on the display will successively turn green the route is adhered to when route guidance is
until the event shown is reached. The drivetrain active. The basic function is also available without
will be set for maximum fuel economy. Recupera- active route guidance. Not all information and
tion will charge the battery. Recuperation will be tra c situations can be foreseen. The quality
adapted to the selected drive program. depends on the map data.
The event will be shown for a short time a er it ECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible
has been passed. If there is no response to the for keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in
Foot off the Accelerator prompt, the segments front, for vehicle speed and for braking in good
Displayable route events 1 will remain white. time. The driver must be ready to brake at all
 Driving and parking 171

times irrespective of whether the system inter- DYN

YNAMIC
AMIC SELECT switch R Only suitable for good road conditions, a dry
venes. road surface and a clear stretch of road
Function of the
the D
DYN
YNAMIC
AMIC SELECT switch
The system may be impaired or may not function C Sport
in the following situations: * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles R Continues to o er stability but with a sporty
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insu cient illu-
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. setup
mination of the road, highly variable shade
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray. You could otherwise fail to recognize R Allows the sporty driver a more active driving
dangers. style
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming tra c,
R Only suitable for good road conditions, a dry
direct sunlight or re ections. % Depending on the engine and equipment, the road surface and a clear stretch of road
R If there is dirt on the windshield in the area of vehicle has di erent drive programs.
the multifunction camera or the camera is fog- Use the DYNAMIC SELECT switch to change A Comfort
ged up, damaged or obscured. between the following drive programs. R Comfortable and economical driving
R If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to The drive program selected appears in the instru- R Balance between traction and stability
dirt, snow or insu cient lighting, or because ment display. R Recommended for all road conditions
they are obscured.
= Individual
R If the information on the navigation system's ; Eco
R Individual settings
digital map is incorrect or out of date. R Particularly economical driving
R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road- B Sport+ R Balance between traction and stability
works or in adjacent lanes. R Particularly sporty driving R Recommended for all road conditions
R Emphasizes the vehicle's own oversteering
and understeering characteristics for a more N Curve
active driving style ROnly available for vehicles with E‑ACTIVE
BODY CONTROL
172 Driving and parking

R Comfortable driving with curve tilting function - Vehicle level R Within the reset display if the previously
R Balance between traction and stability R Electric power steering active drive program is unsuitable for the
transport of a roof load
R Recommended for all road conditions
For further information on the reset dis-
% Depending on the situation, the cylinder can Notes on tthe
he rroof
oof load display
play, see (/ page 173).
be brie y deactivated in the drive pro- Certain drive programs and ESP® settings are
grams ; and A, depending on the unsuitable for transporting a roof load.
engine. Selecting the
the driv
drivee progr
program
am
If one of these drive programs is set or selected,
% The ESP® settings in the drive programs ; the W symbol is shown as a warning. When
and A are designed for stability. Therefore, this symbol is shown, the selected drive program
choose one of these driving programs, espe- is not suitable for transporting a load on the roof.
cially when transporting roof loads, in trailer The following drive programs are a ected:
operation and when the vehicle is fully loaded
R Sport drive program
or fully occupied.
Spor t + drive program
R Sport
Depending on the drive program, the following
systems change their characteristics: R Individual drive program with the ESP® setting
R Drive Sport or Sport+
- engine and transmission management % The symbol is also shown in the following sit-
- Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC uations:
R ESP® R Within the themes if a corresponding drive
program is saved
R Vehicles wit withh AIRMATIC
AIRMATIC or E‑ACTIVE
E‑ACTIVE BOD
BODYY
CONTROL:
ONTROL: For more information on themes see .
- Suspension tuning
 Driving and parking 173

# Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1 forwards % The prompt appears only if the previously Displaying
Displaying engine data
or backwards. active settings deviate from the standard set-
tings. Multimedia system:
The drive program selected appears in the
4 © 5 Info
instrument display. Function o : the next time the vehicle is started
the A drive program is set automatically. The # Select Engine.

Con guring
guring DYN
YNAMIC
AMIC SELECT (multimedia sys-
sys- ECO start/stop function is activated automati- The engine data is displayed.
tem) cally. % The actual (maximum) values that can be ach-
% This function must be activated for each user ieved for engine output and engine torque
Multimedia system: may deviate from the certi ed values within
pro le separately. Only when this function is
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle activated will the drive program and ECO the country-speci c guidelines for permissible
5 DYNAMIC SELECT tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-
start/stop setting for the previous journey be
saved for the respective user pro le. speci c guidelines).
Se
Setting
tting driv
drivee progr
program
am I
In uencing variables that can in uence this
# Select Individual Configuration.
Displaying
Displaying vvehicle
ehicle data are, for example:
# Select and set a category.
R Sea level
Multimedia system:
Switc
Switching
hing the
the rrest
estor
oration
ation displa
displayy on or o 4 © 5 Info
R Fuel grade
# Activate or deactivate Request at Start. R Outside temperature
# Select Vehicle.
Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a R Operating temperature of the engine
The vehicle data is displayed.
prompt appears asking whether the last active % The values displayed serve only as orienta-
drive program should be restored. If the ECO tion. The values for engine output and engine
start/stop function was deactivated, an additional torque shown on the media display may devi-
prompt appears asking if the function should ate from the actual values.
remain deactivated.
174 Driving and parking

Calling up the
the fuel consumption
consumption indicator
indicator R Display a list of all notes for the current trip R the lateral inclination of the vehicle in
using the list icon. degrees (°)
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Info In the list, a note is displayed with a time R the currently achieved score for the ongo-
stamp, the number of points currently ach- ing trip
# Select Consumption. ieved and the note text. R a tip for the upcoming driving maneuver
The current and average fuel consumption is R Display the ranking by clicking on the symbol
displayed. # To stop
stop the
the display
display:: select End trip.
for the winner's podium. An evaluation of the trip is displayed. It shows
The ranking list shows the following informa- the achieved score and a message, for exam-
Displaying
Displaying the
the O rroad
oad Score tion: ple Great job!.
Multimedia system: - Pro le name and pro le picture (if availa-
4 © 5 Info ble)
Aut
utomatic
omatic tr
transmission
ansmission
Use the O road Score only for o -road driving - The number of points obtained
DIRECT SELECT lever
lever
and not on public roads. When choosing the - Date and time of the completed trip
route, take into account the vehicle characteris- Function of tthe
he DIRECT SELECT lever
lever
- The places for gold, silver and bronze
tics, the ground conditions and your driving skills.
Do not let the system distract you from what is Star
arting
ting or ending a new
new trip
trip & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
happening on the route. The "Start new trip" function is available when the rect gearshi ing
# Select Offroad Score. vehicle is stationary and the engine is running. If the engine speed is higher than the idle
A menu appears. You can start a new trip. # Select Start new trip. speed and you engage the transmission posi-
Further functions are available in the lower menu The display "Trip and tips" appears. tion h or k, the vehicle may accelerate
bar: The following information is displayed: sharply.
# If you engage the transmission position
R Display the current trip via the route symbol. R the vehicle inclination in longitudinal direc-
tion in percent (%) h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-
 Driving and parking 175

still, always depress the brake pedal # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
rmly and do not accelerate at the same SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
time. # Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach
of children.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to children le unattended in the vehicle Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the trans-
mission position. The current transmission posi-
If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle, tion is displayed in the instrument display.
they could, in particular:
R open doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c.
R operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example.
In addition, the children could also set the
j Park position
vehicle in motion, for example by:
k Reverse gear
R releasing the parking brake.
i Neutral
R changing the transmission position.
h Drive position
R starting the vehicle.
Eng
Engaging
aging rev
rever
erse
se ggear
ear R
# Never leave children unattended in the # Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
vehicle. SELECT lever upwards past the rst point of
resistance.
176 Driving and parking

Engaging neutral
Engaging neutral N % If you then exit the vehicle leaving the Smart- Park position j is engaged automatically if one
# Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT Key in the vehicle, the automatic transmission of the following conditions is met:
SELECT lever up or down to the rst point of remains in neutral i. R You switch the stationary vehicle o in trans-
resistance. The park position j is automatically re-engaged mission position h or k.
% To shi into neutral i with the vehicle as soon as one of the following conditions is met: R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is
switched on, push the selector lever up or R You switch to transmission position h or k. at a standstill or when driving at a very low
down for several seconds to the rst point of speed and the transmission position is h or
R You press the j button.
resistance. k.
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow Engaging park
Engaging park position P R When the vehicle is rolling, you switch if o in
you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push it or # Observe the notes on parking the vehicle
transmission position h or k and bring it to
tow it away. (/ page 182). a standstill.
# Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle
Proceed
Proceed as follow
followss if yyou
ou want
want the
the aut
automatic
omatic R You switch o the engine, bring the vehicle to
transmission
transmission toto remain
remain in neutr
neutral
al i even
even if tthe
he comes to a standstill. a standstill and open the driver's door when
vehicle is switched
switched o or the the dr
driv
iver's
er's door is # When the vehicle is at a standstill, press but- the vehicle is stationary or when the vehicle is
opened: ton j. rolling and the transmission position is i.
# Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral When the transmission position display shows R Engaging park position j automatically is
i when the vehicle is stationary. j, the park position is engaged. If no trans- required by the vehicle.
The N Permanently Active Risk of Rolling mission position display j appears, secure
Away message appears in the instrument dis- the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away. % To maneuver with an open driver's door, open
play. % Depending on the situation, it may take a the driver's door while at a standstill and
short time until j is engaged. Therefore, engage transmission position h or k again.
# Release the brake pedal.

# Switch o the vehicle.

always pay attention to the transmission posi-
tion display.
 Driving and parking 177

Engaging driv
Engaging drivee position D Tem
empor
porar
aryy setting
setting
# Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
SELECT lever down past the rst point of
resistance.
When the automatic transmission is in transmis-
sion position h, it shi s the gears automatically.
This depends, among other things, on the follow-
ing factors:
R The selected drive program
R The position of the accelerator pedal
R The driving speed
# To activ
activat
ate:
e: pull steering wheel paddle shi er
1 or 2.
Manual gear
earshi
shi ing Manual shi ing is activated for a short time.
Permanent
ermanent setting
setting (v
(vehicles
ehicles with
with O -Road
-Road pack- Transmission position p and the current gear
ag
agee or E-A
E-ACTIVE
CTIVE BOD
BODYY CONTR
CONTROL)OL) # To activat
activate/deactiv
e/deactivatate:
e: pull rocker switch 1. appear in the instrument display.
If indicator lamp is lit, manual shi ing is acti- # To deactiv
deactivat
ate:
e: pull steering wheel paddle
* NOTE
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles vated. The current gear is displayed in the shi er 2 and hold it in place.
instrument display. Transmission position h appears in the
# Observe the notes in the Supplement.
instrument display.
You could otherwise fail to recognize
dangers. % To permanently shi the gears manually in
drive program = using the steering wheel
paddle shi ers, select the p setting for the
transmission.
178 Driving and parking

Shi ing Using kickdo

kickdown
wn R Vehicles with
with 48 V on-boar
on-boardd electrical
electrical system:
system:
# To shi up: pull steering wheel paddle shi er the combustion engine can be switched o .
# acceleration: depress the accelera-
Maximum acceleration: All of the vehicle functions remain active.
2. tor pedal beyond the pressure point.
# To shi do
down:
wn: pull steering wheel paddle Glide mode is activated if the following conditions
To protect against engine overrev, the automatic are met:
shi er 1.
transmission shi s up to the next gear when maxi-
mum engine speed has been reached. R Drive program ; is selected.
Gearshi
Gear shi recommendation R The speed is within a suitable range.

The gearshi recommendation assists you in Glide mode function R The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steep
adopting an economical driving style. uphill or downhill inclines or tight curves.
* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles R There is no trailer hitched up to the trailer
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. hitch, and no bicycle rack installed.
You could otherwise fail to recognize R You do not depress the accelerator or brake
dangers. pedal (except for light brake applications).
% Glide mode can also be activated if you have
With an anticipatory driving style, Glide mode
helps you to reduce fuel consumption. selected the "Eco" setting for the drive in the
drive program =.
Glide mode is characterized by the following:
Glide mode is deactivated again if one of the con-
R The combustion engine is disconnected from
ditions is no longer met.
the drivetrain and continues to run in neutral.
# If gearshi recommendation 1 appears next Glide mode can also be prevented by the following
R The transmission position display h is shown
to the transmission position display, shi to parameters:
in green.
the recommended gear. R Incline
R Downhill gradient
 Driving and parking 179

R Temperature of road, weather and tra c conditions. 4MATIC is

R Height only an aid. You are responsible especially for
maintaining a safe distance from the vehicle in
R Speed front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time
R Operating status of the engine and for staying in lane.
R Tra c situation % In wintry road conditions, the maximum e ect
of 4MATIC can be achieved only if you use
winter tires (M+S tires), with snow chains if
Function of the
the 4MA
4MATIC
TIC necessary.
4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are driven.
Together with ESP® and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves
the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven Refueling
wheel spins due to insu cient traction. Refueling tthe
he vehicle
vehicle

& WARNING Risk of re or explosion from

fuel
You can display the current distribution of drive
torques on all four wheels in the head-up display Fuels are highly ammable.
and in the right-hand display range of the instru- # Fire, open ames, smoking and creating
ment display . The higher the respective scale is sparks must be avoided.
lled, the higher the corresponding drive torque # Before refueling, switch o the vehicle
is. and, if installed, the stationary heater,
If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can and leave them switched o during refu-
neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override eling.
the laws of physics. 4MATIC cannot take account
180 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of injury from fuels # Change immediately out of clothing that This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol. Your
has come into contact with fuel. vehicle is suitable for use with E10 fuel.
Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your
health. Never refuel with one of the following fuels:
# Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
& WARNING Risk of re and explosion due
R Diesel
contact with skin, eyes or clothing. to electrostatic charge
R Gasoline with more than 10% ethanol by
# Do not inhale fuel vapor. Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapor. volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100
# Before you open the fuel ller cap or
# Keep children away from fuel. R Gasoline with more than 3% methanol by
take hold of the pump nozzle, touch the volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100
# Keep doors and windows closed during
metallic vehicle body.
the refueling process. R Gasoline with additives containing metal
# To avoid creating another electrostatic

If you or other people come into contact with charge, do not get into the vehicle again If you have accidentally refueled with the
fuel, observe the following: during the refueling process. wrong fuel:
# Immediately rinse fuel o your skin with # Do not switch on the vehicle.

soap and water. * NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
# If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
immediately rinse them thoroughly with Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could * NOTE Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles
clean water. Seek medical attention result in damage to the fuel system, the with a gasoline engine
immediately. engine and the emission control system. If you have accidentally refueled with the
# If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-
# Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition wrong fuel:
tion immediately. Do not induce vomit- engine fuel. R Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwise
ing.
fuel can enter the engine.
 Driving and parking 181

Even small amounts of the wrong fuel Requir

equirements:
ements:
R The vehicle is unlocked.
could result in damage to the fuel system
and the engine. The repair costs are high. % Do not get into the vehicle again during the
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop. refueling process. Otherwise, electrostatic
charge could build up again.
# Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained
completely. Observe the notes on operating uids and fuel.
Only refuel with fuel that has at least the octane
* NOTE Damage to the fuel system due to number speci ed in the information label in the
over lling the fuel tank fuel ller ap. Otherwise, engine output can be
reduced and fuel consumption increased.
# Only ll the fuel tank until the pump noz-
zle switches o .

If too much fuel has been added due, for

example, to a faulty lling pump:
# Do not switch on the vehicle. 1 Fuel ller ap
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop. 2 Bracket for fuel ller cap
3 Fuel type
* NOTE Fuel may spray out when you 4 QR code for rescue card
remove the fuel pump nozzle 5 Tire pressure table
# Only ll the fuel tank until the pump noz- # Press on the back area of fuel ller ap 1.
zle switches o . # Turn the fuel ller cap counter-clockwise and
remove it.
182 Driving and parking

# Insert fuel ller cap from above into bracket # Apply the parking brake. R operate vehicle equipment and become
2. trapped, for example.
# Switch the transmission to position j.
# Completely insert the pump nozzle into the
tank ller neck, hook in place and refuel. In addition, the children could also set the
& WARNING Risk of re caused by hot vehicle in motion, for example by:
# Only ll the fuel tank until the pump nozzle exhaust system parts R releasing the parking brake.
switches o .
Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or R changing the transmission position.
# Replace the cap on the ller neck and turn
twigs may ignite. R starting the vehicle.
clockwise until it engages audibly.
# Park the vehicle so that no ammable
# Close fuel ller ap 1. # Never leave children unattended in the
material can come into contact with hot
vehicle components. vehicle.
Parking
arking # In particular, do not park on dry grass-
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
land or harvested grain elds. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
Par
arking
king the
the vvehicle
ehicle # Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due of children.
caused by an insu ciently secured vehi- to children le unattended in the vehicle
cle rolling away * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it roll-
If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle,
ing away
If the vehicle is not securely parked su - they could, in particular:
ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way R open doors, thereby endangering other # Always secure the vehicle against rolling
even at a slight downhill gradient. persons or road users. away.
# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c.
front wheels so that the vehicle rolls
towards the curb if it starts moving.
 Driving and parking 183

* NOTE Damage due to the vehicle lowering

# Engage transmission position j in a station-
ary vehicle with the brake pedal applied
Vehicles with
with AIRMATIC
AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BODY
BODY (/ page 176).
CONTR
ONTROL:OL: The vehicle can lower because of # Switch o the vehicle by pressing button 1.
temperature di erences or longer non-opera-
# Release the service brake slowly.
tional times. This can cause damage to parts
of the body. # Get out of the vehicle and lock it.
# When stopping the vehicle and when % When you park the vehicle, you can still oper-
driving o , make sure that there are no ate the side windows and the sliding sunroof
obstacles such as curbs under or in the for approximately four minutes if the driver's
immediate vicinity of the body. door is closed.
% When you park the vehicle, you can still oper-
ate the side windows and the panoramic slid-
ing sunroof for approximately four minutes if
the driver's door is closed.
# Bring the vehicle to a standstill by pressing the
brake pedal. Garag
Gar agee door opener
# On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the Progr
Pr ogramming
amming butt
buttons
ons for
for tthe
he gar
garag
agee door opener
vehicle will roll towards the curb if it starts
moving. & DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of fatal injuries caused by
# Apply the electric parking brake. exhaust gases
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling
184 Driving and parking

these exhaust gases is hazardous to health Before programming the garage door opener, park
and leads to poisoning. the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
# Never run the vehicle and, if present, the
vehicle is switched on but not started.
stationary heater indoors without su - Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
cient ventilation. R The vehicle has been parked outside the
garage or outside the range of movement of
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming the door.
trapped when opening and closing a R The vehicle is switched on.
garage door R The vehicle has not been started.
When you operate or program a garage door % The garage door opener function is always
with an integrated garage door opener, per- available when the vehicle is switched on.
sons can become trapped or struck by the
garage door if they stand within its range of
movement.
# Always make sure that nobody is within
# Check if the transmitter frequency of the
the range of the garage door's move- remote control has the frequency range of
ment. 280 to 868 MHz.
Only operate the following doors using the garage Radio equipment approval number:
door opener: R NZLMUAHL5 (USA)
R Doors with a safety stop and reversing feature R 4112A-MUAHL5 (Canada)
R Doors which conform to the current U.S.
safety standards
 Driving and parking 185

# Press and hold button 1, 2 or 3 that you % The remote control for the door drive is not Troubleshoo
oubleshooting
ting when progr
programming
amming the
the remote
remote
wish to program. included in the scope of delivery of the garage control
control
Indicator lamp 4 ashes yellow. door opener. # Check if the transmitter frequency of remote
control 5 is supported.
% It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi- Synchronizing
Synchr onizing tthe
he rolling
rolling code
# Replace the batteries in remote control 5.
cator lamp ashes yellow.
Requir
equirements:
ements: # Hold remote control 5 at various angles from
# Release the previously pressed button. R The door system uses a rolling code.
Indicator lamp 4 continues to ash yellow. a distance of 0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) front
R The vehicle must be within range of the garage of the inside rearview mirror. You should test
# Point remote control 5 from a distance of door or door drive. every position for at least 25 seconds before
0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) towards button R The vehicle as well as persons and objects are trying another position.
1, 2 or 3. located outside the range of movement of the # Hold remote control 5 at the same angles at
# Press and hold button 6 of remote control door. various distances in front of the inside rear-
5 until one of the following signals appears: view mirror. You should test every position for
R Indicator lamp 4 lights up green continu-
# Press the programming button on the door
drive unit. at least 25 seconds before trying another
ously. Programming is complete. position.
Initiate the next step within approximately
R Indicator lamp 4 ashes green. Program- 30 seconds. # On remote controls that transmit only for a
ming was successful. Additionally, syn- # Press previously programmed button 1, 2 limited period, press button 6 on remote
chronization of the rolling code with the control 5 again before transmission ends.
or 3 repeatedly until the door closes.
door system must be carried out.
When the door closes, programming is com- # Angle the antenna line of the garage door
# If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or ash
pleted. opener unit towards the remote control.
green: repeat the procedure. % Please also read the operating instructions for
# Release all of the buttons.
the door drive.
186 Driving and parking

% It is possible that older garage doors cannot Clearing the

Clearing the gar
garag
agee door opener memory In addition, the children could also set the
be operated using the remote control in the # Press and hold buttons 1 and 3. vehicle in motion, for example by:
inside rearview mirror even a er you have Indicator lamp 4 lights up yellow. R releasing the parking brake.
successfully performed the measures descri- # If indicator lamp 4 ashes green: release
bed above. If this is the case, contact the R changing the transmission position.
buttons 1 and 3.
HomeLink® Hotline. The entire memory has been deleted. R starting the vehicle.
% Support and additional information on pro- # Never leave children unattended in the
gramming: vehicle.
Electric
Electr ic parking
parking brake
brake
R On the toll free HomeLink® Hotline on
Function of the
the electr
electric
ic parking
parking brak
brakee (appl
(applying
ying
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
1-800-355-3515 SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
R On the Internet at https://
aut
automaticall
omatically)
y)
# Keep the vehicle SmartKey out of reach
www.homelink.com/mercedes & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due of children.
the gar
Opening or closing the garag
agee door to children le unattended in the vehicle
The electric
electric parking
parking brak
brakee is applied if the
the trans-
trans-
Requir
equirements:
ements: If children are le unsupervised in the vehicle, mission is in position j and one of the the ffollo
ollowing
wing
R The corresponding button is programmed to they could, in particular: conditions is ful lled:
operate the door. R open doors, thereby endangering other R The vehicle is switched o .
persons or road users. R The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat
# Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until the
R get out and be struck by oncoming tra c. belt buckle of the driver's seat and the driver's
door opens or closes.
R operate vehicle equipment and become door is opened.
# If indicator lamp 4 ashes yellow a er
approximately 20 seconds: press and hold the trapped, for example. R The transfer case is in the LOW RANGE
RANGE posi-
previously pressed button again until the door tion.
opens or closes.
 Driving and parking 187

% To prevent application: pull the handle of the When the electric parking brake is applied, the - You shi from transmission position j.
electric parking brake (/ page 188). red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator lamp or
lights up in the instrument cluster.
In tthe
he ffollo
ollowing
wing situations, the
the electric
electric par
parking
king - You have previously driven at speeds
br
brak
akee is also applied: % The electric parking brake is not automatically greater than 2 mph (3 km/h).
R The HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta- applied if the vehicle is switched o by the
tionary. ECO start/stop function. When the electric parking brake is released, the
red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator lamp
R Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicle Function of the
the electr
electric
ic parking
parking brak
brakee (releasing
(releasing in the instrument cluster goes out.
stationary. automaticall
automatically)
y)
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing
The electr
electric
ic par
parking
king brak
brakee is rreleased
eleased when the
the
the vehicle to a standstill. following
ollowing conditions ar aree ful lled:
R In addition, one of the the ffollo
ollowing
wing conditions R The driver's door is closed.
must
must be ful lled: R The vehicle has been started.
- The vehicle is switched o . R The transmission is in position h or k and
- The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the you depress the accelerator pedal or you shi
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and from transmission position j to h or k
the driver's door is opened. when on level ground.
- There is a system malfunction. R If the transmission is in position k, the tail-
- The power supply is insu cient. gate must be closed.
- The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy R The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat
period. belt buckle of the driver's seat.
If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the
following conditions must be ful lled:
188 Driving and parking

Applying/r
Appl ying/releasing
eleasing the
the electric
electric parking
parking brake
brake % The electric parking brake is only securely Information
Infor mation on collision detection
detection on a parked
parked
manually applied if the red F (USA) or ! (Can- vehicle
ada) indicator lamp is lit continuously.
Applying
Appl ying If a collision is detected when the tow-away alarm
Releasing is armed on a locked vehicle, you will receive a
# Switch on the vehicle. noti cation in the multimedia system when you
switch the vehicle on.
# Pull handle 1.
The red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indica- You will receive information about the following
tor lamp in the instrument cluster goes out. points:
R The area of the vehicle that may have been
Emergency braking
Emergency braking damaged.
# Press and hold handle 1. R The force of the impact.
As long as the vehicle is driving, the Please
Release Parking Brake message is displayed The following situation can lead to inadvertent
and the red F (USA) or ! (Canada) activation:
indicator lamp ashes. R The parked vehicle is moved, for example, in a
When the vehicle has been braked to a stand- two-story garage.
still, the electric parking brake is applied. The
red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator % Deactivate the tow-away alarm in order to
lamp lights up in the instrument cluster. prevent inadvertent activation. If you deacti-
# Push handle 1. vate the tow-away alarm, collision detection
The red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indica- will also be deactivated.
tor lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.
 Driving and parking 189

% If the battery is severely discharged, the func- Standb

andbyy mode (ext
(extension
ension of tthe
he st
start
arter
er batt
batter
ery's
y's If the following conditions are ful lled, standby
tion for detecting a collision on a parked vehi- per
period
iod out of use) mode can be activated or deactivated using the
cle is automatically deactivated to facilitate multimedia system:
the next engine start. Standb
andbyy mode function
R The vehicle is switched on.
% This function is not available for all models.
System
Syst em limits R The vehicle has not been started.
If standby mode is activated, energy loss will be
Detection may be restricted in the following situa- minimized during extended periods of non-opera- Exceeding the vehicle's displayed non-operational
tions: tion. time may cause inconvenience; i.e. it cannot be
R The vehicle is damaged without impact, for Standby mode is characterized by the following: guaranteed that the starter battery will reliably
example, if an outside mirror is torn o or the R The starter battery is preserved.
start the vehicle.
paint is damaged by a key Charge the starter battery in the following situa-
R The maximum non-operational time appears in
R An impact occurs at low speed tions:
the media display.
R The electric parking brake is not applied R The vehicle's non-operational time must be
R The connection to online services is interrup-
extended.
ted.
Notes on parking
parking tthe
he vehicle
vehicle ffor
or an ext
extended
ended R The Battery Charge Insufficient for Standby
R The ATA (anti-the alarm system) is not availa-
per
period
iod Mode message appears in the media display.
ble.
If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six R The interior motion sensor and tow-away % Standby mode is automatically deactivated
weeks, it may su er damage through disuse. alarm functions are not available. when the vehicle is switched on.
The 12 V battery may also be impaired or dam- R The function for detecting collisions on a Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating st
standb
andbyy mode (par
(parking
king
aged by heavy discharging. parked vehicle is not available. the vehicle
vehicle ffor
or an ext
extended
ended period)
period)
% Further information can be obtained at a
Requir
equirements:
ements:
quali ed specialist workshop. R The engine is switched o .
190 Driving and parking

Multimedia system: take into account road, weather or tra c condi- 1 Multifunction camera
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle tions. 2 Cameras in the outside mirrors
# Activate or deactivate Standby Mode. 3 Front radar
# Select Yes. Infor
Information
mation on vehicle
vehicle sensor
sensorss and cameras
cameras 4 Front camera
Some driving and driving safety systems use cam- 5 Corner radars
eras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to 6 Ultrasonic sensors
Driving and driving
Driving driving safety
safety sy
syst
stems
ems monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the
Driving
Dr iving systems
systems and your
your rresponsibility
esponsibility vehicle. 7 Rear view camera
Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems & WARNING Risk of accident due to restric-
which assist you in driving, parking and maneuver-
ted detection performance of vehicle sen-
ing the vehicle. The driving systems are only aids.
sors and cameras
They are not a substitute for your attention to the
surroundings and do not relieve you of your If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras
responsibility pertaining to road tra c law. The is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving
driver is always responsible for maintaining a safe and safety systems cannot function correctly.
distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, There is a risk of an accident.
for braking in good time and for staying in lane. # Keep the area around vehicle sensors or
Pay attention to the tra c conditions at all times cameras clear of any obstructions and
and intervene when necessary. Be aware of the clean.
limitations regarding the safe use of these sys- # Have damage to the bumper, radiator
tems.
grille or stone chipping in the area of the
Driving systems can neither reduce the risk of front and rear windows repaired at a
accident if you fail to adapt your driving style nor quali ed specialist workshop.
override the laws of physics. They cannot always
 Driving and parking 191

Particularly, keep the areas around the sensors R ESP® (EElectronic Stability Program) R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush (/ page 193) (/ page 200)
(/ page 326). The sensors and cameras must R Active Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)
R ESP® Crosswind Assist (/ page 194)
not be covered and the detection ranges around (/ page 205)
them must be kept free. Do not attach additional R ESP® trailer stabilization (/ page 194)
license plate bracket, advertisements, stickers, R Route-based speed adaptation (country-
R EBD (EElectronic Brakeforce Distribution) dependent) (/ page 206)
foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in (/ page 195)
the detection range of the sensors and cameras. R DSR (DDownhill Speed Regulation)
Make sure that there are no overhanging loads
R STEER CONTROL (/ page 195) (/ page 208)
protruding into the detection range. R HOLD function (/ page 196) R Active Brake Assist (/ page 214)
If there is damage to a bumper or the radiator R Hill Start Assist (/ page 197) R Active Steering Assist (country-dependent)
grille, or a er an impact, have the function of the R ATTENTION ASSIST (/ page 197) (/ page 210)
sensors checked at a quali ed specialist work- R Cruise control (/ page 199) R Active Emergency Stop Assist (country-
shop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area
of the cameras on the front and rear windows R Tra c Sign Assist (/ page 218) dependent) (/ page 212)
repaired at a quali ed specialist workshop. R AIRMATIC (/ page 227) R Active Lane Change Assist (country-depend-
ent) (/ page 212)
R E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL (/ page 234)
Overvie
Over view
w of driving
driving systems
systems and driving
driving safety
safety R Active Stop-and-Go Assist (country-depend-
systems
systems Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance pack
package
age ent) (/ page 207)
The following functions are part of the Driving R Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
R ABS (A
Anti-lock Braking System) (/ page 192) Assistance Package. Certain functions are only with exit warning (/ page 222)
R O -road ABS (/ page 192) available in some countries. Some functions are
also available without the Driving Assistance R Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 225)
R Brake Assist System) (/ page 192)
BAS (B Package, albeit with restricted functionality. Par
arking
king Pack
Package
age
R Rear view camera (/ page 241)
192 Driving and parking

R Surround view camera (/ page 244) ABS warning lamp lights up continuously a er Function of B
BAS
AS
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC (/ page 247) the vehicle is started.
& WARNING Risk of an accident caused by a
R Active Parking Assist (/ page 252) malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System)
Functions of O -r
-road
oad ABS
% O -road ABS is activated automatically when If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance
Functions of ABS in an emergency braking situation is
you select the F or G drive program.
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates the increased.
brake pressure in critical driving situations: O -road ABS is specially adapted for driving o - # Depress the brake pedal with full force in
road: emergency braking situations. ABS pre-
R During braking, for instance, at maximum full-
R The front wheels lock cyclically during braking. vents the wheels from locking.
stop braking or if there is insu cient tire trac-
tion, the wheels are prevented from locking. R The braking distance is shortened due to the
R Vehicle steerability while braking is ensured. digging-in e ect. The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your
emergency braking situation with additional brake
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a System
System limits force.
pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake R O -road ABS functions at speeds below
If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is
pedal can be an indication of hazardous road con- 25 mph (40 km/h).
activated:
ditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra R If O -road ABS intervenes, the ability to steer
R BAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.
care while driving. may be restricted.
R BAS can shorten the braking distance.
System
System limits R ABS prevents the wheels from locking.
R ABS is active from speeds of approx. 3 mph
(5 km/h). The brakes will function as usual once you release
R ABS may be impaired or may not function if a the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.
malfunction has occurred and the yellow !
 Driving and parking 193

Functions of ESP® If the vehicle deviates from the direction desired R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as is
by the driver, ESP® can stabilize the vehicle by necessary when pulling away.
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is intervening in the following ways:
It can be advantageous to deactivate ESP® in the
deactivated R One or more wheels are braked.
following situations to improve traction:
If you deactivate ESP®, ESP® cannot carry out R The engine output is adapted according to the R When using snow chains.
vehicle stabilization. situation.
R In deep snow.
# ESP® should only be deactivated in the
ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn- R On sand or gravel.
following situations. ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument
cluster: % Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles R Driving stability will no longer be improved.
action, which enhances traction.
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. R The drive wheels could spin. If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up continu-
You could otherwise fail to recognize ously, ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.
R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
dangers. Observe the following information:
% When ESP® is deactivated, you are still assis- R Indicator and warning lamps (/ page 456)
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) can moni- ted by ESP® when braking. R Display messages (/ page 402)
tor and improve driving stability and traction in If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp ashes in the
the following situations within physical limits: instrument cluster, one or several wheels has ETS/4ET
ETS/4ETS S (Electr
(Electronic
onic Traction
Traction System)
System)
R When pulling away on wet or slippery road. reached its grip limit: ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP® and
R When braking. R Adapt your driving style to suit the current
makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on a
road and weather conditions. slippery road.
R Do not deactivate ESP®.
If you select the F or G drive program, a
special ETS system speci cally suited to o -road
terrain is automatically activated.
194 Driving and parking

ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction by R The vehicle is stabilized by means of individual R In the event of severe swerving, the engine
intervening in the following ways: brake application on one side. output is also reduced and all wheels are
R The drive wheels are braked individually if they braked.
spin. Function of ESP® tr
trailer
ailer stabilization
stabilization ESP® trailer stabilization may be impaired or may
R More drive torque is transferred to the wheel not function if:
or wheels with traction. & WARNING Risk of accident in poor road R The trailer is not connected correctly or is not
and weather conditions detected properly by the vehicle.
In uence of dr
driv
ivee pr
progr
ograms ESP®
ams on
The drive programs enable ESP® to adapt to dif- In poor road and weather conditions, the
ferent weather and road conditions as well as the trailer stabilization cannot prevent lurching of
Activ
ctivating/deactiv ating ESP® (Electr
ating/deactivating (Electronic
onic Stability
Stability
driver's preferred driving style. Depending on the the vehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with a
Pr
Progr
ogram)
am) (v
(vehicles
ehicles without
without O -road
-road pack
packagage)
e)
selected drive program, the appropriate ESP® high center of gravity may tip over before
mode will be activated. You can select the drive ESP® detects this. Multimedia system:
programs using the DYNAMIC SELECT switch # Always adapt your driving style to suit 4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access

(/ page 172). the current road and weather conditions. % ESP® can only be activated/deactivated using
quick access when at least one other function
When driving with a trailer, ESP® can stabilize is available in quick access. ESP® can other-
Function of ESP® Crosswind
Crosswind Assist your vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve from wise be found in the Assistance menu.
ESP® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of side to side:
side wind and helps the driver to keep the vehicle R ESP® trailer stabilization is active above * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
in the lane: speeds of 40 mph (65 km/h). # Observe the notes in the Supplement.
R ESP® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle R Slight swerving is reduced by means of a tar- You could otherwise fail to recognize
speeds between approx. 47 mph (75 km/h) geted, individual brake application on one dangers.
and 125 mph (200 km/h) when driving side.
straight ahead or cornering slightly.
 Driving and parking 195

# Select ESP. Function of EBD

# Select On or å Off. Electronic Breakforce Distribution (EBD) is char-
acterized by the following:
ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn-
ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument R Monitoring and regulating the brake pressure
cluster. on the rear wheels.
Observe the information on warning lamps and R Improved driving stability when braking, espe-
display messages which may be shown in the cially on bends.
instrument cluster.
Function of STEER
STEER CONTR
CONTROL
OL
Activating/deactiv ating ESP® (Electr
ctivating/deactivating (Electronic
onic Stability
Stability STEER CONTROL assists you by transmitting a
Progr
Program)
am) (vehicles
(vehicles wit
withh O -r
-road
oad packag
packagee or E- noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in
Active
ctive Body Control)
Control) the direction required for vehicle stabilization.
This steering recommendation is given in the fol-
* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles lowing situations:
# Observe the notes in the Supplement.
# Pull rocker switch 1.
R Both right wheels or both le wheels are on a
You could otherwise fail to recognize ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn- wet or slippery road surface when you brake
dangers. ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument R The vehicle starts to skid
cluster.
System
System limits
Observe the information on warning lamps and
display messages which may be shown in the STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not
instrument cluster. function in the following situations:
R ESP® is deactivated.
196 Driving and parking

R ESP® is malfunctioning. Activ

ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating the
the HOLD function R The electric parking brake is released.
R The steering is malfunctioning. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to the ted.
If ESP® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur- HOLD function being active when you
ther by the electric power steering. leave the vehicle R The transmission is in position h, k or i.
If the vehicle is only braked with the HOLD Activ
ctivating
ating the
the HOLD function
HOLD function function it could, in the following situations, # Depress the brake pedal, and a er a short
roll away: time quickly depress further until the ë
HOLD function display appears in the Instrument Display.
R If there is a malfunction in the system or in
The HOLD function holds the vehicle at a stand-
still without requiring you to depress the brake the power supply. # Release the brake pedal.

pedal, e.g. while waiting in tra c. R If the HOLD function is deactivated by

Deactiv
Deactivating
ating the
the HOLD function
The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil- depressing the accelerator pedal or brake # Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.
ity for the vehicle safely standing still remains with pedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.
or
the driver. # Always secure the vehicle against rolling # Depress the brake pedal until the ë display
Syst
System
em limits away before you leave it. disappears from the Instrument Display.
The HOLD function is only intended to provide The HOLD function is deactivated in the following
assistance when driving and is not a su cient Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The vehicle is stationary. situations:
means of safeguarding the vehicle against rolling
R The driver's door is closed or the seat belt on R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
away when stationary.
the driver's side is fastened. ted.
R The incline must not be greater than 30%.
R The vehicle has been started or has been R The transmission is shi ed to position j.
automatically switched o by the ECO start/ R The vehicle is secured with the electric park-
stop function. ing brake.
 Driving and parking 197

In the following situations, the vehicle is held by & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due You can choose between two settings:
transmission position j and/or by the electric to the vehicle rolling away R Standard:
andard: normal system sensitivity.
parking brake:
A er a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer R Sensitiv
Sensitive:
e: higher system sensitivity. The driver
R The seat belt is unfastened and the driver's is warned earlier and the attention level detec-
holds the vehicle.
door is opened. ted by ATTENTION ASSIST is adapted accord-
# Swi ly move your foot from the brake
R The vehicle is switched o . ingly.
pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not
R There is a system malfunction. leave the vehicle when it is being held by If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra-
R The power supply is insu cient. Hill Start Assist. tion are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Take
a Break! warning appears in the Instrument Dis-
Function of Hill Star
Startt Assist play. You can acknowledge the message and take
ATTENTION ASSIST a break if necessary. If you do not take a break
Hill Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short time Function of ATTENTION
ATTENTION ASSIST and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detect
when pulling away on a hill under the following ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto- increasing lapses in concentration, you will be
conditions: nous journeys, e.g. on highways and trunk roads. warned again a er a minimum of 15 minutes.
R The transmission is in position h or k. If ATTENTION ASSIST detects indicators of fatigue
R The electric parking brake is released. or increasing lapses in concentration on the part
of the driver, it suggests taking a break.
This gives you enough time to move your foot ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot
from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in
depress it before the vehicle begins to roll away. time. The system is not a substitute for a well-res-
ted and attentive driver. On long journeys, take
regular breaks in good time that allow for ade-
quate recuperation.
198 Driving and parking

You can have the following status information for System

System limits R If you unfasten your seat belt and open the
ATTENTION ASSIST displayed in the assistance ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 37 mph driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a
menu of the on-board computer: (60 km/h) to 124 mph (200 km/h) speed range. break).
R The length of the journey since the last break. Particularly in the following situations, ATTENTION Setting
Setting ATTENTION
ATTENTION ASSIST
R The attention level determined by ATTENTION ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and Multimedia system:
ASSIST: warnings may be delayed or not occur: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
R If you have been driving for less than approx-
- The fuller the circle, the higher the atten- 5 Attention Assist
tion level determined imately 30 minutes.
R If the road condition is poor (uneven road sur- Setting
Setting options
options
- As your attention wanes, the circle in the
center of the display becomes smaller face or potholes). # Select Standard, Sensitive or Off.
R If there is a strong side wind.
If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the Suggesting
Sugges ting a res
restt area
area
R If you adopt a sporty driving style (high corner-
attention level and cannot issue a warning, the # Select Suggest Rest Area.
System Suspended message appears. ing speeds or high rates of acceleration).
# Activate or deactivate the function.
R If Active Steering Assist is activated and active
If a warning is given in the Instrument Display, the If ATTENTION ASSIST detects fatigue or
multimedia system o ers to search for a rest (/ page 210). increasing lack of attention, it suggests a rest
area. You can select a rest area and start naviga- R If the time has been set incorrectly. area in the vicinity.
tion to this rest area. This function can be activa- R If you change lanes and vary your speed fre- # Select the suggested rest area.
ted and deactivated in the multimedia system. quently in active driving situations. You are guided to the selected rest area.
If ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, the Û
symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness
Instrument Display. A er the vehicle is started, assessment is reset and restarted when continu-
ATTENTION ASSIST is automatically activated. The ing the journey in the following situations:
last selected sensitivity level remains stored. R You switch o the vehicle.
 Driving and parking 199

Speed control
control cruise
cruise contr
control
ol A stored speed appears along with the h dis- R On slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the
play. drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
Function of cruise
cruise contr
control
ol could then skid.
Cruise control regulates the speed to the value % The segments between the stored speed and
selected by the driver. the end of the segment display light up in the R When visibility is poor
speedometer.
If you accelerate to overtake, for example, the Operating
Operating cruise
cruise contr
control
ol
stored speed is not deleted. If you remove your System limits
System
foot from the accelerator pedal a er overtaking, Cruise control may be unable to maintain the & WARNING Risk of accident due to stored
cruise control will resume speed regulation back stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored speed
to the stored speed. speed is resumed when the gradient evens out. If you call up the stored speed and this is
You can store any speed above 15 mph Change into a lower gear in good time on long and lower than your current speed, the vehicle
(20 km/h) up to the maximum design speed. steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of decelerates.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your this when driving a laden vehicle. By doing so, you # Take into account the tra c situation
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize will make use of the engine's braking e ect. This before calling up the stored speed.
dangers (/ page 190). relieves the load on the brake system and pre-
vents the brakes from overheating and wearing Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
Mercedes‑
Mercedes‑AMG
AMG vehicles:
vehicles: Cruise control is availa-
too quickly. R ESP® must be activated, but not intervening.
ble up to a maximum speed of 155 mph
(250 km/h). Do not use cruise control in the following situa- R The vehicle speed is at least 15 mph
tions: (20 km/h).
Displays
Displays in tthe
he Instr
Instrument
ument Display R In tra c situations which require frequent
R h (gray): cruise control is selected but not R The transmission is in position h.
changes of speed, e.g. in heavy tra c, on
yet activated. winding roads
R h (green): cruise control is active.
200 Driving and parking

# Press rocker switch 1 up M or down Adop

dopting
ting a det
detect
ected
ed speed
N. # Activate cruise control.
The current speed is stored and maintained by # If a tra c sign has been detected and is dis-
the vehicle.
played in the instrument cluster: select J
or with the le rocker switch.
# Select J with the le rocker switch. The maximum permissible speed shown by the
The last stored speed is called up and main- tra c sign is stored and the vehicle maintains
tained by the vehicle. or does not exceed this speed.
If the last stored speed has previously been
Deactivating cr
Deactivating cruise
uise control
control
deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.
# Select O with the le rocker switch.
% When you switch o the vehicle, the last
speed stored is deleted. Deactivating cruise
Deactivating cruise contr
control
ol
Increasing or decr
Increasing decreasing
easing the
the stor
stored
ed speed # Select N with the right rocker switch.
# 1 mph (1 km/h): press rocker switch 1 up
% If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® inter-
Operating cruise
Operating cruise contr
control
ol M or down N to the pressure point.
venes, cruise control is deactivated.
# Press the rocker switches on the steering or
wheel control panel up or down to the desired # 5 mph (10 km/h): press rocker switch 1 up
position. Activ
ctivee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist DISTR
DISTRONIC
ONIC
M or down N beyond the pressure
point. Function of A
Activ
ctivee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist DIS
DISTR
TRONIC
ONIC
Activ
ctivating
ating cruise
cruise control
control Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the
or
# Select M with the right rocker switch. set speed on free- owing roads. If vehicles in
# Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed
front are detected, the set distance is maintained,
Activ
ctivating
ating cruise
cruise contr
control
ol and press rocker switch 1 up M. if necessary, until the vehicle comes to a halt. The
 Driving and parking 201

vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on the roads with separate roadways (country- Active
ctive Dist
Distance
ance Assist
Assist DISTR
DISTRONIC
ONIC display
displayss in the
the
distance to the vehicle in front and the set speed. dependent) Instr
Ins trument
ument Display
The speed and distance to the vehicle in front are
set and saved using the steering wheel. Vehicles with
with Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
agee and
Parking
arking Pack
Packag
age:
e: if the vehicle has been braked to
Available speed range: a standstill on multi-lane, separate roadways by
R Vehicles without
without Dr
Driving
iving Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age:
e: Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, it can auto-
15 mph (20 km/h) - 120 mph (200 km/h) matically follow the vehicle in front when driving
R Vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e: o again within 30 seconds. If a critical situation
15 mph (20 km/h) - 130 mph (210 km/h) is detected when driving o , a visual and acoustic
warning is given indicating that the driver must
Other features of Active Distance Assist now take control of the vehicle. The vehicle is not
DISTRONIC: accelerated any further.
R Adjusts the driving style depending on the Observe the notes on driving systems and your Assistance graphic
selected drive program (fuel-saving, comforta- responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize 1 Route-based speed adaptation: type of route
ble or dynamic) dangers (/ page 190). event (/ page 206)
R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if the 2 Vehicle in front
turn signal indicator is switched on to change 3 Distance indicator
to the overtaking lane 4 Set speci ed distance
R Vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e: 5 Active Lane Change Assist lane change dis-
- Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in play
urban speed ranges (except bicycles and
motorcycles)
- Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions
into account on highways or on multi-lane
202 Driving and parking

Per
ermanent
manent status
status display
display of Activ
Activee Distance
Distance mode. The ç Suspended message R In parking garages or on roads with steep
Assist
Assist DIS
DISTR
TRONIC
ONIC appears in the Instrument Display. uphill or downhill gradients.
R k (white): Active Distance Assist
Display
Display on tthe
he speedometer
speedometer R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
DISTRONIC selected, speci ed distance set bicycles or motorcycles.
The stored speed is highlighted on the speedome-
R k (white vehicle, green speedometer):
ter. If the speed of the vehicle in front or the In addition, on slippery roads, braking or acceler-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, speed adjustment for the route event ahead is ating can cause one or several wheels to lose
speci ed distance set and vehicle detected less than the stored speed, the segments in the traction and the vehicle could then skid.
R k (green): Active Distance Assist speedometer light up. The Instrument Display
shows the deactivation of Active Distance Assist Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in
DISTRONIC active, speci ed distance set and these situations.
vehicle detected DISTRONIC, as well as alterations to the speed
R r: Route-based speed adaptation active due to manual or automatic adoption of the maxi- & WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-
(/ page 206). mum permissible speed.
tion or braking by Active Distance Assist
System
System limits DISTRONIC
The stored speed is shown along with the perma-
nent status display and highlighted on the speed- The system may be impaired or may not function Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-
ometer. When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in the following situations, for example: erate or brake in the following cases, for
is passive, the speed is grayed out. R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare, example:
% On highways or high-speed major roads, the in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-
green ç vehicle symbol is displayed cycli- light. tance Assist DISTRONIC.
cally when the vehicle is ready to pull away. R If there is swirling dust, e.g. when driving o - R If the stored speed is called up and is con-
% If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond road or on sandy surfaces. siderably faster or slower than the cur-
the setting of the Active Distance Assist R The windshield in the area of the camera is rently driven speed.
DISTRONIC, the system is switched to passive dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.
R If the radar sensors are dirty or covered.
 Driving and parking 203

R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no & WARNING Risk of accident if detection R The transmission is in position h.
longer detects a vehicle in front or does function of Active Distance Assist R The driver's door is closed.
not react to relevant objects. DISTRONIC is impaired R Check of the radar sensor system has been
# Always carefully observe the tra c con- Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not successfully completed.
ditions and be ready to brake at all react or has a limited reaction: R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not being used
times. R when driving on a di erent lane or when to park the vehicle or to exit from a parking
# Take into account the tra c situation changing lanes space.
before calling up the stored speed. R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta- R DSR is deactivated.
tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles R Vehicles with
with O -r
-road
oad pack
packag
age:
e: the G
& WARNING Risk of accident due to insu - R to complex tra c conditions drive program is deactivated.
cient deceleration by Active Distance R to oncoming vehicles and crossing tra c
Assist DISTRONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler- may neither give warnings nor intervene in
ation. If this deceleration is not su cient, such situations.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you # Always observe the tra c conditions
with a visual and acoustic warning. carefully and react accordingly.
# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-
ble distance from the vehicle in front. Operating
Oper ating Activ
Activee Dist
Distance
ance Assist
Assist DISTR
DISTRONIC
ONIC
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take Requir
equirements:
ements:
evasive action. R The electric parking brake is released.
R ESP® is activated and is not intervening.
204 Driving and parking

# To activat
activatee without
without a stor
stored
ed speed: press # Select J with the le rocker switch.
rocker switch 1 up M or down N, or or
select J with the le rocker switch. # Depress the accelerator pedal brie y and
or rmly.
# To activat
activatee with
with a stor
stored
ed speed: select J The functions of Active Distance Assist
with the le rocker switch. DISTRONIC continue to be carried out.
# Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Deactiv
Deactivating
ating Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist DIS
DISTR
TRONIC
ONIC
The current speed is stored and maintained by
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to
the vehicle.
Adop
dopting
ting a detect
detecteded speed limit Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being
active when you leave the driver's seat
# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.

# If a tra c sign has been detected and is dis-

If you leave the driver's seat while the vehicle
is being braked by Active Distance Assist
played in the instrument cluster: select J DISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll away.
with the le rocker switch.
# Always deactivate Active Distance Assist
# To operat
operatee Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist The maximum permissible speed on the tra c
sign is adopted as the stored speed. The vehi- DISTRONIC and secure the vehicle to
DISTR
DISTRONIC:
ONIC: press the rocker switches on the prevent it from rolling away before you
steering wheel control unit up or down to the cle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in
front, but only up to the stored speed. leave the driver's seat.
desired position.
Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist # Select O with the le rocker switch.
DIS
DISTR
TRONIC
ONIC away with
Pulling away with Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist
DIS
DISTR
TRONIC
ONIC % If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® inter-
# Press the H button.
# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
venes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is
Activ
ctivating
ating Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist DISTR
DISTRONIC
ONIC and remove your foot from the brake pedal. deactivated.
 Driving and parking 205

Increasing or decreasing
Increasing decreasing the
the speed The driven speed is adjusted when the vehicle is System
System limits
# 1 mph (1 km/h): press rocker switch 1 up level with the tra c sign at the latest. In the case The system limits of Tra c Sign Assist apply to
M or down N to the pressure point. of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the the detection of tra c signs (/ page 218).
speed is adapted according to the speed permit- Speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h) are not
or ted within the urban area. The speed limit display automatically adopted by the system as the stored
# 5 mph (10 km/h): press rocker switch 1 up in the Instrument Display is always updated when speed. Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. for a
M or down N beyond the pressure the vehicle is level with the tra c sign. certain time or due to weather conditions) cannot
point. If there is no speed restriction on an unlimited be properly detected by the system. The maxi-
or stretch of road (e.g. on a freeway), the recom- mum permissible speed applying to a vehicle with
# Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed mended speed is automatically adopted as the a trailer is not detected by the system.
and press rocker switch 1 up M. stored speed. The system uses the speed stored Adjust the speed in these situations.
the speci ed dist
Changing the distance
ance to
to tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle in on an unlimited stretch of road as the recommen-
front
front ded speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on & WARNING Risk of accident due to Active
an unlimited stretch of road, the recommended Speed Limit Assist adapting the vehicle's
# To reduce
reduce tthe
he speci ed dist
distance:
ance: press the speed is 80 mph (130 km/h). speed
right rocker switch up (Ñ).
If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put The speed adopted by Active Speed Limit
# To increase
increase tthe
he speci ed dist
distance:
ance: press the into passive mode by pressing the accelerator Assist may be too high or incorrect in some
right rocker switch down (Ò). pedal, only speed limits which are higher than the individual cases, such as:
Function of Activ
Activee Speed Limit Assist set speed are adopted.
R at speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h)
If a change in the speed limit of 12 mph Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize R in wet conditions or in fog
(20 km/h) or more is detected and automatic
adoption of speed limits is activated, the new dangers (/ page 190). R when towing a trailer
speed limit is automatically adopted as the stored
speed (/ page 219).
206 Driving and parking

# Ensure that the driven speed complies R Tra c jams ahead (only with Live Tra c Infor- Speed adaptation is canceled in the following
with tra c regulations. mation ) cases:
% When the toll station is reached, Active Dis- R If the turn signal indicator is switched o
# Adjust the driving speed to suit current
tra c and weather conditions. tance Assist DISTRONIC adopts the speed as before the route event.
the stored speed. R If the driver depresses the accelerator or
Function of rout
route-based
e-based speed adaptation
adaptation Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi- brake pedal during the process.
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa- cator to change lanes is switched on and one of
ted, the vehicle speed will be adapted accordingly System
Syst em limits
the following situations is detected: Route-based speed adaptation does not take right
to the route events ahead. Depending on the drive
R Turning o at intersections of way regulations into account. The driver is
program selected, the vehicle negotiates a route
event ahead in an economical, comfortable or R Driving on slowing-down lanes responsible for complying with road tra c regula-
dynamic manner. When the route event has been tions and driving at a suitable speed.
R Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down
passed, the vehicle accelerates again to the lanes The speed adaptation made by the system may
stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle in not always be suitable, particularly in the following
front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric- The driver is responsible for choosing the right situations:
tions ahead are taken into account. speed and observing other road users. This R The road's course not clearly visible
applies in particular to intersections, roundabouts
You can activate and deactivate route-based R Road narrowing
and tra c lights, as route-based speed adaptation
speed adaptation in the multimedia system
does not brake the vehicle to a standstill. R Varying maximum permissible speeds in indi-
(/ page 207).
When route guidance is active, the rst speed vidual lanes, for example at toll plazas
The following route events are taken into account:
adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn R Wet road surfaces, snow or ice
R Curves signal indicator is switched on, the selected route R When towing a trailer
R T-intersections, roundabouts and toll plazas is con rmed and further speed adjustment is acti-
R Turns and exits vated. In these situations the driver must intervene
accordingly.
 Driving and parking 207

& WARNING Risk of accident in spite of Multimedia system: tems and your responsibility; you may otherwise
route-based speed adaptation 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance fail to recognize dangers (/ page 190).
5 Route-based Speed Active Tra c Jam Assist activates automatically as
Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc-
# Activate or deactivate the function. soon as all of the requirements are met: The ¬
tion or be temporarily unavailable in the fol-
lowing situations: When the function is active, the vehicle speed status display appears in the instrument cluster
is adjusted depending on the route events when the function is active.
R If the driver does not follow the calculated
route ahead. Requirements:
R If map data is not up-to-date or available
% Further information on the route-based speed R You are in a tra c jam on a freeway or high-
adaptation (/ page 206). speed major road.
R In the event of roadworks
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated
R In bad weather or road conditions Function of Activ
Activee Tr
Traa c Jam Assist
Active Tra c Jam Assist helps you when in tra c and active (/ page 203).
R If the accelerator pedal is depressed R Active Brake Assist is available (/ page 214).
jams on multi-lane roads with separate roadways
R In the event of electronically displayed by automatically pulling away within 60 seconds R Active Steering Assist is activated and active
speed limitations and with moderate steering maneuvers. It orients (/ page 211).
itself using the vehicle in front and lane markings.
# Adapt the speed to the tra c situation. Active Tra c Jam Assist automatically maintains a
R Active Tra c Jam Assist is activated

safe distance from the vehicle in front and vehi- (/ page 208).
Setting
Setting rout
route-based
e-based speed adapt
adaptation
ation cles cutting in. R You are traveling no faster than 35 mph
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: Active Tra c Jam Assist requires you, as the (60 km/h).
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa- driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel System
System limits
ted. at all times so that you are able to intervene at The system limitations of Active Distance Assist
R ECO Assist is active. any time to correct the course of the vehicle and DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to
keep it in lane. Observe the notes on driving sys- Active Tra c Jam Assist.
208 Driving and parking

Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating A
Activ
ctivee Tr
Traa c Jam Assist sage then appears in the multifunction display. Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating DSR (v
(vehicles
ehicles wit
withh O -
Multimedia system: The status indicator in the multifunction display road pack
packag
agee or E-Activ
E-Activee Body Control)
Control)
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access disappears. You also hear a warning tone.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
# Select ¬. Notes on DSR R You are driving at 24 mph (40 km/h) or
slower.
& WARNING Risk of skidding and accident If the current vehicle speed is too high, the
DSR (Downhill
(Downhill Speed R
Regulation)
egulation) when DSR is activated on slippery road Max. Speed 24 mph message appears in the
Function of DSR (Downhill
(Downhill Speed Regulation)
Regulation) surfaces multifunction display.
DSR is an aid to assist you when driving downhill. If the driven speed and the target speed di er, R You have not selected drive program C or
It keeps the speed of travel at the selected target the wheels may lose traction.
speed. The steeper the downhill gradient, the B.
# Take into account the road surface and
greater the DSR braking e ect on the vehicle. On R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
at stretches of road and uphill gradients, the the di erence between the driving speed ted.
DSR brakes the vehicle minimally or not at all. and target speed before activating DSR.
When DSR is activated and the transmission is in Observe the notes on driving systems and your
position h, k or i, DSR controls the driving responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
speed. The target speed can be set to a value dangers (/ page 190).
between 1 mph (2 km/h) and 11 mph (18 km/h).
By braking or accelerating, you can drive at a You are always responsible for keeping control of
higher or lower speed than the target speed at the vehicle and for assessing whether the downhill
any time. gradient can be negotiated. Depending on road
surface and tires, DSR may not always be able to
DSR is deactivated automatically if you drive at keep to the target speed. Select a target speed
speeds greater than 28 mph (45 km/h) or select suitable for the environmental conditions and also
drive program C or B. The î Off mes- apply the brakes yourself if required.
 Driving and parking 209

Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating DSR (Downhill
(Downhill Speed the targe
Changing the targett speed
Regulation) (vehicles
(vehicles wit
without
hout O -r
-road
oad pack
packag
age)
e)
Requir
equirements:
ements:
R You are driving at 24.8 mph (40 km/h) or
slower.
If the current vehicle speed is too high, the
Max. Speed 24 mph message appears in the
multifunction display.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
ted.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings
5 Schnellzugriff (Quick access)

# Select î DSR.
# To activat
activate:
e: pull rocker switch 1.
The î DSRsymbol appears in the multi-
Indicator lamp 2 lights up.
function display when the function is activa- # To incr
increase/r
ease/reduce
educe the
the targe
targett speed: press
The î symbol appears in the multifunction ted. rocker switch 1 up M or down N to
display. % When you switch to the G drive program, the point of resistance.
# To deactivat
deactivate:
e: pull rocker switch 1. the function is automatically activated. The selected target speed increases or
Indicator lamp 2 and the î symbol go decreases by 1 mph (1 km/h) and appears
out. along with the î symbol in the multifunc-
tion display.
210 Driving and parking

Activ
ctivee Steer
Steering
ing Assist R Ø (red): system limits detected
Function of Activ
Activee St
Steer
eering
ing Assist R Ø (white, red hands): "hands on the steer-
Active Steering Assist is only available up to a ing wheel" prompt
speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). The system helps % During the transition from active to passive
you to stay in the center of the lane by means of status, the Ø symbol is shown as enlarged
moderate steering interventions. Depending on
and ashing. Once the system is passive, the
the speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the
Ø symbol is shown as gray in the Instru-
vehicles ahead and lane markings as a reference.
ment Display.
% Depending on the country, in the lower speed
% Depending on the selected vehicle settings,
range Active Steering Assist can use the sur-
rounding tra c as a reference. If necessary, Active Steering Assist may be unavailable. If the system detects that the driver has not
Active Steering Assist can then also provide steered the vehicle for a considerable period of
Steer
eering
ing and touc
touchh detection
detection time or has removed their hands from the steering
assistance when driving away from the center The driver is required to keep their hands on the
of the lane, for example, to form a rescue wheel, display 1 appears. If the driver still does
steering wheel at all times and be able to inter- not steer the vehicle, a warning tone sounds in
lane. vene at any time to correct the course of the vehi- addition to the visual warning message.
If the detection of lane markings and vehicles cle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect a
ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches change from active to passive mode or vice versa If the driver does not react to the warning for a
to passive mode. The system provides no support at any time. considerable period, the system can initiate an
in this case. emergency stop (/ page 212).
The warning is not issued or is stopped when the
Status
Status displa
displayy of Activ
Activee Steer
Steering
ing Assist
Assist in the
the driver gives con rmation to the system:
Instr
Instrument
ument Display
R The driver steers the vehicle.
R Ø (gray): activated and passive
R Ø (green): activated and active
 Driving and parking 211

R the country:
Depending on the country: the driver presses R The windshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged or & WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
a steering wheel button or operates Touch covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. by a ing Assist unexpectedly stops functioning
Control sticker.
R No, or several, unclear lane markings are pres- If the system limits of Active Steering Assist
If Active Steering Assist detects that a system are reached there is no guarantee that the
limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued ent for one lane, or the markings change
quickly, for example, in a construction area or system will remain active or will keep the vehi-
and a warning tone sounds. cle in lane.
intersections.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your # Always keep your hands on the steering
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize R The lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-
ered up, e.g. by dirt or snow. wheel and observe the tra c carefully.
dangers (/ page 190). # Always steer the vehicle paying attention
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too
System
System limits short and thus the lane markings cannot be to tra c conditions.
Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor- detected.
que for lateral guidance. In some cases, the steer- & WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
ing intervention is not su cient to keep the vehi- R The road is narrow and winding.
ing Assist unexpectedly intervenes
cle in the lane or to drive through exits. R There are obstacles on the lane or projecting
out into the lane, such as object markers. The detection of lane markings and objects
The system may be impaired or may not function may malfunction and cause unexpected steer-
in the following instances: The system does not provide assistance in the fol- ing interventions.
R There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain, lowing conditions: # Steer according to tra c conditions.
fog, heavy spray, greatly varying ambient light R On tight curves and when turning.
or strong shadows on the road. Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating A
Activ
ctivee St
Steer
eering
ing Assist
R When crossing intersections.
R There is glare, e.g. from oncoming tra c,
R At roundabouts or toll stations. Requir
equirements:
ements:
direct sunlight or re ections.
R When towing a trailer. R ESP® is activated, but is not intervening.
R Insu cient road illumination.
R When the tire pressure is too low.
212 Driving and parking

R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa- tone sounds in addition to the visual warning mes- R Braking or accelerating
ted. sage. R Deactivating Active Distance Assist
Multimedia system: If the driver still does not respond to the warning, DISTRONIC
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access
the Beginning Emergency Stop message appears
in the Instrument Display. If the driver still does Activ
ctivee Lane Change
Change Assist
# Select a Steering Assist. not respond, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
reduces the speed. The vehicle is decelerated in Function of A Activ
ctivee Lane Chang
Changee Assist
Function of Activ
Activee Emerg
Emergency
ency Stop
Stop Assist stages to a standstill. Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver
Depending on the country, at speeds below when changing lanes by applying steering torque
40 mph (60 km/h) the hazard warning lights if the driver activates a turn signal indicator.
switch on automatically. Observe the notes on driving systems and your
When the vehicle is stationary, the following responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
actions are carried out: dangers (/ page 190).
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park- Assistance when changing lanes is provided if all
ing brake. the following conditions are met:
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is ended. R You are driving on a freeway or road with mul-
tiple lanes in the direction of travel.
R The vehicle is unlocked.
R The neighboring lane is separated by a broken
R If possible, an emergency call is placed to the
If the system detects that the driver has not lane marking.
Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.
steered the vehicle for a considerable period of R No vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane.
time or has removed their hands from the steering The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time R The vehicle speed is between 50 mph
wheel, display 1 appears in the Instrument Dis- by performing one of the following actions: (80 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h).
play. If the driver still does not steer the vehicle, R Steering
or gives no con rmation to the system, a warning
 Driving and parking 213

R Active Lane Change Assist is switched on in only possible on freeway sections without speed & WARNING Risk of accident if Lane Change
the multimedia system. limits. Assist unexpectedly stops functioning
R Active Steering Assist is activated and active. If the system is impaired, Active Lane Change
Assist may be canceled. If it is canceled, the If the system limitations for Lane Change
If no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane and a Lane Change Canceled message appears in the Assist have been reached, there is no guaran-
lane change is permitted, the lane change begins tee that the system will remain active.
Instrument Display.
a er the driver has activated the turn signal indi- Lane Change Assist cannot then assist you by
cator. This is shown to the driver with a green In addition, a warning tone may sound, depending
applying steering torque.
arrow next to the ± steering wheel symbol. on the situation.
# Always monitor the lane change and
The Lane Change to the Left message, for exam-
& WARNING Risk of accident when changing keep your hands on the steering wheel.
ple, also appears. If Active Lane Change Assist Observe the tra c conditions and steer
has been activated with the turn signal indicator lane to an occupied adjacent lane
and/or brake if necessary.
but a lane change is not immediately possible, a Lane Change Assist cannot always clearly
gray arrow appears next to the ± steering detect if the adjacent lane is free. System limits
System
wheel symbol, which remains green. The lane change might be initiated although The system limitations of Active Steering Assist
When lane change assistance starts, the turn sig- the adjacent lane is not free. apply to Active Lane Change Assist
nal indicator is automatically activated along with # Before changing lanes, make sure that (/ page 210).
the display in the Instrument Display. the neighboring lane is free and there is The system may also be impaired or may not func-
If the assistance graphic is shown when changing no danger to other road users. tion in the following situations:
lanes, an additional arrow appears in it pointing # Monitor the lane change. R The sensors in the rear bumper are dirty, dam-
towards the adjacent lane (/ page 200). aged or covered by a sticker or ice and snow,
If a lane change is not possible, the arrow is faded for example.
out a er a few seconds and a new lane change R The exterior lighting shows a malfunction.
must be initiated. An immediate lane change is
214 Driving and parking

% The Active Lane Change Assist sensors adjust R Vehicles with

with Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance P
Pack
ackag
age:
e: Eva- occurs. The brake pressure increases up to maxi-
automatically while a certain distance is being sive Steering Assist and cornering function mum full-stop braking if necessary.
driven a er the vehicle has been delivered. Observe the notes on driving systems and your
Active Lane Change Assist is unavailable or Active Brake Assist can help you to minimize the
risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes- responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
only partially available during this teach-in dangers (/ page 190).
process; no arrow appears next to the Ø trians or to reduce the e ects of such a collision.
Active Steering Assist symbol when the turn If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli-
signal indicator is activated. sion, a warning tone sounds and the L dis-
tance warning lamp lights up in the instrument
Selecting Activ
Activee Lane Change
Change Assist cluster.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: depending on the coun-
with PRE-SAFE
try, an additional haptic warning occurs in the
5 Active Lane Change Assist
form of slight, repeated tensioning of the seat
# Select the function. belt.
If you do not react to the warning, autonomous
Activ
ctivee Brak
Brakee Assist braking can be initiated in critical situations.
If autonomous braking or situation-dependent
Function of Activ
Activee Br
Brak
akee Assist In especially critical situations, Active Brake Assist braking assistance has occurred, display 1
can initiate autonomous braking directly. In this appears in the Instrument Display and then auto-
Active Brake Assist consists of the following func- case, the warning lamp and warning tone occur
tions: matically goes out a er a short time.
simultaneously with the braking application.
R Distance warning function If the autonomous braking function or the situa-
If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situa- tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,
R Autonomous braking function tion or apply the brake during autonomous brak- additional preventive measures for occupant pro-
R Situation-dependent braking assistance ing, situation-dependent braking assistance
tection (PRE-SAFE®) may also be initiated.
 Driving and parking 215

& WARNING Risk of an accident caused by The individual subfunctions ar aree av

available
ailable in vvar
ari-i- R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
limited detection performance of Active ous speed rrang
anges:
es: (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi-
Brake Assist The distance warning function can issue a warn- cles, moving pedestrians, and cyclists ahead
ing in the following situations: R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden- (60 km/h) when approaching crossing cyclists
tify objects and complex tra c situations. R From approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), if your
vehicle is critically close to a vehicle, cyclist or Distance
Dist ance war
warning
ning function (vehicles
(vehicles with
with Driving
Driving
In such cases, Active Brake Assist might: pedestrian, you will hear an intermittent warn-
R Give a warning or brake without reason
Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age)
e)
ing tone and the L distance warning lamp
R Not give a warning or not brake lights up in the instrument cluster. The distance warning function can aid you in the
following situations with an intermittent warning
Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is Vehicles wit PRE-SAFE®: depending on the
withh PRE-SAFE tone and a warning lamp:
responsible for maintaining a su ciently safe country, an additional haptic warning occurs R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speed in the form of slight, repeated tensioning of (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
and for braking in good time. the seat belt.
R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph
# Always pay careful attention to the tra c Brake immediately or take evasive action, provi- (100 km/h) when approaching stationary
situation; do not rely on Active Brake ded it is safe to do so and the tra c situation vehicles
Assist alone. allows this. R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces- (80 km/h) when approaching moving pedes-
Distance
Distance war
warning
ning function (vehicles
(vehicles without
without Driv-
Driv-
sary. ing Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age)
e) trians and cyclists ahead
The distance warning function can aid you in the R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph
Also observe the system limits of Active Brake
following situations with an intermittent warning (70 km/h) when approaching stationary
Assist.
tone and a warning lamp: pedestrians, crossing vehicles and stationary
R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph and crossing cyclists
(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
216 Driving and parking

Aut
utonomous
onomous braking
braking function (vehicles
(vehicles without
without R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph braking
Situation-dependent br aking assistance
assistance (vehicles
(vehicles
Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance PPack
ackag
age)
e) (100 km/h) when approaching stationary with
with Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packagage)
e)
If the vehicle is traveling at speeds above approx- vehicles The situation-dependent braking assistance can
imately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph
function may intervene in the following situations: (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead (7 km/h) in the following situations:
R at speeds up to approximately 124 mph R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
(200 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead (70 km/h) when approaching stationary and (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles and sta- R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph
(80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead tionary and crossing cyclists (100 km/h) when approaching stationary
R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph Situation-dependent braking
braking assistance
assistance (vehicles
(vehicles vehicles
(60 km/h) when approaching moving pedes- without
without Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance P
Pack
ackag
age)
e) R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
trians and crossing cyclists The situation-dependent braking assistance can (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
R at speeds up to approximately 31 mph intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph
(50 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi- (7 km/h) in the following situations: (60 km/h) when approaching stationary and
cles R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and
(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead stationary and crossing cyclists
Aut
utonomous
onomous braking
braking function (vehicles
(vehicles wit
withh Dr
Driv-
iv-
Assistance P
ing Assistance Pack
ackag
age)
e) R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph brak
Canceling a br akee application of Activ
Activee Br
Brake
ake
If the vehicle is traveling at speeds above approx- (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi- Assist
imately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking cles and vehicles ahead You can cancel a brake application of Active
function may intervene in the following situations: R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph Brake Assist at any time by:
R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph (60 km/h) when approaching moving pedes- R sharply depressing the accelerator pedal or
(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead trians and crossing cyclists with kickdown
R releasing the brake pedal
 Driving and parking 217

Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica- You can prevent the assistance at any time by # End the support by actively steering in
tion when one of the following conditions is ful l- actively steering. non-critical situations.
led:
Corner
Cornering
ing function (only
(only vehicles
vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving # Drive at an appropriate speed if there
R You maneuver to avoid the obstacle
Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age)
e) are pedestrians close to the path of your
R There is no longer a risk of collision If the system detects a risk of a collision with an vehicle.
R An obstacle is no longer detected in front of oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncom-
your vehicle ing lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at System
Syst em limits
speeds below 9 mph (15 km/h) before you have Full system performance is not yet available for a
Evasiv
Evasivee St
Steer
eering
ing Assis
Assistt (only
(only vvehicles
ehicles with
with Driving
Driving le the lane in which you are driving. few seconds a er switching on the vehicle or a er
Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packagage)
e) driving o .
Evasive Steering Assist has the following charac- & WARNING Risk of accident despite Eva- If Active Brake Assist is impaired or inoperative
teristics: sive Steering Assist due to a malfunction, the Ä warning lamp
R The ability to detect stationary or moving Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recog- appears in the Instrument Display.
pedestrians. nize objects or complex tra c situations The system may be impaired or may not function,
R Assistance through power-assisted steering if clearly. particularly in the following situations:
it detects a swerving maneuver. Moreover, the steering support provided by R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
R Activation by an abrupt steering movement Evasive Steering Assist is not su cient to in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient
during a swerving maneuver. avoid a collision. light.
# Always pay careful attention to the tra c R If the sensors are dirty, fogged up, damaged or
R Assistance during swerving and straightening
of the vehicle. situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering covered.
Assist alone. R If the sensors are impaired due to interference
R Reaction from a speed of approximately
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces- from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar
12 mph (20 km/h) up to a speed of approx-
imately 43 mph (70 km/h). sary. re ections in a parking garage.
218 Driving and parking

R If a loss of tire pressure or a malfunctioning Activ

ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating Activ
Activee Br
Brak
akee Assist Tra c Sign Assist
tire has been detected and displayed.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: Function of Tra
Tra c Sign Assist
R If DSR is active. R The vehicle is switched on. Tra c Sign Assist detects tra c signs with the
R In complex tra c situations where objects multifunction camera (/ page 190). It assists
cannot always be clearly identi ed. Multimedia system: you by displaying detected speed limits and over-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance taking restrictions in the Instrument Display.
R If pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into
5 Active Brake Assist
the sensor detection range. Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R If pedestrians are hidden by other objects. # Select the desired setting. responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
The setting is retained when the drive system dangers (/ page 190).
R If the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be is next started.
distinguished from the background. Since Tra c Sign Assist also uses the data stored
Deactiv
Deactivating
ating AActiv
ctivee Br
Brak
akee Assist in the navigation system, it can update the display
R If a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g. in the following situations without detecting tra c
due to special clothing or other objects. % It is recommended that you always leave signs.
R If the driver's seat belt is not fastened. Active Brake Assist activated.
The camera also detects tra c signs with a
# Select Off.
R On curves with a tight radius. restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g.
The distance warning function, the autono- when wet). These are only displayed if a restric-
% The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust auto- mous braking function and Evasive Steering tion applies or if the system cannot clearly deter-
matically while a certain distance is being Assist are deactivated. mine whether the restriction applies.
driven a er the vehicle has been delivered. When the vehicle is next started, the middle
Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only par- setting is automatically selected. War
arning
ning when tthe
he maximum permissible
permissible speed is
tially available during the teach-in process. ex
exceeded
ceeded
% If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æ The system can warn you if you unintentionally
symbol appears in the status bar of the Instru- exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do
ment Display. this, you can specify in the multimedia system by
how much the maximum permissible speed can
 Driving and parking 219

be exceeded before a warning is issued. You can displayed in the media display and optionally R If the windshield in the area of the multifunc-
specify whether the warning is to be just a visual in the Head-up Display. tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is fogged
warning or an acoustic one as well. If Tra c Sign Assist cannot determine the maxi- up, damaged or covered.
Displa
Displayy in the
the Instr
Instrument
ument Display mum permissible speed (e.g. due to missing R If the tra c signs are hard to detect, e.g. due
signs), the following display appears in the Instru- to dirt, snow or insu cient lighting, or
ment Display: because they are covered.
R If the information in the navigation system's
digital map is incorrect or out-of-date.
R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
works or in adjacent lanes.
This is displayed continuously if the vehicle is in a R If you turn sharply when passing tra c signs
country where Tra c Sign Assist is not supported. outside the camera's eld of vision.
Tra c Sign Assist is not available in all countries.
% Also observe the information on display mes- Setting
Setting Tra
Tra c Sign Assist
sages in Tra c Sign Assist (/ page 402). Requir
equirements:
ements:
Instrument Display in the Widescreen Cockpit
1 Maximum permissible speed System limits
System R Only
Only vehicles
vehicles wit
withh Driving
Driving Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age:
e:
2 Maximum permissible speed when there is a The system may be impaired or may not function Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and ECO
restriction particularly in the following situations: Assist must be activated for the automatic
3 Additional sign with restriction R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insu cient
adoption of speed limits.
% Vehicles with
with a st
standar
andardd Instr
Instrument
ument Display:
Display: illumination of the road, highly variable shade
A + symbol next to a tra c sign in the Instru- conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
ment Display indicates that additional tra c R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming tra c,
signs have been detected. These can also be direct sunlight or re ections.
220 Driving and parking

Multimedia system: Displaying detect

Displaying detected
ed tra
tra c signs in the
the media dis- # Keep the actual tra c situation con-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance play stantly in view when approaching a traf-
5 Traffic Sign Assist # Select Display in Central Display. fic light and when changing lanes.
Activating
ctivating or deactivating
deactivating aut
automatic
omatic adop
adoption
tion of
# Switch the function on or o . # Avoid looking at the Instrument Display
speed limits (onl
(onlyy vehicles
vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving Assistance
Assistance and Head-up Display for a long time.
Setting the
Setting the type of war
warning
ning
Pack
ackag
age)
e) # Select Visual & Audible, Visual or Off. The Instrument Display and Head-up Display (if
# Select Limit Adoption.
available) show the tra c light icon and remaining
# Switch the function on or o .
Setting the
Setting the war
warning
ning tthr
hreshold
eshold time 1 until the next green phase as a countdown.
This value determines the speed at which a warn-
The speed limits detected by Tra c Sign
ing is issued when exceeded.
Assist are automatically adopted by Active
# Select Warning Threshold.
Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
% If one of the following systems is activated, # Set the desired speed.

the detected speed can be manually adopted

as the speed limit: Tra c Light Infor
Information
mation service
ser vice
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
R Cruise control & WARNING Risk of an accident or injury
R Variable limiter
due to distraction, incorrect or missing
data
Further information about Active Distance The tra c light information display is an aid Example representation in the Instrument Display
Assist DISTRONIC: (/ page 203). and cannot replace the observation of the The display is hidden about ve seconds before
actual driving situation. the tra c lights change to green.
 Driving and parking 221

% The display also goes out in the following If you do not want to transmit the vehicle R The navigation services option is available,
cases: positions and driving directions, you have the subscribed to and activated in the Mercedes
R When turning o before the intersection following options: me Portal.
into a cross or side street R You deactivate the service in the R The tra c light data service belongs to the
R When turning before the intersection Mercedes me portal. scope of the navigation services.
% The direction arrows are displayed depending R You have the service deactivated at an
The current vehicle position and the direction of
on the following functions: authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. travel are transmitted via the communication
R A turn signal is set R You deactivate the service in the Assis- module and aligned with the data from the tra c
tance menu in the multimedia system light data service provider. The provider gathers
R A lane is recommended during active
(/ page 222). data from tra c lights which transmit their chang-
route guidance ing phases. When the vehicle approaches an inter-
% This tra c light information service is only
If neither function is active, the remaining available in certain cities and regions. section with networked tra c lights, data is trans-
time until the next green phase for the lane mitted to the vehicle.
The function is supported under the following con-
straight ahead is displayed. A set turn signal le or right and lane recommen-
ditions:
% Use of the tra c light information service dations during active route guidance are taken
R The vehicle is equipped with a multimedia sys-
requires the regular transmission of vehicle into account for the display.
tem featuring navigation and a communication
positions and driving directions to Mercedes- The service is for information purposes only and is
module with an activated, integrated SIM card.
Benz. The data is immediately anonymized by not linked to any other vehicle functions, systems
Mercedes-Benz and forwarded to the provider R You have a user account for the Mercedes me
or components. Please note that the displayed
of the tra c light information service. The Portal. data is not available in all tra c areas and may be
vehicle positions and driving directions are R The vehicle has been connected with the user incorrect.
deleted a er a very short time (a few sec- account. Certain light signal systems automatically adapt
onds) and are not permanently saved. their switching times to the current tra c situa-
222 Driving and parking

tion. This can lead to a sudden change in the R Emergency vehicles or local public transport Blind Spot
Spot Assis
Assistt and Activ
Activee Blind Spot
Spot Assist
Assist with
countdown display. are located in the vicinity of the intersection. exit w
war
arning
ning
The information in the Instrument Display is R The data transmission from the vehicle has Function of Blind SpoSpott Assist
Assist and A
Activ
ctivee Blind
shown a er selecting the display contents in the been interrupted. Spott Assist
Spo Assist wit
withh exit
exit war
warning
ning
Assistance menu. If another menu is selected, the R The tra c light systems are located in a con- Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use
tra c light countdown is not displayed. struction site area or are undergoing mainte- two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor
Also observe the following information: nance. the area up to 130 (40 m) behind and 10
R select a speed adapted to the tra c, sur- R The light signal system is malfunctioning. (3 m) next to your vehicle.
roundings and weather conditions R The subscription to the service has expired. If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approx-
R observe actual tra c signs imately 8 mph (12 km/h) and this vehicle subse-
quently enters the monitoring range directly next
R observe applicable tra c rules and regula- Switching
Switching tthe
he tr
traa c light infor
information
mation display
display on to your vehicle, the warning lamp in the outside
tions or o mirror lights up red.
Please observe the notes on driving systems and Multimedia system: Permanent status display in the instrument clus-
your responsibility. You could otherwise fail to rec- 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance ter:
ognize dangers. R ¸ (gray): system is activated but inopera-
# Switch Traffic Light Information on D or
Syst
System
em limits o E. tive
The display does not appear in the following situa- R ¸ (green): system is activated and opera-
tions, for example: tional
R There is no tra c light data available. If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and
R The time remaining until the next green phase you switch on the turn signal indicator in the cor-
is less than ten seconds. responding direction, a double warning tone
sounds and the red warning lamp in the outside
 Driving and parking 223

mirror ashes. If the turn signal indicator remains approaching vehicles when leaving the vehicle The exit warning is no longer available once the
switched on, all other detected vehicles are indi- when stationary. warning lamp in the outside mirror ashes three
cated only by the ashing of the red warning times.
lamp. & WARNING Risk of accident despite exit The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-
If you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning is warning tute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The
given. The exit warning neither reacts to stationary responsibility for opening and closing the doors
objects nor to persons or road users and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi-
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Blind approaching you at a greatly di ering speed. cle occupants.
Spot Assist The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these System
System limits
Blind Spot Assist does not react to vehicles situations. Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may
approaching and overtaking you at a greatly # Always pay particular attention to the be limited in the following situations, in particular:
di erent speed. tra c situation when opening the doors R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
Blind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in this and make sure there is su cient clear- are obscured
situation. ance.
R in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
# Always pay careful attention to the tra c
If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is snow
situation and maintain a safe distance at
the side of the vehicle. indicated in the outside mirror. If a vehicle occu- R if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or
pant opens the door on the side with the warning, motorbikes
Observe the notes on driving systems and your a warning tone sounds and the warning lamp in R if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize the outside mirror starts to ash.
R if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their
dangers (/ page 190). This additional function is only available when lane
Blind Spot Assist is active. When the exit warning
Exit w
war
arning
ning is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up Warnings may be issued in error when driving
The exit warning is an additional function of Blind to three minutes a er switching the vehicle o . close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane
Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about
224 Driving and parking

borders. Always make sure that there is su cient ing brake application is carried out. This is
distance to the side for other tra c or obstacles. designed to help you avoid a collision.
Warnings may be interrupted when driving along- The course-correcting brake application is availa-
side long vehicles, for example trucks, for a pro- ble in the speed range between approximately
longed time. 20 mph (30 km/h) and 125 mph (200 km/h).
Blind Spot Assist is not operational when reverse
gear is engaged. & WARNING Risk of accident despite brake
application of Active Blind Spot Assist
Blind Spot Assist and the exit warning are not
operational when a trailer is coupled to the vehi- A course-correcting brake application cannot
cle and the electrical connection has been cor- always prevent a collision.
If a course-correcting brake application occurs,
rectly established. # Always steer, brake or accelerate your-
the red warning lamp ashes in the outside mirror
The exit warning may be limited in the following self, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist and a warning tone sounds. In addition, display
situations: warns you or makes a course-correcting 1 indicating the danger of a side collision
R when the sensors are covered by adjacent
brake application. appears in the Instrument Display.
vehicles in narrow parking spaces # Always maintain a safe distance at the
In rare cases, the system may make an inappro-
R when people approach the vehicle
sides. priate brake application. This brake application
R in the event of stationary or slowly moving may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly
objects in the opposite direction or accelerate.

Function of brak
brakee application (Activ
(Activee Blind Spot System
System limits
Assis
Assist)
t) Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side Assist; you may otherwise not recognize the dan-
impact in the monitoring range, a course-correct- gers (/ page 222).
 Driving and parking 225

Either a course-correcting brake application or The status of Active Lane Keeping Assist is dis-
appropriate to the driving situation, or none at all, # Activate or deactivate Act. Blind Spot Assist. played in the on-board computer:
may occur in the following situations: R Ã (green): Active Lane Keeping Assist is
R Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are active and operating.
Active
ctive Lane K
Keeping
eeping Assist
located on both sides of your vehicle. R Ã (gray): Active Lane Keeping Assist is
R A vehicle approaches too closely on the side. Function of Activ
Activee Lane Keeping
Keeping Assist active but not operating.
R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in
R ·: Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactiva-
front of your vehicle by means of the multifunction
high cornering speeds. camera (/ page 190). It serves to protect you ted or there is a malfunction.
R You brake or accelerate signi cantly. against unintentionally leaving your lane. You will
R A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP® be warned by vibration pulses in the steering
or Active Brake Assist. wheel and guided by a course-correcting brake
R ESP® is deactivated.
application back into your lane.
Active Lane Keeping Assist is available in the
R A loss of tire pressure or a malfunctioning tire
speed range between 37 mph (60 km/h) and
is detected. 124 mph (200 km/h).
R You are driving with a trailer and the electrical
Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the
connection to the trailer hitch has been cor- risk of an accident if you fail to adapt your driving
rectly established. style nor override the laws of physics. It cannot
Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating Blind Spot
Spot Assist
Assist or take into account road, weather or tra c condi- If a lane-correcting brake application occurs, dis-
Activ
ctivee Blind Spot
Spot Assist tions. Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid. play 1 appears in the Instrument Display.
Multimedia system: You are responsible for maintaining a safe dis- The system does not apply the brake if you acti-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance tance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for vate the turn signal indicator.
braking in good time and for staying in lane.
# Activate or deactivate Blind Spot Assist.
226 Driving and parking

Vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e: if the to your vehicle were detected in the adjacent R If a loss of tire pressure or a faulty tire is
system detects an obstacle, such as another vehi- lane. The front wheel drives over the lane detected and displayed.
cle in the adjacent lane, it will apply the brake marking.
regardless of the turn signal indicator. If you deactivate the Active Lane Keeping Assist
% A brake application may be interrupted at any warning and the lane markings cannot be clearly
You are warned by vibrations in the steering wheel time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc- detected, it is possible that no lane-correcting
in the following circumstances: tion. brake application takes place (/ page 227).
R Active Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane
System
System limits The system may be impaired or may not function
marking. particularly in the following situations:
R A front wheel drives over this lane marking. No lane-correcting brake application occurs in the
following situations: R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insu cient
Conditions ffor
or a course-corr
course-correcting
ecting br
brak
akee applica- illumination of the road, highly variable shade
R You clearly and actively steer, brake or accel-
tion (vehicles
(vehicles without
without Driving
Driving Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age)
e) conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
erate.
Lane markings were detected on both sides of the R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming tra c, the
R If a driving safety system intervenes, such as
lane. The front wheel drives over a continuous sun or re ections.
lane marking. ESP®, Active Brake Assist or Active Blind Spot
R If the windshield in the area of the multifunc-
Assist.
% A brake application may be interrupted at any tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is fogged
R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc- up, damaged or covered.
tion. high cornering speeds or high rates of acceler-
R If there are no lane markings, or several
ation.
for a course-corr
Conditions for course-correcting
ecting brak
brakee applica- unclear lane markings are present for one
R When ESP® is deactivated.
tion (v
(vehicles
ehicles with
with Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance PPack
ackag
age)
e) lane, e.g. around roadworks.
R A continuous lane marking was detected and R When driving with a trailer, the electrical con- R If the lane markings are worn, dark or cov-
driven over with the front wheel. nection to the trailer has been correctly estab- ered.
R A lane marking and an approaching vehicle, an
lished.
overtaking vehicle or vehicles driving parallel
 Driving and parking 227

R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too Setting Activ

Setting Activee Lane Keeping
Keeping Assist to reduce fuel consumption. You also have the
short and thus the lane markings cannot be Multimedia system: option of manually adjusting the vehicle level.
detected. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance AIRMATIC is comprised of the following functions
R If the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanes 5 Active Lane Keeping Assist and components:
branch o , cross one another or merge. R Air suspension with automatic level control
Activ
ctivating
ating or deactivating
deactivating tthe
he haptic
haptic war
warning
ning
R If the road is very narrow and winding. R Speed-dependent lowering
# Select Warning.
R Vehicles with
with Dr
Driving
iving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e: if Activate or deactivate the function. R Manually selectable high level setting for
the radar sensors in the rear bumper are dirty greater ground clearance which can be adjus-
or covered in snow and an obstacle is detec- ted using a level button
ted in your lane, no lane-correcting brake AIRMATIC
AIRMATIC
R ADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping System with
application takes place. Function of AIRMATIC
AIRMATIC constant adjustment of damping characteris-
Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating A
Activ
ctivee Lane Keeping
Keeping tics)
Assist * NO
NOTE
TE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Multimedia system: Suspension setting
setting and vehicle
vehicle lev
level
el per dr
driv
ivee pro-
pro-
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. gram
gram
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access You could otherwise fail to recognize
5 Active Lane Keeping Assist dangers. Drive program A and ;:
R The suspension setting is comfortable.
# Activate or deactivate the function.
AIRMATIC is an air suspension system with varia- R The vehicle is set to the normal level.
ble damping for improved driving comfort and R When driving at speeds above approximately
vehicle dynamics. The all-round level control sys-
87 mph (140 km/h), the vehicle is lowered.
tem ensures the best possible suspension and
constant ground clearance, even with a laden R When driving at speeds below approximately
vehicle. When driving at speed, the vehicle is low- 25 mph (40 km/h), the vehicle is raised again.
ered automatically to improve driving safety and
228 Driving and parking

Drive program C: R When driving at speeds above approximately erences

Di er ences betw
between
een di er
erent
ent vehicle levels
levels com-
R The suspension setting is rmer. 71 mph (115 km/h), the vehicle is lowered. par
pared
ed to
to tthe
he normal
normal lev
level
el
R The vehicle is lowered to sport level. R When driving at speeds below approximately Vehicle Vehicles wit
with-
h- Vehicles with
47 mph (75 km/h), the vehicle is raised. level
level out O -road
-road O -r
-road
oad pack-
Drive program B: package
pack age age
Drive program G (vehicles with O -road pack-
R The suspension setting is even rmer.
age): Car wash Approx. Approx. +3.5 in
R The vehicle is lowered to Sport + level. R The suspension setting is suitable for di cult +3.5 in (+90 mm)
Drive program F (vehicles without O -road o -road terrain. (+90 mm)
package): R The vehicle is set to o -road level +1. O -road Unavailable Approx. +3.5 in
R The suspension setting is suitable for easily R When driving at speeds above approximately level +3 (+90 mm)
negotiable o -road terrain. 50 mph (80 km/h), the vehicle is lowered.
O -road Unavailable Approx. +2.4 in
R The vehicle is set to o -road level +1. R When driving at speeds below approximately
level +2 (+60 mm)
R When driving at speeds above approximately 28 mph (45 km/h), the vehicle is raised.
50 mph (80 km/h), the vehicle is lowered. O -road +2.4 in Approx. +1.2 in
Individual suspension settings can be called up in level +1 (+60 mm) (+30 mm)
R When driving at speeds below approximately drive program = (/ page 173).
28 mph (45 km/h), the vehicle is raised. Sport Approx. -0.6 in Approx. -0.6 in
Drive program F (vehicles with O -road pack- (-15 mm) (-15 mm)
age): Sport + Approx. -1.0 in Approx. -1.0 in
R The suspension setting is suitable for easily (-25 mm) (-25 mm)
negotiable o -road terrain.
If the entry/exit level function is activated, the
R The vehicle is set to o -road level +1.
vehicle is lowered to the Sport + level to facilitate
 Driving and parking 229

entering/exiting the vehicle. When driving at Setting

Setting the
the vehicle
vehicle level
level (v
(vehicles
ehicles with
with AIRMATIC)
AIRMATIC) & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
speeds of approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) or to the vehicle lowering
above, the entry/exit level is deactivated and the & WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-
vehicle is raised (/ page 232). cle level is too high Vehicles with
with AIRMATIC
AIRMATIC or level
level contr
control:
ol: when
you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the
Operation
Operation wit
withh a trailer
trailer or bicycle
bicycle rack
rack Driving characteristics may be impaired. vehicle rst rises slightly and then returns to
If transport equipment, for example a trailer or The vehicle can dri outwards, for example, the set level shortly a erwards.
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch and when steering or cornering. You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
the electrical connection has been correctly # Choose a vehicle level which is suited to arches or the underbody could thus become
established: the driving style and the road surface trapped.
R In drive program F and G, the vehicle conditions. The vehicle can also be lowered a er being
adopts the normal level starting from a speed locked.
of 19 mph (30 km/h). & WARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi- # When leaving the vehicle, make sure that
R In all other drive programs, the vehicle cle lowering nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel
remains at normal level irrespective of speed. When lowering the vehicle, people could arches or the underbody.
System
System limits become trapped if their limbs are between the
vehicle body and the tires or underneath the * NOTE Damage due to vehicle lowering
AIRMATIC may not be available or have only limi- vehicle.
ted availability in the following cases: Parts of the body could be damaged when the
# Make sure no one is underneath the
R The overheating protection has been activated vehicle is lowered.
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
due to frequent level changes within a short wheel arches when the vehicle is being # Make sure that there are no obstacles
time. The Á warning lamp appears in the lowered. such as curbs underneath or in the
multifunction display. immediate vicinity of the body when the
A er the cooling phase, the system is again vehicle is being lowered.
available without restriction.
230 Driving and parking

* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles Raising tthe

he vehicle
vehicle (vehicles
(vehicles without
without O -r
-road
oad Your selection is saved. The o -road level set
packag
package)
e) remains stored even a er the ignition has been
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. switched o .
You could otherwise fail to recognize The vehicle is lowered again in the following situa-
dangers. tions:
Requir
equirements:
ements: R When driving faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).
R The vehicle has been started. R When driving brie y between 40 mph
R Vehicles witwithout
hout O -r
-road
oad pack
packag
age:
e: the vehicle (65 km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h).
is not moving faster than 40 mph (65 km/h). R A er selecting a di erent drive program using
R Vehicles witwithh O -road
-road packag
package:
e: the DYNAMIC SELECT switch.
- O -road level +1: the vehicle is not moving The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the active
faster than 62 mph (100 km/h). drive program.
- O -road level +2: the vehicle is not moving Lower
Lowering
ing tthe
he vehicle
vehicle (v
(vehicles
ehicles wit
without
hout O -road
-road
faster than 40 mph (65 km/h). packag
package)
e)
- O -road level +3: the vehicle is not moving # Pull rocker switch 1.
faster than 12 mph (20 km/h) and the rear The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the
fog lamp is not switched on. # Push rocker switch 1 forwards. active drive program.
Indicator lamp 2 ashes while the vehicle is
being raised and lights up continuously when Operation with
Operation with a tr
trailer
ailer or bicycle
bicycle rrack
ack
it has nished rising.
 Driving and parking 231

If the electrical connection has been correctly Raising the

the vvehicle
ehicle (vehicles
(vehicles with
with O -r
-road
oad pack- R O -road level +3: three indicator lamps 2
established to the trailer or bicycle rack: ag
age)
e) light up continuously when the vehicle has
R From approx. 18.7 mph (30 km/h): o -road nished rising.
level +1 can be selected, regardless of drive Your selection is saved. The o -road level set
program. remains stored even a er the ignition has been
R From approx. 18.7 mph (30 km/h): the vehi- switched o .
cle is adjusted to normal level, regardless of The vehicle is lowered again in the following situa-
drive program. tions:
R O -road level +3: when driving faster than
12 mph (20 km/h) or when the rear fog lamp
is switched on.
The vehicle is lowered to o -road level +2.
R O -road level +2:
- When driving faster than 50 mph
(80 km/h).
- When driving brie y between 40 mph
# Push rocker switch 1 forwards. (65 km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h).
R O -road level +1: one indicator lamp 2
lights up continuously when the vehicle The vehicle is lowered to o -road level +1.
has nished rising. R O -road level +1:
R O -road level +2: two indicator lamps 2 - When driving faster than 71 mph
light up continuously when the vehicle has (115 km/h).
nished rising.
232 Driving and parking

- When driving brie y between 62 mph Your selection is saved. The o -road level set Multimedia system:
(100 km/h) and 71 mph (115 km/h). remains stored even a er the ignition has been 4 © 5 Settings
switched o . 5 Schnellzugriff (Quick access)
The vehicle is lowered to the normal level. Operation with
Operation with a tr
trailer
ailer or bicycle
bicycle rack
rack # Select Lower When Getting In On.
R A er selecting a di erent drive program using If the electrical connection has been correctly
the DYNAMIC SELECT switch. The vehicle is lowered to low level -2 to facili-
established to the trailer or bicycle rack: tate entering and exiting.
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the R Up to approx. 12 mph (20 km/h): o -road lev- % The availability of this function depends on
active drive program. els +1, +2 and +3 can be selected, regardless the vehicle equipment.
Lower
Low ering
ing tthe
he vehicle
vehicle (vehicles
(vehicles with
with O -road
-road pack- of the drive program. % Further information on AIRMATIC
age)
age) R Up to approx. 19 mph (30 km/h): o -road lev- (/ page 227).
# Pull rocker switch 1. els +1 and +2 can be selected, regardless of
R O -road level +3: the vehicle is lowered to the drive program. Lowering
Lower ing and raising
raising the
the rrear
ear of the
the vvehicle
ehicle
o -road level +2. Two indicator lamps 2 R From approx. 19 mph (30 km/h): the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi-
light up continuously when the vehicle has is adjusted to normal level, regardless of the cle lowering
nished lowering. drive program.
R O -road level +2: the vehicle is lowered to When lowering the vehicle, people could
Setting
Setting the
the ent
enter
ering
ing and exiting
exiting lev
level
el (AIRMA
(AIRMATIC)
TIC) become trapped if their limbs are between the
o -road level +1. One indicator lamp 2
lights up continuously when the vehicle Req
equir
uirements:
ements: vehicle body and the tires or underneath the
has nished lowering. R The engine is running. vehicle.
# Make sure no one is underneath the
R O -road level +1: the vehicle is lowered to R The vehicle is moving at speeds below 20 mph
the normal level. No indicator lamp 2 (30 km/h). vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
wheel arches when the vehicle is being
lights up when the vehicle has nished
lowered.
lowering.
 Driving and parking 233

Req
equir
uirements:
ements: # Apply the electric parking brake. % Lowering the rear of the vehicle allows the
R All vehicle doors are closed vehicle to be loaded more easily. Observe the
# Shi the transmission to position j
R There is no trailer coupled (/ page 176). notes on loading the vehicle when doing this
(/ page 111).
R There is no bicycle rack installed # Pull button 1 in the cargo compartment trim

R The battery is su ciently charged (if neces- brie y. Raising the

the rrear
ear of tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle
sary, start the engine) Indicator lamp 2 ashes until the vehicle has # Check if the battery is su ciently charged. If
been lowered. necessary, start the engine.
Lower
Lowering
ing the
the rear
rear of tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle
The vehicle is lowered at the rear axle by # Pull switch 1 brie y.
approx. 1.5 in (40 mm). When the vehicle has Indicator lamp 2 goes out.
been lowered, indicator lamp 2 remains lit.
The vehicle will be raised to the currently
Lowering is interrupted in the following situations: selected level.
R A vehicle door is opened. % The vehicle is automatically set to the level of
R Switch 1 is pulled again. the selected drive program if you drive at
R The vehicle is being driven faster than 1.2 mph speeds greater than 1.2 mph (2 km/h).
(2 km/h). If the vehicle cannot be raised:
# Ensure that the battery is su ciently charged;
% The vehicle is automatically set to the level of
the selected drive program if you drive at if necessary, start the engine.
speeds greater than 1.2 mph (2 km/h). The raising process continues.
If indicator lamp 2 ashes twice and the rear of
the vehicle does not lower:
# Make sure that the requirements are met.
234 Driving and parking

E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BOD
BODYY CONTR
CONTROL
OL E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is comprised of the fol- R The curve inclination function is deactivated.
lowing functions and components:
Function of E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BOD
BODYY CONTR
CONTROLOL Drive program B
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is an electrohydraulic R Vehicles with
with Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e:
R The suspension setting is even rmer.
suspension system with variable damping for ROAD SURFACE SCAN
improved driving comfort. The all-round level con- R Curve inclination function CURVE R The vehicle is set to Sport + level.
trol system ensures the best possible suspension R Recovery mode R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is deactivated.
and constant ground clearance, even with a laden R The curve inclination function is active.
R Individual wheel control
vehicle. When driving at speed, the vehicle is low-
ered automatically to improve driving safety and R Air suspension with automatic level control Drive program A
to reduce fuel consumption. The suspension set- R Speed-dependent lowering to reduce fuel con- R The suspension setting is comfortable.
ting is adjusted depending on the road surface, sumption R The vehicle is set to the normal level.
vehicle load and the drive program selected.
R Manual level adjustment R When driving at speeds above approximately
The ROAD SURFACE SCAN function detects areas
of unevenness in the road before you drive over
R ADS PLUS: Adaptive Damping System with 87 mph (140 km/h), the vehicle is lowered.
them by means of a multifunction camera. This constant adjustment of damping characteris- R When driving at speeds below approximately
reduces chassis movements. tics 25 mph (40 km/h), the vehicle is raised.
R DYNAMIC SELECT switch and level button R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is active.
The damping is adjusted individually to each
wheel and depends on the following factors: Suspension setting
setting and vehicle
vehicle level
level per driv
drivee pr
pro-
o- R The curve inclination function is deactivated.
R Driving style, e.g. sporty gr
gram
am
Drive program N
R Road condition, e.g. bumps Drive program C
R The suspension setting is comfortable.
R Drive program R The suspension setting is rmer.
R The vehicle is set to the normal level.
R The vehicle is set to Sport level.
R When driving at speeds above approximately
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is deactivated.
87 mph (140 km/h), the vehicle is lowered.
 Driving and parking 235

R When driving at speeds below approximately R When the necessary conditions are met, R When driving at speeds above approximately
25 mph (40 km/h), the vehicle is raised again. recovery mode and individual wheel control 50 mph (80 km/h), the vehicle is lowered.
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is active. can be activated. R When driving at speeds below approximately
R The curve inclination function is active. R Vehicles without O -road package: 28 mph (45 km/h), the vehicle is raised.
- When driving at speeds above approx- R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is deactivated.
Drive program ; imately 50 mph (80 km/h) the vehicle is R The curve inclination function is deactivated.
R The suspension setting is comfortable. lowered.
R Recovery mode or individual wheel control can
R The vehicle is set to the normal level. - When driving at speeds below approx- be activated.
R When driving at speeds above approximately imately 28 mph (45 km/h), the vehicle is
87 mph (140 km/h), the vehicle is lowered. raised. Drive program =
R When driving at speeds below approximately R Vehicles with O -road package: R You can call up individual suspension settings
25 mph (40 km/h), the vehicle is raised again. - When driving at speeds above approx- here.
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is deactivated. imately 71 mph (115 km/h), the vehicle is Operation
Operation with
with a tr
trailer
ailer or bicycle
bicycle rack
rack
R The curve inclination function is deactivated.
lowered.
If the electrical connection has been correctly
- When driving at speeds below approx- established to the trailer or bicycle rack:
Drive program F imately 47 mph (75 km/h), the vehicle is R Drive program A, ;, N, =, C
R The suspension setting is suitable for easily raised.
and B: the vehicle remains at normal level
negotiable o -road terrain. Drive program G irrespective of speed.
R The vehicle is set to o -road level +1.
R The suspension setting is suitable for di cult R The curve inclination function is deactivated.
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN is deactivated. o -road terrain. R Drive program F and G: the vehicle
R The curve inclination function is deactivated. R The vehicle is set to o -road level +1. adopts the normal level starting from a speed
of 19 mph (30 km/h).
236 Driving and parking

Level
Level di erences
erences compar
compared
ed to
to the
the nor
normal
mal lev
level
el The ROAD SURFACE SCAN function monitors the R If the road surface has no optic structure or
Vehicle Vehicles with-
with- Vehicles with road in front of your vehicle using a multifunction re ects light.
level
level out O -road
-road O -road
-road pack- camera (/ page 190). ROAD SURFACE SCAN R If you are driving too close to the vehicle in
pack
package
age age detects unevenness in the road surface, e.g. front.
bumps, before the vehicle drives over them. Chas-
sis movements are reduced and driving comfort is
R If sections of the route have a very small
Car wash Approx. Approx. +3.5 in radius of curvature.
+3.5 in (+90 mm) increased.
(+90 mm) ROAD SURFACE SCAN is automatically activated
R During abrupt driving maneuver, e.g. heavy
if the following conditions are met: braking or sudden acceleration.
O -road Unavailable Approx. +3.5 in
level +3 (+90 mm) R Drive program A or N is selected. Observe the notes on cleaning the multifunction
R The vehicle is set to the normal level.
camera (/ page 326).
O -road Unavailable Approx. +2.4 in
level +2 (+60 mm) R You are driving at a speed between 4 mph Function of recov
recover
eryy mode
(7 km/h) and 112 mph (180 km/h).
O -road +2.4 in Approx. +1.2 in & WARNING Risk of injury due to the vehicle
level +1 (+60 mm) (+30 mm) Syst
System
em limits moving up and down
ROAD SURFACE SCAN can be impaired in the fol- During recovery mode, the vehicle moves up
Sport Approx. -0.6 in Approx. -0.6 in lowing situations or can stop functioning:
(-15 mm) (-15 mm) and down and can cause injuries.
R If the road is insu ciently lit, e.g. at night. # When activating recovery mode, make
Sport + Approx. -1.0 in Approx. -1.0 in R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare, certain that no one is in the vicinity of
(-25 mm) (-25 mm) in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient the vehicle.
light.
Function of ROAD
ROAD SURFACE
SURFACE SC SCAN
AN
R If the windshield in the area of multifunction
% This function is not available in all countries. camera is dirty, fogged up, damaged or cov-
ered.
 Driving and parking 237

* NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehicle Function of individual wheel contr
control
ol # Make sure that the vehicle has su cient
moving up and down room to move when the individual wheel
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due control function has been activated.
When free driving mode is activated, the vehi- to the vehicle lowering
cle moves up and down. Vehicle parts may be Individual wheel control is a function of the sus-
The vehicle can be lowered when the individ-
damaged if the underbody bottoms out. pension, which can be used to set the vehicle
ual wheel control function has been activated.
# Make sure that there is su cient ground level for each wheel individually. This can help to
Body parts could become trapped if they are
clearance when rocking free mode is between the vehicle body and the tires or improve alignment of the body when driving o -
activated. underneath the vehicle. road.
# Make sure that nobody is under the vehi- You can activate individual wheel control via O -
Recovery mode is a function of the suspension road Assist (/ page 240).
which can assist the driver on loose surfaces (e.g. cle or in the immediate vicinity of the
sand, snow) when freeing a vehicle which has wheel arches when individual wheel con- Adjus
djusting
ting the
the vvehicle
ehicle level
level (vehicles
(vehicles with
with E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE
become stuck. trol is activated. BOD
BODYY CCONTR
ONTROL)
OL)
The vehicle body rocks in slow, vertical motions
when recovery mode has been activated. This * NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehicle & WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-
temporarily puts the wheels under greater load, moving up and down cle level is too high
which means they have increased traction and the The vehicle can be lowered or raised on one Driving characteristics may be impaired.
vehicle is freed. or more wheels when the individual wheel The vehicle can dri outwards, for example,
You can activate free driving mode via O -road control function has been activated. Vehicle when steering or cornering.
Assist (/ page 240). parts could be damaged due to contact with
# Choose a vehicle level which is suited to
objects.
the driving style and the road surface
conditions.
238 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi- # When leaving the vehicle, make sure that Raising tthe
he vehicle
vehicle (v
(vehicles
ehicles wit
without
hout O -r
-road
oad
cle lowering nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel packag
pack age)
e)
arches or the underbody.
When lowering the vehicle, people could
become trapped if their limbs are between the Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
vehicle body and the tires or underneath the R The vehicle has been started.
vehicle.
R Vehicles without
without O -road
-road pack
packag
age:
e: the vehicle
# Make sure no one is underneath the
is being driven no faster than 40 mph
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the (65 km/h).
wheel arches when the vehicle is being
lowered. R Vehicles with
with O -road
-road pack
packag
age:
e:
- O -road level +1: the vehicle is not moving
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due faster than 62 mph (100 km/h).
to the vehicle lowering - O -road level +2: the vehicle is not moving
Vehicles with
with AIRMA
AIRMATIC
TIC or level
level contr
control:
ol: when faster than 40 mph (65 km/h).
you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the - O -road level +3: the vehicle is not moving
vehicle rst rises slightly and then returns to faster than 12 mph (20 km/h).
the set level shortly a erwards.
# Push rocker switch 1 forwards.
You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
Indicator lamp 2 ashes while the vehicle is
arches or the underbody could thus become
being raised and lights up continuously when
trapped.
it has nished rising.
The vehicle can also be lowered a er being
locked.
 Driving and parking 239

Your selection is saved. The o -road level set If the electrical connection has been correctly Raising the
the vehicle
vehicle (vehicles
(vehicles with
with O -road
-road pack-
remains stored even a er the ignition has been established to the trailer or bicycle rack: ag
age)
e)
switched o . R From approx. 18.7 mph (30 km/h): o -road
The vehicle is lowered again in the following situa- level +1 can be selected, regardless of drive
tions: program.
R When driving faster than 50 mph (80 km/h). R From approx. 18.7 mph (30 km/h): the vehi-
R When driving brie y between 40 mph cle is adjusted to normal level, regardless of
(65 km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h). drive program.
R A er selecting a di erent drive program using
the DYNAMIC SELECT switch.
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the active
drive program.
Lower
Lowering
ing tthe
he vehicle
vehicle (vehicles
(vehicles without
without O -road
-road
packag
package)
e)
# Pull rocker switch 1.
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the
active drive program. # Push rocker switch 1 forwards.
R O -road level +1: one indicator lamp 2
Operation with
Operation with a tr
trailer
ailer or bicycle
bicycle rack
rack lights up continuously when the vehicle
has nished rising.
R O -road level +2: two indicator lamps 2
light up continuously when the vehicle has
nished rising.
240 Driving and parking

R O -road level +3: three indicator lamps 2 - When driving brie y between 62 mph Lower
Low ering
ing the
the vehicle
vehicle (vehicles
(vehicles wit
withh O -r
-road
oad pack-
light up continuously when the vehicle has (100 km/h) and 71 mph (115 km/h). ag
age)
e)
nished rising. # Pull rocker switch 1.
The vehicle is lowered to the normal level. R O -road level +3: the vehicle is lowered to
Your selection is saved. The o -road level set
remains stored even a er the ignition has been
R A er selecting a di erent drive program using o -road level +2. Two indicator lamps 2
switched o . the DYNAMIC SELECT switch. light up continuously when the vehicle has
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the nished lowering.
The vehicle is lowered again in the following situa-
tions: active drive program. R O -road level +2: the vehicle is lowered to

R O -road level +3: when driving faster than Operation

Operation witwithh a tr
trailer
ailer or bicycle
bicycle rack
rack o -road level +1. One indicator lamp 2
lights up continuously when the vehicle
12 mph (20 km/h). If the electrical connection has been correctly has nished lowering.
The vehicle is lowered to o -road level +2. established to the trailer or bicycle rack:
R O -road level +1: the vehicle is lowered to
R O -road level +2: R Up to approx. 12 mph (20 km/h): o -road lev-
the normal level. No indicator lamp 2
- When driving faster than 50 mph els +1, +2 and +3 can be selected, regardless lights up when the vehicle has nished
(80 km/h). of drive program. lowering.
R Up to approx. 19 mph (30 km/h): o -road lev-
- When driving brie y between 40 mph Your selection is saved. The o -road level set
(65 km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h). els +1 and +2 can be selected, regardless of
drive program. remains stored even a er the ignition has been
switched o .
The vehicle is lowered to o -road level +1. R From approx. 19 mph (30 km/h): the vehicle
R O -road level +1: is adjusted to normal level, regardless of drive Setting O -r
Setting -road
oad Assist
program.
- When driving faster than 71 mph Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
(115 km/h). R the vehicle is stationary.
R the vehicle is set to o -road level 1 or 2
 Driving and parking 241

R the O -road or O -road Plus (only vehicles # Select Stop to stop recovery mode. Individual wheel control is automatically deactiva-
with O -road package) drive program has Recovery mode is automatically deactivated in the ted in the following situations:
been selected following situations: R you are traveling faster than 9 mph (15 km/h)
R the ignition is switched on R you are actually traveling faster than 9 mph R it is detected that an object has hit the under-
R all doors and the hood are closed (15 km/h) body of the vehicle hard
R the transmission is not engaged in position j R a er a running time of 30 seconds R not all conditions are met
R there is no trailer coupled R it is detected that an object has hit the under- % Further information on individual wheel con-
R the vehicle is outdoors body of the vehicle hard trol (/ page 237).
R not all conditions are met
R the detected lateral inclination of the vehicle
must not exceed approx. 15° % Further information on recovery mode Rear vie
view
w camera
R the system is within its operating temperature (/ page 236). Function of the
the rrear
ear view
view camera
R the on-board voltage is su ciently high Individual wheel control
control When you engage reverse gear, the image from
Individual wheel control enables the vehicle level the rear view camera is shown in the media dis-
Multimedia system:
to be set separately for each wheel. play. Dynamic guide lines show the path the vehi-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
# Select Individual Wheel Ctrl..
cle will take with the current steering angle. This
5 Offroad Assistant
helps you to orient yourself and to avoid obstacles
# Set the vehicle level for the desired wheel. when backing up.
Recover
ecoveryy mode
Recovery mode assists the driver when pulling % You can also use the touchscreen to set the The rear view camera is only an aid. It is not a
away on rough terrain, such as sand or snow. level for two or more wheels at the same substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
# Select Recovery Mode. time. The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park-
# Select Reset to set all wheels to the default ing remains with you. Make sure that there are no
# Select Start. persons, animals or objects etc., in the maneuver-
Recovery mode is activated. setting.
ing area while maneuvering and parking.
242 Driving and parking

% You can open the cover of the rear view cam-

era manually (/ page 247).
The guide lines in the media display show the dis-
tances to your vehicle. The distances displayed
only apply to road level.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
select from the following views:
R Normal view
R Wide-angle view
R Trailer view Normal view Wide-angle view
1 Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mir-
ror image, as in the inside rearview mirror. face) depending on the current steering angle
(dynamic)
Vehicles without
without Par
Parking
king Assist
Assist P
PARK
ARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC 2 Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-
The following camera views are available in the imately 3.3 (1.0 m) from the rear area
multimedia system: 3 Yellow lanes marking the course the tires will
take with the current steering angle (dynamic)
4 Bumper
5 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1.0 in (0.3 m) from the rear area
Trailer view (vehicles with a trailer hitch)
1 Yellow guide line, locating aid
 Driving and parking 243

2 Red guide line at a distance of approximately 3 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1.0 (0.3 m) from the ball head of the trailer 1.0 in (0.3 m) from the rear area
hitch 4 Yellow warning indicator of Parking Assist
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch PARKTRONIC: obstacles at a distance
between approximately 2.0 (0.6 m) and
Vehicles with
with P
Par
arking
king Assist
Assist PARK
PARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC 3.3 (1.0 m)
The following camera views are available in the
5 Red warning display of Parking Assist
multimedia system:
PARKTRONIC: obstacles are very close
(approximately 1.0 (0.3 m) or less)
6 Orange warning display of Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC: obstacles are a medium dis- Trailer view (vehicles with a trailer hitch)
tance away (between approximately 1.0 1 Yellow guide line, locating aid
(0.3 m) and 2.0 (0.6 m)) 2 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1.0 (0.3 m) from the ball head of the trailer
hitch
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch
System
Syst em failure
failure
Normal view If the rear view camera is not operational, the fol-
lowing display appears in the multimedia system.
1 Yellow lanes marking the course the tires will
take with the current steering angle (dynamic)
2 Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
face) depending on the current steering angle
(dynamic) Wide-angle view
244 Driving and parking

System limits
System e.g. when driving out of a garage. In this case, The system evaluates images from the following
The rear view camera will not function or will only pay particular attention. cameras:
partially function in the following situations: % Have the display repaired or replaced if, for R Rear view camera
R The tailgate is open. example, pixel errors considerably restrict its R Front camera
use.
R There is heavy rain, snow or fog. R Two side cameras in the outside mirrors
R The ambient light conditions are poor, e.g. at % You can open the cover of the rear view cam-
night. 360° camera
era manually (/ page 247).
R Cameras, or vehicle components in which the Function of the
the surr
surround
ound view
view camera
cameras are installed, are damaged, dirty or The surround view camera is a system that con- View
iewss of tthe
he surr
surround
ound view
view camera
covered. Observe the information on vehicle sists of four cameras. The cameras cover the You can select from di erent views:
sensors and cameras (/ page 190). immediate vehicle surroundings. The system
assists you when you are parking or at exits with
% Do not use the rear view camera in these reduced visibility, for example.
types of situations. You could otherwise injure
The views of the surround view camera are always
others or collide with objects when parking
available when driving forwards up to a speed of
the vehicle.
approx. 10 mph (16 km/h) and when backing up.
For technical reasons, the standard height of the
The surround view camera is only an aid and may
vehicle may be altered if the vehicle is carrying a
show a distorted view of obstacles, show them
heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the
incorrectly or not show them at all. It is not a sub-
guide lines and in the display of the generated
stitute for your attention to the surroundings. The
images.
responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking 1 Wide-angle view, front
% The contrast of the display may be impaired remains with you. Make sure that there are no
by direct sunlight or by other light sources, 2 Top view with image from the front camera
persons, animals or objects etc., in the maneuver-
ing area while maneuvering and parking.
 Driving and parking 245

3 Top view with images from the side cameras The color of the individual segments of warning Guide lines
in the outside mirrors display 2 is based on the distance to the detec-
4 Wide-angle view, rear ted obstacle:
5 Top view with image from the rear view cam- R Yellow
ellow segments: obstacles at a distance
era between approx. 2.0 (0.6 m) and 3.3
6 Top view with trailer view (vehicles with a (1.0 m)
trailer hitch) R Orang
Orangee segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 1.0 (0.3 m) and 2.0
Top view (0.6 m)
R Red segments: obstacles at a very short dis-
tance of approx. 1.0 (0.3 m) or less
1 Yellow lane marking the course the tires will
When Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational
and no object is detected, the segments of the take at the current steering wheel angle
warning display are shown in gray. (dynamic)
2 Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
face) depending on the current steering wheel
angle (dynamic)
3 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1.0 in (0.3 m) from the rear area
1 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take 4 Mark at a distance of approx. 3.3 (1.0 m)
at the current steering wheel angle
2 Warning display of Parking Assist % When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes 1
PARKTRONIC are displayed in green.
3 Your vehicle from above
246 Driving and parking

The guide lines in the media display show the

distances to your vehicle. The distances apply
to road level.
In trailer mode, the guide lines are shown at
the level of the trailer hitch.
Trailer view
view (vehicles
(vehicles with
with a tr
trailer
ailer hitc
hitch)
h)
If you select trailer view and no trailer is coupled
to the vehicle, the following display appears:

When the electrical connection is established 1 Guide line of external vehicle dimensions with
between the vehicle and the trailer, the display outside mirrors folded out
changes to the side camera view. 2 Marker of the wheel contact points
This view supports maneuvering procedures with
a trailer. Syst
System
em ffailure
ailure
If the system is not ready for operation, the fol-
Side view
view of the
the mirror
mirror camer
cameras
as lowing message appears in the media display:
The sides of the vehicle can be seen in this view.

1 Yellow guide line, locating aid

2 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1.0 (0.3 m) from the ball head of the trailer
hitch
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch
 Driving and parking 247

System limits
System % The contrast of the display may be impaired the camera
Opening the camera cov
cover
er of the
the rrear
ear view
view cam-
The surround view camera will not function or will by abrupt, direct sunlight or by other light era
only partially function in the following situations: sources, e.g. when driving out of a garage. In Multimedia system:
this case, pay particular attention. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
R The doors are open.
% Have the display repaired or replaced if, for 5 Camera & Parking
R The outside mirrors are folded in.
example, pixel errors considerably restrict its # Select Open Camera Cover.
R The tailgate is open. use.
R There is heavy rain, snow or fog.
% The camera cover closes automatically a er
See the notes on cleaning the surround view cam- some time or a er an ignition cycle.
R The ambient light conditions are poor, e.g. at era (/ page 326).
night. Calling up the
the view
view of the
the surround
surround vie
view
w camera Par
arking
king Assist
Assist PARK
PARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC
R Cameras, or vehicle components in which the using rev
rever
erse
se gear
gear
cameras are installed, are damaged, dirty or # Engage reverse gear. Function of PPar
arking
king Assist
Assist PARK
PARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC
covered. Observe the information on vehicle # Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-
sensors and cameras (/ page 190). tem (/ page 244). ing assistance system with ultrasound. It monitors
the area around your vehicle using multiple sen-
% Do not use the surround view camera under # If, a er shi ing to reverse gear, the image of
sors on the front bumper and on the rear bumper.
such circumstances. You could otherwise the rear view camera is not shown: switch o Parking Assist PARKTRONIC shows you the dis-
injure others or collide with objects when the vehicle, press and hold the c button, tance between your vehicle and a detected obsta-
parking the vehicle. switch on the vehicle and engage reverse gear cle visually and audibly.
For technical reasons, the standard height of the again. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is
vehicle may be altered if the vehicle is carrying a not a substitute for your attention to the surround-
heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the ings. The responsibility for safe maneuvering and
guide lines and in the display of the generated parking remains with you. Make sure that there
images. are no persons, animals or objects in the maneu-
248 Driving and parking

vering area while maneuvering and parking in/ Parking

arking Assis
Assistt PARK
PARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC display
display in the
the multi-
exiting parking spaces. media syst
system
em
In the standard setting, an intermittent warning
tone sounds from a distance of approximately
1.0 (0.3 m) to an obstacle in front and approx-
imately 3.3 (1.0 m) to an obstacle behind. A
continuous warning tone sounds from a distance
of approximately 0.7 (0.2 m). Using the Warn
Early All Around setting in the multimedia system,
the warning tones for front and side impact pro-
tection can be set to sound at a greater distance Vehicles with surround view camera
of approximately 3.3 (1.0 m) in front and 2.0
(0.6 m) on the sides (/ page 252). If you have not selected the Camera & Parking
Vehicles without surround view camera menu and an obstacle is detected in the path of
% The Warn Early All Around setting is always
the vehicle, a pop-up window for Parking Assist
active at the rear of the vehicle. PARKTRONIC 1 appears in the multimedia sys-
tem at speeds below 6 mph (10 km/h).
The color of the individual segments of the warn-
ing display is based on the distance to the detec-
ted obstacle:
R Yello
ellow
w segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 2.0 (0.6 m) and 3.3
(1.0 m)
 Driving and parking 249

R Orangee segments: obstacles at a distance

Orang Syst
System
em limits Problems with
Problems with P
Par
arking
king Assist
Assist PARK
PARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC
between approx. 1.0 (0.3 m) and 2.0 Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily
(0.6 m) take into account the following obstacles:
R Red segments: obstacles at a very short dis- R Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-
tance of approx. 1.0 (0.3 m) or less sons, animals or objects.
Displa
Displayy of Par
Parking
king Assist
Assist P
PARK
ARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC in the
the R Obstacles above the detection range, e.g.
Head-up Display overhanging loads, overhangs or loading
ramps of trucks.
The sensors must be free of dirt, ice and slush.
Otherwise, they may not function correctly. Clean
the sensors regularly, especially a er driving o -
road, taking care not to scratch or damage them Example: vehicles with surround view camera
(/ page 190). When rear segments 1 or all-round segments
Vehicles wit
withh trailer
trailer hitch:
hitch: Parking Assist 2 light up red and the é symbol appears in
PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear zone the Instrument Display, Parking Assist
when you establish an electrical connection PARKTRONIC may have been deactivated due to
between your vehicle and a trailer. signal interference. Start the vehicle again and
Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is working at
PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately a di erent location.
3.3 (1.0 m) in front 2 and 2.0 (0.6 m) on the
sides 3 can also be displayed in the Head-up
Display.
250 Driving and parking

If a warning tone also sounds for approximately is issued and the segments light up in color on the
two seconds every time the vehicle is started, it display.
may be due to one of the following causes: The segment color changes depending on the dis-
R The sensors
sensors ar
aree dirty
dir ty:: clean the sensors and tance to the detected obstacle:
observe the notes on care of vehicle parts R Yellow:
ellow: approximately 1.0 - 2.0 (30 - 60 cm)
(/ page 326).
R Red: less than approximately 1.0 (30 cm)
R Parking
arking Assist
Assist P
PARK
ARKTR TRONIC
ONIC has been deacti-
vat
ated
ed due toto a malfunction: restart the vehi- In order for lateral, front or rear segments to be
cle. If the problem persists, consult a quali ed displayed, the vehicle must rst travel a distance
specialist workshop. of at least half a vehicle's length. Once the vehicle
has travelled the length of the vehicle, all of the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display: vehicles
Function of the
the passive
passive side impact
impact prot
protection
ection lateral front and rear segments can be displayed. without a surround view camera
Passive side impact protection is an additional 1 Operational front and rear
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC function which warns
the driver about obstacles at the side of the vehi- 2 Operational front, rear and sides
cle. A warning is issued when obstacles are 3 Obstacle detected at the front right (yellow)
detected between the front and rear detection and rear (red)
range. In order for an object on the side to be
detected, the sensors in the front and rear
bumper must rst detect the object while you are
driving past it.
During the parking procedure or maneuvering,
objects are detected as the vehicle drives past. If
you steer in the direction of a detected obstacle
and there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning
 Driving and parking 251

System
System limits Requir
equirements:
ements:
The system limits for Parking Assist PARKTRONIC R The camera menu is open.
apply to passive side impact protection. R Or: Active Parking Assist is active.
The following objects are not detected, for exam- R Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.
ple:
R Pedestrians who approach the vehicle from
# Tap = on the media display.
the side If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit,
R Objects placed next to the vehicle Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indi-
cator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears in
Activating/deactiv
ctivating/deactivating
ating Par
Parking
king Assist the instrument cluster, Parking Assist
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display: vehicles PARK
ARKTR
TRONIC
ONIC using the
the multimedia sysyst
stem
em PARKTRONIC is not active.
with a surround view camera
1 Operational front and rear * NOTE
NOTE Risk of an accident from objects at % Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically
close range activated when the vehicle is started.
2 Operational front, rear and sides
3 Obstacles detected at the front right (red) Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be
certain objects at close range. activated or deactivated in the quick access
Saved obstacles on the sides are deleted in the menu.
# When parking or maneuvering the vehi-
following situations, for example:
cle, pay particular attention to any
R You park the vehicle and switch it o .
objects which are above or below the
R You open the doors. sensors, e.g. ower pots or drawbars.
The vehicle or other objects could other-
A er the engine is restarted, obstacles on the
wise be damaged.
sides must be detected again before a new warn-
ing can be issued.
252 Driving and parking

Setting the
Setting the war
warning
ning tones
tones of P
Par
arking
king Assist when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sounds a warn- As soon as all requirements are met for searching
PARKTR
ARKTRONIC
ONIC ing tone. for parking spaces, the Ç display appears in
Multimedia system: # Select Audio Fadeout During Warning Tones. the Instrument Display.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance When Active Parking Assist has detected parking
# Switch the function on or o .
5 Camera & Parking spaces, the È display appears in the Instru-
ment Display. The arrows show on which side of
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the vvolume
olume of the
the w
war
arning
ning ttones
ones Activ
ctivee Par
Parking
king Assist the road detected parking spaces are located.
# Select Warning Tone Volume. Function of Activ
Activee Par
Parking
king Assist They are then shown on the media display.
# Set a value. Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking The parking space can be selected as desired.
assistance system, which uses ultrasound with Depending on the location of the parking space,
Adjus
djusting
ting the
the pitc
pitchh of the
the war
warning
ning tones
tones the assistance of the rear view camera and sur- the parking direction (rearwards or forwards) can
# Select Warning Tone Pitch. round view camera. When you are driving for- also be selected as desired.
# Set a value. wards up to approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn
system automatically measures parking spaces on signal indicators are activated based on the calcu-
the st
Specifying the star
arting
ting point for
for the
the war
warning
ning tones
tones both sides of the vehicle.
You can specify whether the Parking Assist lated path of your vehicle.
Active Parking Assist o ers the following func- When you are entering or exiting a parking space,
PARKTRONIC warning tones should commence
tions: the procedure is assisted by acceleration, braking,
when the vehicle is further away from an obstacle.
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road steering and gear changes.
# Select Warn Early All Around.
R Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to the Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a sub-
# Switch the function on or o .
road (optionally either forwards or reverse) stitute for your attention to the surroundings. The
Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating audio fadeout
fadeout R Exiting parking spaces if you have parked responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking
You can specify whether the volume of a media using Active Parking Assist remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-
source in the multimedia system is to be reduced mals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering
range.
 Driving and parking 253

Active Parking Assist will be canceled in the fol- & WARNING Risk of accident due to objects R When transporting a load that protrudes
lowing situations: located above or below the detection beyond the vehicle.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated. range of Active Parking Assist R On steep uphill or downhill gradients of more
R You begin steering. than approximately 15%.
If there are objects above or below the detec-
R You apply the parking brake. tion range, the following situations may arise: R When snow chains are installed.
R You engage transmission position j. R Active Parking Assist may steer too early. R When a trailer or bicycle rack is attached.
R ESP® intervenes. R The vehicle may not stop in front of these R Directly a er a tire change or when spare tires
objects. are installed.
R You open the doors or the tailgate while driv-
ing.
R If the tire pressure is too low or too high.
There is a danger of collision!
# In these situations, do not use Active
R If the suspension is out of alignment, e.g. a er
System
System limits bottoming out on a curb.
If the exterior lighting is malfunctioning, Active Parking Assist.
Parking Assist is not available. Active Parking Assist may also display parking
Extreme weather conditions, such as snow or spaces that are not suitable for parking, such as:
Objects located above or below the detection
heavy rain, may lead to a parking space being R Parking spaces where parking is prohibited.
range of the sensors, e.g. overhanging loads,
measured inaccurately. Parking spaces that are
overhangs or loading ramps of trucks, or the bor- R Parking spaces on unsuitable surfaces.
partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be
ders of parking spaces, are not detected during
identi ed as such or be measured incorrectly.
measurement of the parking space. These are
Only use Active Parking Assist on level, high-grip
also then not taken into account when calculating
ground.
the parking procedure. In some circumstances,
Active Parking Assist may therefore guide you into Do not use Active Parking Assist in the following
the parking space incorrectly. situations:
R In extreme weather conditions such as ice,
packed snow or in heavy rain.
254 Driving and parking

Par
arking
king with
with A
Activ
ctivee Par
Parking
king Assist % The turn signal indicator is switched on auto-
matically when the parking procedure begins.
You are responsible for selecting the turn signal
indicator in accordance with the tra c condi-
tions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator
accordingly.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
swinging out while parking or pulling out
of a parking space
The media display shows the view of Active Park- While parking or exiting a parking space, the
ing Assist. Area 2 displays detected parking vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
spaces 4 and vehicle path 3. the oncoming lane.
% Vehicle path 3 shown on the media display This could cause you to collide with objects or
may di er from the actual vehicle path. other road users.
# If a parking space is displayed: stop the vehi- # Pay attention to objects and other road
cle. users.
# Press button 1.
# Select desired parking space 4 and con rm. # Where necessary, stop the vehicle or
# If necessary, select the parking direction (for- cancel the parking procedure with Active
wards or reverse), and con rm. Parking Assist.
Vehicle path 3 is shown, depending on
selected parking space 4 and the parking # If, for example, the Please Engage Reverse
direction. Gear message appears in the media display:
 Driving and parking 255

select the corresponding transmission posi- Exiting a par

parking
king space with
with Activ
Activee P
Par
arking
king Assist # Press button 1.
tion. The media display shows the view of Active
The vehicle drives into the selected parking Req
equir
uirements:
ements: Parking Assist.
R The vehicle has been parked with Active Park-
space.
ing Assist.
% During the parking procedure with Active
Parking Assist, the lane markings are dis- Please note that you are responsible for the vehi-
played in green in the camera image. cle and surroundings during the entire parking
procedure.
On completion of the parking procedure, the # Start the vehicle.
Ø Parking Assist Finished, Take Control of
Vehicle display message appears. Further maneu-
vering may still be necessary.
# A er completion of the parking procedure,
safeguard the vehicle against rolling away.
When required by legal requirements or local # If the vehicle has been parked perpendicular
conditions: turn the wheels towards the curb. to the direction of travel: in area 2, select
% You can stop the vehicle and change the direction of travel 3 Left or Right.
transmission position during the parking pro- % The vehicle path shown on the media display
cedure. The system then calculates a new may di er from the actual vehicle path.
vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa-
# Con rm direction of exit 3 to drive out of the
ble, the system can change the transmission
position again or cancel the parking proce- parking space.
dure. % The turn signal indicator is switched on auto-
matically when the exiting procedure begins.
256 Driving and parking

You are responsible for selecting the turn signal select the corresponding transmission posi- Drive Away Assist can be deactivated or activated
indicator in accordance with the tra c condi- tion. in the Maneuvering Assistance menu
tions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator The vehicle moves out of the parking space. (/ page 257).
accordingly. The turn signal indicator is switched o auto- % You can cancel an intervention by Drive Away
matically. Assist at any time by deactivating Parking
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle Assist PARKTRONIC (/ page 251).
swinging out while parking or pulling out A er the parking space has been exited, a warn-
of a parking space ing tone and the Ø Parking Assist Finished,
Take Control of Vehicle message prompt you to & WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-
While parking or exiting a parking space, the take control of the vehicle. ted detection performance of Drive Away
vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of Assist
the oncoming lane. The vehicle is not automatically braked and can
roll away. You have to accelerate, brake, steer and Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden-
This could cause you to collide with objects or change gear yourself again. tify objects and tra c situations.
other road users. # Always pay careful attention to the tra c
# Pay attention to objects and other road situation; do not rely on Drive Away
Maneuver
Maneuvering
ing assistance
assistance
users. Assist alone.
# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or Function of Driv
Drivee Awa
Awayy Assist # Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec-
cancel the parking procedure with Active Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an essary, provided the tra c situation per-
Parking Assist. impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detec- mits and that it is safe to take evasive
ted in the direction of travel, the vehicle's speed action.
# If, for example, the Please Engage Forward is brie y reduced to approx. 1 mph (2 km/h). If a
Gear message appears in the media display: critical situation is detected, the É symbol Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi-
appears in the media display. tute for your attention to the surroundings. The
responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking
remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-
 Driving and parking 257

mals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering % Also observe the system limits of Parking System limits
System
range. Assist PARKTRONIC (/ page 247). Cross Tra c Alert is not available on inclines.
A risk of collision may occur in the following situa- Function of Cross
Cross Tra
Tra c Alert Cross Tra c Alert is not available when driving
tions, for example: with a trailer.
% Cross Tra c Alert is only available for vehicles
R If the accelerator and brake pedals are inter-
with Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating the
the maneuver
maneuvering
ing assistant
assistant
changed. Assist. Multimedia system:
R If an incorrect transmission position is 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Cross Tra c Alert can warn drivers of any cross-
engaged. ing tra c when backing up and maneuvering out 5 Camera & Parking

Drive Away Assist is active under the following of a parking space. The radar sensors in the # Switch Maneuvering Assistance on or o .
conditions: bumper also monitor the area adjacent to the
vehicle. If a critical situation is detected, the L % The maneuvering assistant must be active for
R If Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated. the function of Drive Away Assist
symbol appears in the media display and the vehi-
R If you shi the transmission position to k or cle can be braked automatically. (/ page 256) and Cross Tra c Alert
h when the vehicle is stationary. (/ page 257).
If the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or
R If the detected obstacle is less than approx. other objects, detection is not possible.
3.3 (1.0 m) away. Cross Tra c Alert is active under the following Trailer hitch
R If the maneuvering assistance function is acti- conditions: Notes on trailer
trailer operation
operation
vated in the multimedia system. R If the vehicle is backing up at a walking pace.
System
System limits R Maneuvering assistance is activated * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
The performance of Drive Away Assist is limited (/ page 257). # Observe the notes in the Supplement.
on inclines. You could otherwise fail to recognize
% Also observe the instructions on Blind Spot
When driving with a trailer, Drive Away Assist is Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist dangers.
not available. (/ page 222).
258 Driving and parking

* NOTE Plug-in hybrid & WARNING Swerving of the vehicle/trailer Retro tting a trailer hitch is permissible only if a
combination due to increased speed trailer load is speci ed in your vehicle documents.
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. If this is not the case, the vehicle is not approved
You could otherwise fail to recognize You could lose control of the vehicle/trailer for trailer operation.
dangers. combination. Further information can be obtained at a quali ed
The vehicle/trailer combination may even tip specialist workshop.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita- over. For a detachable trailer coupling, it is essential to
ble ball neck # Under no circumstances should you try comply with the operating instructions of the
If you install an unsuitable ball neck, the trailer to straighten the vehicle/trailer combi- trailer coupling manufacturer.
hitch and the rear axle may be overloaded. nation by increasing the speed. Couple and uncouple the trailer carefully. If you
# Reduce your speed and do not counter- do not connect the trailer to the towing vehicle
This can signi cantly impair the driving char-
acteristics and the trailer may become loose. steer. correctly, the trailer may become detached.
There is a risk of fatal injury. # If necessary, apply the brakes. Observe the following notes on the tongue weight:
# Only install a ball neck that complies R Do not use a tongue weight that exceeds or
with the permissible dimensions and is * NOTE Damage to the engine as a result of falls below the permissible tongue weight
designed for the requirements of trailer overheating R Use a tongue weight as close as possible to
operation. # If you retro t a trailer hitch, modi ca- the maximum tongue weight
# Do not modify the ball neck or the trailer
tions to the engine cooling system may
hitch. Do not exceed the following values:
be necessary, depending on the vehicle
model. R Permissible towing capacity
The values approved by the manufacturer can be R Permissible rear axle load of the towing vehi-
found on the identi cation plates and in the "Tech- When retro tting a trailer hitch, observe the
cle
nical data" section under "Trailer hitch" for the fastening points on the chassis.
R Permissible gross weight of the towing vehicle
towing vehicle (/ page 400).
 Driving and parking 259

R Permissible gross weight of the trailer Attac

ttaching
hing the
the ball neck # If a ball neck is installed, ensure sure
R Maximum permissible speed of the trailer that it is properly secured before every
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due journey.
Ensure the following before starting a journey: to incorrectly installed ball neck
R The tire pressure on the rear axle of the tow- Requir
equirements:
ements:
If the ball neck is not correctly installed and
ing vehicle is set for a maximum load secured, it may become loose during a jour- R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
R The lighting of the connected trailer is opera- ney and endanger other road users. There is a Att
ttac
aching
hing the
the ball neck
tional risk of fatal injuries.
# Install and secure the ball neck as
In the event of increased rear axle load, the vehi-
cle/trailer combination must not exceed a maxi- described in the ball neck manufactur-
mum speed of 62 mph (100 km/h) for reasons er's installation instructions.
concerning the operating permit. This also applies # If a ball neck is installed, ensure sure
in countries in which the permissible maximum that it is properly secured before every
speed for vehicle/trailer combinations is above journey.
62 mph (100 km/h).
Vehicles with
with AIRMA
AIRMATIC
TIC or E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BODY
BODY CON-
CON- & WARNING Risk of accident due to a ball
TROL:
TROL: if the socket of the trailer hitch is occupied, neck that is not correctly installed or
e.g. by a trailer or rear-mounted bicycle rack, the secured # Remove cover 1 from the ball neck mount in
vehicle is set to the normal level at speeds greater
If the ball neck is not correctly installed and the direction of the arrow.
than 19 mph (30 km/h). This is done regardless
secured, the trailer may come loose. # Store cover 1 such that it cannot move
of which drive program has been selected.
# Install and secure the ball neck as around.
described in the ball neck manufactur- # Observe the manufacturer's installation
er's installation instructions. instructions.
260 Driving and parking

Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. Req

equir
uirements:
ements: R E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park-
ing brake. Vehicles without
without lev
level
el control:
control: the ball head height
Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer
trailer will change depending on the vehicle's load. In
R The transmission is in position j.
this case, use a trailer with a height-adjustable
& WARNING Risk of injury from the vehicle The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi- drawbar.
level being changed cle only if the following conditions are met: Coupling up a trailer
trailer
Vehicles with
with lev
level
el control
control system:
system: the vehicle R The trailer is connected correctly.
level may be changed unintentionally, e.g. by R The trailer lighting system is in working order. * NOTE
NOTE Damage to the starter battery due
other persons. You may become trapped if you to full discharge
couple up or uncouple a trailer while the vehi- The functions of the following systems will be
cle level is changing. In addition, other people a ected by a correctly connected trailer: Charging the trailer battery using the power
could become trapped if their limbs are supply of the trailer can damage the starter
R ESP® trailer stabilization battery.
between the vehicle body and the tires or
underneath the vehicle. R Active Lane Keeping Assist # Do not use the vehicle's power supply to

When coupling up or uncoupling a trailer, R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC charge the trailer battery.
make sure that: R Active Parking Assist
Information about a suitable ball neck for
# The doors or tailgate are not opened or R Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist Mercedes-Benz vehicles can be obtained from a
closed. R Drive Away Assist quali ed specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized
# You do not initiate the level control sys- Mercedes-Benz Center.
R Cross Tra c Alert
tem and do not operate the DYNAMIC # Remove the cover cap from the ball neck
R Rear view camera
SELECT switch. mount and store it in a safe place
# Do not lock or unlock the vehicle. R Surround view camera
(/ page 259).
R AIRMATIC
 Driving and parking 261

# Position the trailer on a level surface behind * NOTE Damage when uncoupling in a state
# Uncouple the trailer.
the vehicle and couple it up to the vehicle. of overrun # Place the cover on the ball neck mount.
# Establish the electrical connection between
the vehicle and the trailer. Uncoupling in a state of overrun can damage
the vehicle. Vehicle towing
towing instr
instructions
uctions
% Accessories can be connected to the perma-
# Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged The vehicle is not suitable for the use of tow bar
nent power supply up to 180 W and to the
power supply that is switched on via the igni- overrun brake. systems that are used for at towing or dinghy
tion lock. towing, for example. Attaching and using tow bar
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when systems can result in damage to the vehicle.
Uncoupling a trailer
trailer disconnecting the trailer cable When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-
tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-
& WARNING Risk of being crushed and Vehicles with
with lev
level
el control
control system:
system: The vehicle anteed for the towing vehicle or the towed vehicle.
becoming trapped when uncoupling a may lower when the trailer cable is disconnec- The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from
trailer ted. side to side.
When uncoupling a trailer with an engaged This could result in you or other people Observe the following information:
inertia-activated brake, your hand may becoming trapped if your or their limbs are
R Permitted towing methods (/ page 343)
become trapped between the vehicle and the between the vehicle body and the tires or
trailer drawbar. underneath the vehicle. R The notes on towing the vehicle with both
# Make sure that nobody is underneath the axles on the ground (/ page 344)
# Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
overrun brake. vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
wheel arches when you disconnect the
trailer cable.
# Disconnect the electrical connection between
the vehicle and the trailer.
262 Instrument display and on-board computer

Notes on tthe
he instr
instrument
ument display
display and on-board cle when driving, you could be distracted from If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired,
comput
computer
er the tra c situation. This could also cause you park the vehicle immediately and in accordance
to lose control of the vehicle. with the tra c conditions. Contact a quali ed
& WARNING Risk of accident if the instru- # Only operate this equipment when the
specialist workshop.
ment display fails tra c situation permits.
If the instrument display has failed or is mal- # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
functioning, function restrictions in systems vehicle in accordance with the tra c
relevant to safety cannot be detected. conditions and operate the equipment
The operating safety of your vehicle may be with the vehicle stationary.
impaired.
# Drive on carefully. * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
# Have the vehicle checked immediately at # Observe the notes in the Supplement.
a quali ed specialist workshop. You could otherwise fail to recognize
dangers.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired,
park the vehicle immediately and safely. Contact a You must observe the legal requirements for the
quali ed specialist workshop. country in which you are currently driving when
operating the on-board computer.
& WARNING Risk of distraction due to infor-
The on-board computer shows only display mes-
mation systems and communications
sages and warnings from speci c systems on the
equipment
instrument display. You must therefore ensure
If you operate information systems and com- that your vehicle is always reliable.
munications equipment integrated in the vehi-
 Instrument display and on-board computer 263

Over
Overvie
view
w of instr
instrument
ument display

1 Display content on le (example: speedome- 2 Outside temperature sion/power meter/power availability display
ter): speedometer/time/date/trip computer 3 Digital speedometer of the electric motor (equipment-dependent)
From Start and From Reset/range/audio/ 4 Time The fuel supply will be interrupted to protect
angle of incline and approach/departure 5 the engine when the red mark on the tachom-
Display content on right (example: tachome-
The segments on the speedometer indicate eter (overrevving range) is reached.
ter): tachometer/average fuel
the statuses of the following systems: cruise consumption/ECO display/navigation/G- 6 Index points
control/limiter/Active Distance Assist meter/assistant display/4MATIC/suspen- These show the selected display or menu con-
DISTRONIC tent.
264 Instrument display and on-board computer

7 Coolant temperature display Over

Overvie
view
w of the
the buttons
buttons on the
the steer
steering
ing wheel ß Displays favorites
During normal operation, the coolant temper- VOL: control knob, adjusts the volume or
ature display is permitted to rise to 248°F switches the sound o 8 (press)
(120°C). 6 Makes/accepts a call
Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system: ~ Rejects/ends a call
POWER and CHARGE display (electrical drive 5 ò Calls up the home screen
support and recuperation power of the elec-
tric motor) 6 Touch Control multimedia system
8 Selected drive program 7 G Back button
9 Selected transmission position 8 Brightness control to adjust the lighting in the
A Instrument Display and in the control ele-
Center display area of the instrument display
ments of the vehicle interior
(example: standard display for trip): Assis-
tance/Telephone/Navigation/Trip/Media/
Radio/Styles and displays/Service/Power Operating
Oper ating tthe
he on-boar
on-boardd comput
computer
er
meter (equipment-dependent)
Observe the legal requirements for the country in
B Fuel level, fuel ller ap location indicator, which you are currently driving when operating
range the on-board computer.
1 P Back/Home button, on-board computer
Press and hold: shows standard display
2 Touch Control, on-board computer
3 Control panel for cruise control or Active Dis-
tance Assist DISTRONIC
4 Control panel for MBUX multimedia system:
£ Voice Control System
 Instrument display and on-board computer 265

R Media an entry
entr y or a display:
display: swipe upwards or down-
R Designs & Disp. wards on the le -hand Touch Control.
R Service # To eexit
xit a submenu: press the le -hand back
button.
% You can nd information about the possible
settings and selections on the menus in the Selecting the
the head-up display
Digital Operator's Manual. # To switc
switchh on the
the head-up display:
display: switch on
The menus can be called up from the menu bar the head-up display via the multimedia system
on the instrument display. or activate it on the menu bar by swiping
# To call up the
upwards on the le -hand Touch Control.
the menu bar
bar:: brie y press the le - The head-up display menu will be selected on
The on-board computer is operated using the le - hand back button until the menu bar is dis-
hand Touch Control and the le -hand back/home the head-up display.
played.
button. # To switc
switchh to
to the
the head-up display
display:: press the
When the on-board computer is being operated, % Vehicles wit without
hout Activ
Activee Distance
Distance Assist
Assist le -hand Touch Control or swipe upwards on
di erent acoustic signals will sound as operating DISTR
DISTRONIC:
ONIC: press the ò button to call up the le -hand Touch Control.
feedback, e.g. when the end of a list is reached or the menu bar of the on-board computer. # To se
sett the
the thr
three
ee display
display rang
ranges
es of tthe
he head-up
when you are scrolling through a list. # To scroll
scroll on tthe
he menu bar:
bar: swipe le or right display:
display: swipe upwards or downwards on the
The following menus are available: on the le -hand Touch Control. le -hand Touch Control.
R Assistance # To call up a menu, submenu or possible set- set- Full-screen
ull-screen menus
R Phone
tings on the
the menu, or con rm a selection or
setting:
se tting: press the le -hand Touch Control. You can display the following menus full-screen on
R Navigation the instrument display:
# To scroll
scroll tthr
hrough
ough display
displayss or lists
lists on tthe
he
R Trip R Assistance
menu, or select display
display cont
content,
ent, a function,
R Radio R Trip
266 Instrument display and on-board computer

R Navigation è ECO start/stop function (/ page 167) R Information from the driving systems and driv-
ë HOLD function (/ page 196) ing safety systems
# On the corresponding menu, use the le -hand
Touch Control to scroll to the end of the list. _ Adaptive Highbeam Assist (/ page 135) R Some warning messages
# Press the le -hand Touch Control. Vehicles with
with Tr
Traa c Sign Assist
Assist:: Detected instruc- Depending on the vehicle's equipment, di erent
The selected menu will be displayed full- tions and tra c signs (/ page 218). content can be shown in the three areas of the
screen. Head-up Display (/ page 267).
For an overview of the indicator and warning
lamps, see (/ page 456). Display
Display content
content
Overvie
Over view
w of display
displayss in tthe
he instr
instrument
ument display
Displays on the instrument display: Head-up Display
u Active Parking Assist (/ page 254) Function of the
the Head-up Display
é Parking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
(/ page 251) * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
h Cruise control (/ page 199) # Observe the notes in the Supplement.
ç Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC You could otherwise fail to recognize
(/ page 200) dangers.
æ Active Brake Assist (/ page 214)
The Head-up Display projects the following infor- 1 Navigation instructions
à Active Steering Assist (/ page 210) mation into the driver's eld of vision above the
¬ Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/ page 208) 2 Current speed
cockpit, for example:
3 Detected instructions and tra c signs
à Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 225) R The vehicle speed
4 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise
± Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 212) R Information from the navigation system control)
 Instrument display and on-board computer 267

System limits
System R Brightness # Swipe upwards or downwards on the le -hand
The visibility of the displays will be a ected by the R Messages Touch Control and select a setting by pressing
following conditions: the le -hand Touch Control.
R Assistance status
R Seat position the Head-up Display
Selecting what the Display shows
R Telephone
R Image position setting R Audio
R Ambient light R Voice Control System
R Wet road surface
# To select the
the Se
Settings
ttings menu: swipe to the right
R Objects on the display cover
on the le -hand Touch Control.
R Polarization in sunglasses The Settings menu 5 will be selected.
% In extreme sunlight, sections of the display # To call up the
the Se
Settings
ttings menu: press the le -
may appear washed out. You can correct this hand Touch Control.
by switching the Head-up Display o and on # To adjust
adjust tthe
he position: swipe upwards or
again. downwards on the le -hand Touch Control.
(Example)
# To adjust
adjust tthe
he br
brightness:
ightness: swipe to the le or 1 Switches the Head-up Display on/o
Setting the
Setting the Head-up Displa
Displayy using the
the on-board right on the le -hand Touch Control. 2 Le display area
com
comput
puter
er Se
Setting
tting messages,
messages, assist
assistance
ance status,
status, telephone,
telephone, Navigation system
On-board computer: audio and the
the Voice
Voice Control
Control Syst
System
em Inclination, gradient and compass
4 HEAD-UP DISPLAY # Press the le -hand Touch Control. Average consumption
The following Head-up Display settings or displays The list of setting options will be displayed. G-meter
can be selected or shown: 3 Central display area
R Position Speedometer
268 Instrument display and on-board computer

Set speed in the driver assistance system, # Swipe upwards on the le -hand Touch Con-
e.g. cruise control trol.
Warnings from driver assistance systems, e.g. # Press the le -hand Touch Control.
distance warning
4 Right display area Switching the
Switching the Head-up Displa
Displayy on/o via tthe
he mul-
Tra c Sign Assist timedia system
system
Vehicle level
Multimedia system:
Di erential 4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access
Distribution of the drive torques, 4MATIC
(/ page 179) # Select HUD.

Assistant display The Head-up Display is activated.

5 To adjust the position, brightness and lower
display area
6 Index points
7 Lower display area (example: le display area)
Display areas 2 to 4 that are not required can
be hidden.
% In audio mode, the station name or track will
be shown temporarily when the audio source
is being actively operated. In addition, the lat-
est calls will be displayed when the telephone
list on the instrument display is actively oper-
ated.
 MBUX multimedia system 269

Overvie
Over view
w and operation
operation images in this Operator's Manual. For example, 3 Touchpad
route guidance with augmented reality is not avail- 4 Controller
Notes on the
the MBUX multimedia system
system able in all equipment variants.
Turn: adjusts the volume
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor- Press brie y: switches the mute function
mation systems and communications Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he MBUX multimedia system
system on/o
equipment Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-
If you operate information systems and com- dia system or media display on or o
munication devices integrated in the vehicle 5 Buttons for navigation, radio/media and tele-
when driving, you could be distracted from the phone
tra c situation. This could also cause you to 6 Buttons for vehicle functions/system settings
lose control of the vehicle. and favorites/themes
# Only operate this equipment when the
Further operating options:
tra c situation permits.
R Conducting a voice dialog with the Voice Con-
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
trol System.
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
R Operating functions contact-free with the
and tra c conditions and operate the
equipment with the vehicle stationary. MBUX Interior Assistant.
% You can nd further information about opera-
You must observe the legal requirements for the tion as well as about applications and serv-
country in which you are currently driving when ices in the Digital Operator's Manual.
operating the multimedia system.
Depending on the equipment, the scope of func- 1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX Anti-the
Anti-the protection
protection
tion and product designation of your MBUX multi- multimedia system This device is equipped with technical provisions
media system may di er from the description and 2 Media display with touch functionality to protect it against the . Further information on
270 MBUX multimedia system

protection against the can be obtained from an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Home screen
screen over
overview
view

1 Depending on the display, calls up the rst 4 SOS NOT READY (only when the Mercedes- 7 Signal strength of the mobile phone network,
three applications or the home screen Benz emergency call system is not available) network display, battery status of the mobile
2 Calls up the pro le 5 Mercedes me connect active phone connected, time
3 Calls up the global search 6 Transmission of vehicle position active 8 Calls up the Noti cations Center
9 Calls up an application using the symbol
 MBUX multimedia system 271

A Application and current information Operating

Oper ating tthe
he MBUX multimedia system
system ß Press the rocker switch down and hold:
B Quick-access, e.g. enter home address Using Touc
Touchh Control
Control adds favorites and themes
C Index points and selected display area ° Turn controller: adjusts the volume
D Calls up the air conditioning menu 8 Press controller: switches o the sound
E Calls up SUGGESTIONS, THEMES and 6 Press the rocker switch up: makes or
FAVORITES accepts a call
% If Mercedes me connect 5 is active , the ~ Press the rocker switch down: rejects or
vehicle is linked with Mercedes me connect. ends a call
Vehicle data is then transmitted to the back- Navigation through the menus is carried out with
end system. What data is transmitted Touch Control 2 with single- nger swipes.
depends on which services are activated. Fur-
# To select a menu op option:
tion: swipe and press.
ther details can be found in the Mercedes me
connect terms and conditions and data pro- # To mov
movee tthe
he digital
digital map: swipe in any direc-
tection information. The function is country- tion.
dependent.
If transmission of vehicle position 6 is Using tthe
he touc
touchscr
hscreen
een
active , Mercedes me connect services have # Select menu options, symbols or characters
been activated for this vehicle which access by pressing brie y.
the vehicle's geoposition. In which instances 1 © Calls up the home screen # To nanavig
vigat
atee in menus: swipe up, down, le or
the geoposition is transmitted depends on the 2 Touch Control right.
particular services. Further details can be # To use handwr
3 G Press brie y: returns to the previous handwriting
iting to
to enter
enter char
charact
acter
ers:
s: write
found in the Mercedes me connect terms and
display the character with one nger on the
conditions and data protection information.
4 ß Press the rocker switch down brie y: touchscreen.
The function is country-dependent.
shows favorites
272 MBUX multimedia system

# To zoom in and out of the

the map: move two n- the touc
Using the touchpad
hpad # To select a menu option:
option: swipe and press.
gers together or apart. # To use handwriting
handwriting recognition:
recognition: write a char-
# To call up the
the global menu: press and hold on acter on the touchpad.
the touchscreen until the OPTIONS menu # To open or close the
the Noti
Noti cations Cent
Centerer::
appears. swipe down or up with two ngers.
% For more information on operation, please # To zoom in and out of the
the map: move two n-
refer to the Digital Operator's Manual. gers together or apart.
Calling up applications using buttons
buttons

1 G Returns to the previous display

2 ~ Calls up the audio control menu
Swiping to the le of right: selects the previ- 1 y Calls up vehicle functions
ous or next radio station/music track
2 z Calls up navigation
3 © Calls up the home screen
3 | Calls up radio or media
4 Touchpad
4 % Calls up the telephone
 MBUX multimedia system 273

5 ß Press brie y: calls up favorites For your own safety, always observe the following R Address book
Press and hold: adds a favorite or theme points when operating mobile communications R Radio
equipment and especially your voice control sys-
# Alternatively, tap © on the touchscreen. tem:
R Media
# Call up the application (/ page 270). R Observe the legal requirements for the coun-
R Vehicle functions
try in which you are driving.
Functions of the
the V
Voice
oice Control
Control System
System R If you use the voice control system in an emer- Starting
ar ting the
the Voice
Voice Control
Control Syst
System
em
gency your voice can change and your tele-
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor- phone call, e.g. an emergency call, can
mation systems and communications thereby be unnecessarily delayed.
equipment R Familiarize yourself with the voice control sys-

If you operate information systems and com- tem functions before starting the journey.
munication devices integrated in the vehicle With the Voice Control System, various applica-
when driving, you could be distracted from the tions in the MBUX multimedia system are opera-
tra c situation. This could also cause you to ble using voice input. The Voice Control System is
lose control of the vehicle. operational approximately thirty seconds a er the
ignition is switched on and is available for the
# Only operate this equipment when the
driver's seat and front passenger seat.
tra c situation permits.
The following multimedia system applications can
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
be operated:
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
R Telephone
and tra c conditions and operate the
equipment with the vehicle stationary. R Text messages
R Navigation # Press rocker switch 1 up.
274 MBUX multimedia system

or The camera is located in the overhead control R The camera is covered, dirty, fogged up or
# Say "Hello Mercedes". panel. scratched.
If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX Interior Wait until the camera has cooled down before
Assistant, selected functions of the multimedia cleaning the camera lens.
Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he MBUX Int
Inter
erior
ior Assistant
Assistant
system can be operated contact-free. The MBUX Clean the outside of the camera lens with a
& WARNING Risk of injury from the cam- Interior Assistant can di erentiate between driver dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use micro-
and front passenger interactions and detects spe- nott remove the cover when
ber cloths. Do no
era's laser radiation ci c hand positions (poses). cleaning.
This product uses a classi cation 1 laser sys-
tem. If the housing is opened or damaged, Syst
System
em limits, display
display messages
messages and not
notes
es for
for R Recognition can be impaired by re ective
laser radiation may damage your retina. recti cation clothing, an adverse color of clothing or by
The system may be impaired or may not function accessories, for example.
# Do not open the housing.
in the following situations: R Clothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may be
# Always have maintenance work and
R The camera in the overhead control panel may limiting the detection area of the camera.
repairs carried out by a quali ed special-
ist workshop. heat up due to operating conditions. As a Keep the camera's eld of vision clear.
result the camera may switch o temporarily, R The camera is not operational.
This product complies with the requirements of particularly during longer periods of operation
and at high outside temperatures. Consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
the FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 with
exception of the variations according to the FDA Do not touch or cover the camera and wait
Laser Notice No. 50 from 24. June 2007. until the camera has cooled down and is avail-
able again.
 MBUX multimedia system 275

The MBUX Inter

Interior
ior Assistant
Assistant supports
suppor ts the
the ffollo
ollowing
wing inter
interactions:
actions:

Inter
Interaction
action ar
area
ea Inter
Interaction
action Descr
Descrip
iption
tion
In front of the media display or Proximity to the control element The Interior Assistant recognizes the approach of the hand towards a control
above the touchpad element.
Depending on the active application, the display will be adjusted in the media
display. Some functions di erentiate between driver and front passenger.
No speci c hand position is required.
Above the center console De ned pose A favorite is called up with a de ned pose.
Below the inside rearview mirror Brief up and down movements With brief vertical up and down movements below the inside rearview mirror
the reading light for the driver or the front passenger is switched on and o .
Above the front passenger seat Stretching out a hand above the front By stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat the search light is
passenger seat switched on. If you withdraw a hand from this area, the search light is
switched o again.

Switching
Switching the
the reading
reading light and searc
searchh light and - The hand movement takes place in the - The hand movement takes place in the
on or o interaction area below the inside rearview interaction area above the front passenger
mirror. seat.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R For the
the rreading
eading light
light:: R For tthe
he search
search light
light:: - The seat belt on the front passenger seat
- The function is available when it is dark. must not
not be inserted in the seat belt
- The function is available when it is dark. buckle.
276 MBUX multimedia system

Switching
Switching tthe
he reading
reading light on and o Switching tthe
Switching he search
search light on and o & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing adjustment of the driver's seat a er
calling up a driver pro le
Selecting a user pro le may trigger an adjust-
ment of the driver's seat to the position saved
under the user pro le. You or other vehicle
occupants could be injured in the process.
# Make sure that when the position of driv-
er's seat is being adjusted using the mul-
timedia system, no people or body parts
are in the seat's range of movement.
# Brie y move a hand up or down beneath the # To switch
switch on: reach across the front
inside rearview mirror. passenger seat with a hand. If there is a risk of someone becoming trap-
The reading light is switched on or o for the The search light is switched on for the driver. ped, stop the adjustment process immedi-
driver or the front passenger. ately:
# To switch
switch o : take a hand back away from the
# a) Tap the warning message on the
front passenger seat.
The search light is switched o again. media display.
or
Information
Infor mation on pro
pro les, themes, sugg
sugges
estions
tions and # b) Press a memory position button or a

fav
favor
orit
ites
es seat adjustment switch on the driver's
door.
For electrically adjustable seats observe the fol- The adjustment process will be stopped.
lowing notes.
 MBUX multimedia system 277

The driver's seat is equipped with an access pre- The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It # Activate Bluetooth® and select Connect
venter. then o ers suggestions for the most probable Phone, to connect a mobile phone with the
If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will navigation destinations, media sources, radio sta- user pro le .
not be set a er calling up the driver's pro le. tions or contacts. The requirements for that are # Select Finish.
the selection of a pro le, your consent to the
Pro les store your vehicle settings and settings recording of data and su cient collected data. Selecting pro
pro le op
options
tions
for the multimedia system. If the vehicle is used
by several drivers, the driver can select their own Favorites provide quick access to applications # Select Ä for a pro le.

pro le without changing the stored pro le settings that are used o en. You can select favorites from The following functions are available:
of other drivers. categories or add them directly to an application.
R Editing, resetting or deleting a pro le
% Information on pro les from Mercedes me R Resetting themes or favorites
connect can be found in the Digital Opera- Con guring
guring pr
proo les, themes and sugg
sugges
estions
tions
R Con guring suggestions
tor's Manual. Multimedia system:
Vehicle settings are, for example, driver's seat, 4 © 5 f Profiles Con guring
guring sugges
suggestions
tions
steering wheel and mirror settings, climate control # Select Ä for a pro le.
and ambient lighting. For the settings of the multi- Creating
Cr eating a new
new pro
pro le # Select Suggestion Settings.
media system, you can select, for example, radio # Select W Create Profile .
stations, previous destinations as well as themes, # Switch Allow Destination Suggestions, Allow
# Select an avatar.
suggestions and favorites. Music Suggestions and Allow Contact Sug-
# Enter the name and con rm with a. gestions on or o .
For recurring driving situations, such as long
drives on the freeway, you can save your preferred # Select Continue r . # To deactiv
deactivatatee tthe
he learning
learning function for
for one
settings in a theme in the vehicle. In a theme you # Select Current Settings. day:: activate Deact. Learning for 24 h.
day
can save the display of the digital map, your pre- For 24 hours no new actions will be trained
# Select Save.
ferred radio station and preferred drive program, and no data recorded for the active pro le.
for example. Suggestions will continue to be shown.
278 MBUX multimedia system

Example: if the option is switched on and a System settings

System settings - Telephone
route to a new destination has been calcula- - Voice ampli cation to the rear
ted, this destination would not be taken into Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he syst
system
em settings
settings menu
account for the learning function.
R Connectivity
In the system settings menu, you can make set-
tings in the following menus and control ele- - Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC
Creating
Creating new
new themes
themes
ments: R Time & date
# Select ©.
R Display R Language
# Select THEMES.
- Styles R Units for distance
# Select W Create Theme.
- Instrument lighting R So ware updates
The settings which are saved in the theme are
shown. - Display brightness R Data import/export
# Select Continue r. - Edge lighting R PIN protection
# Select Audio and Navigation (Navigation) and - Day/night design R System Reset
store the active settings in the theme. R Control elements
# Select Continue r. - Keyboard language and handwriting recog- Infor
Information
mation on im
import
portant
ant system
system updates
updates
# Select an entry screen. nition
Important system updates may be necessary for
# Select Continue r. - Sensitivity of the touchpad the security of your multimedia system's data.
# Select an image. - Sensitivity of the Touch Controls Install these updates, or else the security of your
R Voice Control System multimedia system cannot be ensured.
# Enter the names into the entry eld and con-
rm with a. R Sound A system update consists of three steps:
R Downloading or copying of the data required
# Select Save. - Entertainment
for installation
- Navigation and tra c announcements
R Installation of the downloaded system update
 MBUX multimedia system 279

R Activation of the downloaded system update If the download of a deep system update is com- Setting
Setting up a Wi-F
Wi-Fii hotspot
hotspot
by restarting the system pleted and the downloaded system update is
ready for installation, you will be informed of this Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
% If automatic so ware updates are activated, a er the next ignition cycle, for example. R To sesett up the
the Wi-F
Wi-Fii connection of the
the multime-
the system updates will be downloaded auto- dia syst
system
em with
with eext
xter
ernal
nal ho
hotspo
tspots:
ts: your vehicle
matically. % Park the vehicle safely in a suitable location does not have a permanently installed com-
before starting the installation. munication module.
The multimedia system provides a message when
a system update is available. Requirements for the installation: R The device to be connected supports at least
R The ignition is switched o . one of the types of connection described.
You have the following selection options:
R Accept and Install R Notes and warnings have been read and
Multimedia system:
accepted. 4 © 5 Settings
The system update will be downloaded in the 5 System
R The electric parking brake is applied.
background. 5 Wi-Fi & Bluetooth
R Information If all requirements have been ful lled, the down-
Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi
Information about the pending system update loaded system update is installed. The multimedia
system cannot be operated while the downloaded # Select Wi-Fi.
is displayed.
system update is being installed and vehicle func- the multimedia system
Connecting the system with
with an ext
exter-
er-
R Later
tions are restricted. nal hotspo
hotspott using Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi
The system update can be downloaded man- If errors should occur during the installation, the The type of connection established must be selec-
ually at a later time. multimedia system automatically attempts to ted on the multimedia system and on the device
system
Deep syst em updates
updates restore the previous version. If restoration of the to be connected.
Deep system updates access vehicle or system previous version is not possible, a symbol appears
settings and can therefore only be carried out on the media display. Consult a quali ed special-
when the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is ist workshop to resolve the problem.
switched o .
280 MBUX multimedia system

% The connection procedure may di er depend- # Have the security key displayed on the device # Press the WPS button on the device to be con-
ing on the device. Follow the instructions that to be connected (see the manufacturer's oper- nected.
are shown in the display. Further information ating instructions). # Select Continue in the multimedia system.
can be found in the manufacturer's operating # Enter this security key on the multimedia sys-
instructions. tem. Activ
ctivating
ating automatic
automatic connection
# Select Internet Settings. # Con rm the entry with ¡.
# Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
# Select Connect via Wi-Fi. # Select the options r of the desired Wi-Fi
Connecting using a WPS PIN network.
# Select Add Hotspot.
# Select the options r of the desired Wi-Fi
# Activate Permanent Internet Connection.
Connecting using a QR code network.
# Select the options r of the desired Wi-Fi # Select Connect via WPS PIN Input. Connecting wit
withh a kno
known
wn Wi-F
Wi-Fii netw
network
ork
network. The multimedia system generates an eight- # Select Connect via Wi-Fi.

# Select Connect using QR code. digit PIN. # Select a Wi-Fi network.

# Scan the displayed QR code with the device to

# Enter this PIN on the device to be connected. The connection is established again.
be connected. # Con rm the entry.
guring the multimedia syst
Con guring system
em as a Wi-F
Wi-Fii ho
hot-
t-
The Wi-Fi connection is established. spott for
spo for ext
exter
ernal
nal devices
devices
Connecting using a button
button
security key
Connecting using a security The type of connection established depends on
# Select the options r of the desired Wi-Fi
the device to be connected. The function must be
# Select the options r of the desired Wi-Fi network. supported by the multimedia system and by the
network. # Select Connect via WPS PBC. device to be connected. The type of connection
# Select Connect Using Security Key. # Select "Connect via WPS PBC" in the options established must be selected on the multimedia
on the device to be connected (see the manu- system and on the device to be connected.
facturer's operating instructions). # Select Vehicle Hotspot.
 MBUX multimedia system 281

# Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot. # Select the vehicle from the device to be con- # To sav
savee a security
security key:
key: select Save.
nected. The vehicle is displayed with the When a new security key is saved, all existing
Connecting using WPS PIN gener
generation
ation DIRECT-MBUX XXXXX network name. Wi-Fi connections are then disconnected. If
# Select Connect via WPS PIN Generation. the Wi-Fi connections are being re-estab-
# Enter the security key which is shown in the
# Enter the PIN shown in the media display on media display on the device to be connected. lished, the new security key must be entered.
the device to be connected and con rm. # Con rm the entry.
Connecting using WPS PIN entry System
System language
Connecting using NFC
# Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.
# Select Connect via NFC.
Notes on the
the system
system language
# Enter the PIN that is shown on the external This function allows you to determine the lan-
# Activate NFC on the mobile device (see the
device's display on the multimedia system. guage for the menu displays and the navigation
manufacturer's operating instructions). announcements. The selected language a ects
button
Connecting using a button # Hold the device to be connected at the vehi- the characters available for entry. The navigation
# Select Connect via WPS PBC. cle's NFC interface. announcements are not available in all languages.
# Select Finished. If a language is not available, the navigation
# Press the push button on the device to be
The mobile device is now connected to the announcements will be in English.
connected (see the manufacturer's operating
instructions). multimedia system hotspot via NFC. Setting
Setting the
the system
system language
# Select Continue. Generating a new
Generating new secur
security
ity key Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
# Select Vehicle Hotspot.
Connecting using a secur
security
ity key 5 ® Language
# Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot. # Select Generate Security Key.
# Set the language.
A security key is displayed. A connection will be established with the
newly created security key.
282 MBUX multimedia system

% If you are using Arabic map data, the text R Vehicles with rear telephony: handset connec- Navigation
vigation
information can also be shown in Arabic on tion
the navigation map. To do so, select as Notes on navig
navigation
ation
R Individual user pro les
the language from the language list. Naviga- Rout
outee guidance with
with augmented
augmented reality
reality
tion announcements are then also made in % The guest pro le is reset when the settings
Arabic. are restored to the factory settings. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury as a
% Vehicles with rear telephony: The handset result of distraction, incorrect depiction or
Rese
esetting
tting the
the multimedia syst
system
em (rese
(resett function) must be in the cradle while the system is wrong interpretation of the display
reset.
The camera image of the augmented reality
& WARNING Risk of accidents due to failure A prompt appears again asking whether you really display is not suitable as a guide for driving.
of multimedia display functions wish to reset. # Always keep an eye on the actual tra c
# Select Yes.
While the multimedia system is being reset, its situation.
functions such as the rear view camera are The multimedia system is reset to the factory # Avoid extended observation of the cam-
not available. settings. If you have set a PIN for your system,
era image.
# Only reset the multimedia system when
this will also be reset.
the vehicle is stationary. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to imprecise positioning of additional
Multimedia system: information
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Reset
The additional information from the augmen-
Personal data is deleted, for example: ted reality display may be inaccurate and is
R Station presets not a substitute for observing and assessing
R Connected mobile phones the actual driving situation.
 MBUX multimedia system 283

# Always keep an eye on the actual tra c

situation when carrying out all driving
maneuvers.

Switching
Switching navig
navigation
ation on
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Navigation (Navigation)

# Alternatively: press the z button.

The map displays the current vehicle position.
The navigation menu is shown.
The navigation menu is hidden if route guid-
ance is active.
# To show:
show: tap on the touchscreen.
The menu is hidden automatically.
284 MBUX multimedia system

Navig
vigation
ation over
overview
view

Example: digital map with navigation menu • To show Route Overview • To show Route List
1 Enters a POI or address and additional desti- • To select Alternative Routes • To call up the POSITION menu
nation entry options • Report Traffic Incident (Car-to-X) - Save Position
2 Interrupts route guidance (if route guidance is • To call up the TRAFFIC menu - To display Compass
active) - To display Traffic Announcements 5 Quick-access and settings
3 Repeats a navigation announcement and
- To display Area Alerts • To show Traffic
switch navigation announcements on or o
- To display Provider Information • To show Parking
4 Calls up the ON THE WAY menu
 MBUX multimedia system 285

• To show Highway Information R In the Mercedes me app, register the unit Notices
• Via Advanced options to use View, identi cation number of the control unit and R Drive at the prescribed vehicle speed in the
Announcements and Route activate the toll system. toll lane.
Registration and activation of the toll system R The toll will be debited automatically only a er
Ov
Over
ervie
view
w of the
the toll
toll syst
system
em can take up to 24 hours.
Debiting of toll charges at highway toll gates is registration and activation of the toll system.
facilitated with an electronic payment system. When the toll system is activated, the number of R Mercedes-Benz recommends operation using
The toll system uses RFID (Radio Frequency Iden- vehicle occupants is rst transmitted manually the MBUX multimedia system. Alternatively,
ti cation) for data transfer between the control and is preset with one person. this can also be done on the control unit in
unit and the toll station. The number of vehicle occupants can be transmit- the glove box.
The toll system is initially switched o at the fac- ted automatically. In the process, the number of R For safety reasons, entries should be made
tory. seat belts worn is determined. while the vehicle stationary.
The control unit is in the vehicle glove box. The toll system is operational in all states in the R For further information, please consult the
USA and in all provinces in Canada. Mercedes me app or an authorized Mercedes-
To register and activate the control unit, the fol- Benz Center.
lowing steps are required: % In Mexico, for example, the toll system can be
registered and activated for journeys to the Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or
R Activate the toll system in the settings of the
USA. 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).
MBUX multimedia system.
286 MBUX multimedia system

Enter
Entering
ing a destination
destination
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to?

1 Federal state or province in which the vehicle 5 a Con rms an entry A Switches to digits, special characters and
is located 6 Switches to handwriting recognition symbols
2 Enters a POI or address 7 Enters a space B Switches to upper-case or lower-case letters
3 List with additional destination entry options 8 Switches to voice input # Enter the destination in 2. The entries can
4 Deletes an entry 9 Sets the written language be made in any order.
 MBUX multimedia system 287

The following entries can be made, for example: Using online search Calculating a rout
routee and using settings
settings for
for route
route
R City, street, house number % Requirements: the media display shows an guidance
R Street, city Internet connection in the status line with the Requir
equirements:
ements:
Q symbol. R The destination has been entered.
R ZIP code
R POI name or POI category, e.g. Parking
Destination entry uses online map services. If the R The destination address is shown.
on-board search nds no suitable destinations or
R Contact name if you change countries, the online search is avail- Multimedia system:
# Select a search result in list 3. able. 4 © 5 Navigation

For the destination you can enter an address, a

# Calculate the route (/ page 287).
POI or a three-word address.
% You can nd further information about desti- # Enter the destination in input line 2.
nation entry, e.g. 3 word addresses, in the
The search results are displayed.
Digital Operator's Manual.
# Select the destination in the list.
Changing country The detailed view for the route is displayed.
# Select the indicator for federal state or prov-
or
ince 1. # Select country indicator 1.
# Select the federal state or the province in 1.
# Select the provider for the online service from
# Enter the country indicator. the countries list. 1 ¥ No route yet.
# Select the country on list 3. # Enter the destination in input line 2.
¦ A route has been mapped.
# Select the federal state or the province from # Select the destination in the list.
list 3.
288 MBUX multimedia system

# Select ¥. # Select route options with Avoid Options. # Activate Street Names and House Numbers.
The route to the destination is calculated. # Activate Suggest Alternative Route. During route guidance, street names and
Route guidance begins. Alternative routes are calculated for every house numbers are shown in the camera
or route. image.
# Select ¦. # Activate Activate Commuter Route.
# Select Set as Waypoint. If the requirements are met, the multimedia Using map functions
The destination address is set as the next system automatically detects that the vehicle Multimedia system:
intermediate destination. is on a commuter route. Route guidance 4 © 5 Navigation
or begins without voice output.
# Select Start New Route Guidance. Activ
ctivating
ating rout
routee guidance with
with augment
augmented
ed reality
reality Se
Setting
tting the
the map scale
The destination address is set as the new des- # During route guidance, tap on the camera # To zoom in: tap twice quickly with one nger
tination. The previous destination and the symbol on the media display. on the media display.
intermediate destinations are deleted. Route The camera image will be shown instead of # To zoom out:
out: tap with two ngers on the
guidance to the new destination begins. the navigation map before a turning maneuver media display.
routee settings
Selecting rout settings and will show additional information.
Mo
Moving
ving tthe
he map
# To retur
returnn to
to tthe
he na
navig
vigation
ation map: tap on the
# Select Z. # Move one nger in any direction on the
camera symbol again.
# Select Advanced. touchscreen.
# Select Route.
Displa
Displaying
ying additional inf
infor
ormation
mation in the
the camera # To rese
resett the
the map to
to the
the current
current vehicle
vehicle posi-
image tion: press \ brie y.
# Select the route type.
# Select Z.
# Take tra c information into consideration with
# Select Advanced.
Dynamic Route Guidance r.
# Select Augmented Reality.
 MBUX multimedia system 289

Selecting map orient

orientation
ation R The service has been activated at an author- # Switch on Traffic Incidents, Free Flowing Traf-
# Tap repeatedly on the Ä compass symbol ized Mercedes-Benz Center. fic and Delay.
on the map. R The following additional conditions apply to If tra c information has been received, then
The view changes in the sequence 3D, 2D the Parking service: tra c incidents such as roadworks, road
Heading Up to 2D North Up. blocks, local area reports (e.g. fog) and warn-
- The navigation services option is available, ing messages are displayed.
Switching highwa
Switching highwayy inf
infor
ormation
mation on/o subscribed to and activated in the
Mercedes me Portal. The tra c delay is displayed for the current
# Select Z. route. Tra c delays lasting one minute or lon-
- The Parking service is within the scope of ger are taken into consideration.
# Activate or deactivate Highway Information.
the Navigation Services.
Displaying
Displaying hazard
hazard war
warnings
nings with
with Car-t
Car-to-X
o-X-Commu-
-Commu-
Multimedia system: nication
Using services
ser vices 4 © 5 Navigation
If hazard warnings are available these can be
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: shown as symbols on the map. The display
R There is an Internet connection. Displaying
Displa ying the
the tra
tra c situation with
with Live
Live Tr
Traa c
Inf
Infor
ormation
mation depends on the settings for the Traffic and Traf-
R Mercedes me connect is available. fic Incidents options.
# Select Z.
R You have set up a user account in the # Set the options.
# Activate Traffic.
Mercedes me Portal. If Traffic is switched o and Traffic Incidents
R The vehicle is connected to a user account
# Select Advanced. is switched on, the symbols are shown on the
and you have accepted the conditions of use # Select View. prospective route.
for the service. # Select Map Elements. Displaying
Displaying weat
weather
her infor
information
mation and other
other map
Further information can be found at: https:// cont
contents
ents
www.mercedes.me # Select Z.
R The service is available. # Select Advanced.
290 MBUX multimedia system

# Select View. # Observe the changed vehicle height with R Information on the parking garage/parking
# Select Map Elements. add-on roof equipment. lot, for example:
# Scroll up and show the ONLINE MAP CON- - Opening times
TENT category. * NOTE Before selecting the parking option - Parking charges
# Switch on a service, e.g. Weather. The data is based on information provided by - Current occupancy
Current weather information is displayed on the respective service provider. - Maximum parking time
the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for the - Maximum access height
cover. accuracy of the information provided relating The maximum access height shown by
Par
arking
king service
ser vice to the parking garage/parking lot. the parking service does not replace
# Always observe the local Information and the need for observation of the actual
* NOTE
NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not conditions. circumstances.
observing the maximum permitted head- R Available payment options (Mercedes pay,
room clearance % This service is not available in all countries. coins, bank notes, cards)
If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi- # Select Z and activate Parking.
R Details on parking tari s
mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof # Tap on j in the map.
R Number of available parking spaces
and other parts of the vehicle may be dam-
# Select a parking option. R Payment method (e.g. at the parking
aged.
The map shows the parking options in the meter)
# Observe the signposted headroom clear-
vicinity.
ance. R Services/facilities at the parking option
The following information is displayed (if avail-
# If the vehicle height is greater than the R Telephone number
able):
permitted headroom clearance, do not # Calculate the route (/ page 287).
R Destination address, distance from current
enter.
vehicle position and arrival time
 MBUX multimedia system 291

Notes on the
the dashcam Multimedia system: Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Mercedes me & Apps 4 © 5 Mercedes me & Apps
* NOTE Before using the dashcam 5 Dashcam 5 Dashcam

You are legally responsible for operation and # Select the USB device. # If several USB devices are connected with the
use of the dashcam functions. The legal % When USB devices contain multiple partitions, multimedia system, select a USB device
requirements relating to operation and use of recorded video les are not always displayed (/ page 291).
the dashcam can vary depending on the coun- in the recording list. # Select the Individual Recording or Loop
try in which the dashcam is operated. There- Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use Recording recording mode.
fore, observe the legal requirements, in partic- USB devices with one partition. If Individual Recording is selected and the
ular the data protection regulations, in your
country. memory is full the recording stops.
For this reason, before using the dashcam Star
arting
ting or stopping
stopping video rrecor
ecording
ding wit
withh tthe
he If Loop Recording has been selected, several
inform yourself about the regulation details for dashcam short video les are recorded. When the mem-
the respective country. ory limit is reached, the oldest video le is
Requir
equirements:
ements: deleted and recording is continued automati-
This function is not permitted in all countries. R A USB device is connected with the multime- cally.
# Observe the country-speci c regula- dia system . # To ststart
art:: select Start Recording.
tions. R The vehicle is switched on. The length of the recording is shown. The
Please do not remove the storage medium.
message appears. The video le is stored on
Selecting a USB device
device for
for a video rrecor
ecording
ding with the USB device.
the dashcam
# To end: select End Recording.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R At least one USB device is connected with the
multimedia system .
292 MBUX multimedia system

A report may appear in the following cases: Telephone & WARNING Risk of an accident from oper-
R For the Individual Recording recording mode: ating mobile communication equipment
Telephony
the memory is full or there are only a few while the vehicle is in motion
minutes recording time available. The video Notes on telephony
telephony
Mobile communications devices distract the
recording stops or will be stopped imminently.
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat- driver from the tra c situation. This could also
Change the USB device or delete a video le. cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
ing integrated communication equipment
R If a video recording has started and a national while the vehicle is in motion # As the driver, only operate mobile com-
border is detected, the National Border munications devices when the vehicle is
Crossed. Please observe the country-spe- If you operate communication equipment inte-
grated in the vehicle when driving, you could stationary.
cific regulations on video recording. message # As a vehicle occupant, only use mobile
appears. be distracted from the tra c situation. This
could also cause you to lose control of the communications devices in the areas
This function is not available in all countries. vehicle. intended for this purpose, e.g. in the rear
R The camera is not functional, the Camera # Only operate this equipment when the passenger compartment.
Unavailable message appears. tra c situation permits.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
Have the camera checked in an authorized # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
country in which you are currently driving when
Mercedes-Benz Center. vehicle whilst paying attention to road operating mobile communication equipment in
and tra c conditions and operate the the vehicle.
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
& WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
being stowed incorrectly
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
 MBUX multimedia system 293

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup The menu view and the available functions in the The following cases can lead to the call being dis-
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile telephone menu are in part dependent on the connected while the vehicle is in motion:
phone receptacles cannot always retain all Bluetooth® pro le of the connected mobile R You switch into a transmission/reception sta-
objects within. phone. Full functionality is only available if the tion, in which no communication channel is
mobile phone supports both of the following Blue- free.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of sudden braking or a sudden change tooth® pro les: R The SIM card used is not compatible with the
in direction. R PBAP (Phone Book Access Pro le) network available
# Always stow objects so that they cannot - The contacts on the mobile phone are R A mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged into
be thrown around in such situations. shown automatically on the multimedia the network with the second SIM card at the
# Always make sure that objects do not system. same time
protrude from stowage spaces, parcel R MAP (Message Access Pro le)
The multimedia system supports calls in HD
nets or stowage nets. - The mobile phone message functions can Voice® for improved speech quality. A require-
# Close the lockable stowage spaces be used on the multimedia system. ment for this is that the mobile phone and the
before starting a journey. mobile phone network provider of the person you
Irrespective of this, Bluetooth® audio functionality
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
can by used with any mobile radio unit. are calling support HD Voice® .
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky Depending on the quality of the connection, the
objects in the trunk/cargo compart- For information on the range of functions of the
mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manu- voice quality may uctuate.
ment. Further information can be obtained from an
facturer's operating instructions.
Networ
tworkk connection: authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at: https://
Observe the additional information on stowing
www.mercedes-benz.com/connect
mobile communications devices correctly:
R Loading the vehicle (/ page 111)
Bluetooth® connection:
Bluetooth
294 MBUX multimedia system

Telephone menu ov
over
erview
view

1 Bluetooth® device name of the currently con- 6 Device manager Telephon

elephonyy oper
operating
ating modes ov
over
erview
view
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone 7 Messages Depending on your equipment, the following tel-
2 Bluetooth® device name of the currently con- 8 Numerical pad ephony operating modes are available:
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone 9 Contact search R A mobile phone is connected to the multime-
(two phone mode) dia system via Bluetooth®.
3 Battery status of the connected mobile phone
4 Signal strength of the mobile phone network
5 Options
 MBUX multimedia system 295

R Two mobile phones are connected with the Multimedia system: R Managing contacts, e.g.:
multimedia system via Bluetooth® (two phone 4 © 5 Phone - Downloading mobile phone contacts
mode).
Searching
Searching for
for a mobile phone - Managing the format of a contact's name
- You can use all the functions of the multi-
# Select í. - Saving a contact as a favorite
media system with the mobile phone in the
foreground. # Select Connect New Device. R Receiving and sending messages, e.g.:
- You can receive incoming calls and mes- - Using the read-aloud function
Connecting a mobile phone
sages with the mobile phone in the back- - Dictating a new message
Authorization follows using secure simple pairing.
ground.
# Select a mobile phone.
You can interchange the mobile phone in
A code is displayed in the multimedia system
the foreground and background.
and on the mobile phone.
Connecting a mobile phone # If both codes match, con rm the code on the

Req
equir
uirements:
ements: mobile phone.
R Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone Functions in the
the ttelephon
elephonyy menu
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc- In the telephony menu you have the following
tions). functions, for example:
R Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia sys-
R Making calls, e.g.:
tem.
- R Accept a call
- k End Call
- i Create Confer. Call
- Accepting or rejecting a waiting call
296 MBUX multimedia system

Mercedes me app
Mercedes # Press me button 1. R Operating the vehicle
Mercedes
Mer cedes me calls emergency call
Making an emergency R Nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
# To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press it R Other products and services from Mercedes-
Making a call via the
the ov
over
erhead
head contr
control
ol panel Benz
brie y.
# Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least one Data is transferred during the connection to the
second. Mercedes-Benz customer center (/ page 298).
If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call Calling the
the Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz customer
customer cent
center
er using
can still be triggered. This has priority over all the multimedia syst
system
em
other active calls. Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
Information
Infor mation about the
the Mer
Mercedes
cedes me call R Access to a mobile phone network is available.
A call to the Mercedes-Benz customer center has R The contract partner's mobile network cover-
been initiated via the me button in the overhead age is available in the respective region.
control panel or the multimedia system R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-
(/ page 296). cle data can be transferred automatically.
Using the voice dialog system you access the
desired service: Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Phone 5 g
R Accident and Breakdown Management
R Mercedes-Benz customer center for general # Call Mercedes me connect.
1 me button for service or information calls A er con rmation, the multimedia system
information about the vehicle
2 SOS button cover sends the required vehicle data. The data
3 SOS button (emergency call system) You can nd information on the following topics: transfer is shown in the media display.
R Activation of Mercedes me connect
Making a Mercedes
Mercedes me call
 MBUX multimedia system 297

Then, you can select a service and be connected # Select Call. be con rmed or declined. A er being
to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz customer R The vehicle data is sent automatically declined, this will not be shown again.
center. (/ page 299).
Arranging a ser
Arranging service
vice appointment via a Mercedes
Mercedes
Calling tthe
he Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz Customer
Customer Cent
Center
er a er R The Mercedes-Benz Customer Center me call
automatic
automatic accident or breakdo
breakdown
wn det
detection
ection takes your call and organizes the break- If you have activated the maintenance manage-
down and accident assistance. ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: automatically to the Mercedes-Benz customer
R The vehicle has detected an accident or break- You may be charged for these services.
center. You will then receive individual recommen-
down situation. % Depending on the severity of the accident, an dations regarding the maintenance of your vehi-
R The vehicle is stationary. automatic emergency call can be initiated. cle.
R The hazard warning lights are switched on.
This has priority over all other active calls.
Regardless of whether you have consented to the
% In addition, if the Mercedes me connect maintenance management service, the multime-
% This function is not available in all countries. service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar dia system reminds you a er a certain amount of
The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit- prompt can appear a er a delay in the event time that a service is due. A prompt appears ask-
uations under certain circumstances. of a breakdown. If you are already in contact ing if you would like to make an appointment.
In the event an accident or breakdown is detec- with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center or
# To arrarrang
angee a service
ser vice appointment:
appointment: select Call.
ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in have already received support, this prompt
can be ignored or declined. A er your agreement, the vehicle data is
the multimedia system display. transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer
% If you answer the prompt for support from the center takes your preferred appointment date.
A er quitting the emergency guide display on the
multimedia system, a prompt appears asking Mercedes-Benz Customer Center with Later, The information is then sent to your desired
whether you would like to get support from the the message will be hidden and appear again service outlet.
Mercedes-Benz Customer Center. later.
The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me This will contact you to con rm the appoint-
connect service "Telediagnostics", can either ment and if necessary consult about the
details.
298 MBUX multimedia system

% If you select Later a er the service message Data

Data transf
transfer
er if Mercedes
Mercedes me connect services
ser vices If Accident and Breakdown Management is called
appears, the message is hidden and reap- ar
aree no
nott activat
activated
ed via the voice control system, the following data
pears at a later time. If no Mercedes me connect services are activa- can also be called up from the vehicle by the
ted, the following data is transferred: Mercedes-Benz customer center:
Transf
ansferr
erred
ed data
data dur
during
ing a Mercedes
Mercedes me call
R Vehicle identi cation number R Current vehicle location
When you make a service call via Mercedes me,
data is transmitted. This enables targeted advice R Time of the call Data
Data tr
transf
ansfer
er if Mercedes
Mercedes me connect services
ser vices
and a smooth service. ar
aree activ
activat
ated
ed
R Reason for the initiation of the call
The following requirements must be ful lled for An overview of the data transmitted can be found
R Country indicator of the vehicle
the transfer of the data: in the respective terms of use for Mercedes me
R Set language for the multimedia system connect services. These can be obtained in the
R The vehicle is switched on.
R Telephone number of the communication plat- Mercedes me portal: https://
R The required data transfer technology is sup-
form installed in the vehicle me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
ported by the mobile phone network provider.
R The quality of the mobile connection is su - If a call is made for a service appointment via the Dataa pr
Dat processing
ocessing
cient. service reminder, the following data is also trans- The data transmitted within the scope of the call
mitted: is deleted from the processing system a er the
Multi-stage transfer depends on the following fac- call is nished, in so far as this data is not being
R Current mileage and maintenance data
tors: used for other activated Mercedes me connect
R Reason for the initiation of the call If a call is made a er automatic accident or break- services.
R The available mobile phone transmission tech- down detection using the multimedia system, the The incident-speci c data is processed and stored
nology. following data is also transmitted: in the Mercedes-Benz customer center and, if
R The activated Mercedes me connect services.
R Current mileage and maintenance data required to process the incident, forwarded to the
R Current vehicle location service partner authorized by the Mercedes-Benz
R The service selected in the voice control sys- customer center. Please take note of the data pro-
tem. tection information on the Mercedes me Internet
 MBUX multimedia system 299

page https://www.mercedes.me or in the recor- The me button and the SOS button can be found Infor
Information
mation on Mercedes
Mercedes me connect Accident
Accident
ded message immediately a er calling the on the vehicle's overhead control panel and Br
Breakdo
eakdown
wn Management
Management
Mercedes-Benz customer center. (/ page 296). The Accident and Breakdown Management can
% The recorded message is not available in You can also call the Mercedes-Benz customer include the following functions:
every country. center using the multimedia system R Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency
(/ page 296). call system (/ page 303)
Mercedes
Mer cedes me connect Please note that Mercedes me connect is a If necessary, the contact person at the
Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, rst call Mercedes-Benz emergency call center for-
Infor
Information
mation on Mer
Mercedes
cedes me connect the national emergency services using the stand-
Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv- wards the call to Mercedes me connect Acci-
ard national emergency service telephone num- dent and Breakdown Management. Forward-
ices. bers. In emergencies, you can also use the ing the call is however not possible in all coun-
You can use the following services via the multi- Mercedes-Benz emergency call system tries.
media system and the overhead control panel, for (/ page 303).
R Breakdown assistance by a technician on
example: Observe the conditions of use for Mercedes me location and/or the towing away of the vehicle
R Accident and Breakdown Management (me connect and other services. These can be to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-
button or situation-dependent display in the obtained in the Mercedes me Portal: https:// ter
multimedia system) me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
You may be charged for these services.
R Mercedes-Benz emergency call system (auto- Further information about Mercedes me connect R Addition to the emergency guide a er auto-
matic emergency call and SOS button) services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-
tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com matic accident or breakdown detection
The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break- (/ page 297)
down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer- In the event of a breakdown or accident, fur-
gency call center are available to you around the ther vehicle data is sent which enables optimal
clock. support by the Mercedes-Benz customer cen-
300 MBUX multimedia system

ter and the authorized service partner or result in delays or the failure of the informa- Over
Overvie
view
w of the
the Mer
Mercedes
cedes me & Apps menu
breakdown assistance. tion to appear in the multimedia system.
When you log in with a user account to the
R Addition to the Mercedes me connect service More information about Mercedes me connect Mercedes me Portal, then services and o ers
Telediagnostics services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por- from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you.
With the Telediagnostics function, speci c tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
For more information consult an authorized
wear and failure reports are recorded by the Dataa transf
Dat transferr
erred
ed during
during Mer
Mercedes
cedes me connect Mercedes-Benz Center or visit the Mercedes me
service provider, in so far as these can be call services
ser vices portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
clearly interpreted and are available through
The data transferred during a Mercedes me con- % Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me
the monitoring of components that are subject
to diagnostics. nect call depends on: apps updated.
If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat
R The reason for initiation of the call You can call up the menu using Mercedes me &
of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the R The service that is selected in the voice con- Apps in the multimedia system.
multimedia system to contact the Mercedes- trol system In the Mercedes me & Apps menu, the following
Benz customer center for further help. This R The activated Mercedes me connect services options can be available:
prompt in the multimedia system only appears R Connecting the vehicle with the Mercedes me
when the vehicle is stationary. You can nd out which data is transferred when user account
using the services in the currently valid Mercedes
% These services are subject to technical me connect terms of use and the data protection R Deleting a connection between a Mercedes
restrictions such as the mobile phone cover- information for Mercedes me connect. You can me user account and the vehicle
age, mobile network quality and the ability of nd these in your Mercedes me user account. R Calling up the Mercedes me services
the processing systems to interpret the trans-
R Calling up apps such as, In-Car O ce or the
ferred data. In some circumstances, this can
web browser depending on availability
 MBUX multimedia system 301

Web browser
browser over
overview
view
The web browser is started using the Mercedes
me & Apps menu.

1 URL entry % Websites cannot be shown while the vehicle is Over

Overvie
view
w of smartphone
smar tphone int
integr
egration
ation
2 Bookmarks in motion.
With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain
3 Web page, back functions on your mobile phone via the multime-
4 Web page, forwards dia system display.
5 To refresh/stop Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec-
6 Options ted via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia
302 MBUX multimedia system

system. Also for use with two phone mode with % Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting The following driving status data is transmitted:
smartphone integration, only one additional the connecting cable only when the vehicle is R Transmission position engaged
mobile phone can be connected using Bluetooth® stationary.
R Distinction between parked, standstill, rolling
with the multimedia system.
Over
Ov ervie
view
w of transf
transferr
erred
ed vehicle
vehicle data and driving
The full range of functions for Smartphone Inte- When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi- R Day/night mode of the instrument cluster
gration is only possible with an Internet connec- cle data is transferred to the mobile phone. This
tion. The appropriate application must be down- R Drive type
enables you to get the best out of selected mobile
loaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone phone services. Vehicle data is not directly acces- The transfer of this data is used to alter how con-
Integration. The mobile phone must be switched sible. tent is displayed to correspond to the driving sit-
on and connected to a USB port with the ç uation.
The following system information is transmitted:
symbol on the multimedia system using a suitable
cable. R So ware release of the multimedia system The following position data is transmitted:
R System ID (anonymized) R Coordinates
Apps for Smartphone Integration
R Apple CarPlay® R Speed
The transfer of this data is used to optimize com-
munication between the vehicle and the mobile R Compass direction
R Android Auto
phone. R Acceleration direction
% For safety reasons, the rst activation of To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the
Smartphone Integration on the multimedia This data is used by the mobile phone to improve
mobile phone, a vehicle identi er is randomly gen-
system must be carried out when the vehicle the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continua-
erated.
is stationary and the parking brake is applied. tion in a tunnel).
This has no connection to the vehicle identi ca-
You can start Apple CarPlay® or Android Auto tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-
from the device manager. media system is reset (/ page 282).
 MBUX multimedia system 303

Mercedes-Benz emergency
Mercedes-Benz emergency call syst
system
em Deactivation
Deactivation of tthis
his module prev
prevents
ents tthe
he activa-
activa- eCall does not replace dialing 911 in the event of
tion of an
anyy and all Mer
Mercedes
cedes me connect serv- an accident.
Infor
Information
mation on tthe
he Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz emergency
emergency ices. A er the deactivation
deactivation of eCall, automatic
automatic
call syst
system
em An emergency call can be made automatically or
emergency
emergency call and manual emergency
emergency call will manually.
Your vehicle is equipped with the Mercedes-Benz nott be available.
no available.
Only make emergency calls if you or others are in
emergency call system ("eCall"). This feature can The vehicle must be switched on before an auto- need of rescue. Do not make an emergency call in
help save lives in the event of an accident. eCall matic emergency call can be made. the event of a breakdown or a similar situation.
in no way replaces assistance provided from dial- % eCall is activated at the factory.
ing 911. Messages
Messages on the the display
% eCall can be deactivated by an authorized SOS NOT READY: the vehicle is not on or eCall not
Mercedes-Benz eCall only functions in areas Mercedes-Benz dealer. Please note that in the
where mobile phone coverage is available from available.
event ownership of the vehicle is transferred
the wireless service providers. Insu cient net- to another owner in its deactivated state, During an active emergency call, <schar> appears
work coverage from the wireless service providers eCall will remain deactivated unless the new in the display.
may result in an emergency call not being trans- owner visits an authorized Mercedes-Benz You can nd more information on the regional
mitted. dealership to reactivate the system. availability of eCall at: https://www.mercedes-
eCall is a standard feature in your Mercedes-Benz benz-mobile.com/extra/ecall/
vehicle. In order to function as intended, the sys- % If there is a malfunction in the Mercedes-Benz
tem relies on the transmission of data detailed in Over
Overvie
view
w of the
the Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz emerg
emergency
ency call
syst
system
em emergency call system (e.g. a malfunction
the "Mercedes-Benz emergency call system data with the speaker, microphone, airbag, SOS
transmission" section that follows (/ page 305). eCall can help to reduce the time between an button), a corresponding message appears on
To disable eCall, a customer must visit an author- accident and the arrival of emergency services at the display in the instrument cluster.
ized Mercedes-Benz Service department to deac- the site of the accident. It helps locate an acci-
tivate the vehicle's communication module. dent site in places that are di cult to access.
However, even if a vehicle is equipped with eCall,
this does not mean the system is ON. As such,
304 MBUX multimedia system

Trigg
igger
ering
ing an automatic
automatic Mer
Mercedes‑Benz
cedes‑Benz emer- The SOS button in the overhead control panel Trigg
igger
ering
ing a manual Mer
Mercedes-Benz
cedes-Benz emergency
emergency
gency call ashes until the emergency call is nished. call
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: It is not possible to immediately end an automatic # To use the
the SOS butt
button
on in the
the ov
over
erhead
head con-
R The vehicle is switched on. emergency call. trol
trol panel: press and hold the SOS button for
R The starter battery is su ciently charged. If no connection can be made to the emergency at least one second (/ page 296).
services either, a corresponding message appears # To use voice
voice control:
control: use the Voice Control
The Mercedes‑Benz emergency call system trig- in the media display. System voice commands .
gers an emergency call automatically in the fol- # Dial the local emergency number on your
lowing cases: The emergency call has been made:
mobile phone. R A voice connection is made to the Mercedes-
R A er activation of the restraint systems such
If an emergency call has been initiated: Benz emergency call center.
as airbags or Emergency Tensioning Devices
R Remain in the vehicle if the road and tra c R A message with accident data is transmitted
a er an accident
conditions permit you to do so until a voice to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.
R A er an emergency stop automatically initi-
connection is established with the emergency
ated by Active Emergency Stop Assist call center operator. The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center
can transmit the vehicle position data to one
The emergency call has been made: R Based on the call, the operator decides of the emergency call centers.
R A voice connection is made to the Mercedes- whether it is necessary to call rescue teams R Remain in the vehicle if the road and tra c
Benz emergency call center. and/or the police to the accident site.
conditions permit you to do so until a voice
R A message with accident data is transmitted R If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance connection is established with the emergency
to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center. is sent to the vehicle immediately. call center operator.
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center R Based on the call, the operator decides
can transmit the vehicle position data to one whether it is necessary to call rescue teams
of the emergency call centers. and/or the police to the accident site.
 MBUX multimedia system 305

If no connection can be made to the emergency R Whether Mercedes me connect is available or

services either, a corresponding message appears not
in the media display. R Whether the emergency call was initiated
# Dial the local emergency number on your manually or automatically
mobile phone. R Time of the accident
unintentionallyy trigg
Ending an unintentionall trigger
ered
ed manual R Language setting on the multimedia system
Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz emergency
emergency call
the multifunction steer
# Using the steering
ing wheel: select Data transmitted is vehicle information. For any
~. Depress the button for several seconds. questions about the collection, use and sharing of
the eCall system data, please contact MBUSA's
Customer Assistance Center at 800-FOR-MERC.
Dataa transf
Dat transfer
er of the
the Mer
Mercedes-Benz
cedes-Benz emergency
emergency For Canada, please contact MBC's Customer
call system
system Assistance Center at 1-800-387-0100.
In the event of an automatic or manual emergency Customer requests for covered information should
call the following data is transmitted, for example: be submitted via the same channels.
R Vehicle's GPS position data For accident clari cation purposes, the following
R GPS position data on the route (a few hundred measures can be taken up to an hour a er the
meters before the incident) () emergency call has been initiated:
R Direction of travel R The current vehicle position can be deter-
R Vehicle identi cation number mined.
R A voice connection to the vehicle occupants
R Vehicle drive type
can be established.
R Number of people determined to be in the
vehicle
306 MBUX multimedia system

Radio & media

Overvie
Over view
w of tthe
he symbols and functions in the
the media menu

Symbol Designation Function

Function
6 Play Select to start or continue playback.

8 Rest Select to pause the playback.

: Repeat a track Select to repeat the current track or the active playlist.
R Select once: the active playlist is repeated.
R Select twice: the current track is repeated.
R Select three times: the function is deactivated.

9 Random playback Select to play back the tracks in random order.

û/ü Skip forwards/back Select to skip to the next or to the previous track.

ß Options Select to show additional options.

5 Categories Select to show or search through available categories (e.g. playback lists, albums,
artists, etc.).
ª Search Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for
example.
 MBUX multimedia system 307

Symbol Designation Function

Function
Z Settings Select to make settings.

© Home Select to return to the home screen.

j Messaging Select to call up messaging.

2 Full screen Select to switch to full screen mode.

The following functions and settings are available R The audio equipment supports the Bluetooth® Aut
uthor
horizing
izing a ne
new
w Bluetooth® audio de
Bluetooth device
vice
in the media menu: audio pro les A2DP and AVRCP. # Select Connect New Device.
R Connecting external data storage media with R The audio equipment is "visible" for other devi- # Select an audio device.
the multimedia system (e.g. using USB or ces. Authorization starts. A code is displayed on
Bluetooth®) the multimedia system and on the mobile
Multimedia system:
R Playing back audio or video les phone.
4 © 5 Media 5 Bluetooth 5 ª
# If the codes are identical, con rm on the
With Bluetooth® audio, you can play back music audio equipment.
Aut
uthor
horizing
izing a Bluetooth® audio device
Bluetooth device for
for media les from an external data storage medium, e.g.
pla
playback
yback your smartphone, using the MBUX multimedia
# Select Only as Bluetooth Audio Device.

system. The Bluetooth® audio equipment is connected

Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
# To play back audio les using the multimedia
with the multimedia system.
R Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia sys-
tem and audio equipment. system, authorize the external data storage
medium on the MBUX multimedia system.
308 MBUX multimedia system

Connecting previousl
previouslyy author
authorized Bluetooth®
ized Bluetooth
audio eq
equipment
uipment
# Select a Bluetooth® audio device from the list.
The connection is being established.

Over
Overvie
view
w of tthe
he symbols and functions in the
the radio
radio menu

Symbol Designation Function

Function
© Home Select to return to the home screen.

j Messaging Select to call up messaging.

û/ü Skip forwards/back Select to skip to the next or to the previous station.

Z Settings Select to have further options shown. Settings can be made to the following additional
functions, for example:
R Navigation and tra c announcements
R Frequency x function
R Radio additional text
R Emergency warnings

The setting options are country-dependent.

 MBUX multimedia system 309

Symbol Designation Function

Function
HD HD radio® Select to switch the HD Radio® function on or o .
This function is not available in all countries.
8 Silent function Select to switch o the sound.

f Store radio stations Select to save a station in the presets.

4 Station list Select to have the station list shown.

ª Search Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for
example.

Additional functions of TTuneIn

uneIn rradio
adio
% A relatively large volume of data can be trans-
mitted when using TuneIn Radio.
310 MBUX multimedia system

Symbol Designation Function

Function
Z Settings The following additional settings are available in
the TuneIn Radio menu:
R Selecting stream
R Logging on to or out of the TuneIn account

ß Favorites Select during playback to save the station cur-

rently set as a favorite.
6/8 Play/Pause Select to start, stop or continue playback.

5 Browse Select to choose a category and then a radio sta-

tion.

Additional functions of tthe

he satellit
satellitee radio
radio broadcast around the clock throughout the USA % Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos are
SIRIUS XM® satellite radio o ers more than 175 and Canada. The satellite radio program is availa- trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its
digital-quality radio channels providing 100% com- ble for a monthly fee. Information about this can subsidiaries. All other marks, channel names
mercial-free music, sports, news and entertain- be obtained from a Sirius XM® Service Center and logos are the property of their respective
ment, for example. SIRIUS XM® satellite radio and at https://www.siriusxm.com (USA) or owners. All rights reserved.
employs a eet of high-performance satellites to https://www.siriusxm.ca (Canada).
 MBUX multimedia system 311

Symbol Designation Function

Function
Z Settings The following additional settings are available in
the satellite radio menu:
R Activate child safety lock to lock channels
with adult content
R Set alarm programming for music and sport
alerts
R Create TuneMix lists to listen to music seam-
lessly
5 Playback control Select to show the timeline.
Tap any point on the timeline to skip forwards or
back.
Navigate to the end of the timeline to return to
live mode.
6 Play Select to start or continue playback.

8 Rest Select to pause the playback.

Depending on the frequency band selected, di er- Select the desired frequency band in the radio Calling up TuneIn
TuneIn Radio
Radio
ent functions are available to you. menu head runner.
Requir
equirements:
ements:
312 MBUX multimedia system

R The TuneIn Radio service is activated in the Setting

Setting up satellit
satellitee radio
radio www.siriusxm.com (USA) or https://
Mercedes me Portal. www.siriusxm.ca (Canada).
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The data volume is available. R Satellite radio equipment is available.
Depending on the country, data volume may R Registration with a satellite radio provider has
Music and sport
spor t alerts
aler ts
need to be purchased. been completed. Multimedia system:
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis- R If registration is not included when purchasing 4 © 5 Radio 5 SiriusXM 5 Z
sion free of interference. the system, your credit card details will be 5 Alerts
% Data volume can be purchased dir directl
ectlyy from
from required to activate your account.
a mobile phone ne
netw
twor
orkk pro
provider
vider via the Se
Setting
tting music and sport
spor t aler
alerts
ts
Multimedia system: This function enables you to program an alert for
Mercedes me Portal. 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM your favorite artists, tracks or sporting events.
% The functions and services are country- 5 Z Options Music alerts can be saved whilst a track is being
dependent. For more information, consult an played and sport alerts can be saved during a live
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. # Select Service Information.
game. You can also specify sport alerts via the
Multimedia system: The service information screen appears show- menu option. The system then continuously
ing the radio ID and the current subscription searches through all the channels.
4 © 5 Radio
status.
# Set a music or sports alert, to be informed of
# Select TuneIn Radio. # Establish a telephone connection.
The TuneIn menu appears. The last station set matches in the Live program.
# Follow the service sta 's instructions.
starts playing. Activ
ctivating
ating the
the music inf
infor
ormation
mation function
The activation process may take up to ten
% The connection quality depends on the local minutes. # Activate Music Alerts O.
mobile phone reception.
% You can also have the satellite service activa- Setting
Setting a music alert
ted online. To do so, please visit https:// # Select Add Alert.
 MBUX multimedia system 313

# Select Artists or Song in the dialog window. Deleting all sports

Deleting spor ts and music aler
alerts
ts Burmest
Burmesterer® surr
surround
ound sound system
system and
The alert is set for the current artist or track. # Select Manage Music Alerts. Burmester
Burmest er® high-end 3D surr
surround
ound sound system
system
If a match is found, a prompt appears asking or The following functions are available:
whether you wish to change to the station. # Select Manage Sports Alerts. R Equalizer:
Activ
ctivating
ating sports
spor ts infor
information
mation # Select Delete All Entries.
- Treble, mid-range and bass
# Activate Activate Sports Alerts O. All alerts are deleted.
R Balance and fader
Setting a sport
Setting spor t alert R Sound focus
# Select Add Alert. Sound settings
settings R VIP seat (Burmester® high-end 3D surround
# Select the team name or league in the dialog Overvie
Over view
w of functions in the
the sound menu sound system only)
window. The setting options and functions available R Sound pro les
depend on the sound system installed. You can R Volume:
Deleting
Deleting individual sports
spor ts and music alerts
aler ts
nd out which sound system is installed in your
# Select Manage Music Alerts. - Automatic adjustment
vehicle in the Digital Operator's Manual.
or
# Select Manage Sports Alerts.
Standar
andardd sound system
system and AAdv
dvanced
anced sound sy
sys-
s-
# Select an artist or track.
tem
The following functions are available:
or
R Equalizer:
# Select a team.

# Select Delete Selected Entries.

- Treble, mid-range and bass
All highlighted alerts are deleted. R Balance and fader
R Volume:
- Automatic adjustment
314 Maintenance and care

ASSYST PLUS
ASSYST PLUS service
ser vice int
interv
erval
al display Displaying
Displaying the
the ser
service
vice due date # Always have the prescribed maintenance
Function of the
the ASSYS
ASSYSTT PLPLUS
US service
ser vice interv
interval
al dis- On-board computer: work carried out at a quali ed specialist
play 4 Service 5 ASSYST PLUS workshop.
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the The next service due date is displayed.
instrument display informs you of the time or dis- # To exit
exit the
the display:
display: press the G back but- Notes on special service
ser vice req
requir
uirements
ements
tance remaining before the next service due date. ton on the le -hand side of the steering wheel. The prescribed service interval is based on nor-
You can hide this service display using the G Bear in mind the following related topic: mal operation of the vehicle. Have the mainte-
back button on the le -hand side of the steering nance work carried out more o en than prescri-
R Operating the on-board computer
wheel. bed if operating conditions are di cult or the
(/ page 264).
Depending on how the vehicle is used, the vehicle is subject to increased stress.
ASSYST PLUS service interval display may shorten The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only
the service interval, e.g. in the following cases: Infor
Information
mation on regular
regular maintenance
maintenance w
work
ork an aid. The driver of the vehicle bears responsibil-
R Mainly short-distance driving ity as regards to whether maintenance work
* NOTE Premature wear through failure to needs to be performed more o en than speci ed
R When the engine is o en le idling for long observe service due dates
periods based on the actual operating conditions and/or
Maintenance work which is not carried out at loads.
R In the event of frequent cold start phases
the right time or incompletely can lead to Examples of arduous operating conditions:
Mercedes-Benz recommends avoiding such oper- increased wear and damage to the vehicle. R Regular city driving with frequent intermediate
ating conditions. # Adhere to the prescribed service inter- stops
You can obtain information concerning the servic- vals. R Mainly short-distance driving
ing of your vehicle from a quali ed specialist
R Frequent operation in mountainous terrain or
workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-
ter. on poor road surfaces
 Maintenance and care 315

R When the engine is o en le idling for long Engine compar

compartment
tment & WARNING Risk of burns when opening the
periods hood
Opening and closing the
the hood
R Operation in particularly dusty conditions
and/or if air-recirculation mode is frequently If you open the hood in the event of an over-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to driving heated engine or re in the engine compart-
used with the hood unlocked ment, the following situations may occur:
In these or similar operating conditions, have the The hood may open and block your view. R You may come into contact with hot gases.
interior air lter, air lter, engine oil and oil lter, # Never release the hood when driving. R You may come into contact with other
for example, changed more frequently. The tires
must be checked more frequently if the vehicle is # Before every trip, ensure that the hood is escaping hot operating uids.
operated under increased loads. Further informa- locked. # Before opening the hood, allow the
tion can be obtained at a quali ed specialist work- engine to cool down.
shop. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury # In the event of a re in the engine com-
when opening and closing the hood partment, keep the hood closed and call
Batter
Batteryy disconnection per
periods
iods The hood may suddenly drop into the end the re service.
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can cal- position.
culate the service due date only when the battery There is a risk of injury for anyone in the & WARNING Risk of injury due to moving
is connected. hood's range of movement. parts
# Display and note down the service due date # Do not open or close the hood if there is Components in the engine compartment may
on the instrument display before disconnect- a person in the hood's range of move- continue to run or start unexpectedly even
ing the battery (/ page 314). ment. when the drive system is switched o .
Observe the following if you must open the
hood:
316 Maintenance and care

# Switch o the vehicle. R Electric lines to the ignition coils and the fuel Opening the
the hood
injectors
# Never touch the danger zones surround-
ing moving components, e.g. the rotation & WARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
area of the fan. nent parts in the engine compartment
# Remove jewelery and watches.
Certain component parts in the engine com-
# Keep items of clothing and hair away partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the
from moving parts. cooler and parts of the exhaust system.
# Allow the engine to cool down and only
& WARNING Risk of injury from touching live touch component parts described in the
components following.
The ignition system and the fuel injection sys-
tem operate with a high voltage. You could & WARNING Risk of injury from using the
receive an electric shock. windshield wipers when the hood is open
# Never touch components of the ignition
If the windshield wipers start moving when the
system or fuel injection system when the hood is open, you could be trapped by the
vehicle is switched on. wiper linkage. # To release the hood, pull on handle 1.
# Always switch o the windshield wipers
The live components include the following, for
example: and the vehicle rst if you need to open
the hood.
R Ignition coils
R Fuel injectors
 Maintenance and care 317

# Lower the hood to a height of around 8 in On-board computer:

(20 cm) and then allow it to fall, applying a lit- 4 Service 5 Engine Oil Level
tle force as you let it go.
One of the following messages will appear on the
# If the hood can still be li ed slightly, open the instrument display:
hood again and close it with a little more force
R Measuring Engine Oil Level...: measurement
until it engages correctly.
of the oil level is not yet possible.
Engine oil # Repeat the request a er a maximum of
30 minutes' driving.
Checking
Checking the
the engine oil level
level using tthe
he on-board R Engine Oil Level OK and the bar display for
com
comput
puter
er
indicating the oil level on the instrument dis-
Requir
equirements:
ements: play is green and is between "min" and "max":
R The engine has been warmed up. the oil level is correct.
R The vehicle is parked on a level surface. R Engine Oil Level Add 1,1 qts. and the bar dis-
R The engine is running at idle speed. play for indicating the oil level on the instru-
# Push handle 1 of the hood catch upwards ment display is orange and is below "min":
R The hood is closed.
and li the hood until it opens automatically.
The engine oil level is determined during driving.
# Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil.
the hood
Closing the
Determining the engine oil level can take up to R Reduce Engine Oil Level and the bar display
* NOTE
NOTE Damage to the hood 30 minutes with a normal driving style and even for indicating the oil level on the instrument
longer with an active driving style. display is orange and is above "max":
If the hood is closed manually, there is a risk
of dents.
# Do not close the hood manually.
318 Maintenance and care

# Drain o any excess engine oil that has been & WARNING Risk of re and injury from * NOTE Damage caused by re lling too
added. To do so, consult a quali ed specialist engine oil much engine oil
workshop.
R For Engine Oil Level Switch Ignition On If engine oil comes into contact with hot com- Too much engine oil can damage the engine or
ponent parts in the engine compartment, it the catalytic converter.
# Switch on the vehicle to check the engine oil may ignite. # Have excess engine oil removed at a
level. # Make sure that no engine oil is spilled quali ed specialist workshop.
R Engine Oil Level System Inoperative: The oil next to the ller opening.
level sensor is defective or not connected. # Allow the engine to cool o and thor- % Depending on driving style, the vehicle con-
oughly clean the engine oil from compo- sumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 liter) of oil per
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop. 600 miles (1000 km). The oil consumption
nent parts before starting the vehicle.
R Engine Oil Level System Currently Unavail. may be higher than this when the vehicle is
new or if you frequently drive at high engine
# Close the hood. * NOTE Engine damage caused by an incor- speeds.
rect oil lter, incorrect oil or additives
Re lling engine oil % Depending on the engine, the cap may be
# Do not use engine oils or oil lters which installed in the engine compartment in di er-
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot compo- do not correspond to the speci cations ent locations.
nent parts in the engine compartment explicitly prescribed for the service inter-
Certain component parts in the engine com- vals.
partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the # Follow the instructions on the service
cooler and parts of the exhaust system. interval display for changing the engine
# Allow the engine to cool down and only oil and observe the prescribed change
touch component parts described in the intervals.
following. # Do not use additives.
 Maintenance and care 319

Checking
Checking the
the coolant level
level # Allow the engine to cool down and only
touch component parts described in the
& WARNING Risk of injury due to moving following.
parts
Components in the engine compartment may & WARNING Risk of scalding from hot cool-
continue to run or start unexpectedly even ant
when the drive system is switched o .
If you open the cap, you could be scalded.
Observe the following if you must open the # Let the motor cool down before opening
hood:
the cap.
# Switch o the vehicle.
# When opening the cap, wear protective
# Never touch the danger zones surround-
gloves and safety glasses.
ing moving components, e.g. the rotation # Open the cap slowly to release pressure.
area of the fan.
# Remove jewelery and watches.

# Turn cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it. # Keep items of clothing and hair away

# Add engine oil. from moving parts.

# Replace cap 1 and turn it clockwise until it
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
engages.
nent parts in the engine compartment
# Check the oil level again (/ page 317).
Certain component parts in the engine com-
partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the
cooler and parts of the exhaust system.
320 Maintenance and care

# Continue turning cap 1 counter-clockwise & WARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from
and remove it. windshield washer concentrate
The coolant level is correct in the following cases: Windshield washer concentrate is highly am-
R If the engine is cold, the coolant is up to mable. It could ignite if it comes into contact
marker bar 2. with hot engine component parts or the
R If the engine is warm, the coolant is up to
exhaust system.
0.6 in (1.5 cm) over the marker bar 2. # Make sure that no windshield washer
concentrate spills out next to the ller
# If necessary, add coolant that has been opening.
approved for Mercedes-Benz.
% Further information on coolant (/ page 394)

Re lling the windshield w

washer
asher system
system

# Park the vehicle on a level surface. & WARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
nent parts in the engine compartment
# Check the coolant temperature display in the
instrument cluster. Certain component parts in the engine com-
The coolant temperature must be in the bot- partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the
tom quarter of the temperature display. cooler and parts of the exhaust system.
# Slowly turn cap 1 counter-clockwise to # Allow the engine to cool down and only

release overpressure. touch component parts described in the

following.
 Maintenance and care 321

Keeping the
the air
air-w
-wat
ater
er duct free
free * NOTE Damage from automatic braking
# Keep the area between the hood and the If one of the following functions is switched
windshield free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow and on, the vehicle brakes automatically in certain
leaves. situations:
R Active Brake Assist
Cleaning and care R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Notes on w
washing
ashing the
the vvehicle
ehicle in a car wash
wash R HOLD function
R Active Parking Assist
& WARNING Risk of accident due to
reduced braking e ect a er washing the To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate
vehicle these systems in the following or similar situa-
The braking e ect is reduced a er washing tions:
the vehicle. # During towing

# A er the vehicle has been washed, brake # In a car wash

# Remove cap 1 by the tab. carefully while paying attention to the
# Add washer uid. tra c conditions until the braking e ect * NOTE Damage due to unsuitable car wash
% Further information about the windshield has been fully restored.
# Before driving into a car wash make sure
washer uid (/ page 395) that the car wash is suitable for the vehi-
cle dimensions.
322 Maintenance and care

# Ensure there is su cient ground clear- R In automatic car washes with conveyor sys- R To prevent the windshield washer system from
ance between the underbody and the tems: starting up automatically, the rain sensor is
guide rails of the car wash. - Neutral i is engaged. deactivated.
# Ensure that the clearance width of the - If you would like to leave the vehicle while R The rear window wiper is deactivated.
car wash, in particular the width of the it is being washed, make sure the Smart- R The air conditioning system is set to air-recir-
guide rails, is su cient. Key is located in the vehicle. The park culation mode.
position j is otherwise automatically R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated.
To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a car engaged.
wash, ensure the following beforehand: R Vehicles with
with surr
surround
ound view
view camera:
camera: the front
% To prevent damage to the tires and wheels, image is activated a er approx. eight seconds.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
drive straight and in to the center of the guide R Vehicles wit
withh AIRMATIC:
AIRMATIC: the vehicle is raised
ted. rails of the car wash. to the maximum possible chassis
R The HOLD function is switched o .
% If, a er the car wash, you remove the wax level(/ page 229).
R The surround view camera or the rear view from the windshield and wiper rubbers, this If rising takes longer than 25 seconds, the fol-
camera is switched o . will prevent smearing and reduce wiper noise. lowing message appears on the multifunction
R The side windows and sliding sunroof are com- display:
Aut
utomatic
omatic car wash
wash mode
pletely closed. In car wash mode, the vehicle is prepared for driv- Preparation for Automatic Car Wash Incom-
R The outside mirrors are folded in. ing into the automatic car wash. Car wash mode plete See Media Display. A er some time, the
R The blower for the ventilation/heating is can be activated at a speed of up to 12 mph vehicle automatically continues rising.
switched o . (20 km/h) (/ page 323). R Vehicles with
with E-A
E-ACTIVE
CTIVE BODY
BODY CONTR
CONTROL:OL: the
R The windshield wiper switch is in position g. The following settings are made when car wash vehicle is raised to the maximum possible
R The SmartKey is at a minimum distance of
mode is activated: chassis level(/ page 237).
10 (3 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise R The outside mirrors are folded in.
the tailgate could open unintentionally.
 Maintenance and care 323

If rising takes longer than 25 seconds, the fol- R Vehicles with

with surr
surround
ound vie
view
w camera:
camera: the front % For an overview of the settings made when
lowing message appears on the multifunction image is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph activating automatic car wash mode
display: (18 km/h). (/ page 321).
Preparation for Automatic Car Wash Incom- R Vehicles with
with AIRMATIC:
AIRMATIC: the vehicle is lowered Deactivating automatic
Deactivating automatic car wash
wash mode
plete See Media Display. A er some time, the to the previously set chassis level.
# Select Stop.
vehicle automatically continues rising. R Vehicles with
with E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BOD
BODYY CONTR
CONTROL:
OL: the The automatic car wash settings are reset.
If one of the settings cannot be selected, this is vehicle is lowered to the previously set chassis
level. % The automatic car wash mode is automatically
displayed by a % behind the respective set- deactivated as soon as a speed of 12 mph
ting. (20 km/h) is exceeded.
Above a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) car wash Activ
ctivating/deactiv
ating/deactivating
ating aut
automatic
omatic car wash
wash mode
mode is automatically deactivated. Notes on using a pow
power
er washer
washer
Requir
equirements:
ements:
The following settings are reset when car wash R The vehicle is stationary.
mode is deactivated: R The engine is running. & WARNING Risk of an accident when using
R The outside mirrors are folded out. power washers with round-spray nozzles
R The rain sensor is activated.
Multimedia system:
The water jet can cause externally invisible
4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access
R The rear window wiper is activated. damage.
R The air conditioning system is set to fresh air Activating
ctivating automatic
automatic car w
wash
ash mode Components damaged in this way may unex-
mode. # Select Automatic Car Wash Mode. pectedly fail.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is reset to the # Do not use a power washer with round-
# Select Start.
previously selected setting. spray nozzles.
If one of the settings cannot be selected, this is # Have damaged tires or chassis parts
displayed by a % behind the respective set- replaced immediately.
ting.
324 Maintenance and care

To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe the fol- Washing the

the vvehicle
ehicle bbyy hand Paint
lowing when using a power washer: R Insect remains: soak with insect remover and
R The SmartKey is at a minimum distance of * NOTE Engine damage due to water ingress rinse o the treated areas a erwards.
10 (3 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise, # Take care not to point the water jet R Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse o
the tailgate could open unintentionally. directly towards the air inlet grille below a erwards.
R Maintain a distance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm) the hood. R Tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by
to the vehicle. rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petro-
R Vehicles with
with decor
decorativ
ativee ffoil:
oil: Parts of your Observe the legal requirements, e.g. in a number leum ether or lighter uid.
vehicle are covered with a decorative foil. of countries, washing by hand is only permitted in R Coolant and brake uid: remove with a damp
Maintain a distance of at least 27.6 in (70 cm) specially designated wash bays. cloth and clean water.
between the foil-covered parts of the vehicle # Use a mild cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.
R Tar stains: use tar remover.
and the nozzle of the power washer. Move the # Wash the vehicle with lukewarm water using a
R Wax: use silicone remover.
power washer nozzle around whilst cleaning. so car sponge. When doing so, do not
The water temperature of the power washer R Do not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
expose the vehicle to direct sunlight.
must not exceed 140°F (60°C). als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at
# Carefully hose the vehicle o with water and
R Observe the information on the correct dis- a quali ed specialist workshop.
dry using a chamois.
tance in the equipment manufacturer's oper- R Remove dirt immediately, where possible.
% Observe the notes on the care of vehicle
ating instructions.
parts (/ page 326). Matte
Matte nish
R Do not direct the nozzle of the power washer R Only use care products approved for
directly at sensitive parts, such as tires, gaps, Mercedes-Benz.
electrical components, batteries, light sources Notes on paintwor
paintwork/matt
k/mattee nish paintw
paintwor
orkk care
R Do not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
and ventilation slits. To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at
with the driving assistance systems, please a quali ed specialist workshop.
observe the following notes:
 Maintenance and care 325

R Do not polish the vehicle and alloy wheels. Cleaning - Temperature, e.g. hot air blower
R For cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild
R Only use car washes that correspond to the - Weather conditions
latest engineering standards. cleaning agent without additives or abrasive
substances, e.g. a car shampoo approved for - Stone chippings and dirt
R Do not use car wash program with a nal hot Mercedes-Benz. - Chemical cleaning agents
wax treatment.
R Remove dirt immediately, where possible, - Oily products
R Do not use paint cleaners, bu ng or polishing whilst avoiding rubbing too hard. There is oth-
products, gloss preservers, e.g. wax.
R Do not use polish on matte decorative foil.
erwise a risk of damaging the decorative foil Polishing will have the e ect of shining the
In the event of paintwork damage: irreparably. foil-wrapped surface.
R Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a R If there is dirt on the nish or if the decorative R Do not treat matte or structured decorative
quali ed specialist workshop. foil is dull: Use the Paint Cleaner recommen- foils with wax. Permanent stains may occur.
R Make sure the radar sensors function
ded and approved for Mercedes-Benz.
R Insect remains: Soak with insect remover and
Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas a ected by
(/ page 190). corrosion and damage caused by incorrect care
rinse o the treated areas a erwards.
cannot always be completely repaired. In such
R Bird droppings: Soak with water and rinse o cases, visit a quali ed specialist workshop.
Notes on cleaning decorativ
decorativee ffoils
oils
a erwards.
Observe the notes on matte nish care in the You can obtain more information on care and
R To prevent water stains, dry a foil-wrapped cleaning products from the manufacturer.
chapter "Notes on paintwork/matte nish paint- vehicle with a so , absorbent cloth a er every
work care" (/ page 324). They also apply to In the case of foil-wrapped surfaces, optical di er-
car wash.
matte decorative foils. ences may occur between the surfaces that were
Observe the notes on cleaning decorative foils to Avoiding
Avoiding damage
damage ttoo tthe
he decorativ
decorativee foil
foil not protected by a decorative foil a er removing a
avoid vehicle damage. R The service life and color of decorative foils decorative foil.
are impaired by:
- Sunlight
326 Maintenance and care

% Have work or repairs to decorative foils car- # Always be particularly careful around the R Do not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent-
ried out at a quali ed specialist workshop, tailpipe and the tailpipe trims and super- based cleaning agents to clean the inside of
e.g. in an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. vise children especially closely in this windows.
area. % A er changing the wiper blades or treating
Notes on care
care of vehicle
vehicle parts
par ts # Allow vehicle parts to cool down before the vehicle with wax, clean the windshield
touching them. thoroughly with cleaning agents recommen-
& WARNING Risk of entrapment if the wind- ded for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe the
shield wipers are switched on while the To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the notes application instructions may result in damage,
windshield is being cleaned on cleaning and care of the following vehicle smear marks or blinding spots.
If the windshield wipers are set in motion parts: % Remove external fogging or dirt on the wind-
while you are cleaning the windshield or wiper rims
Wheels and rims shield in front of the multifunction camera.
blades, you can be trapped by the wiper arm. R Use water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners. Otherwise, driving systems and driving safety
# Always switch o the windshield wipers systems may be impaired or not available
R Do not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to
and the vehicle before cleaning the wind- (/ page 190).
remove brake dust. This could damage wheel
shield or wiper blades. bolts and brake components. Wiper blades
R To avoid corrosion of the brake discs and R Move the wiper arms into the replacement
& WARNING Risk of burns from the tailpipe brakepads, drive the vehicle for a few minutes position (/ page 140).
and tailpipe trims a er cleaning before parking it. The brake R With the wiper arms folded out, clean the
The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can discs and brakepads warm up and dry out. wiper blades with a damp cloth.
become very hot. If you come into contact Windows % Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.
with these parts of the vehicle, you could burn R Clean the windows inside and outside with a The coating can leave residues on a cloth. Do
yourself. damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recom- not rub the wiper blades excessively or clean
mended for Mercedes-Benz. them too o en.
 Maintenance and care 327

Exter
Exterior
ior lighting R Use clean water and a so cloth to clean the Notes on care
care of the
the int
inter
erior
ior
R Clean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild camera lens.
cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo. R Do not use a power washer. & WARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts
R Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths breaking o a er the use of solvent-based
that are suitable for plastic lenses. Tailpipes care products
R Clean with a cleaning agent recommended for
Sensors Mercedes-Benz, especially in the winter and Care and cleaning products containing sol-
R Clean the sensors in the front and rear bump- a er washing the vehicle. vents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to
ers with a so cloth and car shampoo become porous. When the airbags are
R Do not use acidic cleaning agents.
(/ page 190). deployed, plastic parts may break away.
R When using a power washer, maintain a mini- Trailer
Trailer hitch # Do not use any care or cleaning products

mum distance of 11.8 in (30 cm).

R Observe the notes on care in the trailer hitch containing solvents to clean the cockpit.
manufacturer's operator manual.
Running boar
boardsds R Do not clean the ball neck with a power & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries
R Use water and acid-free cleaning agents. washer or solvent. from bleached seat belts
R Do not clean the aluminum trim inserts of the R Remove traces of rust on the ball, for example, Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely
running board with alkaline or acidic cleaning with a wire brush. weaken them.
agents such as wheel cleaners. Do not use
R Remove dirt with a lint-free cloth. This can, for example, cause seat belts to tear
acidic alloy wheel cleaners to remove brake
dust. The aluminum trim inserts could other- R A er cleaning, lightly oil or grease the ball or fail in an accident.
wise be damaged. head. # Never bleach or dye seat belts.

Rear vie
view
w camer
cameraa and surround
surround view
view camera % Before using trailers with anti-torsional cou-
R Open the camera cover with the multimedia pling, observe the manufacturer's operator To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the fol-
manual. lowing notes on cleaning and care:
system (/ page 247).
328 Maintenance and care

Seat belts R Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or cleaner; neither should you use polishes
R Clean with lukewarm and soapy water. sun cream to come in contact with the plastic or waxes. Otherwise you may damage
R Do not use chemical cleaning agents. trim. the nish.
R Do not dry by heating them to over 176°F Real wood
wood and tr
trim
im elements
(80°C) or exposing them to direct sunlight. R Clean with a micro ber cloth. R Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water
solution and then wipe with a dry cloth.
R Black piano-lacquer look: Clean with a damp
Display R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-
R Switch o the display and let it cool down. cloth and soapy water.
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
R Clean the surface carefully with a micro ber R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz. R Leather care: Use a leather care agent that
cloth and a suitable display care product (TFT- has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
LCD). R Do not use solvent-based cleaning agents, pol-
ishes or waxes. R Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
R Do not use any other agents.
R Do not use a micro ber cloth.
Head-up Display Headliner
R Clean with a so , non-static, lint-free cloth. R Clean with a brush or dry shampoo. % Leather is a natural product. It has natural
surface properties, such as di erences in
R Do not use cleaning agents. Car
Carpet
pet structure, marks caused by growth and injury
R Use a carpet and textile cleaning agent recom-
Plastic
Plastic trim
trim or subtle color di erences. These surface
mended for Mercedes-Benz. properties are characteristics of leather and
R Clean with a damp micro ber cloth.
R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen- Steer
Steering
ing wheel made of genuine
genuine leather
leather or DINA- not material faults. What's more, leather is
MICA subject to a natural aging process during
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
which the surface properties change.
R Do not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
* NOTE
NOTE Damage caused by wrong cleaners Genuine leather
leather seat covers
covers
als.
# Do not use solvent-based cleaning R Clean with a damp cloth and then wipe with a
agents such as tar remover or wheel dry cloth.
 Maintenance and care 329

R Leather care: Use a leather care agent that

has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
R Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
R Do not use a micro ber cloth.
% Regular cleaning and care of the leather
reduces soiling, wear marks and aging dam-
age and thus signi cantly extends its life
span. Clothing that can leave stains, e.g.
jeans, can leave discoloration on the leather.
DINAMICA
DINAMIC A seat covers
covers
R Clean with a damp cloth.
R Do not use a micro ber cloth.

Imitation
Imit ation leat
leather
her seat covers
covers
R Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water.
R Do not use a micro ber cloth.

Fabric
abric seat cov
covers
ers
R Clean with a damp micro ber cloth and 1%
soapy water and allow to dry.
330 Breakdown assistance

Emergency
Emergency # Open safety vest bag 1 and remove the The requirements de ned by the legal standard
safety vest. are only ful lled if the safety vest is the correct
Remo
emoving
ving the
the safety
safety vest
vest size and is fully closed.
% Additional safety vests can be stored in the
The safety vests are located in the safety vest stowage space of the rear passenger com- Replace the safety vest in the following cases:
compartments in the driver's and front passenger partment and in the cargo compartment. R It is damaged or dirt on the re ective strips
door stowage compartments. can no longer be removed.
R The maximum number of washes is exceeded.
R The uorescence of the safety vest has faded.

War
arning
ning triangle
triangle
Remo
emoving
ving the
the war
warning
ning triangle
triangle (not
(not plug-in hhybr
ybrid)
id)
Vehicles wit
withh two
two rows
rows of seats

1 Maximum number of washes

2 Maximum wash temperature
3 Do not bleach
4 Do not iron
5 Do not tumble dry
6 Do not dry clean
# To remov
remove:
e: pull out safety vest bag 1 by loop
7 This is a class 2 vest
2.
 Breakdown assistance 331

# Remove warning triangle 1. Setting up the

Setting the w
war
arning
ning triangle
triangle Firs
irst-aid
t-aid kit (so -sided) ov
over
erview
view
Vehicles with
with tthr
hree
ee rows
rows of seats

# Fold side re ectors 1 upwards to form a tri-

angle and attach at the top using upper press-
# Remove warning triangle 1. stud 2.
# Fold legs 3 down and out to the side.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the rst-aid

kit (so -sided) may be located in the following pla-
ces in the vehicle:
R First-aid kit (so sided) 1 is in the cargo
compartment in the le or right-hand stowage
net.
332 Breakdown assistance

R Plug-in-h
Plug-in-hybr
ybrid:
id: the rst-aid kit (so sided) is in In the event of a at tire, the following options are Notes on MOExtended
MOExtended tires
tires (run-
(run- at tir
tires)
es)
the door stowage compartment of the driver's available depending on your vehicle's equipment:
door (/ page 114). R Vehicles with
with MOExt
MOExtended
ended tires:
tires: it is possible & WARNING Risk of accident when driving in
to continue the journey for a short period of limp-home mode
time. Make sure you observe the notes on When driving in emergency mode the handling
Flat tire
MOExtended tires (run- at tires) characteristics are impaired.
Notes on at tir
tires
es (/ page 332). # Do not exceed the speci ed maximum
R Vehicles with
with a TIREFIT kit: you can repair the speed of the MOExtended tires.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to a at
tire so that it is possible to continue the jour- # Avoid any abrupt steering and driving
tire ney for a short period of time. To do this, use
maneuvers as well as driving over obsta-
A at tire severely a ects the driving charac- the TIREFIT kit (/ page 334).
cles (curbs, pot holes, o -road). This
teristics as well as the steering and braking of R Vehicles with
with Mercedes
Mercedes me connect: you can applies, in particular, to a loaded vehicle.
the vehicle. make a call for breakdown assistance via the # Stop driving in the emergency mode if
Tir
ires
es without
without run- at charact
haracter
eris
istics:
tics: overhead control panel in the case of a break- you notice:
# Do not drive with a at tire. down (/ page 296).
R Banging noise
# Change the at tire immediately with an R All v vehicles:
ehicles: change the wheel (/ page 374).
R Vehicle vibration
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel. % The emergency spare wheel is only available
Alternatively, consult a quali ed special- R Smoke which smells like rubber
in certain countries.
ist workshop. R Continuous ESP® intervention
R Cracks in the tire side walls
Tir
ires
es wit
withh run- at char
haract
acter
eris
istics:
tics:
# Observe the information and warning # A er driving in emergency mode, have
notes on MOExtended tires (run- at the rims checked by a quali ed specialist
tires).
 Breakdown assistance 333

workshop with regard to their further R If driving on, observe the following notes. Vehicles wit
withh two
two rows
rows of seats
use. Driving
Driving dist
distance
ance possible in emergency
emergency mode
# The defective tire must be replaced in a er the pressur
pressuree loss war
warning:
ning:
every case. Load condition Driving
Driving dist
distance
ance possi-
ble in emerg
emergency
ency mode
With MOExtended tires (run- at tires), you can
continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a Partially laden 50 miles (80 km)
total loss of pressure in one or more tires. How-
ever, the tire a ected must not show any clearly Fully laden 19 miles (30 km)
visible damage.
The driving distance possible in emergency mode
You can recognize MOExtended tires by the may vary depending on the driving style. Observe
MOExtended marking which appears on the side the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph 1 Tire sealant bottle
wall of the tire. (80 km/h). 2 Tire in ation compressor
Vehicles with
with tire
tire pressur
pressuree loss w
war
arning
ning system:
system: If a tire has gone at and cannot be replaced with
MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc- an MOExtended tire, you can use a standard tire
tion with an activated tire pressure loss warning as a temporary measure.
system.
Vehicles with
with tire
tire pressur
pressuree monit
monitor
oring
ing syst
system:
em:
MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc- Stor
orag
agee location of the
the TIREFIT kit (no
(nott plug-in
tion with an activated tire pressure monitoring hybrid)
ybrid)
system. The TIREFIT kit is located under the cargo com-
If a pressure loss warning message appears in the partment oor.
driver's display, proceed as follows:
R Check the tire for damage.
334 Breakdown assistance

Vehicles with
with tthr
hree
ee rows
rows of seats R Gloves & WARNING Risk of injury and poisoning
You can use TIREFIT tire sealant to seal perfora- from tire sealant
tion damage of up to 0.16 in (4 mm), particularly The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-
those in the tire contact surface. You can use tion. Do not allow it to come into contact with
TIREFIT in outside temperatures down to -4 °F the skin, eyes or clothing, and do not swallow
(-20 °C). it. Do not inhale tire sealant fumes. Keep the
tire sealant away from children.
& WARNING Risk of accident when using
tire sealant If you come into contact with the tire sealant,
observe the following:
The tire sealant may be unable to seal the tire # Rinse o the tire sealant from your skin
properly, especially in the following cases: immediately using water.
1 Tire sealant bottle R There are large cuts or punctures in the # If tire sealant gets into your eyes, thor-
2 Tire in ation compressor tire (larger than damage previously men- oughly rinse out the eyes using clean
tioned) water.
Depending on the model, the TIREFIT kit may also
be located in other places under the cargo com- R The wheel rims have been damaged # If tire sealant has been swallowed, imme-
partment oor. R A er journeys with very low tire pressure diately rinse out the mouth thoroughly
or with at tires and drink plenty of water. Do not induce
Using the
the TIREFIT kit vomiting and seek medical attention
# Do not continue driving.
immediately.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop. # Change out of any clothes contaminated
R Tire sealant bottle and tire in ation compres- with tire sealant immediately.
sor (/ page 333) # If allergic reactions occur, seek medical
R TIREFIT sticker attention immediately.
 Breakdown assistance 335

* NOTE Overheating due to the tire in ation

# A x part 1 of the TIREFIT sticker to the # Push the plug of hose 5 into ange 6 of tire
compressor running too long instrument cluster within the driver's eld of sealant bottle 1 until the plug engages.
vision. # Place tire sealant bottle 1 head downwards
# Do not run the tire in ation compressor A x part 2 of the TIREFIT sticker near the
for longer than ten minutes without inter-
# into recess 2 of the tire in ation compressor.
valve on the wheel with the faulty tire.
ruption.

Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on

the sticker on the tire in ation compressor.
Have the tire sealant bottle replaced in a quali ed
specialist workshop every ve years.
# Do not remove any foreign objects which have
entered the tire.

# Remove the valve cap from valve 7 on the

faulty tire.
# Screw lling hose 8 onto valve 7.
# Insert plug 4 into a 12 V socket in your vehi-
cle.
# Switch on the vehicle.
# Pull plug 4 with the cable and hose 5 out
of the tire in ation compressor housing.
336 Breakdown assistance

# Switch on the tire in ation compressor using Please note that tire sealant may leak out when # Unscrew the lling hose from the valve of the
On/O switch 3. unscrewing the lling hose. faulty tire.
The tire is in ated. First, tire sealant is pum- # Drive forwards or in reverse very slowly for
ped into the tire. The pressure may brie y rise approximately 33 (10 m). & WARNING Risk of accident from driving
to approximately 500 kPa (5.0 bar/73 psi). # Pump up the tire again. with sealed tires
Do no
nott switch
switch o the tire
tire in ation com
compr
pressor
essor A er a maximum of ten minutes the tire pres- A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant
dur
during
ing this
this phase! sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/ impairs the handling characteristics and is not
29 psi). suitable for higher speeds.
# Let the tire in ation compressor run for a max-
# Adapt your driving style accordingly and
imum of ten minutes. & WARNING Risk of accident due to the
The tire should then have attained a tire pres- drive carefully.
speci ed tire pressure not being achieved
sure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi). # Do not exceed the maximum speed limit
If the speci ed tire pressure is not achieved with a tire that has been repaired using
If tire sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the a er the speci ed time, the tire is too badly tire sealant.
a ected area as quickly as possible. It is prefera- damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the
ble to use clean water. tire in this instance. # Observe the maximum permissible speed for a
If you get tire sealant on your clothing, have it The braking characteristics as well as the driv- tire sealed with tire sealant 50 mph
cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethy- ing characteristics may be greatly impaired. (80 km/h).
lene. # Do not continue driving.
If, a er ten minutes,
minutes, a tire
tire pressur
pressuree of 200 kPa # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop. * NOTE Staining caused by leaking tire seal-
(2.0 bar/29 psi) has notnot been att
attained:
ained: ant
# Switch o the tire in ation compressor. If, a er ten minutes,
minutes, a tire
tire pressur
pressuree of 200 kPa A er use, excess tire sealant may leak out
# Unscrew the lling hose from the valve of the (2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained:
attained: from the lling hose.
faulty tire. # Switch o the tire in ation compressor.
 Breakdown assistance 337

# Therefore, place the lling hose in the & WARNING Risk of accident due to the
plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT speci ed tire pressure not being attained
kit.
If the speci ed tire pressure is not reached,
the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant
+ ENVIRONMENTAL
ENVIRONMENT AL NOTE
NOTE Environmental cannot repair the tire in this instance.
pollution caused by environmentally irre- The braking and driving characteristics may be
sponsible disposal greatly impaired.
Tire sealant contains pollutants. # Do not continue driving.
# Have the tire sealant bottle disposed of # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
professionally, e.g. at an authorized # To rreduce
educe the
the tire
tire pressur
pressure:
e: press pressure
Mercedes-Benz Center. In cases such as the one mentioned above, con- release button 1 next to manometer 2.
tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Or call # When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew the
# Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire in a- 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or lling hose from the valve of the sealed tire.
tion compressor. 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada). # Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the
# Pull away immediately. # To increase
increase the
the tir
tiree pr
pressur
essure:
e: switch on the sealed tire.
# Stop driving a er approximately ten minutes tire in ation compressor. # Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire in a-
and check the tire pressure using the tire tion compressor.
in ation compressor. The lling hose stays on the tire sealant bottle.
The tire pressure must now be at least
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).
# Drive to the nearest quali ed specialist work-
shop and have the tire, tire sealant bottle and
lling hose replaced there.
338 Breakdown assistance

Batteryy (v
Batter (vehicle)
ehicle) R Further information on ABS (/ page 192) & WARNING Danger of chemical burns from
Notes on the
the 12 V battery
battery R Further information on ESP® (/ page 193) the battery acid
For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends Battery acid is caustic.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to work that you only use batteries which have been tes- # Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
carried out incorrectly on the battery ted and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes- clothing.
Work carried out incorrectly on the battery Benz. # Do not lean over the battery.
can, for example, lead to a short circuit. This
can restrict functions relevant for safety sys- vehicles excep
All vehicles exceptt vvehicles
ehicles with
with a lit
lithium-ion
hium-ion bat- # Do not inhale battery gases.

tems and impair the operating safety of your tery # Keep children away from the battery.
vehicle. & WARNING Risk of explosion due to elec- # Immediately rinse battery acid o thor-
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- trostatic charge oughly with plenty of clean water and
lowing situations in particular: seek medical attention immediately.
Electrostatic charge can ignite the highly
R When braking
explosive gas mixture in the battery. All vehicles
vehicles
R In the event of abrupt steering maneuvers # To discharge any electrostatic charge
and/or when the vehicle's speed is not that may have built up, touch the metal + ENVIRONMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL AL NOTE
NOTE Environmental
adapted to the road conditions vehicle body before handling the battery. damage due to improper disposal of bat-
# In the event of a short circuit or a similar teries
incident, contact a quali ed specialist The highly ammable gas mixture is created while
workshop immediately. the battery is charging and during starting assis-
tance.
# Do not drive on.
Batteries contain pollutants. It is
# Always have work on the battery carried illegal to dispose of them with the household
out at a quali ed specialist workshop. rubbish.
 Breakdown assistance 339

# and a face mask. Immediately rinse Notes on star

starting
ting assistance
assistance and char
charging
ging the
the 12
electrolyte or acid splashes o with V batt
battery
ery
clean water. Consult a doctor if neces-
Dispose of batteries in an sary. All vehicles
vehicles
environmentally responsible manner. When charging the battery and during starting
Wear safety glasses. assistance, always use the jump-start connection
Take discharged batteries to a quali ed
specialist workshop or to a collection point in the engine compartment.
point for used batteries.
* NOTE
NOTE Damage to the battery from over-
Keep children away. voltage
If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, con-
tact a quali ed specialist workshop. When charging using a battery charger without
Comply with safety notes and take protective a maximum charging voltage, the battery or
measures when handling batteries. Observe this Operator's Manual. the on-board electronics may be damaged.
# Only use battery chargers with a maxi-
Risk of explosion.
mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.

Observe the following if you do not intend to use & WARNING Risk of explosion due to igniting
Fire, open ames and smoking are the vehicle over an extended period of time: hydrogen gas
prohibited when handling the battery. R Activate standby mode. If there is a short circuit or sparks start to
Avoid creating sparks. form when charging a battery, there is a dan-
R Alternatively: connect the battery to a battery
charger approved by Mercedes-Benz or con- ger of the hydrogen gas igniting.
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or sult a quali ed specialist workshop to discon-
clothing. Wear suitable protective nect the battery.
clothing, in particular gloves, an apron
340 Breakdown assistance

# Take care that the positive terminal of a # Fire, open ames, smoking and creating acteristics may be impaired, especially at low
connected battery does not come into sparks must be avoided. temperatures.
contact with vehicle parts. # Make sure that there is su cient ventila- It is recommended that you have a thawed battery
# Never place metal objects or tools on a tion. checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.
battery. # Do not stand over the battery. All vehicles
vehicles
# When connecting and disconnecting the
battery, always observe the sequence of & WARNING Risk of explosion from a frozen * NO
NOTE
TE Damage caused by numerous or
battery terminals described. battery extended attempts to start the engine
# Always take care to connect only battery Numerous or extended attempts to start the
A discharged battery may freeze at tempera-
terminals of identical polarity when jump engine may damage the catalytic converter
tures slightly above or below freezing point.
starting a vehicle. due to non-combusted fuel.
During starting assistance or battery charging,
# During starting assistance, it is essential # Avoid numerous and extended attempts
battery gas can be released.
to observe the sequence described for to start the engine.
# Always allow a battery to thaw before
connecting and disconnecting the
jumper cables. charging it or performing starting assis- Observe the following points during starting assis-
tance. tance and when charging the battery:
# Do not connect or disconnect the bat-
tery terminals while the engine is run- R Only use undamaged jumper cables/charging
If the indicator/warning lamps in the instrument
ning. cables with a su cient cross-section and
cluster do not light up at low temperatures, it is
very likely that the discharged battery has frozen. insulated terminal clamps.
& WARNING Risk of explosion due to a mix- In this case you may neither jump-start the vehi- R Non-insulated parts of the terminal clamps
ture of explosive gases cle nor charge the battery. must not come into contact with other metal
A mixture of explosive gases can escape from The service life of a battery that has been thawed parts while the jumper cable/charging cable
the battery during charging and jump starting. may be dramatically shortened. The starting char-
 Breakdown assistance 341

is connected to the battery/jump-start con- R Vehicles with

with a ggasoline
asoline engine: jump-start the
nection point. vehicle only when the engine and exhaust sys-
R The jumper cable/charging cable must not tem are cold.
come into contact with any parts which may
move when the engine is running. Star
arting
ting assistance
assistance and char
charging
ging tthe
he 12 V battery
battery
R Always make sure that neither you nor the bat-
tery is electrostatically charged. Requir
equirements:
ements:
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park-
R Keep away from re and open ames. ing brake.
R Do not lean over the battery. R Vehicles with
with automatic
automatic trtransmission:
ansmission: The
Observe the additional following points when transmission is in position j.
charging the battery: R The vehicle and all electrical consumers are
R Only use battery chargers tested and switched o .
approved for Mercedes-Benz. R The hood is open.
R Read the battery charger's operating instruc-
tions before charging the battery. Example: engine compartment

Observe the additional following points during

# Slide cover 1 of POSITIVE contact 2 on the
starting assistance: jump-starting connection point in the direction
of the arrow.
R Starting assistance may only be provided
using vehicles, batteries or other jump start # Connect POSITIVE contact 2 on your vehicle
devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V. to the positive terminal of the donor battery
using the jumper cable/charging cable.
R The vehicles must not touch.
342 Breakdown assistance

Always begin with POSITIVE contact 2 on nal of the donor battery, then POSITIVE con- The vehicle is equipped with an AGM technol-
your own vehicle rst. tact 2 and the positive terminal of the donor ogy battery (Absorbent Glass Mat) or a lith-
# Dur
During
ing star
starting
ting assistance:
assistance: start the engine of battery. Begin each time with the contacts on ium-ion battery. Full vehicle functionality is
the donor vehicle and run at idle speed. your own vehicle rst. only guaranteed with an AGM battery or lith-
# A er removing the jumper cable/charging ium-ion battery. For safety reasons, Mercedes-
# Connect the negative terminal of the donor Benz recommends that you only use batteries
battery and ground point 3 of your own vehi- cable, close cover 1 of POSITIVE contact
2. which have been tested and approved for your
cle by using the jumper cable/charging cable. vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
Begin with the donor battery rst. Further information can be obtained at a quali ed R Carry over detachable parts, such as vent
# Dur
During
ing star
starting
ting assistance:
assistance: start the engine of specialist workshop. hoses, elbow ttings or terminal covers from
your own vehicle. the battery being replaced.
# Dur
During
ing the
the char
charging
ging process:
process: start the charg- Replacing the
the 12 V battery
battery R Make sure that the vent hose is always con-
ing process. nected to the original opening on the side of
# Observe the notes on the 12 V battery
# Dur
During
ing star
starting
ting assistance:
assistance: let the engines run (/ page 338). the battery.
for several minutes. Install any existing or supplied cell caps.
# Dur
During
ing star
starting
ting assistance:
assistance: before disconnect- Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
Otherwise, gases or battery acid could
ing the jumper cable, switch on an electrical 12 V battery replaced at a quali ed specialist
escape.
consumer on your own vehicle, e.g. the rear workshop, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz
window heater or lighting. Center. R Make sure that detachable parts are recon-
nected in the same way.
Observe the following notes if you want to replace
When the starting assistance/charging process is the battery yourself:
complete, perform the following steps: R Always replace a faulty battery with a battery
# First, remove the jumper cable/charging cable
which meets the speci c vehicle require-
from ground point 3 and the negative termi- ments.
 Breakdown assistance 343

Tow star
starting
ting or towing
towing away R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your
vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than
Over
Ov ervie
vieww of the
the permitt
permitted
ed towing
towing methods
methods (not R HOLD function towing it away.
plug-in hhybr
ybrid)
id) R Active Parking Assist For towing, use a tow rope or tow bar with both
* NOTE Damage from automatic braking To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate axles on the ground. Do not use tow bar systems.
these systems in the following or similar situa-
If one of the following functions is switched tions: * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to tow-
on, the vehicle brakes automatically in certain ing away incorrectly
# During towing
situations:
# In a car wash # Observe the instructions and notes on
R Active Brake Assist
towing away.

Permitt
ermitted
ed towing
towing methods
methods

Vehicle equipment/to
equipment/towing
wing method
method

Bothh axles on tthe

Bot he ground
ground Front axle raised
raised Rear axle rraised
aised
4MATIC vehicles Yes, maximum 31 miles (50 km) at No No
31 mph (50 km/h)
Vehicles with rear wheel drive Yes, maximum 31 miles (50 km) at No Yes, if the steering wheel is xed in
31 mph (50 km/h) the center position with a steering
wheel lock.
344 Breakdown assistance

To tow
tow with
with a raised
raised axle: towing should be per- * NOTE Damage due to towing away at towed away exceeds the permissible
formed by a towing company. excessively high speeds or over long dis- gross mass.
tances
Towing away
away tthe
he vehicle
vehicle wit
withh both
both axles on tthe
he # Information on the permissible gross mass of
The drivetrain could be damaged when towing the vehicle can be found on the vehicle identi-
ground
ground at excessively high speeds or over long distan- cation plate (/ page 388).
# Observe the notes on the permitted towing ces.
methods (/ page 343).
# Do not open the driver's door or front
# A towing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h)
passenger door as the transmission may oth-
# Make sure that the battery is connected and must not be exceeded. erwise shi to position j automatically.
charged. # A towing distance of 30 miles (50 km) # Install the towing eye (/ page 347).
A discharged battery has the following e ects: must not be exceeded. # Fasten the towing device.
R The vehicle cannot be switched on
& WARNING Risk of accident when towing a * NOTE Damage due to incorrect connec-
R The electric parking brake cannot be released
vehicle which is too heavy tion of the tow bar
or applied
R The transmission cannot be shi ed to position
If the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away # Only connect the tow rope or tow bar to
is heavier than the permissible gross mass of the towing eyes.
i or j your vehicle, the following situations can
% If the transmission cannot be shi ed to posi- occur: % You can also attach the tow bar to the trailer
tion i, or the multifunction display in the R The towing eye may become detached. hitch.
instrument cluster does not show anything, R The vehicle/trailer combination may # Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism
the vehicle must be transported away swerve or rollover.
(/ page 345). A towing vehicle with li ing (/ page 74).
equipment is required for vehicle transporta- # Before tow-starting or towing away, # Do not activate the HOLD function.

tion. check if the vehicle to be tow-started or # Deactivate the tow-away alarm (/ page 91).
 Breakdown assistance 345

# Deactivate Active Brake Assist (/ page 218). * NOTE Damage due to excessive tractive
# Load the vehicle onto the transporter.
# Shi the transmission to position i power # Shi the automatic transmission to position
(/ page 176). j.
If you pull away sharply, the tractive power
# Release the electric parking brake. may be too high and the vehicles could be # Use the electric parking brake to secure the
damaged. vehicle against rolling away.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to limited # Only secure the vehicle by the wheels.
# Pull away slowly and smoothly.
safety-related functions during the towing
process Vehicles wit
withh ADS PLUS
PLUS (A
(Adap
daptiv
tivee Damping
Damping Sys-
Sys-
tem PL
PLUS)
US)
Safety-related functions are limited or no lon- Loading the
the vehicle
vehicle ffor
or transport
transport
ger available in the following situations: & WARNING Risk of an accident when trans-
# Observe the notes on towing away
R The vehicle is switched o . (/ page 344). porting vehicles with Adaptive Damping
R The brake system or power steering sys- # Connect the towing device to the towing eye System PLUS
tem is malfunctioning. in order to load the vehicle. When transporting vehicles with Adaptive
R The energy supply or the on-board electri- Damping System PLUS, the vehicle/trailer
% You can also attach the tow bar to the trailer combination may begin to rock and start to
cal system is malfunctioning.
hitch. skid.
When your vehicle is towed away, signi cantly # Shi the automatic transmission to position
# Load the vehicle correctly onto the
more e ort may be required to steer and i.
brake than is normally required. transporter.
# Use a tow bar.
% The automatic transmission may be locked in # Secure the vehicle on all four wheels
position j in the event of damage to the with suitable tensioning straps.
# Make sure that the steering wheel can
electrics. To shi to i, provide the on-board
move freely before towing the vehicle electrical system with power (/ page 341).
away.
346 Breakdown assistance

# Do not exceed the maximum permissible 4MA

4MATIC
TIC vehicles/v
vehicles/vehicles
ehicles with
with aut
automatic
omatic trans-
trans- Towing eye
eye st
stor
orag
agee location
speed of 35 mph (60 km/h) when trans- mission
Vehicles wit
withh two
two rows
rows of seats
porting.

* NOTE Damage to the vehicle from secur-

ing it incorrectly
# A er loading, the vehicle must be
secured on all four wheels. Otherwise,
the vehicle could be damaged.
# A minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
upwards and 4 in (10 cm) downwards
must be kept to the transport platform. # Make sure that the front and rear axles come
to rest on the same transportation vehicle. Towing eye 1 is located under the cargo com-
# Secure the vehicle on all four wheels a er partment oor by the tire-change tool kit.
loading. * NOTE Damage to the drive train due to
incorrect positioning of the vehicle
# Do not position the vehicle above the
connection point of the transport vehi-
cle.
 Breakdown assistance 347

Vehicles with
with tthr
hree
ee rows
rows of seats Installing
Inst alling and remo
removing
ving tthe
he towing
towing eye # Make sure that cover 1 engages in the
bumper when you remove the towing eye.

* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to incor-

rect use of the towing eye or trailer hitch
When a towing eye or trailer hitch is used to
recover a vehicle, the vehicle may be damaged
in the process.
# Only use the towing eye or trailer hitch to
tow away or tow start the vehicle.
# Do not use the towing eye or trailer hitch
Towing eye 1 is located under the cargo com- to tow the vehicle during recovery.
partment oor.

Tow -st
-star
arting
ting the
the vehicle
vehicle
Vehicles wit
withh automatic
automatic transmission
transmission
# Press the mark on cover 1 inwards and
remove. * NOTE
NOTE Damage to the automatic transmis-
# Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it sion due to tow starting
will go and tighten. The automatic transmission may be damaged
in the process of tow starting vehicles with
Vehicles with
with a trailer
trailer hitch:
hitch: vehicles with a trailer automatic transmission.
hitch do not have a rear bracket for the towing
eye. Fasten the tow bar to the trailer hitch.
348 Breakdown assistance

# Vehicles with automatic transmission * NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuses # When closing the fuse box, make sure
must not be tow started. that the seal of the lid is positioned cor-
Electrical components or systems may be rectly on the fuse box.
# Vehicles with an automatic transmission must damaged by incorrect fuses, or their function-
not be tow-started. ality may be signi cantly impaired. If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have the
# Only use fuses that have been approved cause traced and recti ed at a quali ed specialist
by Mercedes-Benz and which have the workshop.
Electrical
Electr ical fuses correct fuse rating. Ensure the following before replacing a fuse:
Notes on electrical
electrical fuses R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due same rating, which you can recognize by the color R All electrical consumers are switched o .
to overloaded lines and the label. The fuse ratings and further infor- R The vehicle is switched o .
mation to be observed can be found in the fuse
If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if assignment diagram. The electrical fuses are located in various fuse
you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper- boxes:
age, the electric line could be overloaded. Fuse assignment diagr
diagram:
am: on the fuse box in the
cargo compartment (/ page 350). R Fuse box in the engine compartment on the
This could result in a re. le -hand side of the vehicle, when viewed in
# Always replace faulty fuses with speci- * NO
NOTE
TE Damage or malfunctions caused by the direction of travel (/ page 349)
ed new fuses containing the correct moisture R Fuse box on the driver's side of the cockpit
amperage. (/ page 349)
Moisture may cause damage to the electrical
system or cause it to malfunction. R Fuse box in the front passenger footwell
# When the fuse box is open, make sure (/ page 349)
that no moisture can enter the fuse box.
 Breakdown assistance 349

R Fuse box in the cargo compartment on the # Insert the lid into the bracket at the rear of the
right-hand side of the vehicle, when viewed in fuse box.
the direction of travel (/ page 350) # Fold down the lid of the fuse box and tighten
screws 2.
Opening and closing the
the fuse box
box in tthe
he engine # Close the hood.
compar
compartment
tment
Req
equir
uirement
ement:: Opening and closing the
the fuse bo
boxx in the
the coc
cockpit
kpit
R You need a dry cloth and a screwdriver.
R Observe the notes on electrical fuses
Observe the notes on electrical fuses (/ page 348).
(/ page 348).
The fuse box is on the driver's side on the side of
Opening the cockpit under a cover.
# To open and close it, consult an authorized
& WARNING Risk of injury from using the Mercedes-Benz Center.
windshield wipers when the hood is open
# Remove any existing moisture from the fuse
If the windshield wipers start moving when the box using a dry cloth. Opening and closing the
the fuse bo
boxx in the
the fr
front
ont
hood is open, you could be trapped by the passenger
passenger foo
footw
twell
ell
# Loosen screws 2 and remove fuse box lid 1
wiper linkage.
from the top. # Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
# Always switch o the windshield wipers
Closing for further information.
and vehicle before opening the hood.
# Check whether the seal is positioned correctly
in the lid.
350 Breakdown assistance

Opening and closing the

the fuse bo
boxx in the
the car
cargo
go
com
compar
partment
tment
Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/ page 348).
# Open the side cover.

# Remove cover 1.
The fuse assignment diagram is on the side of the
fuse box.
 Wheels and tires 351

Notes on noise or unusual handling cchar

haract
acter
eris-
is- & WARNING Risk of hydroplaning due to R Visually inspect wheels and tires for damage.
tics insu cient tire tread R Check the valve caps.
Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or Insu cient tire tread will result in reduced tire R Visual check of the tire tread depth and the
unusual handling characteristics when the vehicle grip. tire contact surface across the entire width.
is in motion. This may indicate that the wheels or The minimum tread depth for summer tires is
tires are damaged. Hidden tire damage could also In heavy rain or slush the risk of hydroplaning
is increased, in particular where speed is not â in (3 mm) and for winter tires ã in (4 mm).
be causing the unusual handling characteristics.
adapted to suit the conditions.
If you suspect that a tire is malfunctioning, reduce # Thus, you should regularly check the
your speed immediately and have the tires and
wheels checked at a quali ed specialist workshop. tread depth and the condition of the
tread across the entire width of all tires.
Minimum tread depth for:
Notes on regularl
regularlyy inspecting wheels and tires
tires
R Summer tires: â in (3 mm)
& WARNING Risk of injury through damaged R M+S tires: ãin (4 mm)
tires
# For safety reasons, replace the tires
Damaged tires can cause tire pressure loss. before the legally-prescribed limit for the
# Check the tires regularly for signs of minimum tread depth is reached. Six marks 1 show where the bar indicators
damage and replace any damaged tires (arrow) are integrated into the tire tread. They are
immediately. Carry out the following checks on all wheels regu- visible once a tire tread depth of approximately
larly, at least once a month or as required, for á in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
example, prior to a long journey or driving o -
road:
R Check the tire pressure (/ page 352).
352 Wheels and tires

Notes on sno
snow
w chains
chains mation about this from an authorized Tir
iree pr
pressure
essure
Mercedes-Benz Center.
Notes on tire
tire pr
pressure
essure
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor- R For safety reasons, only use snow chains that
rectly installed snow chains have been speci cally approved for your vehi- & WARNING Risk of accident due to insu -
If you have installed snow chains on the front cle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains with cient or excessive tire pressure
wheels, they may drag against the vehicle the same quality standard.
Underin ated or overin ated tires pose in par-
body or chassis components. R Comply with the installation instructions of the
ticular the following risks:
# Never install snow chains on the front snow chain manufacturer.
R The tires can burst.
wheels. R If snow chains are installed, the maximum per-
missible speed is 30 mph (50 km/h). R The tires can wear excessively and/or
# Only install snow chains on the rear
unevenly.
wheels in pairs. R Vehicles with
with A
Activ
ctivee P
Par
arking
king Assist
Assist:: Do not
use Active Parking Assist when snow chains R The driving characteristics as well as the
are installed. steering and braking characteristics may
* NOTE Damage to components of the vehi- be greatly impaired.
cle body or chassis due to mounted snow % You can deactivate ESP® to pull away
chains (/ page 194). This allows the wheels to spin, # Comply with the recommended tire pres-
achieving an increased driving force. sures and check the tire pressure of all
If you mount snow chains to the front wheels tires, including the spare wheel, regu-
of 4MATIC vehicles, you may damage compo- larly:
nents of the vehicle body or chassis.
R Monthly
# Only mount snow chains to the rear
wheels of 4MATIC vehicles. R When the load changes
R Before embarking on a longer journey
R Snow chains are only permissible for certain
wheel/tire combinations. You can obtain infor-
 Wheels and tires 353

R If operating conditions change, e.g. o - R Impaired handling characteristics & WARNING Risk of accident due to repea-
road driving R Irregular wear ted pressure drop in the tires
# Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary. R Increased fuel consumption The wheels, valves or tires could be damaged.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to too high Too low a tire pressure can lead to the tires
Tire pressure which is too high or too low can: bursting.
a tire pressure
R Shorten the service life of the tires. # Examine the tires for foreign objects.
R Cause increased tire damage. Tires with excessively high pressure can burst.
# Check whether the tire has a puncture or
R Adversely a ect driving characteristics and In addition, they also su er from irregular the valve has a leak.
thus driving safety, e.g. due to hydroplaning. wear, which can signi cantly impair the brak-
# If you are unable to rectify the damage,
ing properties and the handling characteris-
tics. contact a quali ed specialist workshop.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to too low
a tire pressure # Avoid excessively high tire pressures.
You can nd information on tire pressure for the
Tires with pressure that is too low can over- vehicle's factory-installed tires on the following
Tire pressure which is too high can cause: labels:
heat and burst as a consequence.
R Increased braking distance R Tire and Loading Information placard on the
In addition, they also su er from irregular
R Impaired handling characteristics B‑pillar of your vehicle (/ page 359).
wear, which can signi cantly impair the brak-
ing properties and the handling characteris- R Irregular wear R Tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel
tics. R Impaired driving comfort ller ap (/ page 354).
# Avoid excessively low tire pressure.
R Susceptibility to damage Observe the maximum tire pressure
(/ page 365).
Tire pressure which is too low can cause:
R Tire malfunctions as a result of overheating
Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire
pressure. The outer appearance of a tire does not
354 Wheels and tires

permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pres- malfunction, which can cause tire pressure
sure. loss.
Only correct tire pressure when the tires are cold. # Only screw standard valve caps or valve
Conditions for cold tires: caps speci cally approved by Mercedes-
R The vehicle has been parked with the tires out Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve.
of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
R The vehicle has traveled less than 1 mile Notes on trailer
trailer operation
operation
(1.6 km). Always in ate the rear axle tires to the recommen-
ded tire pressure on the tire pressure table for
The vehicle's tires heat up when driving. As the increased load.
temperature of the tires increases, so too does The tire pressure table shows the recommended
the tire pressure. tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle.
Tir
iree pressur
pressuree table
table The recommended tire pressures apply for cold
Vehicles with
with a tire
tire pressur
pressuree monitor
monitoring
ing system:
system:
You can also check the tire pressure using the on- The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel tires under various operating conditions, i.e. load-
board computer. ller ap. ing and/or speed of the vehicle.
The tire pressure recommended for increased % The data shown in the images is example If one or more tire sizes precede a tire pressure,
load/speed in the tire pressure table can a ect data. the following tire pressure information is only valid
the ride comfort. for those tire sizes and their respective load con-
dition.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita- The load conditions "partially laden" and "fully
ble accessories on tire valves laden" are de ned in the table for di erent num-
bers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The
If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tire actual number of seats may di er from this.
valves, the tire valves may be overloaded and
 Wheels and tires 355

Checking
Checking the
the tire
tire pressur
pressuree manually R Tire and Loading Information placard
(/ page 359)
# Read the tire pressure recommended for the
current operating conditions from the Tire and
Loading Information placard or the tire pres- Tir
iree pressur
pressuree monitor
monitoring
ing system
system
sure table. Observe the notes on tire pressure.
Function of the
the tir
tiree pr
pressur
essuree monit
monitor
oring
ing system
system
# Remove the valve cap of the tire to be
checked. & DANGER
ANGER Risk of accident due to incorrect
# Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto tire pressure
the valve. Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
# Read the tire pressure. should be checked monthly when cold and
# If the tire pressure is lower than the recom- in ated to the in ation pressure recommen-
mended value, increase the tire pressure to ded by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehi-
the recommended value. cle placard or tire in ation pressure label. (If
# If the tire pressure is higher than the recom-
your vehicle has tires of a di erent size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard or
Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diam- mended value, release air. To do so, press tire in ation pressure label, you should deter-
eter instead of the complete tire size, e.g. R18.
R18 down the metal pin in the valve, e.g. using the mine the proper tire in ation pressure for
The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can tip of a pen. Then, check the tire pressure those tires.)
be found on the tire side wall (/ page 366). again using the tire pressure gauge.
# Screw the valve cap onto the valve.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
R Tire and Loading Information placard
been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring
(/ page 359) Further related subjects: system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-
R Maximum tire pressure (/ page 365) R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352) sure telltale when one or more of your tires is
R Tire pressure table (/ page 354)
signi cantly under-in ated. Accordingly, when
356 Wheels and tires

the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, values a er you have changed the tire pressure.
should stop and check your tires as soon as the system may not be able to detect or signal You can, however, also update the reference val-
possible, and in ate them to the proper pres- low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc- ues by restarting the tire pressure monitoring sys-
sure. Driving on a signi cantly under-in ated tions may occur for a variety of reasons, tem manually (/ page 357).
tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead including the installation of replacement or System
System limits
to tire failure. Under-in ation also reduces fuel alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
e ciency and tire tread life, and may a ect prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. The system may be impaired or may not function
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. particularly in the following situations:
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute R Incorrect reference values were taught in
The system checks the tire pressure and the tire
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv- temperature of the tires installed on the vehicle by R Sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign
er’s responsibility to maintain correct tire means of a tire pressure sensor. object penetrating the tire, for example
pressure, even if under-in ation has not R There is a malfunction caused by another
reached the level to trigger illumination of the The tire pressure and the tire temperature appear
in the on-board computer (/ page 356). radio signal source
TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tire Checking
Checking the
the tir
tiree pr
pressur
essuree with
with the
the tir
tiree pressure
pressure
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when temperature is excessive, you will be warned with monit
monitor
oring
ing system
system
the system is not operating properly. The display messages (/ page 449) or the h
warning lamp in the instrument cluster Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with R The vehicle is switched on.
the low tire pressure telltale. When the system (/ page 471).
detects a malfunction, the telltale will ash for The tire pressure monitoring system is only an aid. On-board computer:
approximately one minute and then remain It is the driver's responsibility to set the tire pres- 4 Service 5 Tires
continuously illuminated. This sequence will sure to the recommended cold tire pressure suita-
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as ble for the operating situation. One of the following displays appears:
long as the malfunction exists. R Current tire pressure and tire temperature of
In most cases, the tire pressure monitoring sys-
tem will automatically update the new reference the individual wheels:
 Wheels and tires 357

shown by the on-board computer. In this case, # To restart, press Touch Control on the le -
do not reduce the tire pressure. hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tire Press. Monitor Restarted message is
Rest
estar
arting
ting the
the tir
tiree pressur
pressuree monit
monitor
oring
ing system
system shown in the Instrument Display.
Requir
equirements:
ements: Current warning messages are deleted and
R The recommended tire pressure is correctly the yellow h warning lamp goes out.
set for the respective operating status on all of A er you have been driving for a few minutes,
the wheels (/ page 352). the system checks whether the current tire
Restart the tire pressure monitoring system in the pressures are within the speci ed range. The
following situations: current tire pressures are then accepted as
R Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a reference values and monitored.
few minutes R The tire pressure has changed.
R The wheels or tires have been changed or
Be sure to also pay attention to the following rela-
R Tire Pressure Monitor Active: the teach-in ted topic:
process of the system is not yet complete. The newly installed.
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352)
tire pressures are already being monitored. On-board computer:
# Compare the tire pressure with the recom- 4 Service 5 Tires
Tire
ire pr
pressur
essuree loss w
war
arning
ning system
system
mended tire pressure for the current operating # Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the
condition (/ page 354). Additionally, observe le -hand side of the steering wheel. Function of the
the tire
tire pressur
pressuree loss war
warning
ning system
system
the notes on cold tires (/ page 352). The Use Current Pressures as New Refer- The tire pressure loss warning system warns the
% The values displayed in the on-board com- ence Values message is shown in the Instru- driver by means of display messages when there
puter may deviate from those of the tire pres- ment Display. is a severe tire pressure loss.
sure gauge as they refer to sea level. At high
elevations, the tire pressure values indicated
by a pressure gauge are higher than those
358 Wheels and tires

System limits
System Be sure to also observe the following further rela- # To begin restart, press the Touch Control on
The system may be impaired or may not function ted subjects: the le -hand side of the steering wheel.
particularly in the following situations: R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352) The Tire Pressure Now OK? message is shown
in the display.
R Incorrect reference values were taught in R Display messages about the tires
# Select Yes.
R Sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign (/ page 449)
# To con rm restart, press the Touch Control on
object penetrating the tire, for example Restar
estarting
ting the
the tir
tiree pressur
pressuree loss war
warning
ning system
system
R An even pressure loss on more than one tire
the le -hand side of the steering wheel.
Requir
equirements:
ements: The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message is
occurs
R The recommended tire pressure is correctly shown in the display.
The system has a restricted or delayed function set for the respective operating status on all A er you have driven for a few minutes, the
particularly in the following situations: wheels. tire pressure loss warning system monitors
R Poor ground conditions, e.g. snow or gravel
Restart the tire pressure loss warning system in the set tire pressures of all the tires.
R Driving with snow chains the following situations: Be sure to also pay attention to the following rela-
R When adopting a very sporty driving style with R The tire pressure has changed.
ted topic:
high cornering speeds or sudden acceleration R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352)
R The wheels or tires have been changed or
R Driving with a very heavy or large trailer newly installed.
R Driving with a high load
On-board computer:
The tire pressure loss warning system is only an 4 Service 5 Tires
aid. It is the driver's responsibility to set the tire # Swipe downwards on the Touch Control on the
pressure to the recommended cold tire pressure le -hand side of the steering wheel.
suitable for the operating situation and to check The Tire Pressure Control System Active
it. Restart message is shown in the display.
 Wheels and tires 359

Loading the
the vehicle
vehicle
Notes on Tir
Tiree and Loading Infor
Information
mation placard

& WARNING Risk of accident from overloa-

ded tires
Overloaded tires may overheat and burst as a
consequence. Overloaded tires can also
impair the steering and handling characteris-
tics and lead to brake failure.
# Observe the load rating of the tires. 1 Tire and Loading Information placard
# The load rating must be at least half the
permissible axle load of the vehicle.
# Never overload the tires by exceeding
the maximum load.
% The data shown in the illustration is example
The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the data.
B-pillar on the driver's side of the vehicle. The Tire and Loading Information placard shows
the following information:
R Maximum number of seats 2 according to
the maximum number of people permitted to
travel in the vehicle.
360 Wheels and tires

R Maximum permissible load 3 comprises the the "National Tra c and Motor Vehicle Safety Act # (6): If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load
gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load and of 1966". from your trailer will be transferred to your
luggage. # (1): Locate the statement “The combined vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
R Recommended tire pressure 1 for cold tires. weight of occupants and cargo should never this reduces the available cargo and luggage
The recommended tire pressures are valid for exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's load capacity of your vehicle.
the maximum permissible load and up to the placard. % Not all vehicles are permitted to tow a trailer.
maximum permissible vehicle speed. # (2): Determine the combined weight of the Towing a trailer is only permitted if a trailer-
Please also note: driver and passengers that will be riding in hitch is installed. Please consult an authorized
your vehicle. Mercedes-Benz dealer if you have any ques-
R Information on permissible weights and loads
# (3): Subtract the combined weight of the tions about towing a trailer with your vehicle.
on the vehicle identi cation plate
(/ page 388). driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Even if you have calculated the total load carefully,
# (4): The resulting gure equals the available you should still make sure that the maximum per-
R Information on tire pressure in the tire pres- missible gross weight and the maximum gross
sure table (/ page 354). amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX" amount equals axle weight rating of your vehicle are not excee-
Further related subjects: 1,400 lbs. and there will be ve 150 lb pas- ded. Details can be found on the vehicle identi -
sengers in your vehicle, the amount of availa- cation plate.
R Determining the maximum permissible load
(/ page 360) ble cargo and luggage load capacity is # Have your loaded vehicle – including driver,
650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) occupants and load – weighed on a vehicle
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352).
# (5): Determine the combined weight of lug- weighbridge.
gage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. The measured values may not exceed the
Steps for
for Det
Deter
ermining
mining Correct
Correct Load Limit That weight may not safely exceed the availa- maximum permissible values stated on the
ble cargo and luggage load capacity calcula- vehicle identi cation plate.
The following steps have been developed as
required of all manufacturers under Title 49, Code ted in Step 4.
of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575, pursuant to
 Wheels and tires 361

Further related subjects: Calculation exam

example
ple for
for deter
determining
mining the
the maximum illus
illustr
tration
ation purposes
purposes only. Make sure you are
R Calculation example for determining the maxi- load using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated
mum load (/ page 361) on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Information
The following table shows examples of how to cal- placard (/ page 359).
R Tire and Loading Information placard culate total and load capacities with varying seat-
(/ page 359) ing con gurations and di erent numbers and The higher the weight of all the occupants, the
sizes of occupants. The following examples use a smaller the maximum load for luggage.
R Tire pressure table (/ page 354)
maximum load of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for
for
R Vehicle identi cation plate (/ page 388)

Step 1

Exam
Example
ple 1 Exam
Example
ple 2
Combined maximum weight of occupants and 1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg)
load (data from the Tire and Loading Information
placard)
362 Wheels and tires

Step 2

Exam
Example
ple 1 Exam
Example
ple 2
Number of people in the vehicle (driver and occu- 5 1
pants)
Distribution of the occupants Front: 2 Front: 1
Rear: 3
Weight of occupants Occupant 1: 150 lbs (68 kg) Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91 kg)
Occupant 2: 180 lbs (82 kg)
Occupant 3: 160 lbs (73 kg)
Occupant 4: 140 lbs (63 kg)
Occupant 5: 120 lbs (54 kg)
Total weight of all occupants 750 lbs (340 kg) 200 lbs (91 kg)

Step 3

Exam
Example
ple 1 Exam
Example
ple 2
Permissible load (maximum gross vehicle weight 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 750 lbs (340 kg) = 750 lbs 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 200 lbs (91 kg) = 1300 lbs
rating from the Tire and Loading Information plac- (340 kg) (589 kg)
ard minus the gross weight of all occupants)
 Wheels and tires 363

Tir
iree labeling 5 Manufacturer
Overvie
Over vieww of tire
tire labeling 6 Tire characteristics (/ page 366)
7 Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity,
speed rating and load index (/ page 366)
8 Tire name
% The data shown in the illustration is example
data.

Tir
iree Quality Grading
Grading
1 Tread wear grade
In accordance with the US Department of Trans- 2 Traction grade
portation's "Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-
3 Temperature grade
ards", tire manufacturers are required to grade
their tires on the basis of the following three per- % The data shown in the illustration is example
formance factors: data.
% The classi cation is not legally stipulated for
Canada, but it is generally stated.
1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Tread wear
wear grade
grade
2 DOT (Department of Transportation), (TIN) The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
Tire Identi cation Number based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
3 Maximum tire load (/ page 365) under controlled conditions on a speci ed govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire graded 150
4 Maximum tire pressure (/ page 365) would wear one and one-half (1\1/2\) times as
364 Wheels and tires

well on the government course as a tire graded The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are high temperature can cause the material of the
100. AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-
The relative performance of tires depends upon ability to stop on wet pavement as measured sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
the actual conditions of their use, however, and under controlled conditions on speci ed govern- The grade C corresponds to a level of perform-
may depart signi cantly from the norm due to var- ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire ance which all passenger car tires must meet
iations in driving habits, service practices and dif- marked C may have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.
ferences in road characteristics and climate. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
Temper
emperatur
aturee grade
grade performance on the laboratory test wheel than
Traction gr
grade
ade the minimum required by law.
& WARNING Risk of accident from tire over-
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of accident due to inade- heating and tire failure
quate traction DOT,, TTir
DOT iree Identi cation Number (TIN)
Excessive speed, underin ation, or excessive
The traction grade assigned to this tire is loading, either separately or in combination, US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manu-
based on straight-ahead braking traction can cause excessive heat build-up and possi- facturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on
tests. ble tire failure. the side wall of each tire produced.
# Always adapt your driving style and drive # Observe the recommended tire pressure.

at a speed to suit the prevailing tra c # Regularly check the pressure of all the
and weather conditions. tires.
# Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.
* NOTE Damage to the drivetrain from
wheelspin The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire's resistance to the
# Avoid wheelspin. generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a
speci ed indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained
 Wheels and tires 365

% The data shown in the image is example data. Infor

Information
mation on the
the maximum tir
tiree load Speci cations for maximum tir
tiree pressure
pressure
The TIN is a unique identi cation number to iden-
tify tires and comprises the following:
R DO DOTT (Depar
(Department
tment of Tr
Transport
ansportation):
ation): tire sym-
bol marks 1 indicating that the tire complies
with the requirements of the US Department
of Transportation.
Manufactur
R Manuf acturer
er identi cation code: manufac-
turer identi cation code 2 contains details of
the tire manufacturer. New tires have a code
with two symbols. Retreaded tires have a code
with four symbols. Further information on % The data shown in the image is example data. % The data shown in the illustration is example
retreaded tires (/ page 370). Maximum tire load 1 is the maximum permissi- data.
R Tir iree size: identi er 3 describes the tire size. ble weight for which the tire is approved. Never exceed maximum tire pressure 1 speci-
R Tir iree type code: tire type code 4 can be used Do not overload the tires by exceeding the speci- ed for the tire. Always observe the recommen-
by the manufacturer as a code to describe ed load limit. The maximum permissible load can ded tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting
speci c characteristics of the tire. be found on the vehicle's Tire and Loading Infor- the tire pressure (/ page 354).
Manufacturing
R Manufactur ing date:
date: manufacturing date 5 mation placard on the B-pillar on the driver's side
provides information about the age of a tire. (/ page 359).
The 1st and 2nd positions represent the cal-
endar week and the 3rd and 4th positions
state the year of manufacture (e.g. "3208"
represents the 32nd week of 2008).
366 Wheels and tires

Infor
Information
mation on tire
tire char
charact
acter
eris
istics
tics Tir
iree size designation, load-bearing
load-bearing capacity,
capacity, speed
rating and load index

& WARNING Risk of injury through exceed-

ing the speci ed tire load-bearing capa-
city or the permissible speed rating
Exceeding the speci ed tire load rating or the
permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam-
age and to the tires bursting.
# Therefore, only use tire types and sizes
approved for your vehicle model. 1 First letter(s)
% The data shown in the image is example data. # Observe the tire load rating and speed
2 Nominal tire width in millimeters
rating required for your vehicle. 3 Aspect ratio in %
This information describes the type of tire cord
and the number of layers in side wall 1 and 4 Tire code
under tire tread 2. 5 Rim diameter
6 Load-bearing index
7 Speed rating
8 Load index
% The data shown in the illustration is example
data.
Information about reading tire data can be
obtained from any quali ed specialist workshop.
 Wheels and tires 367

First
irst lett
letter(s)
er(s) 1: Rim diameter
diameter 5: % An electronic speed limiter prevents your
R Without: passenger vehicle tires according to The diameter of the bead seat (not the diameter vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph
European manufacturing standards. of the rim ange). The rim diameter is speci ed in (210 km/h).
R "P": passenger vehicle tires according to US inches (in). Make sure that your tires have the required speed
manufacturing standards. Load-bearing index
Load-bearing index 6: rating. You can obtain information on the required
R "LT": light truck tires according to US manu- Numerical code that speci es the maximum load- speed rating from an authorized Mercedes-Benz
facturing standards. bearing capacity of a tire (e.g. "91" corresponds Center.
R "T": compact emergency spare wheels with to 1356 lbs (615 kg)). tires
Summer tires
high tire pressure that are only designed for The load-bearing capacity of the tire must be at Index Speed rating
rating
temporary use in an emergency. least half the gross axle weight rating of your vehi-
cle. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
Aspect rratio
atio 3: speci ed load limit.
Ratio between tire height and tire width in percent R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
(tire height divided by tire width). See also:
R Maximum permissible load on the Tire and S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)
Tir
iree code 4 (tire
(tire type): Loading Information placard (/ page 359)
R "R" radial tire T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
R Maximum tire load (/ page 365)
R "D": bias ply tire H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
R Load index
R "B": bias belted tires
Speed rating
rating 7: V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)
R "ZR": radial tire with a maximum speed above
149 mph (240 km/h) (optional) Speci es the approved maximum speed of the W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)
tire.
Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)
368 Wheels and tires

Index Speed rrating

ating All-weather
All-weather tires
tires and winter
winter tires
tires R "C", "D", "E": a load range that depends on the
Index Speed rating
rating maximum load that the tire can carry at a cer-
ZR...Y1 up to 186 mph (300 km/h) tain pressure
Q M+S2 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
ZR...(..Y)1 over 186 mph (300 km/h)
T M+S2 up to 118 mph (190 km/h) De nition of ter terms
ms for
for tir
tires
es and loading
ZR1 over 149 mph (240 km/h) Tir
iree str
structur
ucturee and char
charact
acter
eris
istics:
tics: describes the
H M+S2 up to 130 mph (210 km/h) number of layers or the number of rubber-coated
R Specifying the speed rating as the "ZR" index
V M+S2 up to 149 mph (240 km/h) belts in the tire contact surface and the tire wall.
in tire code 4 is optional for tires up to
These are made of steel, nylon, polyester and
186 mph (300 km/h). other materials.
Winter tires bear the i snow ake symbol and
R If your tire code 4 includes "ZR" and there is ful ll the requirements of the Rubber Manufactur- Bar: metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds
no speed rating 7, nd out what the maxi- ers Association (RMA) and the Rubber Association per square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascal (kPa) is
mum speed is from the tire manufacturer. of Canada (RAC) regarding the tire traction on the equivalent of one bar.
R If load-bearing index 6 and speed rating 7 snow. DOT
DOT (Depar
(Department
tment of Transport
Transportation):
ation): DOT-marked
are in brackets, the maximum speed rating of tires ful ll the requirements of the
your tire is above 186 mph (300 km/h). To index 8:
Load index
R No speci cation given: standard load (SL) tire US Department of Transportation.
nd out the maximum speed, ask the tire man-
ufacturer. R "XL" or "Extra Load": extra load tire or rein- Aver
Averag agee w
weight
eight of the
the vvehicle
ehicle occupants: the
forced tire number of vehicle occupants for which the vehicle
is designed, multiplied by 150 lb (68 kg).
R "Light Load": light load tire
Unif
nifor
ormm TTir
iree Quality Grading
Grading Standar
Standards:
ds: a uniform
standard to grade the quality of tires with regard
1 "ZR" stated in the tire code.
2 Or "M+Si" for winter tires.
 Wheels and tires 369

to tread quality, tire traction and temperature GAWR (Gr(Gross

oss Axle Weight
Weight Rating):
Rating): the GAWR is weight of the
Maximum weight the laden vvehicle:
ehicle: the maxi-
characteristics. The quality grading assessment is the maximum permissible axle load. The actual mum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the
made by the manufacturer following speci cations load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle vehicle, the weight of the accessories, the maxi-
from the U.S. government. The quality grade of a weight rating. The gross axle weight rating can be mum load and the weight of optional equipment
tire is imprinted on the side wall of the tire. found on the vehicle identi cation plate on the installed at the factory.
Recommended tir tiree pr
pressur
essure:
e: the recommended B‑pillar on the driver's side. Kilopascal (kPa):
(kPa): metric unit for tire pressure.
tire pressure is the tire pressure speci ed for the Speed rating:
rating: the speed rating is part of the tire 6.9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire
tires mounted to the vehicle at the factory. identi cation. It speci es the speed range for pressure is bar. 100 kilopascal (kPa) equals 1 bar.
The tire and information table contains the recom- which a tire is approved. Load index:
index: in addition to the load-bearing index,
mended tire pressures for cold tires, the maxi- GVW (Gross
(Gross Vehicle
Vehicle Weight):
Weight): the gross vehicle the load index may also be imprinted on the side
mum permissible load and the maximum permissi- weight comprises the weight of the vehicle includ- wall of the tire. This speci es the load-bearing
ble vehicle speed. ing fuel, tools, the spare wheel, accessories instal- capacity of the tire more precisely.
The tire pressure table contains the recommen- led, occupants, luggage and the trailer drawbar Curb weight:
weight: the weight of a vehicle with standard
ded tire pressures for cold tires under various noseweight, if applicable. The gross vehicle weight equipment including the maximum capacity of
operating conditions, i.e. loading and/or speed of must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air condi-
the vehicle. GVWR as speci ed on the vehicle identi cation tioning system and optional equipment if these
plate on the B‑pillar on the driver's side. are installed on the vehicle, but does not include
Increased
Increased vehicle
vehicle weight
weight due toto optional
optional eq
equip-
uip-
ment: the combined weight of all standard and GVWR (Gross
(Gross Vehicle
Vehicle W
Weight
eight Rating):
Rating): the GVWR is passengers or luggage.
optional equipment available for the vehicle, the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully Maximum tiretire load: the maximum tire load is the
regardless of whether it is actually installed on the laden vehicle (weight of the vehicle including all maximum permissible weight in kilograms or lbs
vehicle or not. accessories, occupants, fuel, luggage and the for which a tire is approved.
trailer drawbar noseweight if applicable). The
Rim: the part of the wheel on which the tire is gross vehicle weight rating is speci ed on the permissible tire
Maximum permissible tire pressur
pressure:
e: maximum
installed. vehicle identi cation plate on the B‑pillar on the permissible tire pressure for one tire.
driver's side.
370 Wheels and tires

Maximum load on one tire: tire: maximum load on one wall: the part of the tire between the tread
Side wall: tire tread is level with the bars, the wear limit of
tire. This is calculated by dividing the maximum and the tire bead. 1/16 in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
axle load of one axle by two. Weight of optional
optional equipment:
equipment: the combined Distr
Distribution
ibution of vehicle
vehicle occupants: distribution of
PSI (pounds per squar squaree inch):
inch): standard unit of weight of the optional equipment weighing more vehicle occupants over designated seat positions
measurement for tire pressure. than the replaced standard parts and more than in a vehicle.
Aspect rratio:
atio: ratio between tire height and tire 5 lbs (2.3 kg). This optional equipment, such as Maximum per permissible
missible pay
payload
load weight:
weight: nominal
width in percent. high-performance brakes, level control system, a load and luggage load plus 150 lb (68 kg) multi-
roof luggage rack or high-performance batteries, plied by the number of seats in the vehicle.
Tire
ire pressur
pressure:e: pressure inside the tire applying an is not included in the curb weight and the weight
outward force to every square inch of the tire. The of the accessories.
tire pressure is speci ed in pounds per square
(Tiree Identi cation Number): a unique identi -
TIN (Tir Changing a wheel
inch (psi), in kilopascals (kPa) or in bar. The tire
pressure should only be corrected when the tires cation number which can be used by a tire manu- Notes on selecting, installing
installing and replacing
replacing tir
tires
es
are cold. facturer to identify tires, for example, in a product
recall, and thus identify the purchasers. The TIN is * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Cold tire
tire pressur
pressure:e: the tires are cold when the made up of the manufacturer's identity code, tire
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours with- size, tire type code and the manufacturing date. # Observe the notes in the Supplement.
out direct sunlight on the tires or the vehicle has You could otherwise fail to recognize
been driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load-bearing
Load-bear ing inde
index:
x: the load-bearing index is a dangers.
code that contains the maximum load-bearing
Tir
iree cont
contact
act surface:
surface: the part of the tire that capacity of a tire.
comes into contact with the road. & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
Traction:
Tr action: traction is the grip resulting from friction rect wheel and tire dimensions
Tir
iree bead: the purpose of the tire bead is to between the tires and the road surface.
ensure that the tire sits securely on the wheel rim. If wheels and tires of the wrong size are instal-
There are several wire cores in the tire bead to Wear indicator:
indicator: narrow bars (tread wear bars) that
are distributed over the tire contact surface. If the led, the service brakes or components in the
prevent the tire from changing length on the
wheel rim.
 Wheels and tires 371

brake system and in the wheel suspension # Therefore, only use tire types and sizes ted. Furthermore, other tire sizes could result
may be damaged. approved for your vehicle model. in the tires rubbing against the body and axle
# Always replace wheels and tires with # Observe the tire load rating and speed components when loaded. This could result in
ones that ful ll the speci cations of the rating required for your vehicle. damage to the tire or the vehicle.
original part. Only use tires, wheels and accessories that
For wheels, pay attention to the following: * NOTE Vehicle and tire damage through have been checked and recommended by
tire types and sizes that have not been Mercedes-Benz.
R Designation
R Type
approved
* NOTE Risk to driving safety from retrea-
For safety reasons, only use tires, wheels and ded tires
For tires, pay attention to the following: accessories which have been specially
R Designation approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recom-
R Manufacturer These tires are specially adapted to the active mended by Mercedes-Benz, since previous
R Type safety systems, such as ABS, ESP® and damage cannot always be detected on retrea-
4MATIC, and marked as follows: ded tires.
R MO = Mercedes-Benz Original For this reason driving safety cannot be guar-
& WARNING Risk of injury through exceed- anteed.
ing the speci ed tire load-bearing capa- R MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended
# Do not use used tires if you have no
city or the permissible speed rating (run- at tire only for certain wheels)
information about their previous usage.
R MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-
Exceeding the speci ed tire load rating or the
permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam- tain AMG tires)
age and to the tires bursting. Otherwise, certain properties, such as han-
dling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions,
consumption, etc. could be adversely a ec-
372 Wheels and tires

* NOTE Possible wheel and tire damage * NOTE Damage to electronic component Before purchasing and using non-approved acces-
when driving over obstacles parts from the use of tire-mounting tools sories, visit a quali ed specialist workshop and
inquire about:
Large wheels have a smaller section width. As Vehicles wit
withh a tire
tire pr
pressur
essuree monit
monitor
oring
ing sys-
sys- R Suitability
the section width decreases, the risk of tem: Electronic component parts are located
R Legal stipulations
wheels and tires being damaged when driving in the wheel. Tire-mounting tools should not
over obstacles increases. be used in the area of the valve. R Factory recommendations
# Avoid obstacles or drive especially care- This could otherwise damage the electronic
fully. component parts. & WARNING Risk of accident with high per-
formance tires
# Reduce your speed when driving over # Have the tires changed at a quali ed
curbs, speed bumps, manhole covers specialist workshop only. The special tire tread in combination with the
and potholes. optimized tire compound means that the risk
# Avoid particularly high curbs.
of skidding and hydroplaning on wet roads is
* NOTE Damage to summer tires at low
increased.
ambient temperatures
In addition, the tire grip is greatly reduced at a
* NOTE Possible wheel and tire damage At low ambient temperatures, tears could form low outside temperature and tire running tem-
when parking on curbs or in potholes when driving with summer tires, causing per- perature.
Parking on curbs or in potholes may damage manent damage to the tires. # Switch on the ESP® and adapt your driv-
the wheels and tires. # At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) use
ing style accordingly.
# If possible, park only on at surfaces. i M+S tires.
# Use i M+S tires at outside tempera-
# Avoid curbs and potholes when parking. tures of less than 50 °F (10 °C).
Accessory parts which are not approved for your
vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used # Only use the tires for their intended pur-
correctly, can impair the operating safety. pose.
 Wheels and tires 373

Observe the following when selecting, installing R For M+S tires, only use tires with the same R Tire and Loading Information placard
and replacing tires: tread. (/ page 359)
R Furthermore, the use of certain tire types in R Observe the maximum permissible speed for R Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity,
certain regions and areas of operation can be the M+S tires installed. speed rating and load index (/ page 366)
highly bene cial. If the tire's maximum speed is below that of R Tire pressure table (/ page 354)
R Only use tires and wheels of the same type the vehicle, this must be indicated by an R Notes on the emergency spare wheel
(summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires) appropriate label in the driver's eld of vision. (/ page 380)
and the same make. R Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the
R Only install wheels of the same size on one rst 60 miles (100 km).
axle (le and right). Notes on rot
rotating
ating the
the wheels
R Replace the tires a er six years at the latest,
It is only permissible to install a di erent regardless of wear. & WARNING Risk of injury through di erent
wheel size in the event of a at tire in order to R When rreplacing
eplacing with
with tires
tires that
that do not
not featur
featuree wheel sizes
drive to the specialist workshop. run- at char
haract
acter
eris
istics:
tics: vehicles with
R Vehicles with
Rotating the front and rear wheels can
with a tire
tire pressur
pressuree monitor
monitoring
ing sy
sys-
s- MOExtended tires are not equipped with a
severely impair the driving characteristics.
tem: All installed wheels must be equipped TIREFIT kit at the factory. Equip the vehicle
with functioning sensors for the tire pressure with a TIREFIT kit a er replacing with tires that The wheel brakes or suspension components
monitoring system. do not feature run- at characteristics, e.g. may also be damaged.
R At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) use win- winter tires. # Rotate front and rear wheels only if the

ter tires or all-season tires marked i M+S wheels and tires are of the same dimen-
For more information on wheels and tires, contact
for all wheels. sions.
a quali ed specialist workshop.
Winter tires provide the best possible grip in Be sure to also observe the following further rela- The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels
wintry road conditions. ted subjects: di er:
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352) R Front wheels wear more on the tire shoulder
374 Wheels and tires

R Rear wheels wear more in the center of the Over

Overvie
view
w of tthe
he tire-c
tire-chang
hangee tool
tool kit
tire
Apart from some country-speci c variants, vehi-
Do not drive with tires that have too little tread cles are not equipped with a tire-change tool kit.
depth. This signi cantly reduces traction on wet For more information on which tools are required
roads (hydroplaning). and approved to perform a wheel change on your
On vehicles that have the same size front and rear vehicle, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
wheels, rotate the wheels according to the inter- Required tire-changing tools may include, for
vals in the tire manufacturer's warranty book in example:
your vehicle documents. If this is not available, R Jack
rotate the tires every 3,000 to 6,000 miles R Chock The tire-change tool kit includes the following:
(5,000 to 10,000 km), depending on the wear.
Ensure that the direction of rotation is main- R Lug wrench R Jack
tained. Tire-change tool kit 1 is located under the cargo R Lug wrench
Observe the instructions and safety notes on compartment oor. R Wheel studs
"Changing a wheel" when doing so (/ page 374). % Depending on the model, the tire change tool R Extension attachment for wheel studs, if nec-
kit may be located in other positions under essary (depending on vehicle version)
Notes on stor
storing
ing wheels the cargo compartment oor. R Folding chock
When storing wheels, observe the following notes: R Ratchet wrench
R A er removing wheels, store them in a cool,
dry and preferably dark place. Prepar
Pr eparing
ing the
the vvehicle
ehicle for
for a wheel change
change
R Protect the tires from contact with oil, grease
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
or fuel. R The vehicle is not on a slope.
 Wheels and tires 375

R The vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level Removing

emoving and inst
installing
alling the
the wheel tr
trim/hub
im/hub caps Aluminum hub cap
ground.
Requir
equirements:
ements:
R The required tire-change tool kit is available. R The vehicle is prepared for a wheel change
% If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire- (/ page 374).
change tool kit, consult a quali ed specialist Plastic
Plas tic hub cap
workshop to nd out about suitable tools.
# To remov
remove:e: turn the center cover of the hub
# Apply the electric parking brake manually.
cap counter-clockwise and remove the hub
# Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead cap.
position. # To install:
install: make sure that the center cover of
# Shi the transmission to position j. the hub cap is turned counter-clockwise.
# Vehicles with # Position the hub cap and turn the center cover To rremov
emove:e: position socket 2 from the tire-
with level
level contr
control
ol syst
system:
em: Set the #

normal vehicle level (/ page 229). clockwise until the hub cap engages physically change tool kit on hub cap 1.
# Switch o the vehicle.
and audibly. # Position wheel wrench 3 on socket 2.

# Using wheel wrench 3, turn hub cap 1

# Make sure that the vehicle cannot be started.

# Place chocks or other suitable items under the

counter-clockwise and remove it.
# To inst
install:
all: follow the instructions above in
front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally
opposite the wheel you wish to change. reverse order.
# Raise the vehicle (/ page 376). % Speci ed tight
tightening
ening ttorq
orque:
ue: 18 lb- (25 Nm).
376 Wheels and tires

Raising the
the vvehicle
ehicle when cchanging
hanging a wheel
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R There are no persons in the vehicle.
R The vehicle has been prepared for a wheel
change (/ page 374).
Important notes on using the jack:
R Use only a vehicle-speci c jack that has been
approved by Mercedes-Benz to raise the vehi-
cle. Rules of conduct when the vehicle is raised: # Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel bolts
R The jack is only designed for raising and hold- on the wheel you wish to change by about one
R Never place your hands or feet under the vehi-
ing the vehicle for a short time while a wheel cle. full turn. Do not unscrew the screws com-
is being changed and not for maintenance pletely.
work under the vehicle. R Never lie under the vehicle.

R The jack must be placed on a rm, at and R Do not start the vehicle and do not release the
non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, at, electric parking brake.
load-bearing, non-slip underlay. R Do not open or close any doors or the tailgate.
R The foot of the jack must be positioned verti-
cally under the jack support point.
 Wheels and tires 377

* NOTE Vehicle damage from the jack

If you do not position the jack correctly at the
appropriate jack support point of the vehicle,
the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised.
# The jack is designed exclusively for jack-
ing up the vehicle at the jack support
points.
# Take the ratchet wrench out of the tire-change
Position of jack support points tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the
jack so that the letters "AUF" are visible.
& WARNING Risk of injury from incorrect
positioning of the jack
If you do not position the jack correctly at the
appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, the # Position support 2 of jack 4 on jack sup-
jack could tip with the vehicle raised. port point 1.
# Only position the jack at the appropriate # Turn ratchet wrench 3 clockwise until jack
jacking point of the vehicle. The base of support 2 sits completely on jacking point
the jack must be positioned vertically 1 and the base of the jack lies evenly on the
under the jacking point of the vehicle. ground.
378 Wheels and tires

# Continue to turn ratchet wrench 3 until the * NOTE Damage to threading from dirt on & WARNING Risk of accident from losing a
tire is raised a maximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) o wheel bolts wheel
the ground.
# Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel
# Loosen and remove the wheel (/ page 378).
dirty surface. nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting
bolt threads can cause the wheel bolts/wheel
Remo
emoving
ving a wheel # Completely unscrew the wheel bolts. nuts to come loose.
# Remove the wheel. # Never oil or grease the threads.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements:
R The vehicle is raised (/ page 376). # In the event of damage to the threads,

Installing
Inst alling a new
new wheel contact a quali ed specialist workshop
* NOTE
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles immediately.
Req
equir
uirements:
ements: # Have the damaged wheel bolts or dam-
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. R The wheel that is to be replaced is removed
You could otherwise fail to recognize aged hub threads replaced.
(/ page 378).
dangers. # Do not continue driving.

* NOTE
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Note on AMG vehicles:
vehicles: # Observe the information on the choice of tires
When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force
# Observe the notes in the Supplement. (/ page 370).
to the brake discs, as this could impair the level of You could otherwise fail to recognize
comfort when braking. dangers. For tires with a speci ed direction of rotation, an
arrow on the side wall of the tire indicates the cor-
rect direction of rotation. Observe the direction of
rotation when installing.
Note on AMG vehicles:
vehicles:
 Wheels and tires 379

# Place the wheel to be installed on the wheel # Press the wheel rmly against the wheel # To low
lower
er the
the vvehicle:
ehicle: turn the ratchet wrench
hub and push it on. hub when screwing in the rst wheel of the jack counter-clockwise.
bolt.
& WARNING Risk of injury from tightening
wheel bolts and nuts # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts pattern in the order indicated until they are
when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip. nger-tight.
# Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts
# If the collapsible spare wheel has been instal-
when the vehicle is on the ground. led, in ate the collapsible spare wheel
(/ page 383).
# Observe the instructions and safety notes on # Lower the vehicle (/ page 379).
"Changing a wheel" (/ page 370).
# For safety reasons, only use wheel bolts which Lower
Lowering
ing tthe
he vehicle
vehicle a er a wheel cchange
hange # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with a
for the wheel in question. Requir
equirements:
ements: maximum of 59 lb- (80 Nm).
R The new wheel has been installed
# Then tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diago-
(/ page 378).
* NOTE Damage to paintwork of the wheel nal pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 to
rim when screwing in the rst wheel bolt Observe the information on tire pressure the speci ed tightening torque of 111 lb-
If the wheel has too much play when screwing (/ page 352). (150 Nm).
in the rst wheel bolt, the wheel rim paint can # Place the ratchet wrench onto the hexagon
be damaged. nut of the jack so that the lettering "AB" is visi-
ble.
380 Wheels and tires

& WARNING Risk of injury through incorrect Emergency

Emerg ency spare
spare wheel shop. The new wheel must have the cor-
tightening torque Notes on the
the emerg
emergency
ency spare
spare wheel rect dimensions.
The wheels could come loose if the wheel % The emergency spare wheel is fastened in the
bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the & WARNING Risk of accident caused by
incorrect wheel and tire dimensions cargo compartment under the cargo compart-
prescribed tightening torque. ment oor.
# Make sure the wheel bolts or wheel nuts The wheel or tire sizes and the tire type of the Observe the following notes on installing an emer-
are tightened to the prescribed tighten- emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and gency spare wheel:
ing torque. the wheel to be replaced may di er. The emer-
gency spare wheel or spare wheel can signi - R The maximum permissible speed with an
# If you are not sure, do not move the vehi-
cantly impair driving characteristics of the emergency spare wheel installed is 50 mph
cle. Consult a quali ed specialist work- (80 km/h).
shop and have the tightening torque vehicle.
checked immediately. To prevent hazardous situations: R Do not equip the emergency spare wheel with

# Drive carefully.
snow chains.
# Check the tire pressure of the newly mounted # Never install more than one emergency
R Replace the emergency spare wheel a er six
wheel and adjust accordingly. years at the latest, regardless of wear.
spare wheel or spare wheel that di ers
% The following does not apply if the new wheel in size. R Check the tire pressure of the emergency
is an emergency spare wheel. # Only use an emergency spare wheel or
spare wheel installed. Correct the pressure as
# Vehicles with
necessary.
with tire
tire pressur
pressuree loss w
war
arning
ning sy
sys-
s- spare wheel brie y.
tem: Restart the tire pressure loss warning # Do not deactivate ESP®. % The speci ed tire pressure is stated on the
system (/ page 358). label of the emergency spare wheel.
# Have the emergency spare wheel or
# Vehicles with
with a tire
tire pressur
pressuree monitor
monitoring
ing sys-
sys- spare wheel of a di erent size replaced
tem: Restart the tire pressure monitoring sys- at the nearest quali ed specialist work-
tem (/ page 357).
 Wheels and tires 381

% Vehicles withwith a tir

tiree pr
pressur
essuree loss w
war
arning
ning sys-
sys- In ating the emergency
emergency spar
sparee wheel
tem: If an emergency spare wheel is installed,
the tire pressure loss warning system cannot * NOTE Overheating due to the tire in ation
function reliably. Only restart the system compressor running too long
again when the emergency spare wheel has
been replaced with a new wheel.
# Do not run the tire in ation compressor
Vehicles with
with a tir
tiree pressur
pressuree monit
monitor
oring
ing sys-
sys- for longer than ten minutes without inter-
tem: If an emergency spare wheel is installed, ruption.
the tire pressure monitoring system cannot
function reliably. For a few minutes a er an Requir
equirements:
ements:
emergency spare wheel is installed, the sys- The emergency spare wheel has been installed
correctly. (/ page 374) # Pull ller hose 1 and plug 3 out of the tire
tem may still display the tire pressure of the in ation compressor housing.
removed wheel. Only restart the system again Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on
when the emergency spare wheel has been the sticker of the emergency spare wheel and on # Insert plug 7 of ller hose 1 in the socket
replaced with a new wheel. the tire in ation compressor. on the tire in ation compressor and then turn
# Remove the sticker with the label 50 mph it until plug 7 engages.
Be sure to also observe the following further rela-
ted subjects: (80 km/h) from the tire in ation compressor # Unscrew the cap from the valve on the emer-
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352) housing and a x it to the instrument cluster gency spare wheel.
within the driver's eld of vision. # Screw union nut 2 of ller hose 1 onto the
R Tire and Loading Information placard
(/ page 359)
# Remove the tire in ation compressor from the valve.
stowage space under the trunk oor . # Make sure on and o switch 4 of the tire
R Tire pressure table (/ page 354) (/ page 333) in ation compressor is set to 0.
R Notes on installing tires (/ page 370)
# Insert plug 3 in a socket in your vehicle.
R Installing an emergency spare wheel
(/ page 374)
R Cigarette lighter socket
382 Wheels and tires

R 12 V socket: (/ page 126) 6 until the correct tire pressure has been To prevent hazardous situations:
reached. # Drive carefully.
R Observe the notes on the cigarette lighter in
the Digital Operator's Manual # Unscrew union nut 2 of ller hose 1 from # Never install more than one emergency
the valve.
R Observe the notes on sockets: (/ page 126) spare wheel or spare wheel that di ers
# Screw the valve cap of the emergency spare in size.
# Press the start/stop button once to switch on wheel onto the valve again. # Only use an emergency spare wheel or
the power supply (/ page 156). # Stow ller hose 1 and plug 3 in the lower spare wheel brie y.
# Press on and o switch 4 on the tire in ation section of the tire in ation compressor hous- # Do not deactivate ESP®.
compressor to I. ing.
The tire in ation compressor is switched on. # Have the emergency spare wheel or
# Stow the tire in ation compressor in the vehi-
The tire is in ated. The tire pressure appears cle. spare wheel of a di erent size replaced
on manometer 5. at the nearest quali ed specialist work-
# Pump the tire to the speci ed tire pressure. shop. The new wheel must have the cor-
Collapsible spare
spare wheel rect dimensions.
% The speci ed tire pressure is stated on the
label of the emergency spare wheel. Notes on the
the collapsible spare
spare wheel The collapsible spare wheel is an emergency
# When the speci ed tire pressure has been spare wheel which is only suitable for use for a
& WARNING Risk of accident caused by limited period of time and in a restricted manner
reached, press on and o switch 4 on the incorrect wheel and tire dimensions
tire in ation compressor to 0. in the event of a at tire (e.g. until the nearest
The tire in ation compressor is switched o . The wheel or tire sizes and the tire type of the workshop).
# Press the start/stop button to switch o the
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and The tire sidewalls are folded when in transport
the wheel to be replaced may di er. The emer- mode. Before use, the collapsible spare wheel has
power supply. gency spare wheel or spare wheel can signi - to be in ated with the accompanying compressor.
# If the tire pressure is higher than the speci ed cantly impair driving characteristics of the
pressure, press pressure release valve button vehicle.
 Wheels and tires 383

Check the tire pressure of the collapsible spare Be sure to also observe the following further rela- * NOTE Damage to the collapsible spare
wheel once installed. Correct the pressure as ted subjects: wheel when lowering the vehicle
necessary. R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 352)
The maximum permissible speed with a collapsi- Lowering the vehicle without previously in at-
R Tire pressure table (/ page 354) ing the collapsible spare wheel can damage its
ble spare wheel installed is 50 mph (80 km/h).
rim.
Do not equip the collapsible spare wheel with
snow chains. Removing
emoving tthe
he collapsible spare
spare wheel # In ate the collapsible spare wheel using

The collapsible spare wheel is located under the the tire in ation compressor before low-
Replace the collapsible spare wheel a er six years ering the vehicle.
at the latest, regardless of wear. cargo compartment oor.
% Vehicles with # Observe the information on mounting tires
with a tir
tiree pr
pressur
essuree loss w
war
arning
ning sys-
sys- * NOTE Overheating due to the tire in ation
tem: If a collapsible spare wheel is installed, (/ page 370).
compressor running too long
the tire pressure loss warning system cannot # Open the tailgate.
function reliably. Only restart the system # Open the cargo compartment oor.
# Do not run the tire in ation compressor
again when the collapsible spare wheel has for longer than ten minutes without inter-
# Remove the collapsible spare wheel.
been replaced with a new wheel. ruption.
Vehicles with
with a tir
tiree pressur
pressuree monit
monitor
oring
ing sys-
sys-
tem: If a collapsible spare wheel is installed In ating the collapsible spare
spare wheel
the tire pressure monitoring system cannot
function reliably. For a few minutes a er an Requir
equirements:
ements:
emergency spare wheel is installed, the sys- R Mount the collapsible spare wheel as descri-
tem may still display the tire pressure of the bed (/ page 378).
removed wheel. Only restart the system again R Remove the tire in ation compressor from the
when the collapsible spare wheel has been storage space under the trunk oor
replaced with a new wheel. (/ page 333).
384 Wheels and tires

# Press on and o switch 3 on the tire in ation

compressor to I.
The tire in ation compressor is switched on.
The tire is in ated. The tire pressure is shown
on manometer 2.
# Pump the tire to the speci ed tire pressure.
% The speci ed tire pressure is printed on the
yellow label of the collapsible spare wheel.
# When the speci ed tire pressure has been
# Pull connector 4 and the hose out of the reached, press on and o switch 3 on the
housing. tire in ation compressor to 0.
# Unscrew the cap from the valve on the col- # If the tire pressure is higher than the speci ed
lapsible spare wheel. pressure, press pressure release valve button
# Screw union nut 1 of the hose onto the 5 until the correct tire pressure has been
valve. reached.
# Make sure on and o switch 3 of the tire
in ation compressor is set to 0.
# Insert connector 4 into the cigarette lighter
socket or into a 12 V socket (/ page 126) in
your vehicle.
# Switch on the power supply (/ page 156).
 Technical data 385

Notes on ttec
echnical
hnical data # You should have all work on electrical # When operating two-way radios in the
and electronic components carried out vehicle, always connect them to the low-
* NO
NOTE
TE Mercedes-AMG vehicles at a quali ed specialist workshop. re ection exterior antenna.
# Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize & WARNING Risk of accident due to * NOTE Invalidation of the operating permit
dangers. improper operation of two-way radios due to failure to comply with the instruc-
If you use two-way radios in the vehicle tions for installation and use
The data stated only applies to vehicles with improperly, their electromagnetic radiation The operating permit may be invalidated if the
standard equipment. You can obtain further infor- can disrupt the vehicle's electronics. This is instructions for installation and use of two-way
mation from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen- the case in the following situations, in particu- radios are not observed.
ter. lar: # Only use approved frequency bands.
R The two-way radio is not connected to an # Observe the maximum permissible out-
Vehicle electronics
electronics exterior antenna. put power in these frequency bands.
Two-wa
o-wayy radios
radios R The exterior antenna is installed incor- # Only use approved antenna positions.
rectly or is not a low-re ection antenna.
Notes on installing
installing two-wa
two-wayy rradios
adios
This could jeopardize the operating safety of
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the vehicle.
improper work on two-way radios # Have the low-re ection exterior antenna

If two-way radios are manipulated or retro t- installed at a quali ed specialist work-

ted incorrectly, the electromagnetic radiation shop.
from the two-way radios can interfere with the
vehicle electronics and jeopardize the operat-
ing safety of the vehicle.
386 Technical data

On the rear fenders, it is recommended that you Frequency

equency band and maximum tr
transmission
ansmission out-
install the antenna on the side of the vehicle clos- put
est to the center of the road. Frequency
equency band Maximum transmis-
transmis-
Use Technical Speci cation ISO/TS 21609 (Road sion output
Vehicles – "EMCs for installation of a ermarket
radio frequency transmitting equipment") when Short wave 100 W
retro tting two-way radios. Comply with the legal 3 - 54 MHz
requirements for detachable parts.
4 m frequency band 30 W
If your vehicle has installing for two-way radio
equipment, use the power supply and antenna 74 - 88 MHz
connectors provided in the pre-installation.
2 m frequency band 50 W
Observe the manufacturer's supplements when
installing. 144 - 174 MHz
Two-wa
o-wayy radio
radio transmission
transmission output Terrestrial Trunked 10 W
The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the Radio (TETRA)
1 Front roof area base of the antenna must not exceed the values in 380 - 460 MHz
2 Rear roof area the following table.
3 Rear fenders 70 cm frequency band 35 W
420 - 450 MHz
On vehicles with a panoramic sliding sunroof,
installing an antenna to the front or rear roof area Two-way radio 10 W
is not permitted. (2G/3G/4G)
 Technical data 387

The following can be used in the vehicle without ital Operator's Manual in the vehicle, on the Inter- Furt
urther
her component-speci
component-speci c infor
information
mation
restrictions: net and in the app.
Further component-speci c information can be
R Two-way radios with a maximum transmission found using the key phrase "further component-
output of up to 100 mW Regulator
egulatoryy rradio
adio identi cation – Indonesia speci c information" in the Digital Operator's
R RF transmitters with transmitter frequencies in Manual in the vehicle, on the Internet and in the
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-
the 380 - 410 MHz frequency band and a app.
cle components can be found using the key
maximum transmission output of up to 2 W phrase "Regulatory radio identi cation – Indone-
(TETRA) sia" in the Digital Operator's Manual in the vehi-
R Mobile phones (2G/3G/4G) cle, on the Internet and in the app.
There are no restrictions when positioning the % These are not small components. Information
antenna on the outside of the vehicle for the fol- about small components can be found using
lowing frequency bands: the key phrase "Regulatory radio identi cation
R Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA)
of small components".
R 70 cm frequency band
Infor
Information
mation on installation
installation clearances
clearances
R 2G/3G/4G
Information on installation clearances of wireless
vehicle components can be found using the key
Regulat
egulator
oryy radio
radio identi cation and not
notes
es phrase "Installation clearances" in the Digital
Regulat
egulator
oryy radio
radio identi cation of small compo-
compo- Operator's Manual in the vehicle, on the Internet,
nents and in the app.
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-
cle components can be found using the key
phrase "Regulatory radio identi cation" in the Dig-
388 Technical data

Vehicle identi cation plate,

plate, VIN and engine num-
ber over
overview
view
Vehicle identi cation plate

Vehicle identi cation plate (USA only) Vehicle identi cation plate (Canada only)
1 Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight 1 Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
2 Maximum permissible front axle load 2 Maximum permissible front axle load
3 Maximum permissible rear axle load 3 Maximum permissible rear axle load
4 Paint code 4 Paint code
5 VIN (vehicle identi cation number) 5 VIN (vehicle identi cation number)
The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight is
made up of the vehicle weight, all vehicle occu-
pants, the fuel and the load. The maximum gross
axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can
be carried on one axle (front or rear axle).
 Technical data 389

Never exceed the maximum permissible gross Additional plates

plates Operating
Oper ating uids
vehicle weight or the maximum gross axle weight
rating for the front or rear axle. Notes on oper
operating
ating uids

VIN in front
front of the
the front
front seat * NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
# Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize
dangers.

& WARNING Risk of injury from operating

uids harmful to your health
Operating uids may be poisonous and harm-
ful to your health.
# Observe the text on the original contain-
ers when using, storing or disposing of
operating uids.
1 Plate with information about emissions test- # Always store operating uids sealed in

ing, including con rmation of emissions their original containers.

guidelines at the U.S. federal level as well as # Always keep children away from operat-
for California ing uids.
1 VIN (vehicle identi cation number)
2 Engine number stamped into the crankcase
3 VIN (vehicle identi cation number) as a label
at the lower edge of the windshield
390 Technical data

+ ENVIRONMENT
ENVIR ONMENTALAL NO
NOTE
TE Pollution of the The operating uids approved by Mercedes-Benz & WARNING Risk of injury from fuels
environment due to irresponsible disposal can be identi ed by the following inscriptions on
the container: Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your
of operating uids health.
R MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
Incorrect disposal of operating uids can # Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
R MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)
cause considerable damage to the environ- contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
ment. Further information on approved operating uids: # Do not inhale fuel vapor.
# Dispose of operating uids in an environ-
R In the Mercedes-Benz Speci cations for Oper- # Keep children away from fuel.
mentally responsible manner. ating Fluids by entering the designation # Keep doors and windows closed during

Operating uids include the following: - At https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com the refueling process.

R Fuels - In the Mercedes-Benz BeVo app
R At a quali ed specialist workshop
If you or other people come into contact with
R Lubricants fuel, observe the following:
R Coolant & WARNING Risk of re or explosion from # Immediately rinse fuel o your skin with
R Brake uid fuel soap and water.
R Windshield washer uid # If fuel comes into contact with your eyes,
Fuels are highly ammable.
R Climate control system refrigerant
immediately rinse them thoroughly with
# Fire, open ames, smoking and creating clean water. Seek medical attention
Only use products approved by Mercedes-Benz. sparks must be avoided. immediately.
Damage caused by the use of products that have # Before and during refueling, switch o
# If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-
not been approved is not covered by the the vehicle and, if installed, the station- tion immediately. Do not induce vomit-
Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures. ary heater. ing.
 Technical data 391

# Change immediately out of clothing that * NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel If the available fuel is not su ciently low in sulfur,
has come into contact with fuel. this can produce unpleasant odors.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could Only refuel with fuel that has at least the octane
Flexible-fuel vehicles can be refueled with the fol- result in damage to the fuel system, the number speci ed in the information label in the
lowing fuel types: engine and the emission control system. fuel ller ap (/ page 179). Otherwise, engine
# Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition output can be reduced and fuel consumption
R Premium grade unleaded gasoline
engine fuel. increased.
R E85 fuel
If you
you w
want
ant maximum engine output:
output: Only refuel
R A mixture of E85 fuel and premium grade This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol by vol-
with premium-grade unleaded gasoline with an
unleaded gasoline ume. Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10
octane number of at least 91 AKI/95 RON.
fuel.
Flexible-fuel vehicles can be identi ed by the As a temporary measure, if the recommended fuel
Ethanol
Ethanol up ttoo E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel Never refuel with one of the following fuels:
is not available, you may also refuel with regular
ller ap. R diesel unleaded gasoline with at least 87 AKI/91 RON.
Depending on the country, the fuels you can use R Gasoline with more than 10% ethanol by This may reduce engine output and increase fuel
in your vehicle may di er from the information in volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100 consumption.
the Operator's Manual. The fuels that have been R Gasoline with more than 3% methanol by Never refuel using gasoline with a lower RON.
approved for your vehicle can be found on the volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100
instruction label on the inside of the fuel ller ap. R Gasoline with additives containing metal * NOTE
NOTE Premature engine wear through
unleaded regular gasoline
Fuel If you have accidentally refueled with the
wrong fuel: Impairment of the longevity and performance
Notes on fuel quality
quality ffor
or vehicles
vehicles wit
withh a gasoline
gasoline of the engine.
# Do not switch on the vehicle.
engine
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Observe the notes on operating uids
(/ page 389).
392 Technical data

If unleaded premium grade gasoline is unavail- * NOTE Damage from use of unsuitable Reserv
eservee fuel tank
tank
able and you have to refuel using unleaded additives Model
regular gasoline:
Even small amounts of the wrong additive may All models 2.4 gal (9.0 liters)
# Only ll the fuel tank to half full with
lead to malfunctions occurring.
unleaded regular gasoline and re ll as
# Only add cleaning additives recommen-
soon as possible with unleaded premium Engine oil
grade gasoline. ded by Mercedes-Benz to the fuel.
# Do not drive at the maximum design
Notes on engine oil
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use brand- Observe the notes on operating uids
speed. name fuels with additives. (/ page 389).
# Avoid sudden acceleration and engine
In some countries, the fuel available may not have
speeds over 3000 rpm. su cient additives. Deposits could build up in the
fuel injection system as a result. In this case, in
Further information on fuel is available at the fol- consultation with an authorized Mercedes-Benz
lowing locations: Center, mix the fuel with the cleaning additive rec-
R At a gas station ommended by Mercedes-Benz. Observe the notes
R At a quali ed specialist workshop and mixing ratios indicated on the tank.
R On the https//www.mbusa.com (USA only) Tank cont
content
ent and fuel reserve
reserve
Notes on additiv
additives
es in gasoline
gasoline (vehicles
(vehicles wit
withh a Fuel ttank
ank total
total capacity
gasoline engine) Model
Note the instructions about operating uids
(/ page 389). All models 22.5 gal (85.0 liters)
 Technical data 393

* NOTE Engine damage caused by an incor- Quality and capacity of engine oil cosity class. Possible restrictions of the approved
rect oil lter, incorrect oil or additives SAE viscosity classes must be observed.
Engine oil speci cations (g
(gasoline
asoline engines)
The following values refer to an oil change, includ-
# Do not use engine oils or oil lters other Model MB-Fr
MB-Freig
eigabe
abe or MB- ing the oil lter.
than those which meet the speci cations Approv
Approvalal
necessary for the prescribed service Engine oil lling capacity
intervals. GLE 450 4MATIC 229.51, 229.52,
229.61, 229.71 Model Capacity
# Do not alter the engine oil or oil lter in
order to achieve longer change intervals 229.72* GLE 450 4MATIC About 9.0 US qt
than prescribed. (8.5 liters)
GLE 580 4MATIC 229.52
# Do not use additives. GLE 580 4MATIC About 10.0 US qt
229.61*
# Have the engine oil changed a er the (9.5 liters)
prescribed intervals. All other models 229.51, 229.52,
229.61 All other models About 7.4 US qt
Mercedes-Benz recommends having the oil (7.0 liters)
229.71*
changed at a quali ed specialist workshop.
Only use engine oils approved for your vehicle by * Recommended for lowest possible fuel con- Notes on br
brak
akee uid
Mercedes-Benz. sumption (lowest SAE viscosity class in each
case; observe possible restrictions of the Note the instructions about operating uids
approved SAE viscosity classes). (/ page 389).
To achieve the lowest possible fuel consumption,
it is recommended to use the engine oil speci ca-
tions marked in the table for the lowest SAE vis-
394 Technical data

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to & WARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from - At https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com
vapor pockets forming in the brake system antifreeze - In the Mercedes-Benz BeVo app
The brake uid constantly absorbs moisture If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com- R At a quali ed specialist workshop
from the air. This lowers the boiling point of ponent parts in the engine compartment, it
the brake uid. If the boiling point is too low, may ignite.
vapor pockets may form in the brake system # Allow the engine to cool down before
* NOTE Overheating at high outside temper-
when the brakes are applied hard. atures
adding antifreeze.
This causes the braking e ect to be impaired. # Make sure that no antifreeze spills out If an inappropriate coolant is used, the engine
# Have the brake uid renewed at the next to the ller opening. cooling system is not su ciently protected
speci ed intervals. against overheating and corrosion at high out-
# Thoroughly clean o any antifreeze from
side temperatures.
component parts before starting the
Have the brake uid replaced regularly at a quali- # Only use coolant approved by Mercedes-
vehicle.
ed specialist workshop. Benz.
Only use a brake uid approved by Mercedes- # Observe the instructions in the
Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval * NOTE Damage caused by incorrect cool-
ant Mercedes-Benz Speci cations for Oper-
331.0. ating Fluids 320.1.
# Only use coolant that has been premixed
Coolant with the required antifreeze protection. Have the coolant regularly replaced at a quali ed
Information on coolant is available at the fol- specialist workshop.
Notes on coolant
lowing locations: Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the engine
Observe the notes on operating uids
(/ page 389). R In the Mercedes-Benz Speci cation for cooling system:
Operating Fluids 320.1 R A minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down
to about -35°F (-37°C))
 Technical data 395

R A maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection & WARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from * NOTE Blocked spray nozzles caused by
down to -49°F (-45°C)) windshield washer concentrate mixing windshield washer uids
Coolant capacity Windshield washer concentrate is highly am- # Do not mix MB SummerFit and MB Win-
Coolant (engine) mable. It could ignite if it comes into contact terFit with other windshield washer u-
with hot engine component parts or the ids.
Model Capacity exhaust system.
GLE 350 13.7 US qt # Make sure that no windshield washer Do not use distilled or de-ionized water. Other-
(13.0 liters) concentrate spills out next to the ller wise, the ll level sensor may be triggered errone-
GLE 350 4MATIC ously.
opening.
GLE 450 4MATIC 20.0 US qt Recommended windshield washer uid:
(18.9 liters) * NOTE Damage to the exterior lighting due R Above freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
to unsuitable windshield washer uid R Below freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit
GLE 580 4MATIC 16.6 US qt
(15.7 liters) Unsuitable windshield washer uid may dam- For the correct mixing ratio, refer to the informa-
age the plastic surface of the exterior lighting. tion on the antifreeze container.
# Only use windshield washer uid which is
Notes on windshield washer
washer uid Mix washer uid with windshield washer uid all
also suitable for use on plastic surfaces, year round.
Observe the notes on operating uids e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit.
(/ page 389).
Refrig
efriger
erant
ant
Notes on refr
refrig
iger
erant
ant
Observe the notes on operating uids
(/ page 389).
396 Technical data

* NOTE Damage due to incorrect refrigerant

If a non-approved refrigerant is used, the cli-
mate control system may be damaged.
# US USA:
A: use only R‑134a refrigerant.
# Canada: use only R‑1234yf refrigerant.

* NOTE Damage to the climate control sys-

tem due to incorrect refrigerant compres-
sor oil
Information label (example – USA/China) Information label (example – Canada)
# Only use refrigerant compressor oil that 1 Hazard and service warning symbols 1 Hazard and service warning symbols
has been approved by Mercedes-Benz. 2 Refrigerant lling capacity 2 Refrigerant lling capacity
# Do not mix the approved refrigerant 3 Applicable standards 3 Applicable standards
compressor oil with a di erent refriger- 4 4
PAG oil part number PAG oil part number
ant compressor oil.
5 GWP (global warming potential) of the refriger- 5 GWP (global warming potential) of the refriger-
Work on the climate control system may be car- ant used ant used
ried out only by a quali ed specialist workshop. 6 Refrigerant type 6 Refrigerant type
All applicable regulations, as well as SAE standard Symbols 1 indicate the following:
J639, must be adhered to.
R Possible dangers
The information label for the climate control sys-
tem regarding the refrigerant type and the refrig- R The need to have service work carried out at a
erant compressor oil (PAG oil) is located on the quali ed specialist workshop only
inside of the hood.
 Technical data 397

Filling capacity for

for rrefr
efrig
iger
erant
ant and PA
PAG
G oil R Condition of the suspension Height when opened
Refr
efrig
iger
erant
ant lling capacity R Optional equipment 1 Height 2 Head-
when room*
Model Capacity opened*
All models 24.0 ± 0.4 oz Vehicles with
with st
steel
eel 87.2 in 78.1 in
(680 ± 10 g) suspension (2217 mm) (1986 mm)
Filling capacity ffor
or PAG
PAG oil - 87.4 in - 78.3 in
(2219 mm) (1988 mm)
Model Capacity
Vehicles with
with AIR- 84.8 in 75.6 in
GLE 450 4MATIC 4.9 ± 0.4 oz MA
MATIC
TIC (2153 mm) (1922 mm)
GLE 580 4MATIC (140 ± 10 g) - 89.1 in - 80.0 in
(2263 mm) (2032 mm)
All other models 4.6 ± 0.4 oz
(130 ± 10 g) *When the rear-end lowering is activated, the val-
ues are correspondingly lower.

Vehicle data Vehicle dimensions

Vehicle dimensions All models
The heights speci ed may vary as a result of the Vehicle length 193.9 in
following factors: (4924 mm)
R Tires Vehicle length, AMG Styling 194.1 in
R Load (4930 mm)
398 Technical data

All models Weights and loads # Do not exceed the maximum permissible
Please observe the following notes for the speci- fording depth and drive slowly through
Vehicle width including outside 84.9 in ed vehicle data: the water.
mirrors (2157 mm)
R Items of optional equipment increase the curb
The speci ed value indicates the maximum per-
Vehicle height 70.2 in weight and reduce the payload. missible fording depth for vehicles that are ready
(1782 mm) - to drive and for slow driving through standing
70.7 in water.
(1795 mm) O -road
-road dr
driving
iving vvehicle
ehicle data
Driving through owing water reduces the permis-
Maximum vehicle height (AIR- 72.7 in For
ording
ding depth sible fording depth due to the accumulation of
MATIC) (1848 mm) water.
* NOTE
NOTE Damage caused by water when Observe the notes on o -road driving and fording
Wheelbase 117.9 in fording
(2995 mm) (/ page 165).
In the following cases water can penetrate into
Maximum ground clearance 7.9 in the engine compartment and vehicle interior:
(steel suspension) (203 mm) R The maximum permissible fording depth is
Maximum ground clearance 9.2 in exceeded when driving through standing
(AIRMATIC) (233 mm) water.
R When driving through the water a bow
Minimum ground clearance 5.7 in wave forms.
(AIRMATIC) (145 mm)
R Water accumulates when driving through
Turning radius 39.44 running water.
(12.02 m)
 Technical data 399

For
ording
ding depth Angle of approac
approach/depar
h/departur
turee (v
(vehicles
ehicles without
without *Depending on the tire size.
Model 1 For
ording
ding depth AMG SSty
tyling)
ling)
Maximum gradient
gradient climbing ability
All models 1 Fr
Front
ont 2 Rear The vehicle's gradient climbing ability depends on
Vehicles with
with st
steel
eel suspen- 19.7 in (50 cm) the weight distribution in the vehicle, the terrain
sion Vehicles with
with st
steel
eel 25° 24° - 25° conditions and the road surface conditions.
suspension*
Vehicles with
with AIRMA
AIRMATIC
TIC The speci ed value applies in the following cases:
Vehicles with
with AIR- R The vehicle is ready to drive
Raised level 19.7 in (50 cm) MATIC*
MA TIC*
R The road surface conditions and thus traction
Angle of approac
approach/depar
h/departure
ture Normal level 22° - 25° 22° - 24° are good
The speci ed values are maximum values for vehi-
cles that are ready to drive. Raised level 28° - 30° 26° - 28° A gradient climbing ability of 100% corresponds to
an incline of 45°.
Observe the notes on driving in mountainous ter- Angle of approac
approach/depar
h/departur
turee (vehicles
(vehicles with
with AMG
rain (/ page 165). Observe the notes on driving in mountainous ter-
Styling)
tyling) rain (/ page 165).
All models 1 Fr
Front
ont 2 Rear
Gradient
Gradient climbing ability
Vehicles with
with st
steel
eel 21° 24° Model Maximum gradi-
gradi-
suspension ent climbing abil-
ity
Vehicles with
with AIR-
MATIC
MA TIC All models 80%
Normal level 21° 24°
Raised level 25° 27°
400 Technical data

Trailer hitch Maximum tongue

tongue w
weight
eight and load capacity Tongue weight
weight
General
Gener al not
notes
es on the
the trailer
trailer hitch Model Maximum tongue
tongue
* NOTE Damage caused by the trailer com- weight
Modi cations to the engine cooling system may ing loose
be necessary, depending on the vehicle model. If the tongue weight used is too low, the trailer All models
The retro tting of a trailer hitch is only permissi- may come loose.
ble if a towing capacity is speci ed in your vehicle Load capacity
# The tongue weight must not be below
documents. All models Maximum load
110.2 lbs (50 kg).
Further information can be obtained at a quali ed
specialist workshop. # Use a tongue weight that is as close as When attaching the 165.3 lbs (75 kg)
possible to the maximum permissible bicycle rack to the ball
tongue weight. head
Towing capacity
When attaching the 220.5 lbs (100 kg)
Missing values were not available at the time of * NOTE Damage caused by the bicycle rack bicycle rack to the ball
going to press. coming loose head and additionally
The tongue weight is not included in the towing When using a bicycle rack, both the maximal to the guide pin
capacity. tongue weight and the maximal load capacity
Towing capacity,
capacity, brak
braked
ed should be observed.
Per
ermissible
missible rear
rear axle load (trailer
(trailer operation)
operation)
# Do not exceed the permissible load
Model Towing
Towing capacity, Missing values were not available at the time of
br
brak
aked
ed capacity.
going to press.
All models Missing values were not available at the time of
going to press.
 Technical data 401

Trailer operation
operation axle load
Per
ermissible
missible rrear
ear axle
load dur
during
ing trailer
trailer
operation
operation
5-seat/7-seat vehicles
vehicles
All models
402 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages
Display messages the media display. Press the ¨ symbol to hide
the display message.
Introduction
Intr oduction
You can hide low-priority display messages by
Notes about display
display messages
messages pressing the back button P or the le -hand
Display messages appear on the instrument dis- Touch Control. The display messages will then be
play. stored in the message memory.
Display messages with graphic symbols are sim- Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly
pli ed in the Operator's Manual and may di er as possible.
from the symbols on the instrument display. The
instrument display shows high-priority display High-priority display messages cannot be hidden.
messages in red. Certain display messages are The instrument display will show these display
accompanied by a warning tone. messages permanently until the cause of the dis-
play message has been recti ed.
Please act in accordance with the display mes-
sages and follow the additional notes in the Oper- Calling up saved
saved displa
displayy messages
messages
ator's Manual. On-board computer:
4 Service 5 1 Message
For some display messages, symbols will also be
shown: If there are no display messages, No Messages
R Õ Further information will appear on the instrument display.
R ¨ Hide display message # Scroll through the display messages by swip-
ing upwards or downwards on the le -hand
With the le -hand Touch Control, you can select Touch Control.
the respective symbol by swiping to the le or # To exit
exit the
the message
message memory
memory:: press the back
right. Pressing Õ displays further information on
button P.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 403

Occupant safety
safety
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible
Possible causes/conseq
causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

6
* The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 39).

& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system

SRS Malfunction Service Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.
Required # Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

6
* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 39).

& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system

Front Left Malfunction Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.
Service Required (example) # Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

6
* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 39).

& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the window curtain airbag
Left Side Curtain Airbag The window curtain airbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an
Malfunction Service accident.
Required (example) # Have the window curtain airbag checked and repaired immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.
404 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Front Passenger Airbag Dis- * The front passenger airbag has been disabled even though an adult or a person of adult build is on the front passenger
abled See Operator's Man- seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, the weight the system detects may be too low.
ual
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a disabled front passenger airbag
If the front passenger airbag is disabled, the front passenger airbag will not be deployed in the event of an accident
and cannot perform its intended protective function.
A person in the front passenger seat could then, for example, come into contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-
cially if the person is sitting too close to the cockpit.
# Make sure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions.

# Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
# Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag shuto (/ page 49).
# If necessary, consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.
Front Passenger Airbag * The front passenger airbag will be enabled while the vehicle is in motion in the following situations:
Enabled See Operator's R Even when a child, a person of smaller stature or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is loca-
Manual ted on the front passenger seat
R Even when the front passenger seat is not occupied

The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 405

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
& WARNING Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled
If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in the event of an accident.
The child could be struck by the airbag.
# Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions.
# Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
# Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag shuto (/ page 49).
# If necessary, consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.
PRE-SAFE Inoperative See * The PRE‑SAFE® functions are malfunctioning.
Operator's Manual # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

PRE-SAFE Impulse Side * The PRE‑SAFE® Impulse Side system is malfunctioning or inoperative a er having already been triggered.
Inoperative See Operator's # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Manual
406 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

SmartKey
Smar tKey
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

Á
* Have the SmartKey replaced.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Obtain a New Key

Á
* The SmartKey battery is discharged.
# Replace the battery (/ page 70).

Replace Key Battery

Á
* The SmartKey is currently undetected.
# Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.

# If the SmartKey is still not recognized, place it in the marked space for starting with the SmartKey (/ page 158).
Key Not Detected (white
display message)
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 407

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

Á
* The SmartKey cannot be detected and may no longer be in the vehicle.
The SmartKey is no longer in the vehicle and you switch o the vehicle:
R You can no longer start the vehicle.
Key Not Detected (red dis- R You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.
play message)
# Ensure that the SmartKey is in the vehicle.

If the SmartKey detection function has a malfunction due to a strong radio signal source:
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions.
# Place the SmartKey in the marked space for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/ page 158).

Á
* A warning tone will also sound. This message reminds you to take your SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.

Don't Forget Your Key

Á
* The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new SmartKey.
# Wait until processing is complete.

Key Being Initialized Please

Wait
408 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Place the Key in the * SmartKey detection is malfunctioning.
Marked Space See Opera- # Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.
tor's Manual
# Place the SmartKey in the marked space for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/ page 158).

Lights
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

:
* The corresponding light source is defective.
# Drive on carefully.

# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.

Check Left Low % LED light sources: the display message for the corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes
Beam (example) in the light are faulty.

:
* The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Malfunction See Opera-

tor’s Manual
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 409

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

:
* The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Automatic Headlamp Mode

Inoperative

:
* The active headlamps are malfunctioning.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Active Headlamps Inopera-

tive

:
* You are driving without low-beam headlamps.
# Turn the light switch to the L or à position.

Switch On Headlamps

:
* You are leaving the vehicle and the lights are still switched on.
# Turn the light switch to the à position.

Switch Off Lights

410 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

:
* The Intelligent Light System is malfunctioning. The lighting system continues to function properly without the functions
of the Intelligent Light System.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Intell. Light System Inoper-

ative
Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page 135).
Operator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam
Assist Now Available display message will appear.
# Drive on.

# Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning.

Inoperative # Drive on.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Until then, operate the high beam manually.

Hazard Warning Flashers * The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning.

Malfunctioning # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 411

Vehicle
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible
Possible causes/conseq
causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Update Successfully Com- * Installation of the so ware update has been successfully completed (/ page 278).
pleted
Update Failed Software * An error occurred during installation of the so ware update (/ page 278).
Remains Unchanged The previous so ware release remains in place.
Update Failed * An error occurred during installation of the so ware update (/ page 278).
Make a Mercedes me call via the overhead control panel (/ page 296).

d
* You are leaving the vehicle in a ready-to-drive state.
# Get out of the vehicle, secure it against rolling away and take the SmartKey with you.

# If you do not leave the vehicle, switch o the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12‑V bat-
Vehicle Ready to Drive tery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).
Switch the Ignition Off
Before Exiting
Head-up Display Currently * The Head-up Display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes:
Unavailable See Operator's R Malfunctions in the power supply
Manual
R Signal interference

# Stop in accordance with the tra c conditions and switch the vehicle o and on again.
412 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
# If the display message still appears, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Head-up Display Inopera- * The Head-up Display has an internal error.
tive # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Ù
* The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics
Steering Malfunction If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely, you will need to use more force to steer.
Increased Physical Effort # If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully.
See Operator's Manual # Visit or consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.

Ù
* The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is signi cantly impaired.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
Steering Malfunction Stop If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
Immediately See Opera- # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and tra c conditions. Do
tor's Manual not continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 413

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

C
* At least one door is open.
# Close all doors.

?
* The hood is open.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked
The hood may open and block your view.
# Never release the hood when driving.
# Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions.

# Close the hood.

A
* The tailgate is open.
& DAN
ANGER
GER Risk of poisoning from exhaust gases
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases, such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust gases can enter the vehi-
cle interior if the tailgate is open when the vehicle is running, especially if the vehicle is in motion.
# Always switch o the vehicle before opening the tailgate.

# Never drive with the tailgate open.

414 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
# Close the tailgate.

_
* The seat backrests on the second row of seats cannot be folded forward.
# Check the requirements for folding forward the seat backrests on the second row of seats (/ page 98).

Cannot Fold 2nd Seat Row

See Operator's Manual

_
* The le -hand seat or the seat backrest in the second row of seats is not engaged.
# Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 98).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 98).

2nd Seat Row, Left Not
Locked

_
* The right-hand seat or the seat backrest in the second row of seats is not engaged.
# Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 98).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 98).

2nd Seat Row, Right Not
Locked
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 415

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

¥
* The washer uid level in the washer uid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.
# Add washer uid (/ page 320).

Check Washer Fluid

Wiper Malfunctioning * The windshield wipers are malfunctioning.
# Restart the vehicle.

If the display message still appears:

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Engine
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible
Possible causes/conseq
causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
To switch engine off, press * You have pressed the start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion.
and hold Start/Stop but- # Information about switching o the vehicle while driving (/ page 157).
ton for at least 3 seconds
or press 3 times.
Cannot Start Engine See * The vehicle cannot be started.
Operator's Manual # Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on
416 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
# If the display message still appears, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

+
* The coolant level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage due to insu cient coolant

Check Coolant Level See # Avoid long journeys with insu cient coolant.
Operator's Manual
# Add coolant (/ page 319).
# Have the engine cooling system checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.

ÿ
* The coolant is too hot.
# Stop immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions and switch o the vehicle.

Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehi- & WARNING Risk of burns when opening the hood
cle Turn Engine Off
If you open the hood in the event of an overheated engine or re in the engine compartment, the following situa-
tions may occur:
R You may come into contact with hot gases.
R You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating uids.

# Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.

# In the event of a re in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the re service.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 417

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Wait until the engine has cooled down.
# Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed.
# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest quali ed specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the
coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.

ÿ
* There is a malfunction in the engine cooling system.
# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest quali ed specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the
coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.

8
* The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range.
# Refuel.

Fuel Level Low

8
* The fuel ller cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.
# Close the fuel ller cap.

# If the
the fuel ller cap was
was already
already properl
properlyy closed: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Gas Cap Loose
418 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Transmission
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Only Shift to 'P' when Vehi- * It is possible to select the park position j only if the vehicle is stationary.
cle is Stationary # Depress the brake pedal to stop.

# Shi the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary.

Apply Brake to Shift from * You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position j and into another transmission position.
'P' # Depress the brake pedal.

# Select transmission position h, k or neutral i.

To Deselect P or N, * You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position j or neutral i and into another transmission posi-
Depress Brake and Start tion.
Engine # Depress the brake pedal.

# Start the vehicle.

# Change the transmission position.

Apply Brake to Shift to D or * You have attempted to select transmission position h or k.

R # Depress the brake pedal.

# Select transmission position h or k.

Apply Brake to Shift to 'R' * You have attempted to select transmission position k.
# Depress the brake pedal.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 419

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Select transmission position k.
Driver's Door Open & * The driver's door is not fully closed and transmission position h, k or neutral i is selected.
Transmission Not in P Risk The vehicle may roll away.
of Vehicle Rolling Away
# Select park position j when switching o the vehicle.

N Permanently Active Risk * While the vehicle is rolling or while you are driving, neutral i has been engaged.
of Rolling Away # Depress the brake pedal to stop.

# Shi the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary.

# To continue driving, select transmission position h or k.

Service Required Do Not * The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position.
Shift Gears Visit Dealer # If transmission position h is selected, consult a quali ed specialist workshop and do not change the transmission
position.
# For all other transmission positions, park the vehicle safely.

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Reversing Not Possible * The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k.
Service Required # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Transmission Malfunction * The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shi s to neutral i automatically.
Stop # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions.
420 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
# Depress the brake pedal.
# Engage park position j.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Stop Vehicle Leave Engine * The transmission is overheating. Pulling away may be temporarily impaired or not possible.
Running Wait Transmission # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving.
Cooling
# Leave the engine running.

# Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Auxiliary Battery Malfunc- * The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged.
tion (white display message) # Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch o the vehicle.

# Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

Auxiliary Battery Malfunc- * Vehicles with

with automatic
automatic transmission:
transmission: The auxiliary battery for the transmission is no longer being charged.
tion (red display message) # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Vehicles with
with aut
automatic
omatic transmission:
transmission: Until then, always select park position j before you switch o the vehicle.
# Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 421

Brak
Br akes
es
Displayy messag
Displa messages
es Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

F
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
To apply:
apply:
# Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on
(USA only) # Apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 188).

! If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
(Canada only) # Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

Parking Brake See Opera- * The yellow ! indicator lamp and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp are lit. The electric
tor's Manual parking brake is malfunctioning.
To release:
release:
# Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on

# Release the electric parking brake manually (/ page 188).

or
# Release the electric parking brake automatically (/ page 187).
If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:
# Do not continue driving. Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
422 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp is ashing.
The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
The electric parking brake could not be applied or released.
# Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on

To apply:
apply:
# Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 188).

To release:
release:
# Apply and then release the electric parking brake manually.

If the electric parking brake cannot be applied or the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp con-
tinues to ash:
# Do not continue driving. Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp ashes for
approximately ten seconds a er the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It then remains lit or goes
out. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
If tthe
he stat
statee of charg
chargee is ttoo
oo low:
low:
# Charge the 12 V battery.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 423

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
To apply:
apply:
# Switch o the vehicle.
The electric parking brake will be applied automatically.

If you do not want the electric parking brake to be applied, e.g. at an automatic car wash or when the vehicle is being
towed, leave the vehicle switched on. This does not include having the vehicle towed with the rear axle raised.
If the electric parking brake is not applied automatically:
# Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on

# Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 188).

If it is still not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
# Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

To release:
release:
# If the conditions for automatic release are ful lled and the electric parking brake is not released automatically,
release the electric parking brake manually (/ page 188).

If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:

# Do not continue driving. Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
424 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

F
* The red F indicator lamp (USA only) or ! indicator lamp (Canada only) is ashing.
The electric parking brake is applied while you are driving:
R A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake has not been ful lled (/ page 187).
(USA only) R You are performing emergency braking using the electric parking brake (/ page 188).

! #

#
Check the conditions for automatic release of the electric parking brake.
Release the electric parking brake manually.
(Canada only)
Please Release Parking
Brake
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 425

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

F
* The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp is lit.
You have attempted to release the electric parking brake with the vehicle switched o .
# Switch on the vehicle.
(USA only)

!
(Canada only)
Turn On the Ignition to
Release the Parking Brake

$
* There is insu cient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level
(USA only) If the brake uid level is too low, the braking e ect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.

J
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and tra c conditions. Do
not continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

(Canada only) # Do not add brake uid.

Check Brake Fluid Level

426 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Check Brake Pads See * The brakepads have reached the wear limit.
Operator's Manual # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Driving
Dr iving systems
systems
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

ë
* The HOLD function is deactivated because the vehicle is slipping or a condition for activation is not ful lled.
# Reactivate the HOLD function later or check the activation conditions for the HOLD function (/ page 196).

Off

é
* ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning.
# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.

ATTENTION ASSIST Inoper-

ative
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 427

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

é
* ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or an increasing lack of concentration on the part of the driver
(/ page 197).
# If necessary, take a break.

ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a

Break!

h
* Cruise control cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are ful lled.
# Observe the activation conditions for cruise control (/ page 199).

- - - mph
Cruise Control Inoperative * Cruise control is malfunctioning.
# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.

Cruise Control Off * Cruise control has been deactivated.

If there is an additional warning tone, cruise control has been deactivated automatically (/ page 199).

ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are ful lled.
# Comply with the activation conditions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 203).

- - - mph
428 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

ç
* If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system will switch to
passive mode (/ page 200).

Suspended

ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC was deactivated. If a warning tone also sounds, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
has deactivated automatically (/ page 203).

Off
Active Distance Assist Cur- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is temporarily unavailable.
rently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 200).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on.

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Distance Assist Inop- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.
erative Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Drive on.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 429

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Active Distance Assist Now * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is operational again.
Available # Switch on Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 203).

î
* The Downhill Speed Regulation is malfunctioning.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Inoperative

î
* The Downhill Speed Regulation is not available in the currently selected drive program.
# Change the drive program (/ page 171).

Not in the Current Drive

Program

î
* The maximum speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) for the Downhill Speed Regulation has been exceeded.
# Drive more slowly.

Max. Speed 25 mph

430 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Active Steering Assist Cur- * Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable.
rently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 210).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

# Check the tire pressure if necessary.

Active Steering Assist Inop- * Active Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC remains available.
erative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Active Steering Asst. Cur- * Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable due to multiple emergency stops.
rently Unavailable Due to # Take over the steering and stop in accordance with the tra c conditions.
Multiple Emergency Stops
# Switch the vehicle o and switch it back on
Active Steering Assist is available once more.
Beginning Emergency Stop * Your hands are not on the steering wheel. An emergency stop is being initiated (/ page 212).
# Put your hands back on the steering wheel.

You can cancel the deceleration at any time by performing one of the following actions:
R Steering
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 431

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
R Braking or accelerating
R Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

Ø
* Active Steering Assist has reached the system limits (/ page 210).
You have not steered independently for a considerable period of time.
# Take over the steering and drive on in accordance with the tra c conditions.

Active Stop & Go Assist * Active Stop-and-Go Assist is temporarily unavailable. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are
Currently Unavailable See still available.
Operator's Manual The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 207).
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on.

Active Stop & Go Assist * Active Stop-and-Go Assist is malfunctioning.

Inoperative See Operator's Active Stop-and-Go Assist has been deactivated. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are still
Manual available.
# Drive on.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
432 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Traffic Sign Assist Cur- * Tra c Sign Assist is temporarily unavailable.
rently Unavailable See Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
Operator's Manual
# Drive on

Traffic Sign Assist Inopera- * Tra c Sign Assist is malfunctioning.

tive # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Blind Spot Assist Currently * Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.

Unavailable See Operator's The system limits have been reached (/ page 222).
Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Blind Spot Assist Inopera- * Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
tive # Drive on

or
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 433

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Blind Spot Assist Not Avail- * When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
able When Towing a Trailer # Press the le -hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
See Operator's Manual
Active Blind Spot Assist * Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page 222).
Operator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Blind Spot Assist * Active Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
434 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Active Blind Spot Asst. Not * When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Active Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
Available When Towing a # Press the le -hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
Trailer See Operator's Man-
ual
Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 225).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning.

Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 435

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

¸
* Front and corner radar sensors (herea er "sensors") are malfunctioning. Possible causes:
R The sensors are dirty
R Heavy rain or snow

à R Extended country driving without other tra c, e.g. in the desert

Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

ç ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

# Drive on.

Ä
Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o .
If the display message does not disappear:
Temporarily Unavailable # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.
Sensors are Dirty # Clean all sensor covers from outside (/ page 190).

# Restart the vehicle.

436 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

á
* The view of the multifunction camera is restricted. Possible causes:
R Dirt on the windshield in the eld of vision of the multifunction camera
R Heavy rain, snow or fog

à R Condensation on the inside of the windshield: in certain weather conditions, condensation can form on the inside
of the windshield during cold times of year in particular.

Ä
% This condensation on the windshield will be removed automatically within a short time with the aid of a heater. The
restriction is temporary.
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

Ø ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

# Drive on.

Ô Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o .
If the display message does not disappear:
Temporarily Unavailable # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.
Camera View Restricted # Clean the windshield, especially in the position of the multifunction camera (/ page 190).

# Restart the vehicle.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 437

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

ä
* AIRMATIC is functioning only to a limited extent. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be a ected.
# Drive in a manner appropriate for the current level, but do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.

Malfunction Drive at Max.
50 mph
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL * At least one main function of the E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL system is malfunctioning.
Function Limited See Oper- The system is outside the operating temperature range or the on-board electrical system voltage is too low.
ator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.

* NOTE The vehicle's suspension and damping behavior is restricted. The vehicle body may tilt heavily to the
side during cornering.
# Drive on carefully.
# Reduce speed considerably before taking a bend.
# Avoid sudden steering movements.
# Drive on carefully.
# Reduce speed considerably before taking a curve.
# Avoid sudden steering movements.
438 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

ä
* At least one main function of the E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL system is malfunctioning.
The system is deactivated.

Malfunction Drive at Max. * NOTE The vehicle's suspension and damping behavior has changed signi cantly, the vehicle body may tilt
50 mph heavily to the side during cornering.
# Reduce vehicle speed. Drive on carefully.
# Reduce the vehicle speed considerably before taking a curve.
# Avoid sudden steering movements.
# Continue driving carefully and do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
# If possible, stop in accordance with the tra c conditions and switch the vehicle o and on again.
# If the display message still appears, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

ä
* There is a serious malfunction a ecting the hydraulics of the E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL system.
The system is deactivated.

Malfunction Stop * NOTE The vehicle's driving characteristics have changed signi cantly.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 439

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving under any circum-
stances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Â
* The vehicle level will lower for the following reasons:
R You have selected a di erent drive program.
R You have exceeded the speed limit.
Lowering R You have changed the vehicle level by pressing the button.
R Operation
Operation with
with a trailer
trailer or bicycle
bicycle rrac
ack:
k: if an electrical connection has been correctly made, you have exceeded
the speed limit.
R You have switched on the rear fog lamp in the o -road level +3.

Á
* Your vehicle is adjusting to the level you have selected.

Vehicle Rising

Á
* The vehicle level is too low. The vehicle will be raised to the selected vehicle level.
# Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Vehicle Rising Please Wait

440 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

Á
* You are driving too fast for the selected vehicle level.
# Drive more slowly and then select the desired vehicle level again.

Drive More Slowly You are driving too quickly with a trailer or the trailer hitch socket is being used, e.g. for a rear-mounted cycle rack.
# Read the notes on trailer operation.

Á
* Due to frequent level changes within a short space of time, the compressor rst needs to cool down in order to set the
selected vehicle level.
When the compressor has cooled down, the vehicle will continue rising to the selected vehicle level.
Compressor Is Cooling # Drive on in a manner appropriate for the current level. Make sure that there is su cient ground clearance.

Selected Level Not Availa- * You cannot select o -road level +3.
ble When Rear Fog Lamp # Switch o the rear fog lamp.
On
Parking Assist and * Vehicles with
with A
Activ
ctivee Par
Parking
king Assist:
Assist: Active Parking Assist and Parking Assist PARKTRONIC are malfunctioning.
PARKTRONIC Inoperative Vehicles without
without A
Activ
ctivee Par
Parking
king Assist:
Assist: Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is malfunctioning.
See Operator's Manual
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.

# If the display message still appears, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 441

Driving
Dr iving safety
safety systems
systems
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible
Possible causes/conseq
causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

!
* ABS and ESP® are temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be temporarily unavailable.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

÷ & WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
Currently Unavailable See
Operator's Manual The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o .
# Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph
(30 km/h).
# If the display message does not disappear, consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.
442 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

!
* ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

÷ & WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning

The wheels may block during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
Inoperative See Operator's
Manual The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o .
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ABS and ESP® checked immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

÷
* ESP® is temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

Currently Unavailable See & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP is malfunctioning®

Operator's Manual
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o .
# Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph
(30 km/h).
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 443

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# If the display message does not disappear, consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.

÷
* ESP® is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.
Inoperative See Operator's
Manual & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o .
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ESP® checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.

444 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

T
* EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

!
& WARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning
The wheels may block during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.

÷
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o .
# Drive on carefully.

Inoperative See Operator's # Have the brake system checked immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.
Manual
Active Brake Assist Func- * Vehicles with
with tthe
he Driving
Driving Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age:
e: Active Brake Assist with cross-tra c function, Evasive Steering Assist or
tions Currently Limited See PRE‑SAFE® PLUS are temporarily unavailable or only partially available.
Operator's Manual Vehicles without
without the
the Driving
Driving Assist
Assistance
ance Pack
Packag
age:
e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable.
# Drive on.
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart
the vehicle.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 445

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
Active Brake Assist Func- * For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, the following functions may be temporarily unavailable or only parti-
tions Limited See Opera- ally available:
tor's Manual R Active Brake Assist with cross-tra c function
R Evasive Steering Assist
R PRE‑SAFE® PLUS

Vehicles without
without the
the Driving
Driving Assistance
Assistance Pack
Packag
age:
e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable or only partially availa-
ble.
# Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Mercedes-Benz
Mer cedes-Benz emerg
emergency
ency call syst
system
em
Displayy messag
Displa messages
es Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

G
* The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction-
ing.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Inoperative
446 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Device Detected at Diag- * The vehicle functions for malfunction detection are restricted.
nostics Connection See At least one of the main functions of the Mercedes me connect system is malfunctioning.
Operator's Manual
# Observe the notes on the diagnostics connection (/ page 28).

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Battery
Battery
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

#
* The vehicle is o and the condition of charge of the 12 V battery is too low.
# Switch o electrical consumers that are not required.
# Drive for 30–60 minutes.

12 V Battery See Opera- or

tor's Manual # Charge the 12 V battery when stationary (/ page 341).

* If the message appears while the vehicle is switched on, this indicates an on-board electrical system malfunction.
# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.

#
* The 12 V battery is not being charged.

See Operator's Manual

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 447

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
* NO
NOTE
TE Possible engine damage if you continue driving
# Do not continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
# Stop immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions and switch o the vehicle.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

#
* The 12 V battery is no longer being charged and the condition of charge is too low.

* NOTE Possible engine damage if you continue driving

Stop Vehicle See Opera- # Do not continue driving under any circumstances.
tor's Manual # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving.
# Switch o the vehicle.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
448 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

#
* The 12 V battery charge level is too low.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving.

# Leave the vehicle running

Stop Vehicle Leave Engine # If the display message disappears: drive on.
Running
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Û
* The 48 V on-board electrical system has function restrictions.
Comfort functions may be restricted.
# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.
48 V Battery See Opera-
tor's Manual

Ý
* The 48 V battery is discharged. You have switched on the vehicle while the 12 V battery was being charged with a
suitable charger or while another vehicle was providing starting assistance.
The discharged 48 V battery is charged automatically via the voltage converter. A er a few minutes, the Engine Can
Please Wait Charging 48 V Now Be Started display message will be shown on the instrument display.
Battery… # Start the vehicle.

# Drive the vehicle for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery a er disconnecting the charger from
the vehicle.

If the Engine Can Now Be Started display message does not appear a er a few minutes:
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 449

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Try to start the vehicle.
# If the vehicle does not start, consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
Cannot Start Engine See * The state of charge of the 48 V battery is too low. You can no longer start the vehicle.
Operator's Manual # Switch o electrical consumers that are not required.

# Connect a suitable charger approved for Mercedes-Benz with su cient charge output to the jump-start connection
point of the 12 V battery (/ page 341).
The 48 V battery is charged via the voltage converter in the vehicle.
Engine Can Now Be Started * The 48 V battery has been charged automatically via the voltage converter.
# Start the vehicle and drive for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery.

Tir
iree pressur
pressuree monitor
monitor
Displayy messag
Displa messages
es Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Tire Press. Monitor Cur- * There is interference from a powerful radio signal source As a result, no signals from the tire pressure sensors are
rently Unavailable being received. The tire pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable.
The tire pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been recti ed.
# Drive on.

Tire Press. Monitor Inopera- * The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
tive
450 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
& WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.
Tires with insu cient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
# Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.

Tire Pressure Monitor Inop- * The wheels installed do not have suitable tire pressure sensors. The tire pressure monitoring system is deactivated.
erative No Wheel Sensors # Install wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.

h
* There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or more wheels. No pressure value is displayed for the a ected
tire.
# Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a quali ed specialist workshop.

Wheel Sensor(s) Missing

h
* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped signi cantly.
The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound.

Check Tires & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insu cient tire pressure
R The tires can burst.
R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 451

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Observe the recommended tire pressures.

# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.

# Check the tire pressure (/ page 352) and the tires.

h
* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the di erence in tire pressure between the individual wheels
is too great.
# Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary.

Please Correct Tire Pres- # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor (/ page 357).
sure

h
* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. The wheel position will be displayed.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a at tire
Warning Tire Malfunction R The tires can overheat and be damaged.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Do not drive with a at tire.
452 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
# Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible
speed with a at MOExtended tire.
# Observe the notes on at tires.

Notes in the event of a at tire (/ page 332).

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.
# Check the tires.

Tires Overheated * At least one tire is overheating. The a ected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tires are displayed in yellow.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
Overheated tires can burst.
# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

Decrease Speed * At least one tire is overheating. The a ected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tires are displayed in yellow.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
Overheated tires can burst.
# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 453

Tir
iree pr
pressur
essuree loss war
warning
ning syst
system
em
Displayy messag
Displa messages
es Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Check Tire Pressure Soon * Canada only:
The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a signi cant loss of pressure.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insu cient tire pressure
R The tires can burst.
R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Observe the recommended tire pressures.
# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.

# Check the tire pressure (/ page 352) and the tires.
# When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system (/ page 357).
Check Tire Pressure Then * Canada only:
Restart Run Flat Indicator The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display message and has not been restarted since.
# When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system (/ page 357).
454 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions
Run Flat Indicator Inopera- * Canada only:
tive The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Engine oil
Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

5
* The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insu cient engine oil
Check Engine Oil Level # Avoid long journeys with insu cient engine oil.
(Add 1 quart)
# When next refueling, add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil (/ page 318).
Notes on engine oil (/ page 392).

5
* The engine oil level is too high.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with excess engine oil

Engine Oil Reduce Oil Level # Avoid long journeys with excess engine oil.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately and have the engine oil level reduced.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 455

Displayy messages
Displa messages P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

5
* The engine oil level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insu cient engine oil
Engine Oil Level Low Stop # Avoid long journeys with insu cient engine oil.
Vehicle Turn Engine Off
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving.
# Switch o the vehicle.
# Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil (/ page 318).
# Check the engine oil level.
Notes on engine oil (/ page 392).

5
* The oil pressure is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insu cient oil pressure
Engine Oil Pressure Stop # Avoid driving with insu cient oil pressure.
Switch Off Engine
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions. Do not continue driving.
# Switch o the vehicle.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
456 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Displayy messages
Displa messages Possible causes/conseq
Possible causes/consequences
uences and M Solutions

5
* The electrical connection to the oil level sensor has been interrupted or the oil level sensor is faulty.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

Engine Oil Level Cannot Be

Measured

War
arning
ning and indicator
indicator lamps
lamps Ins
Instr
trument
ument display Indicator
Indicator and w
war
arning
ning lam
lamps:
ps:
6 Restraint system (/ page 458)
Over
Overvie
view
w of indicat
indicator
or and war
warning
ning lam
lamps
ps
ü Seat belt (/ page 458)
Some systems will perform a self-test when the Ù Power steering (/ page 459)
vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warn-
ing lamps may brie y light up or ash. This behav- ÿ Coolant temperature (/ page 460)
ior is non-critical. These indicator and warning ; Engine diagnostics (/ page 460)
lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up # Electrical malfunction (/ page 460)
or ash a er the vehicle has been started or dur-
ing a journey. 8 Reserve fuel with fuel ller ap loca-
tion indicator (/ page 460)
F USA: electric parking brake (red)
Depending on the display setting, the positions of (/ page 464)
the indicator lamps on the instrument display may
di er from the example shown. ! Canada: electric parking brake (red)
(/ page 464)
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 457

! Electric parking brake (yellow) K High beam (/ page 133)

(/ page 464) #! Turn signal lights (/ page 133)
é USA: Recuperative Brake System R Rear fog light (/ page 132)
(/ page 464)
J Canada: brakes (yellow)
(/ page 464)
$ USA: brakes (red) (/ page 464)
J Canada: brakes (red) (/ page 464)
L Distance warning (/ page 467)
Ó Active Brake Assist (/ page 467)
ê Active Brake Assist (/ page 467)
ä AIRMATIC/E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
(/ page 467)
! ABS (/ page 469)
÷ ESP® (/ page 469)
å ESP® OFF (/ page 469)
h Tire pressure monitoring system
(/ page 471)
T Parking lights (/ page 132)
L Low beam (/ page 132)
458 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Occupant safety
safety
War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

6
* The restraint system red warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is on.
The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 39).

& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system

Restraint system warning
lamp Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.
# Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.
# Drive on carefully.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop immediately.

ü
* The red seat belt warning lamp ashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds.
The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while the vehicle is in motion.
# Fasten your seat belt (/ page 43).

Seat belt warning lamp There are objects on the front passenger seat.
ashes # Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 459

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible causes/consequences
Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ü
* The red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds once the vehicle has started.
In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound.
The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts.
Seat belt warning lamp # Fasten your seat belt (/ page 43).
lights up
If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, the red seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.

Vehicle
War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

Ù
* The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
Power steering warning
lamp (red) If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and tra c conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Note the messages on the instrument display.

460 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Engine
War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

ÿ
* The red coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
Possible causes:
R The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
Coolant warning lamp (red) R The coolant level is too low
R The air supply to the radiator is obstructed
R The radiator fan is faulty
R The engine coolant pump is faulty

If there is an additional warning tone, the coolant temperature has exceeded the maximum permissible temperature.
& WARNING Risk of burns when opening the hood
If you open the hood in the event of an overheated engine or re in the engine compartment, the following situations
may occur:
R You may come into contact with hot gases.
R You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating uids.

# Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.

# In the event of a re in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the re service.
# Stop immediately in accordance with the tra c conditions and switch o the vehicle. Do not continue driving.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 461

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible causes/consequences
Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

the coolant tem

If the temper
peratur
aturee displa
displayy is at the
the low
lower
er end of the
the tem
temper
peratur
aturee scale:
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

the coolant ttem

If the emper
peratur
aturee displa
displayy is at the
the upper end of tthe
he ttem
emper
peratur
aturee scale:
# Exit the vehicle and keep a safe distance from it until the engine has cooled down.
# Check the coolant level (/ page 319).

# Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed.

# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest quali ed specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the
coolant temperature display remains below the red area.

ÿ
* The yellow coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
Possible causes:
R The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
Coolant warning lamp (yel- R The charge air, transmission oil or battery cooling is faulty
low)
R The radiator shutters are blocked or defective

# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest quali ed specialist workshop.
462 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

;
* The yellow Check Engine warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
A malfunction has occurred in the engine, the exhaust system or the fuel system.
The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode.
Engine diagnosis warning In some states, legal requirements stipulate that you must immediately consult a quali ed specialist workshop as soon
lamp as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up.
# Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a quali ed specialist workshop.

#
* The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit.
There is a malfunction in the electrics.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Electrical malfunction warn-

ing lamp

8
* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while you are driving.
There has been pressure loss in the fuel system. The fuel ller cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.
# Close the fuel ller cap.

Fuel reserve warning lamp

ashes If the fuel ller cap has already been closed correctly:
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 463

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible causes/consequences
Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

8
* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.
The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range.
# Refuel.

Fuel reserve warning lamp

lights up
464 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Brak
Br akes
es
War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

F
* The red electric parking brake indicator lamp ashes or is lit.
The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in the event of a malfunction.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Electric parking brake indi-

cator lamp (red) (USA only)

!
Electric parking brake indi-
cator lamp (red) (Canada
only)

!
The electric parking brake
(yellow) indicator lamp
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 465

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible causes/consequences
Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

é
*The yellow é warning lamp (USA only) or the yellow J brake warning lamp (Canada only) is lit while the vehicle is
running.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction
Recuperative Brake System
warning lamp (USA only) If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.

J # Drive on carefully.

# Have the brake system checked immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

Brakes warning lamp (yel- # Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to the vehicle in front.
low) (Canada only) # If the instrument display shows a display message, observe it.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
466 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

$
* The red brake warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
Possible causes:
R The brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be a ected.
Brake warning lamp (USA R There is insu cient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.
only)

J
# Note the messages on the instrument display.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning
Brake system warning lamp If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking
(Canada only) characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.
# Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving.

# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level

If the brake uid level is too low, the braking e ect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and tra c conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Do not add brake uid.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 467

Driving
Dr iving systems
systems
Warning/indicat
arning/indicator
or lamp P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

L
* The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion.
The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected.
If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed.
Warning lamp for distance # Be prepared to brake immediately.
warning function # Increase the distance.

Function of Active Brake Assist (/ page 214).

Ó
* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or the range of functions is restricted.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Active Brake Assist warning

lamp

ê
* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
The system is switched o or the range of functions has been automatically restricted.
This may be the case if the driver is not wearing a seat belt or another driving system has been activated.
Active Brake Assist warning # Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist (/ page 214).
lamp
468 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

ä
* The yellow AIRMATIC/E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit.
A malfunction has occurred in AIRMATIC/E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Suspension warning lamp

(yellow)

ä
* The red AIRMATIC/E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit.
A malfunction has occurred in AIRMATIC/E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL.

* NOTE The vehicle's driving characteristics will have changed signi cantly.
Suspension warning lamp
(red) # Consult a quali ed specialist workshop.
# Note the messages on the multifunction display.
# Visit a quali ed specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 469

Driving
Dr iving safety
safety systems
systems
Warning/indicat
arning/indicator
or lamp P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

!
* The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
ABS is malfunctioning.
If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning.
ABS warning lamp Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the instrument display.

& WARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition,
other driving safety systems are switched o .
# Drive on carefully.

# Have the brake system checked immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

÷
* The yellow ESP® warning lamp ashes while the vehicle is in motion.
One or more wheels have reached their grip limit (/ page 193).
# Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.

ESP® warning lamp ashes

470 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

÷
* The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
ESP® is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
ESP® warning lamp lights up # Note the messages on the instrument display.

& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o .
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ESP® checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.

å
* The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
ESP® is deactivated.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be inoperative.
ESP® OFF warning lamp
& WARNING Risk of skidding when driving with ESP® deactivated
ESP® does not act to stabilize the vehicle. The availability of further driving safety systems is also limited.
# Drive on carefully.

# Deactivate ESP® only for as long as the situation requires.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 471

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible causes/consequences
Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

If ESP® cannot be activated, ESP® is malfunctioning.

# Have ESP® checked immediately at a quali ed specialist workshop.

# Observe the notes on deactivating ESP® (/ page 193).

Tir
iree pr
pressur
essuree monitor
monitor
Warning/indicat
arning/indicator
or lamp P
Possible
ossible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

h
*The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) ashes for approximately one minute and
then remains lit.
The tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.
Tire pressure monitoring & WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
system warning lamp ashes
The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.
Tires with insu cient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
# Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a quali ed specialist workshop.
472 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator
or lamp Possible
Possible causes/consequences
causes/consequences and M Solutions

h
* The yellow tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.
The tire pressure monitoring system has detected tire pressure loss in at least one of the tires.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insu cient tire pressure
Tire pressure monitoring
system warning lamp lights R The tires can burst.
up R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Observe the recommended tire pressures.

# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the tra c conditions.

# Check the tire pressure and the tires.
 Index 473

1, 2, 3 ... Accident and Breakdo

Breakdown wn Manag
Managementement Active
ctive headlamps
headlamps......................................... 135
Mercedes me connect........................... 299 Activ
ctivee Lane Change
Change Assist
4MA
4MATIC
TIC
Function................................................ 179 Acous
coustic
tic locking
locking vererii cation signal Activating/deactivating.......................... 214
Activating/deactivating............................ 69 Function................................................ 212
battery
12 V batt ery
see On-board electrical system battery (12 V) Activ
ctivee Blind Spot
Spot Assist Active
ctive Lane Keeping
Keeping Assist
Brake application................................... 224 Activating/deactivating.......................... 227
12 V socket Function................................................ 222 Activating/deactivating the warning....... 227
see Socket (12 V) System limitations.................................. 222 Function................................................ 225
48 V on-board
on-board electr
electrical
ical system
system Trailer operation..................................... 224 Setting the sensitivity............................. 227
Operating safety...................................... 25 Active
ctive Br
Brak
akee Assist System limits......................................... 225
115 V socket Function/notes...................................... 214 Trailer operation..................................... 225
see Socket (115 V) Setting................................................... 218 Activ
ctivee Par
Parking
king Assist
360° Camera Active
ctive Dist
Distance
ance Assist
Assist DISDISTRTRONIC
ONIC Exiting a parking space.......................... 255
Function................................................ 244 Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 212 Function................................................ 252
Active Lane Change Assist..................... 212 Parking.................................................. 254
A Calling up a speed................................. 203 System limitations.................................. 252
A/C function Function................................................ 200 Activ
ctivee Service
Ser vice Syst
Systemem PL PLUS
US
Activating/deactivating (control panel)... 149 Increasing/decreasing the speed........... 203 see ASSYST PLUS
Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi- Route-based speed adaptation............... 206 Activ
ctivee Speed Limit Assist
media system)....................................... 150 Storing a speed...................................... 203 Display................................................... 205
Switching o /deactivating..................... 203 Function................................................ 205
ABS (Anti-lock
(Anti-lock Braking
Braking System)
System).................... 192 Switching on/activating......................... 203
Acceler
cceleration
ation System limitations.................................. 200 Activ
ctivee Steer
Steering
ing Assist
see Kickdown Activating/deactivating.......................... 211
Active
ctive Emerg
Emergency
ency Stop
Stop Assist......................
Assist 212 Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 212
474 Index

Active Lane Change Assist..................... 212 Air bag Air-recir

Air-r ecirculation
culation mode (wit (withh ne
Function................................................ 210 Reduced protection.................................. 46 particle
par ticle pr
pree lter)
lter).......................................... 151
System limits......................................... 210 Air conditioning menu Air-w
Air-watater
er duct
Active
ctive Tr
Traa c Jam Assist Calling up.............................................. 149 Keeping free.......................................... 321
Activating/deactivating.......................... 208 distr
Air dis tribution
ibution Airbag
Function................................................ 207 Setting................................................... 148 Activation................................................ 39
Adap
daptiv
tivee cr
cruise
uise control
control Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 150 Front airbag (driver, front passenger)........ 44
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC freshener system
Air freshener system Installation locations................................ 44
Adap
daptiv
tivee Highbeam Assist see Fragrance system Knee airbag............................................. 44
Activating/deactivating.......................... 136 Overview.................................................. 44
Air inlet PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 49
Function................................................ 135 see Air-water duct Protection................................................ 45
Additiv
dditives
es pressure
Air pr essure Side airbag.............................................. 44
Engine oil............................................... 392 see Tire pressure Window curtain airbag.............................. 44
Fuel....................................................... 392
Air suspension Air ow
Additiv
dditives
es (engine oil) see AIRMATIC Setting................................................... 148
see Additives
Air vvents
ents AIRMATIC
AIRMA TIC
Additiv
dditives
es (fuel) Adjusting (front)..................................... 153 Setting................................................... 229
see Fuel Adjusting (rear)...................................... 154 Suspension............................................ 227
PLUS
ADS PL US damping
damping system
system Glove box............................................... 154 Alarm
see AIRMATIC Air vents
vents see Panic alarm
A er
er-sales
-sales service
ser vice see Air vents Alarm
Alarm system
system
see ASSYST PLUS Air-conditioning
Air-conditioning systsystemem see ATA (anti-the alarm system)
see Climate control
 Index 475

All-wheel drive
drive Assistance systems
Assistance systems Aut
uthor
horized
ized w
work
orkshop
shop
see 4MATIC see Driving safety system see Quali ed specialist workshop
Ambient lighting ASSYSTT PL
ASSYS PLUSUS Aut
utomatic
omatic car w wash
ash mode
Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 138 Battery disconnection periods................ 315 Activating............................................... 323
Android
Android Auto
Auto Displaying the service due date.............. 314 Aut
utomatic
omatic dist
distance
ance contr
controlol
see Smartphone integration Function/notes...................................... 314 see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Regular maintenance work..................... 314
Animals Special service requirements................. 314 Aut
utomatic
omatic dr
driving
iving lights................................
lights 133
Pets in the vehicle.................................... 66 Aut
utomatic
omatic engine st start
art
ATA (anti-the
ATA (anti-the alarm
alarm syst
system)
em)
Anti-lockk br
Anti-loc braking
aking system
system Activating/deactivating the interior see ECO start/stop function
see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) motion sensor.......................................... 92 Aut
utomatic
omatic engine st stop
op
Anti-skid cchains
hains Arming/disarming the tow-away alarm..... 91 see ECO start/stop function
see Snow chains Deactivating the alarm............................. 90 Aut
utomatic
omatic fr
front
ont passeng
passenger er airbag shutoshuto
Anti-the protection
Anti-the protection Function.................................................. 90 Function of the front passenger airbag
Immobilizer.............................................. 89 Interior motion sensor function................ 91 shuto ..................................................... 47
The tow-away alarm function.................... 90 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 49
Anti-the
Anti-the protection
protection
see ATA (anti-the alarm system) ATTENTION ASSIST Aut
utomatic
omatic measur
measures es a er an accident............
accident 53
Function................................................ 197
Anticipator
Anticipatoryy occupant protprotection
ection Aut
utomatic
omatic mirr
mirroror folding
folding function
Setting................................................... 198
see PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu- Activating/deactivating.......................... 147
System limitations.................................. 197
pant protection) Aut
utomatic
omatic seat adjus
adjustment
tment
see PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory Att
ttention
ention assist
assistant
ant
Setting................................................... 103
occupant protection plus) see ATTENTION ASSIST
Aut
utomatic
omatic tr
transmission
ansmission
Apple CarPlay® Author
uthorized
ized Mer
Mercedes-Benz
cedes-Benz Center Center
DIRECT SELECT lever............................. 174
see Smartphone integration see Quali ed specialist workshop
Drive programs...................................... 171
476 Index

DYNAMIC SELECT switch....................... 171 Notes..................................................... 338 Br

Brak
akes
es
Engaging drive position.......................... 177 Notes (starting assistance and charg- ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 192
Engaging reverse gear............................ 175 ing)........................................................ 339 Active Brake Assist................................. 214
Kickdown............................................... 178 Belt BAS (Brake Assist System)..................... 192
Manual gearshi ing................................ 177 see Seat belt Breaking-in notes................................... 160
Selecting park position........................... 176 Driving tips............................................ 161
Steering wheel paddle shi ers................ 177 Bicycle
Bicy cle rack
rack EBD (electronic brake force distribu-
Transmission position display................. 174 Load capacity........................................ 400 tion)....................................................... 195
Transmission positions........................... 174 Blind HOLD function....................................... 196
Axle load see Roller sunblind Limited braking e ect (salt-treated
Towing a trailer...................................... 400 Blind Spo
Spott Assist roads).................................................... 161
Activating/deactivating.......................... 225 New/replaced brake linings/brake
B Function................................................ 222 discs...................................................... 160
System limitations.................................. 222 Post-collision brake.................................. 53
Back
Back seat
see Seats Blower
Blower Braking
Braking assist
assistance
ance
see Climate control see BAS (Brake Assist System)
Bag hook.....................................................
hook 122
Br
Brak
akee Assis
Assistt System
System Breakdo
Breakdown wn
Ball neck Assistance overview................................. 18
Installing................................................ 259 see BAS (Brake Assist System)
Changing a wheel................................... 374
BAS (Brak
(Brakee Assist
Assist System)
System)........................... 192 Brak
Brakee uid
Roadside Assistance................................ 25
Notes..................................................... 393
Batt
Batter
eryy (SmartKe
(Smar tKey)y) Tow-starting........................................... 347
Replacing................................................. 70 Brak
Brakee ffor
orce
ce distr
distribution
ibution Towing away.......................................... 344
EBD (electronic brake force distribu- Transporting the vehicle......................... 345
Batter
Batteryy (vehicle)
(vehicle) tion)....................................................... 195
Charging (Remote Online)...................... 159 Breakdo
Breakdown wn
see Flat tire
 Index 477

Breaking-in notes
Breaking-in notes......................................... 160 Carpet................................................... 327 Notes..................................................... 118
Buttons
Buttons Decorative foil........................................ 325 Removing/installing............................... 119
Steering wheel....................................... 264 Display................................................... 327 Cargo
Cargo compar
compartment
tment oor
Exterior lighting...................................... 326 Locking/unlocking................................. 124
C Head-up Display..................................... 327
Headliner............................................... 327 Cargo
Cargo tie-down
tie-down rings
rings.................................... 121
Calls Paint...................................................... 324 Carpett (Care)
Carpe (Care)............................................... 327
Mercedes me......................................... 296 Plastic trim............................................ 327 Change
Change of address
address......................................... 25
Camera Power washer........................................ 323
Information............................................ 190 Change
Change of owner
ownership
ship...................................... 25
Real wood/trim elements...................... 327
Camera Rear view camera................................... 326 Changing a wheel
see 360° Camera Running boards...................................... 326 Installing a new wheel............................ 378
see Dashcam Seat belt................................................ 327 Preparation............................................ 374
see Rear view camera Seat cover............................................. 327 Raising the vehicle................................. 376
Sensors................................................. 326 Removing a wheel.................................. 378
Car key Steering wheel....................................... 327
see SmartKey Changing a wheel
Surround view camera........................... 326 see Emergency spare wheel
wash
Car w ash Tailpipes................................................ 326
see Care Changing ggears
ears
Trailer hitch............................................ 326 Manually................................................ 177
Car wash
wash (care)
(care)............................................ 321 Washing by hand.................................... 324
Wheels/rims.......................................... 326 Changing hub caps.......................................
caps 375
Car
Car-t
-to-X
o-X-Communication
-Communication
Displaying hazard warnings.................... 289 Windows................................................ 326 Charging
Charging
Wiper blades.......................................... 326 Notes on wireless charging.................... 128
Care On-board electrical system battery
Air-water duct........................................ 321 Cargo
Cargo compar
compartment
tment cov coverer
Extending/retracting.............................. 118 (12 V).................................................... 341
Automatic car wash............................... 321 USB port................................................ 128
478 Index

Child safety
safety lock Climate control
Climate control Front air vents........................................ 153
Rear door................................................. 65 Activating/deactivating.......................... 149 Glove box air vent.................................. 154
Rear side windows................................... 66 Activating/deactivating (rear operat- Information on the windshield heater...... 153
Child seat ing unit)................................................. 149 Inserting/removing the acon (fra-
Attaching (notes)...................................... 57 Activating/deactivating the A/C func- grance system)...................................... 152
Basic instructions.................................... 53 tion (control panel)................................. 149 Ionization............................................... 151
Front-passenger seat (notes).................... 63 Activating/deactivating the A/C func- Note...................................................... 148
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) (installing)................ 58 tion (MBUX multimedia system).............. 150 Rear air vents......................................... 154
Notes on risks and dangers...................... 54 Activating/deactivating the synchro- Rear operating unit................................ 149
Securing on the front passenger seat....... 63 nization function (control panel)............. 150 Refrigerant............................................. 395
Securing on the rear seat......................... 62 Activating/deactivating the synchro- Removing condensation from the win-
Top Tether................................................ 60 nization function (MBUX multimedia dows...................................................... 151
system).................................................. 151 Residual heat......................................... 151
Childr
Children
en Air-recirculation mode (with ne parti- Residual heat (rear operating unit).......... 151
Avoiding dangers in the vehicle................ 54 cle pre lter)........................................... 151 Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 149
Basic instructions.................................... 53 Automatic control.................................. 150 Setting the air distribution...................... 148
Special seat belt retractor........................ 57 Automatically controlling (rear operat- Setting the air ow.................................. 148
Chock ing unit)................................................. 150 Setting the fragrance system.................. 152
Storage location..................................... 374 Calling up the air conditioning menu....... 149 Setting the vehicle interior tempera-
Chock Control panel for 3-zone automatic ture....................................................... 148
see Chock climate control....................................... 148 Switching the rear window heater
Control panel for dual-zone automatic on/o ................................................... 148
Cleaning
climate control....................................... 148 Ventilating the vehicle (convenience
see Care
Defrosting the windshield....................... 148 opening).................................................. 82
Cleaning uid Filling capacity for refrigerant and Coat hook....................................................
hook 123
see Windshield washer uid PAG oil................................................... 397
 Index 479

Cockpit
Coc kpit Copyrights
Copyr ights Cust
Customer
omer Relations
Relations Department
Depar tment..................... 31
Overview.................................................... 6 License.................................................... 36
Co ee cup symbol Trademarks.............................................. 37 D
see ATTENTION ASSIST Corner
Cornering
ing light.............................................
light 135 Dashboard
sparee wheel
Collapsible spar Cross
Cr oss tra
tra c (war
(warning)
ning) see Cockpit
In ating................................................. 383 see Maneuvering assistance Dashcam
Notes..................................................... 382 Cr
Cross
oss Tra
Tra c Alert
Alert........................................ 257 Notes..................................................... 291
Removing............................................... 383 Selecting a USB device.......................... 291
Crosswind
Crosswind Assist Starting/stopping a video recording....... 291
detection (parked
Collision detection (parked vehicle)
vehicle) Function/notes...................................... 194
Information............................................ 188 Data
Data acquisition
acquisition
Cruise
Cruise control
control Vehicle..................................................... 32
Combination switch
switch..................................... 133 Activating............................................... 199
Component-speci
Com ponent-speci c infor information
mation................... 387 Buttons.................................................. 199 Data
Data protection
protection rights
rights
Calling up a speed................................. 199 Data storage............................................ 35
Com
Comput
puter
er
see On-board computer Deactivating........................................... 199 Dataa stor
Dat storage
age
Function................................................ 199 Data protection rights.............................. 35
Convenience
Conv enience closing......................................
closing 83 Requirements:....................................... 199 Electronic control units............................ 32
Conv
Convenience
enience opening
opening..................................... 82 Selecting............................................... 199 Online services........................................ 34
Coolant (engine) Setting a speed...................................... 199 Vehicle..................................................... 32
Capacity................................................ 395 Storing a speed...................................... 199 Daytime
Daytime running
running lamp
lamp mode
Level check............................................ 319 System limitations.................................. 199 see Daytime running lamps
Notes..................................................... 394 Cup holder Daytime
Da ytime running
running lamps
lamps
Cooling Switching the cooling/heating func- Activating/deactivating.......................... 137
see Climate control tion on/o ............................................. 125
Deactivating
Deactivating the
the alar
alarmm (ATA)
(ATA)........................... 90
Customer
Cust omer Assistance
Assistance Center
Center (CAC)
(CAC)................ 31
480 Index

Dealership
Dealership Displa
Displayy (MBUX multimedia system) system) é ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a
see Quali ed specialist workshop Home screen......................................... 270 Break!.................................................... 427
Declaration
Declar ation of confor
conformity
mity Operating.............................................. 271
: Automatic Headlamp Mode
Wireless vehicle components................... 27 Displayy (on-board
Displa (on-board comcomputputer)
er)
Displays on the instrument display......... 266 Inoperative............................................. 409
Decorativ
Decor ativee foil
foil (cleaning insinstr
tructions)
uctions)........... 325
Displayy in the
Displa the windshield _ Cannot Fold 2nd Seat Row See
De nitions (tir(tires
es and loading).......................
loading) 368
see Head-up Display Operator's Manual................................. 414
Destination
Des tination entry
Entering a POI or address....................... 286 Display message
Display $ Check Brake Fluid Level................ 425
Calling up (on-board computer).............. 402 + Check Coolant Level See Oper-
Detecting
Detecting inattentiv
inattentiveness
eness Notes..................................................... 402
see ATTENTION ASSIST ator's Manual......................................... 416
Display
Display messag
messageses
Diagnostics connection..................................
Diagnostics connection 28 5 Check Engine Oil Level (Add 1
ç - - - mph........................................ 427
Digital
Digit al Operat
Operator'sor's Manual...............................
Manual 20 quart).................................................... 454
h - - - mph........................................ 427
Dingh
Dinghyy towing
towing : Check Le Low Beam (example)... 408
see Tow-bar system _ 2nd Seat Row, Le Not Locked..... 414
h Check Tires.................................. 450
DIRECT SELECT lever lever _ 2nd Seat Row, Right Not Locked... 414
¥ Check Washer Fluid...................... 415
Engaging drive position.......................... 177 # 12 V Battery See Operator's
Á Compressor Is Cooling.................. 440
Engaging neutral.................................... 176 Manual.................................................. 446
Engaging park position automatically...... 176 ÿ Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle
Û 48 V Battery See Operator's
Engaging reverse gear............................ 175 Turn Engine O ...................................... 416
Function................................................ 174 Manual.................................................. 448
! Currently Unavailable See Oper-
Selecting park position........................... 176 : Active Headlamps Inoperative....... 409
ator's Manual......................................... 441
Displa
Displayy (care)
(care)............................................... 327 é ATTENTION ASSIST Inoperative..... 426
 Index 481

÷ Currently Unavailable See Oper- T Inoperative See Operator's Á Obtain a New Key......................... 406
ator's Manual......................................... 442 Manual.................................................. 444 ç O ................................................ 428
Á Don't Forget Your Key................... 407 G Inoperative................................... 445 ë O ................................................ 426
Á Drive More Slowly......................... 440 î Inoperative................................... 429 F Parking Brake See Operator's
5 Engine Oil Level Cannot Be : Intell. Light System Inoperative..... 410 Manual.................................................. 421
Measured.............................................. 456 Á Key Being Initialized Please Wait.... 407 h Please Correct Tire Pressure......... 451
5 Engine Oil Level Low Stop Vehi- Á Key Not Detected (red display F Please Release Parking Brake........ 424
cle Turn Engine O ................................. 455 message)............................................... 407 Ý Please Wait Charging 48 V Bat-
5 Engine Oil Pressure Stop Switch Á Key Not Detected (white display tery…..................................................... 448
O Engine.............................................. 455 message)............................................... 406 Á Replace Key Battery...................... 406
5 Engine Oil Reduce Oil Level........... 454 6 Le Side Curtain Airbag Mal- # See Operator's Manual................. 446
6 Front Le Malfunction Service function Service Required (example)...... 403 6 SRS Malfunction Service
Required (example)................................ 403 Â Lowering....................................... 439 Required................................................ 403
8 Fuel Level Low.............................. 417 ä Malfunction Drive at Max. 50 Ù Steering Malfunction Increased
8 Gas Cap Loose............................. 417 mph............................................... 437, 438 Physical E ort See Operator's Manual.... 412
! Inoperative See Operator's : Malfunction See Operator’s Ù Steering Malfunction Stop
Manual.................................................. 442 Manual.................................................. 408 Immediately See Operator's Manual....... 412
÷ Inoperative See Operator's ä Malfunction Stop.......................... 438 # Stop Vehicle Leave Engine Run-
Manual.................................................. 443 î Max. Speed 25 mph...................... 429 ning....................................................... 448
î Not in the Current Drive Program.. 429
482 Index

# Stop Vehicle See Operator's Active Blind Spot Asst. Not Available Active Stop & Go Assist Currently
Manual.................................................. 447 When Towing a Trailer See Operator's Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 431
ç Suspended................................... 428 Manual.................................................. 434 Active Stop & Go Assist Inoperative
: Switch O Lights........................... 409 Active Brake Assist Functions Cur- See Operator's Manual.......................... 431
: Switch On Headlamps................... 409 rently Limited See Operator's Manual..... 444 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently
á Temporarily Unavailable Camera Active Brake Assist Functions Limited Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 410
View Restricted...................................... 436 See Operator's Manual.......................... 445 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative.... 410
¸ Temporarily Unavailable Sen- Active Distance Assist Currently Apply Brake to Shi from 'P'................... 418
sors are Dirty......................................... 435 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 428 Apply Brake to Shi to 'R'...................... 418
F Turn On the Ignition to Release Active Distance Assist Inoperative.......... 428 Apply Brake to Shi to D or R................. 418
the Parking Brake................................... 425 Active Distance Assist Now Available...... 429 Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (red dis-
d Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch Active Lane Keeping Assist Currently play message)........................................ 420
the Ignition O Before Exiting................. 411 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 434 Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (white
Á Vehicle Rising Please Wait............. 439 Active Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative... 434 display message).................................... 420
Á Vehicle Rising............................... 439 Active Steering Assist Currently Beginning Emergency Stop..................... 430
h Warning Tire Malfunction.............. 451 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 430 Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavaila-
h Wheel Sensor(s) Missing............... 450 Active Steering Assist Inoperative........... 430 ble See Operator's Manual..................... 432
Active Blind Spot Assist Currently Active Steering Asst. Currently Blind Spot Assist Inoperative.................. 432
Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 433 Unavailable Due to Multiple Emer- Blind Spot Assist Not Available When
Active Blind Spot Assist Inoperative........ 433 gency Stops........................................... 430 Towing a Trailer See Operator's Manual.. 433
 Index 483

Cannot Start Engine See Operator's Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunction- Service Required Do Not Shi Gears
Manual.......................................... 415, 449 ing......................................................... 410 Visit Dealer............................................ 419
Check Brake Pads See Operator's Head-up Display Currently Unavaila- Stop Vehicle Leave Engine Running
Manual.................................................. 426 ble See Operator's Manual..................... 411 Wait Transmission Cooling...................... 420
Check Tire Pressure Soon...................... 453 Head-up Display Inoperative................... 412 Tire Press. Monitor Currently Unavail-
Check Tire Pressure Then Restart Run N Permanently Active Risk of Rolling able....................................................... 449
Flat Indicator......................................... 453 Away...................................................... 419 Tire Press. Monitor Inoperative............... 449
Cruise Control Inoperative...................... 427 Only Shi to 'P' when Vehicle is Sta- Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No
Cruise Control O .................................. 427 tionary................................................... 418 Wheel Sensors....................................... 450
Decrease Speed.................................... 452 Parking Assist and PARKTRONIC Inop- Tires Overheated.................................... 452
Device Detected at Diagnostics Con- erative See Operator's Manual............... 440 To Deselect P or N, Depress Brake
nection See Operator's Manual.............. 446 Place the Key in the Marked Space and Start Engine.................................... 418
Driver's Door Open & Transmission See Operator's Manual.......................... 408 To switch engine o , press and hold
Not in P Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away...... 419 PRE-SAFE Impulse Side Inoperative Start/Stop button for at least 3 sec-
Engine Can Now Be Started................... 449 See Operator's Manual.......................... 405 onds or press 3 times............................ 415
Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator's Tra c Sign Assist Currently Unavaila-
Operator's Manual................................. 404 Manual.................................................. 405 ble See Operator's Manual..................... 432
Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Reversing Not Possible Service Tra c Sign Assist Inoperative................. 432
Operator's Manual................................. 404 Required................................................ 419 Transmission Malfunction Stop............... 419
Run Flat Indicator Inoperative................. 454 Update Failed......................................... 411
484 Index

Update Failed So ware Remains Dr

Drinking
inking and driving
driving..................................... 161 Driving
Driving syst
system
em
Unchanged............................................ 411 Driv
Dr ivee Away
Away Assist.........................................
Assist 256 see 360° Camera
see Active Blind Spot Assist
Update Successfully Completed............. 411 Drivee position
Driv see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Wiper Malfunctioning............................. 415 Inserting................................................ 177 see Active Emergency Stop Assist
Distance
Distance control
control Driv
Drivee progr
programam display
display.................................. 172 see Active Lane Change Assist
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Driv
Drivee progr
programs
ams see Active Lane Keeping Assist
see DYNAMIC SELECT see Active Parking Assist
DISTR
DIS TRONIC
ONIC see Active Speed Limit Assist
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Driv
Driver's
er's seat
see Active Steering Assist
Door see Seat
see AIRMATIC
Child safety lock (rear door)..................... 65 Dr
Driving
iving safety
safety system
system see ATTENTION ASSIST
Locking/unlocking (emergency key)......... 74 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 192 see Blind Spot Assist
Opening (from inside)............................... 72 Active Brake Assist................................. 214 see Cruise control
Power closing function............................. 74 BAS (Brake Assist System)..................... 192 see Driving safety system
Unlocking (from inside)............................ 72 Cameras................................................ 190 see DSR
Door control
control panel
panel......................................... 14 EBD (electronic brake force distribu- see E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
tion)....................................................... 195 see HOLD function
control
Door contr ol panel (rear
(rear passeng
passenger er com- ESP® Crosswind Assist.......................... 194 see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
partment)
par tment)....................................................... 16 ESP® trailer stabilization........................ 194 see Rear view camera
DOT,, Tir
DOT Tiree Identi cation Number (TIN)............
(TIN) 364 O -road ABS.......................................... 192 see Tra c Sign Assist
Downhill
Do wnhill driving
driving assist
assistance
ance Overview................................................ 191 Driving
Driving tips
see DSR Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 190 Breaking-in notes................................... 160
Responsibility......................................... 190 Drinking and driving............................... 161
Drawbar
Dra wbar
STEER CONTROL................................... 195 General driving tips................................ 161
see Tow-bar system
 Index 485

Optimized acceleration.......................... 160 E Electric parking

Electric parking brake
brake
Drowsiness
Drowsiness detection
detection Applying automatically........................... 186
E-ACTIVE
E-ACTIVE BODYBODY C CONTR
ONTROL OL Applying/releasing manually.................. 188
see ATTENTION ASSIST Individual wheel control.......................... 237 Emergency braking................................ 188
DSR Recovery mode...................................... 236 Releasing automatically.......................... 187
Activating/deactivating.......................... 209 Setting the level..................................... 237
Changing the target speed..................... 209 Suspension............................................ 234 Electroh
Electr ohydr
ydraulic
aulic suspension
Function................................................ 208 see E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
E10..............................................................
E10 391
Notes..................................................... 208 Electronic
Electr onic Stability
Stability Pr
Progr
ogram
am
Switching on/o .................................... 208 entryy feature
Easy entr feature see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
Function/notes...................................... 108
Dynamic handling contrcontrol ol system
system Emerg
Emergency
ency
see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Easy exit
exit ffeature
eature Assistance overview................................. 18
Function/notes...................................... 108 First-aid kit (so sided).......................... 331
DYN
YNAMIC
AMIC SELECT
Calling up the fuel consumption indi- EASY-PACK
EASY-PAC K load-secur
load-securing ing kit Re ective safety vest............................. 330
cator...................................................... 174 Installing/removing the telescopic rod... 123 Removing the warning triangle............... 330
Con guring drive program I.................... 173 Notes..................................................... 123 Setting up the warning triangle............... 331
Displaying engine data........................... 173 EBD (electronic
(electronic brak brakee for
force
ce dis
distr
tribution)
ibution) Emergency
Emergency braking
braking...................................... 188
Displaying vehicle data........................... 173 Function/notes...................................... 195 Emergency braking
Emergency braking
Drive program display............................ 172 ECO
ECO Assist see BAS (Brake Assist System)
Drive programs...................................... 171 Function/notes...................................... 169
Function................................................ 171 Emergency
Emergency call
ECO
ECO display see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
Operating.............................................. 172 Function................................................ 169
Selecting the drive program................... 172 Emerg
Emergency
ency key
EC
ECOO star
start/st
t/stopop function Locking/unlocking the doors................... 74
Switching o /on.................................... 168
486 Index

Emergency oper
Emergency operation
ation mode Error message
Error Flacon
Starting the vehicle................................ 158 see Display message Inserting/removing................................ 152
Emergency
Emergency spar
sparee wheel ESC (Electronic
(Electronic Stability
Stability Contr
Control) ol) Flat tire
In ating................................................. 381 see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Changing a wheel................................... 374
Notes..................................................... 380 ESP® MOExtended tires.................................. 332
Emergency
Emergency Tensioning
Tensioning Devices
Devices Crosswind Assist.................................... 194 Notes..................................................... 332
Activation................................................ 39 Trailer stabilization................................. 194 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 334
Engine towing
Flat towing
ESP® (Electr
(Electronic
onic Stability
Stability Pr Progr
ogram)
am) see Tow-bar system
Engine number....................................... 388 Activating/deactivating.......................... 194
Starting (emergency operation mode).... 158 Function/notes...................................... 193 mats................................................... 130
Floor mats
Starting (Remote Online)........................ 159 Foil cover
covering
ing
Exter
Exterior
ior lighting
Engine data Care...................................................... 326 Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 190
Displaying.............................................. 173 Fragr
Fr agrance
ance
Exter
Exterior
ior lighting
Engine number.............................................
number 388 see Lights see Fragrance system
Engine oil Exter
Exterior
ior mirr
mirrors
ors Fr
Fragr
agrance
ance system
system
Additives................................................ 392 Automatic mirror folding function........... 147 Inserting/removing the acon................ 152
Capacity................................................ 393 Operating the memory function.............. 110 Free
Free driving
driving mode
Checking the oil level using the on- Parking position..................................... 146 Starting................................................. 240
board computer..................................... 317
MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval.................. 393 Free
Free so w ware
are................................................. 36
F
Quality................................................... 393 Freq
Fr equencies
uencies
Re lling.................................................. 318 Fatigue detection
detection Two-way radio........................................ 386
see ATTENTION ASSIST
Enter
Entering/e
ing/exiting
xiting lev
level
el Fr
Front
ont airbag (dr
(driv
iver
er,, front
front passenger)
passenger).............. 44
Setting................................................... 232 Firs
irst-aid
t-aid kit (so sided)
sided)................................. 331
 Index 487

Front passenger
passenger airbag shut shutoo Dashboard fuse box............................... 349 Glove box
Glove
see Automatic front passenger airbag shuto Fuse assignment diagram....................... 348 Air vent.................................................. 154
Front
Front passeng
passenger er seat Fuse box in the cargo compartment....... 350
Adjusting from the driver's seat................ 96 Fuse box in the engine compartment...... 349 H
Fuse box in the front-passenger foot- Handbrake
Handbrake
Front
Fr ont passeng
passenger er seat well........................................................ 349
see Seat see Electric parking brake
Notes..................................................... 348
Fuel (unusual)....................................... 351
Handling (unusual)
Fuses
Additives................................................ 392 see Fuses HANDS-FREE A ACCESS
CCESS................................... 78
E10........................................................ 391 Hazard
Hazard war
warning
ning lights...................................
lights 134
Fuel reserve........................................... 392 G
Gasoline................................................ 391 Hazar
Hazardous
dous subst
substances
ances
Quality (gasoline)................................... 391 Garag
Gar agee door opener Information.............................................. 25
Refueling............................................... 179 Clearing the memory.............................. 186 Head res
restr
traint
aint
Sulfur content........................................ 391 Garag
Gar agee door openers Front (adjusting mechanically)................ 100
Tank content.......................................... 392 Opening/closing the door...................... 186 Front (luxury head restraint)................... 101
Fuel consumption
consumption indicator
indicator Programming buttons............................. 183 Rear (adjusting)...................................... 101
Calling up.............................................. 174 Resolving problems................................ 185 Rear (removing/installing)...................... 102
Synchronizing the rolling code................ 185 Head-up Display
Function seat
see Door control panel Gasoline......................................................
Gasoline 391 Adjusting brightness (on-board com-
Gearshi
Gearshi recommendation
ecommendation........................... 178 puter).................................................... 267
Function seat (rear
(rear passenger
passenger comparcompart- t- Adjusting display elements (on-board
ment) Genuine parts
par ts................................................ 22 computer).............................................. 267
see Seat (rear passenger compartment) mode.................................................. 178
Glide mode Care...................................................... 327
Fuses Function................................................ 266
Before replacing a fuse.......................... 348
488 Index

Menu (on-board computer)..................... 267 Hood Instrument

Instr ument cluster
cluster
Operating the memory function.............. 110 Opening/closing.................................... 315 Function/notes.............................. 262, 263
Setting the position (on-board com- Instr
Ins trument
ument display
puter).................................................... 267 I Function/notes...................................... 263
Switching on/o .................................... 268 Identi cation plate Instrument cluster.................................... 10
Headlamps
Headlam ps Engine................................................... 388 Overview of displays............................... 266
see Automatic driving lights Refrigerant............................................. 395 Warning/indicator lamps........................ 456
Headliner (care)
(care)........................................... 327 vehicle................................................... 388 Instrument
Instr ument display
display and on-boar
on-boardd com-
Heating Ignition key puter
puter
see Climate control see SmartKey Function/notes...................................... 262
Help call Immobilizer
Immobilizer.................................................... 89 Intellig
Intelligent
ent Light Syst
System
em
see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system Indicator
Indicator lamp Active headlamps................................... 135
see Warning/indicator lamp Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 135
High beam Cornering light....................................... 135
Activating/deactivating.......................... 133 driv
Individual dr ivee progr
program am
Con guring............................................ 173 Inter
Interior
ior lighting
High beam Adjusting............................................... 137
see Adaptive Highbeam Assist Selecting............................................... 172
Ambient lighting..................................... 138
High-beam asher........................................
asher 133 Inside rear
rearvie
vieww mirror
mirror Reading lamp......................................... 137
Anti-glare mode (automatic)................... 145 Switch-o delay time.............................. 139
Hill star
startt assist
assist............................................. 197
Inside rear
rearvie
vieww mirror
mirror Inter
Interior
ior mo
motion
tion sensor
HOLD function see Outside mirrors
Function/notes...................................... 196 Activating/deactivating............................ 92
Switching on/o .................................... 196 Inspection Function.................................................. 91
see ASSYST PLUS Inter
Interne
nett radio
radio
Home screen
screen (media display)
display)
Overview................................................ 270 see TuneIn
 Index 489

Ionization L Lighting
Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi- see Interior lighting
media system)....................................... 151 (tires)
Labeling (tir es) see Lights
see Tire labeling
iPhone® Lights
see Smartphone integration Lamp Active headlamps................................... 135
see Interior lighting Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 135
J Lampp (instr
Lam (instrument
ument display)
display) Automatic driving lights.......................... 133
see Warning/indicator lamp Combination switch............................... 133
Jack
Storage location..................................... 374 Lane det
detection
ection (automatic)
(automatic) Cornering light....................................... 135
see Active Lane Keeping Assist Hazard warning lights............................. 134
Jump-st
Jum p-star
artt connection High beam............................................. 133
General notes........................................ 339 Lane Keeping
Keeping Assist
High-beam asher.................................. 133
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
Light switch........................................... 132
K Language Low beam.............................................. 132
KEYLESS-GO Notes..................................................... 281 Parking lights......................................... 132
Deactivating a function............................ 69 Setting................................................... 281 Rear fog light......................................... 132
Locking/unlocking the vehicle................. 72 LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child
LATCH-type child seat anc anchorhor Responsibility for lighting systems.......... 132
Problem................................................... 73 Installing.................................................. 58 Setting the exterior lighting switch-o
Unlocking setting..................................... 69 Level
Level control
control syst
systemem delay time.............................................. 137
Kickdo
Kickdown
wn see AIRMATIC Standing lights....................................... 132
Using..................................................... 178 see E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL Switching the surround lighting on/o ... 137
Turn signal light...................................... 133
airbag.................................................... 44
Knee airbag Light switch
Overview................................................ 132 Limited
Limited Warr
Warranty
anty
Vehicle..................................................... 32
the opening angle (tailg
Limiting the (tailgat
ate)
e)............... 80
490 Index

Livee Tra
Liv Tra c Infor
Information
mation Switching the automatic locking fea- Malfunction
Switching the tra c information dis- ture on/o .............................................. 74 Restraint system...................................... 39
play on................................................... 289 Unlocking/opening the doors from Maneuver
Maneuvering
ing aid
indexx (tires)
Load inde (tires)......................................... 366 the inside................................................. 72 see Maneuvering assistance
Load-bearing
Load-bearing capacity (tires) (tires)........................ 366 Low
Low beam Maneuver
Maneuv ering
ing assist
assistance
ance
Activating/deactivating.......................... 132 Activating/deactivating.......................... 257
Loading
Bag hook............................................... 122 Lower
Lowering
ing tthe
he vehicle
vehicle Cross Tra c Alert.................................. 257
Cargo tie-down rings.............................. 121 Rear of the vehicle................................. 232 Drive Away Assist................................... 256
Coat hook.............................................. 123 Lubr
ubricant
icant additives
additives Map
De nitions............................................. 368 see Additives Displaying online map contents.............. 289
Notes..................................................... 111 Luggage
uggage Displaying weather information.............. 289
Roof luggage rack.................................. 124 Securing................................................ 111 Moving................................................... 288
Loading Selecting the map orientation................ 288
Lumbar support Setting the map scale............................ 288
see EASY-PACK load-securing kit see Lumbar support (4-way) Switching freeway information on/o ..... 288
Loading guidelines.......................................
guidelines 111 Lumbar support
suppor t (4-way)
(4-way)................................. 97 Massage
Massage prprogr
ograms
ams
information
Loading infor mation table
table............................. 359 Overview................................................ 104
Loads M Resetting the settings............................ 105
Fixing..................................................... 111 MAGIC VISION CONTR
MAGIC CONTROL OL Selecting the front seats........................ 104
Locking/unloc
Locking/unlocking king Windshield wipers.................................. 142 Maximum load rating
rating.................................... 365
Emergency key......................................... 74 Maint
Maintenance
enance Maximum permissible
permissible load
KEYLESS-GO............................................ 72 Vehicle..................................................... 25 Calculation example............................... 361
Opening the tailgate................................. 75 Maintenance
Maintenance Determining........................................... 360
see ASSYST PLUS Maximum tire
tire pr
pressure
essure................................. 365
 Index 491

MBUX Inter
Interior
ior Assist
Assistant
ant Mechanical key
Mechanical Mercedes me app
Mercedes
Overview................................................ 274 Inserting/removing.................................. 70 Information............................................ 300
Switching the reading light on/o Unlocking the tailgate.............................. 80 Notes....................................................... 24
(contactless).......................................... 275 Media On-demand feature.................................. 24
Switching the search light on/o Overview of the functions and symbols... 306 Mercedes
Mercedes me calls
(contactless).......................................... 275 Arranging a service appointment............ 297
Media mode
MBUX multimedia system
system Connecting Bluetooth® audio equip- Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer
Activating/deactivating standby mode... 189 ment...................................................... 307 center.................................................... 296
Collision detection (parked vehicle)........ 188 Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Con guring drive program I.................... 173 aids
Medical aids................................................... 30 Center a er automatic accident or
Home screen......................................... 270 Memoryy function
Memor breakdown detection............................. 297
Notes..................................................... 269 Function................................................ 110 Information............................................ 296
Operating the touchscreen..................... 271 Head-up Display — Calling up stored Making a call via the overhead control
Overview................................................ 269 settings.................................................. 110 panel..................................................... 296
Restoring (factory settings).................... 282 Head-up Display — Storing settings......... 110 Transferred data..................................... 298
Setting route-based speed adaptation.... 207 Operating.............................................. 110 Mercedes
Mer cedes me connect
Setting the air distribution...................... 150 Outside mirrors — Calling up stored Accident and Breakdown Management... 299
Setting the fragrance system.................. 152 settings.................................................. 110 Information............................................ 299
Setting the rear climate control.............. 150 Outside mirrors — Storing settings.......... 110 Transferred data..................................... 300
Standby mode function.......................... 189 Seat — Calling up stored settings............ 110
Switching ionization on/o .................... 151 Seat — Storing settings........................... 110 Mer
Mercedes-
cedes-AMG
AMG vehicles
vehicles
Notes..................................................... 156
MBUX multimedia system
system Menu (on-board
(on-board comput
computer) er)
see Display (MBUX multimedia system) Head-up Display..................................... 267 Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes-Benz emergemergency ency call system
system
see MBUX Interior Assistant Overview................................................ 264 Automatic emergency call...................... 304
Information............................................ 303
492 Index

Information about data transfer.............. 305 Multimedia syst

system
em see Pets in the vehicle
Manual emergency call.......................... 304 Activating/deactivating DSR.................. 209 see Post-collision brake
Overview................................................ 303 system
Multimedia system see PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-
Messagee (instr
Messag (instrument
ument display)
display) see MBUX multimedia system pant protection)
see Display message see PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side
Messagee memory.........................................
Messag memory 402 N see PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory
Navig
vigation
ation occupant protection plus)
Mirr
Mirrors
ors see Restraint system
see Outside mirrors Activating............................................... 283
Notes..................................................... 282 see Seat belt
Mobile phone Overview................................................ 284 O -road
-road Assist
Notes on wireless charging.................... 128 Showing/hiding the menu...................... 283 Setting................................................... 240
Mobile phone Navigation
Navig ation O -road
-road dr
driving
iving............................................ 165
see Smartphone integration see Destination entry
see Telephone O -road
-road dr
driving
iving
see Map see O -road driving
Model type see Route
see Vehicle identi cation plate O -r oad ESP® (Electr
-road (Electronic
onic Stability
Stability Pro-
Pro-
Neutr
eutral
al gram)
gram)
MOExtended
MOExt ended tires
tires........................................ 332 Engaging................................................ 176 Switching on/o .................................... 195
Multifunction camera road Score
O road
ROAD SURFACE SCAN........................... 236 O
Displaying.............................................. 174
Multifunction steer
steering
ing wheel safety
Occupant safety
Oil
Overview of buttons............................... 264 see Airbag
see Engine oil
steer
Multifunction st eering
ing wheel see Automatic front passenger airbag shuto
see Automatic measures a er an accident On-board
On-board comput
computer er
see Steering wheel Displaying the service due date.............. 314
see Child seat
 Index 493

Head-up Display menu........................... 267 Brake uid............................................. 393 Overhead

Over head contr
control
ol panel
Instrument display................................. 266 Coolant (engine).................................... 394 Overview.................................................. 12
Menu overview....................................... 264 Engine oil............................................... 392 Over
Overview
view
Operating.............................................. 264 Fuel (gasoline)........................................ 391 Toll system............................................. 284
On-boardd diagnostics
On-boar diagnostics interf
interfaceace Notes..................................................... 389
see Diagnostics connection Refrigerant (air conditioning system)...... 395 P
Windshield washer uid.......................... 395
On-boardd electrical
On-boar electrical system
system batter
batteryy (12 V) Paint (cleaning instr
instructions)
uctions)......................... 324
Charging................................................ 341 Oper
Operating
ating safety
safety
48 V on-board electrical system............... 25 Paint code...................................................
code 388
Replacing............................................... 342
Starting assistance................................ 341 Declaration of conformity (wireless Panel heating
vehicle components)................................ 27 Setting................................................... 106
On-boar
On-boardd electronics
electronics Information.............................................. 25
Notes..................................................... 385 Panic alarm
Two-way radios...................................... 385 Operating
Operating system
system Arming/disarming.................................... 69
see On-board computer Panor
anorama
ama rroof
oof with
with power
power tilt/sliding
On-demand ffeature
eature
Activating................................................. 24 Operat
Oper ator's
or's Manual panel
Notes....................................................... 24 Vehicle equipment................................... 23 see Sliding sunroof
Online services
ser vices Operat
Operator's
or's Manual (digital)
(digital)............................. 20 Par
arkk position
Data storage............................................ 34 Optimized
Optimized acceleration
acceleration Engaging................................................ 176
Activating............................................... 160 Selecting automatically.......................... 176
Open-sour
Open-sourcece so ware
ware.................................... 36
mirrors
Outside mirr ors Par
arking
king
Opening the
the ttailg
ailgat
atee using youryour foot
foot see Electric parking brake
HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 78 Anti-glare mode (automatic)................... 145
Folding in/out........................................ 144 Par
arking
king aid
Operating
Oper ating uids Setting................................................... 144 see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Additives (fuel)....................................... 392
494 Index

Par
arking
king Assist
Assist PARK
PARKTR TRONIC
ONIC Partition
ar tition net Power closing function
Activating............................................... 251 Attaching............................................... 121 Door........................................................ 74
Adjusting warning tones......................... 252 Removing/installing............................... 120 Power
Power supply
Function................................................ 247 PASSENGER
ASSENGER AIR BAG BAG status
status display Switching on (start/stop button)............ 156
Side impact protection........................... 250 see Automatic front passenger airbag shuto
Switching o .......................................... 251 Power
Power w washer
asher (care)
(care)..................................... 323
System limitations.................................. 247 Payload
Pay load PRE-S
PRE-SAFE ®
AFE (anticipator
(anticipatoryy occupant protection)protection)
Calculation example............................... 361 Function.................................................. 51
Par
arking
king assistance
assistance systsystems
ems Determining the maximum..................... 360
see Active Parking Assist PRE-SAFE® Sound................................... 51
Per
erfume
fume Reversing measures................................. 52
Par
arking
king brake
brake see Fragrance system
see Electric parking brake PRE-SAFE® Impulse
PRE-SAFE Impulse Side
Per
erfume
fume atomizer
atomizer Activation................................................ 39
Par
arking
king for
for an eext
xtended
ended period
period..................... 189 Setting................................................... 152 Function.................................................. 52
Par
arking
king lights...............................................
lights 132 Per
erfume
fume vial PRE-SAFE
PRE-S AFE® PLUS
PLUS (anticipator
(anticipatoryy occupant
Par
arking
king option
option see Fragrance system protection
protection plus)
Selecting............................................... 289 Per
eriod
iod out of use Function.................................................. 52
Par
arking
king position Activating/deactivating standby mode... 189 Reversing measures................................. 52
Exterior mirrors...................................... 146 Standby mode function.......................... 189 Prevent
Prev entativ
ativee occupant protection
protection systemsystem
Storing the position of the front- Permissible
ermissible to towing
wing methods
methods......................... 343 see PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-
passenger outside mirror using pant protection)
reverse gear........................................... 146 Pets
Pets in the
the vvehicle
ehicle.......................................... 66
Plastic
Plastic trim
trim (Car
(Care)e)........................................ 327 see PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory
Par
arking
king service
ser vice occupant protection plus)
Selecting parking options....................... 289 Pos
ost-collision
t-collision brake
brake........................................ 53
Pr
Proo le
Creating a new pro le............................ 277
 Index 495

Notes..................................................... 276 Reading lamp Rear windo

window w heat
heater er...................................... 148
Selecting pro le options......................... 277 see Interior lighting Rear windo
window w wipers
Progr
Programs
ams Reading light Activating/deactivating.......................... 140
see DYNAMIC SELECT Switching on/o (contactless)............... 275 Re ective safe
safety
ty vvest
est.................................... 330
Protecting
Prot ecting the
the en
envir
vironment
onment Real wood
wood (Car
(Care)
e).......................................... 327 Refr
efrig
iger
erant
ant (air conditioning syst system)
em)
Notes....................................................... 22 Rear climate
climate contr
controlol Notes..................................................... 395
Pulling away Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 150 Refueling
see Driving tips Rear door (child
(child safe
safetyty loc
lock)
k)........................... 65 Refueling the vehicle.............................. 179
Q Rear fog
fog lamp Regulat
egulatororyy radio
radio identi cation
Switching on/o .................................... 133 Indonesia............................................... 387
QR code Small components................................. 387
Rescue card............................................. 32 Rear of tthe
he vvehicle
ehicle
Lowering................................................ 232 Regulat
egulatororyy radio
radio infor
information
mation
Quali ed specialis
specialistt work
workshop
shop......................... 29 Raising................................................... 232 Installation clearances........................... 387
Rear passenger
passenger compar
compartment tment seat Remot
emotee Online
R
Seats....................................................... 97 Charging the starter battery................... 159
Radar and ultr
ultrasonic
asonic sensors Rear seat Cooling/heating the vehicle interior....... 158
Damage................................................. 190 see Seats Starting the vehicle................................ 159
Radio see Third row of seats Repor
eporting
ting safety
safety defects
defects................................. 31
Overview of the functions and symbols... 308 Rear view
view camera Rescue card
card................................................... 32
Rain-closing feature
feature Care...................................................... 326 Reserve
Sliding sunroof......................................... 87 Function................................................ 241 Fuel....................................................... 392
Raising the
the vehicle
vehicle Rear window Rese
esett function (MBUX multimedia system) system).... 282
Rear of the vehicle................................. 232 Replacing wiper blade............................ 143
496 Index

Residual heat Roadside Assistance

Assistance (breakdo
(breakdown) wn).................. 25 Run- at charact
haracter
eristics
istics
Rear operating unit................................ 151 Roll awa
awayy protection
protection MOExtended tires.................................. 332
Rest
estor
oring
ing (f
(fact
actor
oryy se
settings)
ttings) see HOLD function Running boards
boards (care)
(care).................................. 326
see Reset function (MBUX multimedia system) Roller sunblind
Restr
estraint
aint system
system Side windows (electric)............................ 89 S
Basic instructions for children.................. 53 Sliding sunroof......................................... 84 Safety syst
Safety systems
ems
Function in an accident............................ 39 Rollov
olloverer cr
crash
ash................................................ 30 see Driving safety system
Functionality............................................ 39 Satellit
Satellitee rradio
adio
Limited protection.................................... 38 Roof load.....................................................
load 398
Logging in.............................................. 312
Malfunction............................................. 39 Roof load display Setting music and sport alerts................ 312
Protection................................................ 38 Information............................................ 172
Self-test................................................... 39 Search
Search light
Roof luggag
luggagee rack
rack Switching on/o (contactless)............... 275
Warning lamp........................................... 39 Loading.................................................. 124
Reverse
Rever se ggear
ear Securing................................................ 124 Seat
Engaging................................................ 175 4-way lumbar support.............................. 97
Route Adjusting (electrically).............................. 93
Rever
Reversing
sing camera Calculating............................................. 287 Automatic adjustment............................ 103
Opening the camera cover (surround Selecting options................................... 287 Con guring settings............................... 102
view camera)......................................... 247 Rout
outee guidance wit withh augmented
augmented reality reality Correct driver's seat position................... 93
Rims (car
(care)
e).................................................. 326 Activating............................................... 287 Folding back the backrest (rear
RO
ROAD
AD SURFACE
SURFACE SC SCAN AN Displaying street names and house passenger compartment)....................... 116
Multifunction camera............................. 236 numbers................................................ 287 Folding back the backrest on the third
Rout
oute-based
e-based speed adapt adaptation
ation row of seats........................................... 118
ROAD
ROAD SURFACE
SURFACE SC SCAN AN Folding the backrest (rear passenger
see Camera Function................................................ 206
Setting................................................... 207 compartment) forwards to get in.............. 98
 Index 497

Folding the backrest on the third row Seat belts Sensors (car
Sensors (care)
e)............................................. 326
of seats forwards................................... 117 Activating/deactivating seat belt Service
Ser vice
Massage program overview.................... 104 adjustment.............................................. 44 see ASSYST PLUS
Operating the memory function.............. 110 Reduced protection.................................. 41
Panel heating......................................... 106 Releasing................................................. 44 Ser
Service
vice Cent
Center
er
Rear (seat comfort).................................. 97 Seat belt adjustment (function)................ 43 see Quali ed specialist workshop
Resetting the settings............................ 105 cover
Seat cov er (Car
(Care) e)......................................... 327 Service
Ser vice int
interv
erval
al display
Setting options......................................... 14 see ASSYST PLUS
Workout program overview..................... 104 Seat heating
Activating/deactivating.......................... 105 Setting
Setting a speed
(rear
Seat (r ear passenger
passenger compar
compartment)tment) see Cruise control
Setting options......................................... 16 Seat vventilation
entilation
Activating/deactivating.......................... 106 Setting
Setting the
the map scale
Seat belt see Map
Adjusting the height................................. 43 Seats
Folding the backrest forwards (rear Shi paddles
Care...................................................... 327 see Steering wheel paddle shi ers
Fastening................................................. 43 passenger compartment)....................... 114
Rear passenger compartment (adjust- Shi ing gears
Protection................................................ 40
ing electrically)......................................... 97 Gearshi recommendation..................... 178
Warning lamp........................................... 44
Selecting a gear
gear Side airbag.....................................................
airbag 44
Seat belt adjustment
adjustment
Activating/deactivating............................ 44 see Changing gears Side impact
impact protection
protection................................. 250
Function.................................................. 43 Select
Selector
or lev
lever
er Side windows
Seat belt war
warning
ning see DIRECT SELECT lever Child safety lock in the rear
see Seat belt Self-test
Self-test passenger compartment.......................... 66
Automatic front passenger airbag shut Closing using the SmartKey...................... 83
o ............................................................ 49 Convenience closing................................ 83
Convenience opening............................... 82
498 Index

Opening with the SmartKey...................... 82 Smar

SmartKey
tKey retract
Special seat belt retr actoror.............................. 57
Opening/closing...................................... 81 see SmartKey Specialist
Specialist w work
orkshop
shop
Problem................................................... 83 Smartphone
Smar tphone see Quali ed specialist workshop
Roller sunblind (electric)........................... 89 see Smartphone integration Speed inde
indexx (tires)
(tires)....................................... 366
Size designation (tires)
(tires)................................. 366 see Telephone
Sport
Spor t Utility V
Vehicle
ehicle........................................ 30
sunroof
Sliding sunr oof Smartphone
Smar tphone integr
integration
ation
Automatic functions................................. 87 Overview................................................ 301 Standb
Standbyy mode
Closing.................................................... 84 Activating/deactivating.......................... 189
Snow chains
Snow chains................................................ 352 Function................................................ 189
Closing using the SmartKey...................... 83
Opening................................................... 84 Socket
Socket (12 V) Standing
Standing lights.............................................
lights 132
Opening with the SmartKey...................... 82 Using..................................................... 126
Start-o
Star t-o assist
Problem................................................... 88 Sockett (115 V)
Socke see Optimized acceleration
Rain-closing feature................................. 87 Rear passenger compartment................ 127
Star
St art/st
t/stop
op butt
button
on
SmartKey
Smar tKey So ware
ware update Parking the vehicle................................. 182
Acoustic locking veri cation signal........... 69 System updates..................................... 278 Starting the vehicle................................ 157
Battery..................................................... 70 Sound Switching on the power supply/vehicle.. 156
Deactivating a function............................ 69 PRE-SAFE® Sound................................... 51 Star
Start/st
t/stop
op function
Energy consumption................................ 69 Wheels and tires.................................... 351 see ECO start/stop function
Function overview.................................... 68 Wheels/tires.......................................... 351
Key ring attachment................................. 70 Start
Starter
er batt
battery
ery
Mechanical key........................................ 70 Sound menu Charging (Remote Online)...................... 159
Panic alarm.............................................. 69 Functions overview................................ 313
Star
St arting
ting
Problem................................................... 71 Sparee wheel
Spar see Vehicle
Unlocking setting..................................... 69 see Collapsible spare wheel
see Emergency spare wheel
 Index 499

Starting
ar ting assist
assistance
ance Glove box............................................... 114 Rocking free mode (E-ACTIVE BODY
see Jump-start connection Stowagagee areas
areas CONTROL)............................................. 236
Star
St arting-o
ting-o aid see Loading Setting the suspension level (AIR-
see Hill start assist MATIC)................................................... 229
Stowagee compar
Stowag compartments
tments Setting the suspension level (E-
STEER CONTR
CONTROL OL see Loading ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)....................... 237
Function/notes...................................... 195 Stree
treett names and house numbers Suspension
Steering
Steer ing wheel Displaying.............................................. 287 see AIRMATIC
Adjusting (electrically)............................ 107 Sugges
Suggestions
tions see E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
Adjusting (manually)............................... 107 Con guring............................................ 277
Buttons.................................................. 264 level
Suspension lev el (AIRMATIC)
(AIRMATIC)
Care...................................................... 327 Sulfur content
content.............................................. 391 Setting................................................... 229
Steering wheel heater............................ 108 Surr
Surround
ound lighting Suspension lev
levelel (E-ACTIVE
(E-ACTIVE BODY BODY CON-CON-
Steer
Steeringing wheel heater
heater Switching on/o .................................... 137 TR
TROL)
OL)
Activating/deactivating.......................... 108 Surround
Surr ound View
View Setting................................................... 237
Steer
Steeringing wheel paddle shi ers......................
ers 177 see 360° Camera Switch-o
Switch-o delay
delay time
Surround
Surround vieview
w camera Exterior.................................................. 137
Storag
Stor agee areas
areas Interior................................................... 139
see Storage space Care...................................................... 326
Opening the camera cover (reversing Switching
Switc hing on the
the ignition
Stor
Storagagee compar
compartments
tments camera)................................................. 247 see Vehicle
see Storage space Selecting a view..................................... 247 Synchr
Sync hronization
onization function
Stor
Storagagee space Suspension Activating/deactivating (control panel)... 150
Armrest................................................. 114 Individual wheel control (E-ACTIVE Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-
Center console...................................... 114 BODY CONTROL)................................... 237 media system)....................................... 151
Door...................................................... 114
500 Index

System settings
System settings Regulatory radio identi cation (Indo- Themes
Overview of the system settings menu.... 278 nesia).................................................... 387 Fastening............................................... 277
Reset function (MBUX multimedia sys- Regulatory radio identi cation of Third
Third rowrow of seats
tem)....................................................... 282 small components.................................. 387 Folding back the backrest on the third
System
System se
settings
ttings Regulatory radio information.................. 387 row of seats........................................... 118
see Language Tongue weight........................................ 400 Folding the backrest on the third row
Towing capacity (trailer operation).......... 400 of seats forwards................................... 117
T Telephone Third row
Third row of seats
Tailg
ailgate
ate Connecting a mobile phone (Passkey).... 295 see Seat
Closing.................................................... 76 Connecting a mobile phone (Secure
Simple Pairing)....................................... 295 Through-loading
Thr ough-loading feature
feature
HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 78 see Seats
Limiting the opening angle....................... 80 Functions in the telephone menu............ 295
Notes..................................................... 292 see Third row of seats
Opening................................................... 75
Opening dimensions.............................. 397 Notes on wireless charging (mobile TIN (T(Tir
iree Identi cation Number)
Number).................... 364
Unlocking (mechanical key)...................... 80 phone)................................................... 128 Tir
iree and Loading Infor Information
mation placard............
placard 359
Operating modes................................... 294
Tailpipes (car
(care)
e)............................................. 326 Tir
iree char
charactacter
eris
istics
tics....................................... 366
Telephone menu overview...................... 294
Tank cont
content
ent Wireless charging (mobile phone)........... 129 Tir
iree in ation comcompr pressor
essor
Fuel....................................................... 392 see TIREFIT kit
Telephony
elephony operating
operating modes
Reserve (fuel)......................................... 392 Bluetooth® telephony............................. 294 Tir
iree infor
information
mation table
table................................... 359
Technical
echnical data Temper
emperature
ature Tir
iree labeling
Axle load (trailer operation).................... 400 Setting the vehicle interior tempera- Characteristics....................................... 366
Component-speci c information............ 387 ture....................................................... 148 DOT, Tire Identi cation Number (TIN)..... 364
Information............................................ 385 Load index............................................. 366
Notes (trailer hitch)................................ 400 Temper
emperatur
aturee gr
grade
ade....................................... 363 Load-bearing capacity............................ 366
 Index 501

Maximum tire load................................. 365 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 334 Tir

ires
es
Maximum tire pressure.......................... 365 Tir
iree pressur
pressuree loss warwarning
ning syst
systemem Characteristics....................................... 366
Overview................................................ 363 Function................................................ 357 Checking............................................... 351
Speed rating.......................................... 366 Restarting.............................................. 358 Checking the tire pressure (manually)..... 355
Temperature grade................................. 363 Checking the tire pressure (tire pres-
Tire Quality Grading............................... 363 Tir
iree pressur
pressuree monitor
monitor sure monitoring system)......................... 356
Tire size designation.............................. 366 Checking the tire pressure..................... 356 De nitions............................................. 368
Traction grade........................................ 363 Checking the tire temperature................ 356 DOT, Tire Identi cation Number (TIN)..... 364
Tread wear grade................................... 363 Function................................................ 355 Flat tire.................................................. 332
Restarting.............................................. 357 Installing................................................ 378
Tir
iree load (maximum)
(maximum)..................................... 365
Tir
iree pressur
pressuree table
table....................................... 354 Load index............................................. 366
Tir
iree pr
pressure
essure Load-bearing capacity............................ 366
Checking (manually)............................... 355 Tir
iree Quality Grading
Grading...................................... 363
Maximum tire load................................. 365
Checking (tire pressure monitoring Tire
ire ttem
emper
perature
ature
Maximum tire pressure.......................... 365
system).................................................. 356 Checking (tire pressure monitoring
MOExtended tires.................................. 332
Maximum............................................... 365 system).................................................. 356
Noise generation.................................... 351
Notes..................................................... 352 Tire pressure monitoring system
Notes on installing................................. 370
Restarting the tire pressure loss warn- (function)............................................... 355
Overview of tire labeling......................... 363
ing system............................................. 358 Tire
ire tr
tread
ead..................................................... 351 Removing............................................... 378
Restarting the tire pressure monitor- Replacing....................................... 370, 374
Tire-c
ire-chang
hangee tool
tool kit
ing system............................................. 357 Replacing the wheel trim........................ 375
Overview................................................ 374
Tire pressure loss warning system Restarting the tire pressure loss warn-
(function)............................................... 357 TIREFIT kit
Storage location..................................... 333 ing system............................................. 358
Tire pressure monitoring system Restarting the tire pressure monitor-
(function)............................................... 355 Using..................................................... 334
ing system............................................. 357
Tire pressure table................................. 354 Rotating................................................. 373
502 Index

Selection............................................... 370 Touch

ouch Contr
Controlol Turning the display on/o ...................... 222
Snow chains.......................................... 352 On-board computer................................ 264 Tra c Sign Assist
Speed rating.......................................... 366 Operating.............................................. 271 Function/notes...................................... 218
Storing................................................... 374 Touchpad
ouchpad Setting................................................... 219
Temperature grade................................. 363 Operating.............................................. 271 System limits......................................... 218
Tire and Loading Information placard..... 359
Tire pressure (notes).............................. 352 Touchscr
ouchscreen een Trailer
Trailer hitch
Tire pressure loss warning system Operating.............................................. 271 Attaching the ball neck.......................... 259
(function)............................................... 357 Tow -awayy alarm
Tow-awa Care...................................................... 326
Tire pressure monitoring system Activating/deactivating............................ 91 Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 260
(function)............................................... 355 Function.................................................. 90 General notes........................................ 400
Tire pressure table................................. 354 Notes..................................................... 257
Tow
Tow-bar
-bar system
system............................................ 261
Tire Quality Grading............................... 363 Tr
Trailer
ailer oper
operation
ation
Tow-st
Tow -star
arting
ting................................................. 347 Active Blind Spot Assist.......................... 224
Tire size designation.............................. 366
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 334 Towing
Towing away.................................................
away 344 Active Lane Keeping Assist..................... 225
Traction grade........................................ 363 Towing
To wing eye Attaching the ball neck.......................... 259
Tread wear grade................................... 363 Installing................................................ 347 Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 260
Unfamiliar handling................................ 351 Storage location..................................... 346 Notes..................................................... 257
Toll system
system To
Towing
wing methods
methods........................................... 343 Trailer
Trailer st
stabilization
abilization
Windshield............................................. 147 Function/notes...................................... 194
Traction
Tr action grade
grade.............................................. 363
Tongue weight
weight.............................................. 400 Trailer to
Trailer tow
w hitch
Tra
Tra c inf
infor
ormation
mation
Tool Axle load................................................ 400
Switching on the display......................... 289
see Vehicle tool kit Tongue weight........................................ 400
Traa c light data
Tr data serservice
vice Towing capacity..................................... 400
Top Tether
Tether...................................................... 60 Display in the Instrument Display........... 220
 Index 503

Transmission Updat
pdates
es Quali ed specialist workshop................... 29
Engaging neutral.................................... 176 Important system updates...................... 278 Raising................................................... 376
Transmission
Tr ansmission position display.......................
display 174 USB port Setting collision detection (parked
Front storage compartment.................... 114 vehicle).................................................. 188
Transporting
Transpor ting Standby mode function.......................... 189
vehicle................................................... 345 Rear passenger compartment................ 128
Starting (emergency operation mode).... 158
Tread
Tread wear
wear grgrade
ade......................................... 363 V Starting (Remote Online)........................ 159
Trim
Trim element (Care)
(Care)...................................... 327 Starting (start/stop button)................... 157
Vehicle Switching o (start/stop button)............ 182
Trunk
Trunk lid Activating/deactivating standby mode... 189 Switching on (start/stop button)............ 156
see Tailgate Correct use.............................................. 29 Towing................................................... 261
TuneIn Data acquisition....................................... 32 Ventilating (convenience opening)............ 82
Calling up.............................................. 311 Data storage............................................ 32
Diagnostics connection............................ 28 Vehicle batt
battery
ery
Turn
urn signal indicator
indicator..................................... 133 see On-board electrical system battery (12 V)
Equipment............................................... 23
Turn
urn signal light Limited Warranty...................................... 32 Vehicle camera
Activating/deactivating.......................... 133 Locking (automatically)............................ 74 Information............................................ 190
Two-wa
Tw o-wayy rradios
adios Locking/unlocking (emergency key)......... 74 Vehicle data
Frequencies........................................... 386 Locking/unlocking (from inside)............... 72 Angle of approach/departure................. 398
Notes on installation.............................. 385 Locking/unlocking (KEYLESS-GO)............ 72 Displaying (DYNAMIC SELECT)............... 173
Transmission output (maximum)............. 386 Lowering................................................ 379 Maximum gradient-climbing capability.... 398
Maintenance............................................ 25 Roof load............................................... 398
U Medical aids............................................ 30 Turning circle......................................... 397
Unloc
nlocking
king Parking for an extended period............... 189 Vehicle height........................................ 397
see Locking/unlocking Problem noti cation................................. 31 Vehicle length........................................ 397
QR code rescue card............................... 32 Vehicle width......................................... 397
504 Index

Wheelbase............................................. 397 Vehicle tool

tool kit W
Vehicle data
data stor
storage
age TIREFIT kit.............................................. 333
Towing eye............................................. 346 War
arning
ning lamp
Event data recorders................................ 35 see Warning/indicator lamp
MBUX multimedia system/Mercedes Vehicle with
with a high cent
center er of gravity
gravity................ 30
me connect............................................. 35 War
arning
ning syst
systemem
Ventilating see ATA (anti-the alarm system)
Vehicle dimensions......................................
dimensions 397 Convenience opening............................... 82
War
arning
ning tr
triangle
iangle
Vehicle emergency
emergency st start
art............................... 347 Ventilation Removing............................................... 330
Vehicle identi cation number see Climate control Setting up.............................................. 331
see VIN Vents War
arning/indicat
ning/indicator or lamp
Vehicle identi cation plate see Air vents ! ABS warning lamp......................... 469
Paint code............................................. 388 VIN Ó Active Brake Assist warning lamp.. 467
VIN........................................................ 388 Identi cation plate................................. 388
Seat....................................................... 388 J Brake system warning lamp
Vehicle inter
interior
ior
Cooling or heating (Remote Online)........ 158 Windshield............................................. 388 (Canada only)......................................... 466
Vehicle level
level Vision $ Brake warning lamp (USA only)..... 466
Setting individual wheel control.............. 240 Removing condensation from the win- J Brakes warning lamp (yellow)
dows...................................................... 151
Vehicle maintenance
maintenance Windshield heater.................................. 153 (Canada only)......................................... 465
see ASSYST PLUS ÿ Coolant warning lamp (red)........... 460
Voice Control
Control Syst
Systemem
Vehicle operation
operation Function................................................ 273 ÿ Coolant warning lamp (yellow)....... 461
Outside the USA or Canada...................... 24 Starting................................................. 273 ! Electric parking brake indicator
Vehicle sensors
Information............................................ 190 lamp (red) (Canada only)........................ 464
 Index 505

F Electric parking brake indicator ä Suspension warning lamp (yel- change

Wheel change
lamp (red) (USA only)............................. 464 low)....................................................... 468 Lowering the vehicle.............................. 379
Removing/installing hub caps................ 375
# Electrical malfunction warning ! The electric parking brake (yel-
Wheel rotation
rotation............................................. 373
lamp...................................................... 462 low) indicator lamp................................. 464
Wheels
; Engine diagnosis warning lamp...... 462 h Tire pressure monitoring system Care...................................................... 326
å ESP® OFF warning lamp................ 470 warning lamp ashes............................. 471 Checking............................................... 351
÷ ESP® warning lamp ashes........... 469 h Tire pressure monitoring system Checking the tire pressure (manually)..... 355
Checking the tire pressure (tire pres-
÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up......... 470 warning lamp lights up........................... 472
sure monitoring system)......................... 356
8 L Warning lamp for distance De nitions............................................. 368
Fuel reserve warning lamp ashes......... 462 warning function.................................... 467 DOT, Tire Identi cation Number (TIN)..... 364
Overview................................................ 456 Flat tire.................................................. 332
8 Fuel reserve warning lamp lights Installing................................................ 378
up.......................................................... 463 PASSENGER AIR BAG............................... 49 Load index............................................. 366
Ù Power steering warning lamp Warr
arranty
anty........................................................ 32 Load-bearing capacity............................ 366
(red)...................................................... 459 Washing by
by hand (car (care)e)................................ 324 Maximum tire load................................. 365
Maximum tire pressure.......................... 365
é Recuperative Brake System Wat
ater
er ttank
ank MOExtended tires.................................. 332
warning lamp (USA only)........................ 465 see Air-water duct Noise generation.................................... 351
6 Restraint system warning lamp...... 458 Weat
eather
her infor
information
mation..................................... 289 Notes on installing................................. 370
Web browsers
browsers Overview of tire labeling......................... 363
ü Seat belt warning lamp ashes...... 458 Removing............................................... 378
Overview................................................ 301
ü Seat belt warning lamp lights up.... 459 Replacing....................................... 370, 374
ä Suspension warning lamp (red)..... 468 Replacing the hub cap............................ 375
506 Index

Restarting the tire pressure loss warn- Wi-Fi Windshield washer

washer system
system
ing system............................................. 358 Setting................................................... 279 Re lling.................................................. 320
Restarting the tire pressure monitor- Window
indow curt
curtain
ain airbag
airbag.................................... 44 Windshield wipers
ing system............................................. 357 Activating/deactivating.......................... 139
Rotating................................................. 373 Window
indow li er
see Side windows Replacing the wiper blades..................... 140
Selection............................................... 370 Replacing the wiper blades (MAGIC
Snow chains.......................................... 352 Windows VISION CONTROL)................................. 142
Speed rating.......................................... 366 Care...................................................... 326
Storing................................................... 374 Wint
inter
er operation
operation
Windows Snow chains.......................................... 352
Temperature grade................................. 363 see Side windows
Tire and Loading Information placard..... 359 Wiper blades
Windshield Care...................................................... 326
Tire characteristics................................ 366
Defrosting.............................................. 148 Replacing (MAGIC VISION CONTROL)..... 142
Tire pressure (notes).............................. 352
Infrared re ective................................... 147 Replacing (windshield)............................ 140
Tire pressure loss warning system
Radio waves........................................... 147
(function)............................................... 357 Wir
ireless
eless char
charging
ging
Replacing the wiper blades..................... 140
Tire pressure monitoring system Function/notes...................................... 128
Replacing the wiper blades (MAGIC
(function)............................................... 355 Mobile phone......................................... 129
VISION CONTROL)................................. 142
Tire pressure table................................. 354
Windshield Wir
ireless
eless vehicle
vehicle components
components
Tire Quality Grading............................... 363
see Windshield Declaration of conformity......................... 27
Tire size designation.............................. 366
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 334 Windshield heater
heater........................................ 153 Work
orkout
out progr
programam
Traction grade........................................ 363 Overview................................................ 104
Windshield heater
heater
Tread wear grade................................... 363 see Windshield heater Work
orkshop
shop
Unfamiliar handling................................ 351 see Quali ed specialist workshop
Windshield washer
washer uid
Notes..................................................... 395